OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/scarts/scarts/trunk

Subversion Repositories scarts

[/] [scarts/] [trunk/] [toolchain/] [scarts-gdb/] [gdb-6.8/] [gdb/] [doc/] [gdb.texinfo] - Blame information for rev 25

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 25 jlechner
\input texinfo      @c -*-texinfo-*-
2
@c Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998,
3
@c 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
4
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
@c
6
@c %**start of header
7
@c makeinfo ignores cmds prev to setfilename, so its arg cannot make use
8
@c of @set vars.  However, you can override filename with makeinfo -o.
9
@setfilename gdb.info
10
@c
11
@include gdb-cfg.texi
12
@c
13
@settitle Debugging with @value{GDBN}
14
@setchapternewpage odd
15
@c %**end of header
16
 
17
@iftex
18
@c @smallbook
19
@c @cropmarks
20
@end iftex
21
 
22
@finalout
23
@syncodeindex ky cp
24
 
25
@c readline appendices use @vindex, @findex and @ftable,
26
@c annotate.texi and gdbmi use @findex.
27
@syncodeindex vr cp
28
@syncodeindex fn cp
29
 
30
@c !!set GDB manual's edition---not the same as GDB version!
31
@c This is updated by GNU Press.
32
@set EDITION Ninth
33
 
34
@c !!set GDB edit command default editor
35
@set EDITOR /bin/ex
36
 
37
@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO 4.0 OR LATER.
38
 
39
@c This is a dir.info fragment to support semi-automated addition of
40
@c manuals to an info tree.
41
@dircategory Software development
42
@direntry
43
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
44
@end direntry
45
 
46
@ifinfo
47
This file documents the @sc{gnu} debugger @value{GDBN}.
48
 
49
 
50
This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, of @cite{Debugging with
51
@value{GDBN}: the @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger} for @value{GDBN}
52
Version @value{GDBVN}.
53
 
54
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998,@*
55
              1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006@*
56
              Free Software Foundation, Inc.
57
 
58
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
59
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
60
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
61
Invariant Sections being ``Free Software'' and ``Free Software Needs
62
Free Documentation'', with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
63
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
64
 
65
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
66
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
67
developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
68
@end ifinfo
69
 
70
@titlepage
71
@title Debugging with @value{GDBN}
72
@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger
73
@sp 1
74
@subtitle @value{EDITION} Edition, for @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN}
75
@author Richard Stallman, Roland Pesch, Stan Shebs, et al.
76
@page
77
@tex
78
{\parskip=0pt
79
\hfill (Send bugs and comments on @value{GDBN} to bug-gdb\@gnu.org.)\par
80
\hfill {\it Debugging with @value{GDBN}}\par
81
\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
82
}
83
@end tex
84
 
85
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
86
Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
87
1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006
88
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
89
@sp 2
90
Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
91
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
92
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA@*
93
ISBN 1-882114-77-9 @*
94
 
95
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
96
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
97
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
98
Invariant Sections being ``Free Software'' and ``Free Software Needs
99
Free Documentation'', with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
100
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
101
 
102
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
103
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
104
developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
105
@page
106
This edition of the GDB manual is dedicated to the memory of Fred
107
Fish.  Fred was a long-standing contributor to GDB and to Free
108
software in general.  We will miss him.
109
@end titlepage
110
@page
111
 
112
@ifnottex
113
@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
114
 
115
@top Debugging with @value{GDBN}
116
 
117
This file describes @value{GDBN}, the @sc{gnu} symbolic debugger.
118
 
119
This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, for @value{GDBN} Version
120
@value{GDBVN}.
121
 
122
Copyright (C) 1988-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
123
 
124
This edition of the GDB manual is dedicated to the memory of Fred
125
Fish.  Fred was a long-standing contributor to GDB and to Free
126
software in general.  We will miss him.
127
 
128
@menu
129
* Summary::                     Summary of @value{GDBN}
130
* Sample Session::              A sample @value{GDBN} session
131
 
132
* Invocation::                  Getting in and out of @value{GDBN}
133
* Commands::                    @value{GDBN} commands
134
* Running::                     Running programs under @value{GDBN}
135
* Stopping::                    Stopping and continuing
136
* Stack::                       Examining the stack
137
* Source::                      Examining source files
138
* Data::                        Examining data
139
* Macros::                      Preprocessor Macros
140
* Tracepoints::                 Debugging remote targets non-intrusively
141
* Overlays::                    Debugging programs that use overlays
142
 
143
* Languages::                   Using @value{GDBN} with different languages
144
 
145
* Symbols::                     Examining the symbol table
146
* Altering::                    Altering execution
147
* GDB Files::                   @value{GDBN} files
148
* Targets::                     Specifying a debugging target
149
* Remote Debugging::            Debugging remote programs
150
* Configurations::              Configuration-specific information
151
* Controlling GDB::             Controlling @value{GDBN}
152
* Sequences::                   Canned sequences of commands
153
* Interpreters::                Command Interpreters
154
* TUI::                         @value{GDBN} Text User Interface
155
* Emacs::                       Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs
156
* GDB/MI::                      @value{GDBN}'s Machine Interface.
157
* Annotations::                 @value{GDBN}'s annotation interface.
158
 
159
* GDB Bugs::                    Reporting bugs in @value{GDBN}
160
 
161
* Command Line Editing::        Command Line Editing
162
* Using History Interactively:: Using History Interactively
163
* Formatting Documentation::    How to format and print @value{GDBN} documentation
164
* Installing GDB::              Installing GDB
165
* Maintenance Commands::        Maintenance Commands
166
* Remote Protocol::             GDB Remote Serial Protocol
167
* Agent Expressions::           The GDB Agent Expression Mechanism
168
* Target Descriptions::         How targets can describe themselves to
169
                                @value{GDBN}
170
* Copying::                     GNU General Public License says
171
                                how you can copy and share GDB
172
* GNU Free Documentation License::  The license for this documentation
173
* Index::                       Index
174
@end menu
175
 
176
@end ifnottex
177
 
178
@contents
179
 
180
@node Summary
181
@unnumbered Summary of @value{GDBN}
182
 
183
The purpose of a debugger such as @value{GDBN} is to allow you to see what is
184
going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
185
program was doing at the moment it crashed.
186
 
187
@value{GDBN} can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
188
these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
189
 
190
@itemize @bullet
191
@item
192
Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
193
 
194
@item
195
Make your program stop on specified conditions.
196
 
197
@item
198
Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
199
 
200
@item
201
Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
202
effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
203
@end itemize
204
 
205
You can use @value{GDBN} to debug programs written in C and C@t{++}.
206
For more information, see @ref{Supported Languages,,Supported Languages}.
207
For more information, see @ref{C,,C and C++}.
208
 
209
@cindex Modula-2
210
Support for Modula-2 is partial.  For information on Modula-2, see
211
@ref{Modula-2,,Modula-2}.
212
 
213
@cindex Pascal
214
Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables, or
215
nested functions does not currently work.  @value{GDBN} does not support
216
entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal
217
syntax.
218
 
219
@cindex Fortran
220
@value{GDBN} can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, although
221
it may be necessary to refer to some variables with a trailing
222
underscore.
223
 
224
@value{GDBN} can be used to debug programs written in Objective-C,
225
using either the Apple/NeXT or the GNU Objective-C runtime.
226
 
227
@menu
228
* Free Software::               Freely redistributable software
229
* Contributors::                Contributors to GDB
230
@end menu
231
 
232
@node Free Software
233
@unnumberedsec Free Software
234
 
235
@value{GDBN} is @dfn{free software}, protected by the @sc{gnu}
236
General Public License
237
(GPL).  The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
238
program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
239
freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
240
the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
241
Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
242
Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
243
 
244
Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
245
you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away
246
from anyone else.
247
 
248
@unnumberedsec Free Software Needs Free Documentation
249
 
250
The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in
251
the software---it is the lack of good free documentation that we can
252
include with the free software.  Many of our most important
253
programs do not come with free reference manuals and free introductory
254
texts.  Documentation is an essential part of any software package;
255
when an important free software package does not come with a free
256
manual and a free tutorial, that is a major gap.  We have many such
257
gaps today.
258
 
259
Consider Perl, for instance.  The tutorial manuals that people
260
normally use are non-free.  How did this come about?  Because the
261
authors of those manuals published them with restrictive terms---no
262
copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
263
them from the free software world.
264
 
265
That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was far
266
from the last.  Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly describe a
267
manual that he is writing, his intended contribution to the community,
268
only to learn that he had ruined everything by signing a publication
269
contract to make it non-free.
270
 
271
Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
272
price.  The problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers
273
charge a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine.  (The Free
274
Software Foundation sells printed copies of manuals, too.)  The
275
problem is the restrictions on the use of the manual.  Free manuals
276
are available in source code form, and give you permission to copy and
277
modify.  Non-free manuals do not allow this.
278
 
279
The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for
280
free software.  Redistribution (including the normal kinds of
281
commercial redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can
282
accompany every copy of the program, both on-line and on paper.
283
 
284
Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too.
285
When people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they
286
are conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can
287
provide accurate and clear documentation for the modified program.  A
288
manual that leaves you no choice but to write a new manual to document
289
a changed version of the program is not really available to our
290
community.
291
 
292
Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are
293
acceptable.  For example, requirements to preserve the original
294
author's copyright notice, the distribution terms, or the list of
295
authors, are ok.  It is also no problem to require modified versions
296
to include notice that they were modified.  Even entire sections that
297
may not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as they deal
298
with nontechnical topics (like this one).  These kinds of restrictions
299
are acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal use
300
of the manual.
301
 
302
However, it must be possible to modify all the @emph{technical}
303
content of the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual
304
media, through all the usual channels.  Otherwise, the restrictions
305
obstruct the use of the manual, it is not free, and we need another
306
manual to replace it.
307
 
308
Please spread the word about this issue.  Our community continues to
309
lose manuals to proprietary publishing.  If we spread the word that
310
free software needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps
311
the next person who wants to contribute by writing documentation will
312
realize, before it is too late, that only free manuals contribute to
313
the free software community.
314
 
315
If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it under
316
the GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation
317
license.  Remember that this decision requires your approval---you
318
don't have to let the publisher decide.  Some commercial publishers
319
will use a free license if you insist, but they will not propose the
320
option; it is up to you to raise the issue and say firmly that this is
321
what you want.  If the publisher you are dealing with refuses, please
322
try other publishers.  If you're not sure whether a proposed license
323
is free, write to @email{licensing@@gnu.org}.
324
 
325
You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted
326
manuals and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying
327
copies from the publishers that paid for their writing or for major
328
improvements.  Meanwhile, try to avoid buying non-free documentation
329
at all.  Check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it,
330
and insist that whoever seeks your business must respect your freedom.
331
Check the history of the book, and try to reward the publishers that
332
have paid or pay the authors to work on it.
333
 
334
The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation
335
published by other publishers, at
336
@url{http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html}.
337
 
338
@node Contributors
339
@unnumberedsec Contributors to @value{GDBN}
340
 
341
Richard Stallman was the original author of @value{GDBN}, and of many
342
other @sc{gnu} programs.  Many others have contributed to its
343
development.  This section attempts to credit major contributors.  One
344
of the virtues of free software is that everyone is free to contribute
345
to it; with regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here.  The
346
file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution approximates a
347
blow-by-blow account.
348
 
349
Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
350
 
351
@quotation
352
@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome.  If you
353
or your friends (or enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly
354
omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
355
@end quotation
356
 
357
So that they may not regard their many labors as thankless, we
358
particularly thank those who shepherded @value{GDBN} through major
359
releases:
360
Andrew Cagney (releases 6.3, 6.2, 6.1, 6.0, 5.3, 5.2, 5.1 and 5.0);
361
Jim Blandy (release 4.18);
362
Jason Molenda (release 4.17);
363
Stan Shebs (release 4.14);
364
Fred Fish (releases 4.16, 4.15, 4.13, 4.12, 4.11, 4.10, and 4.9);
365
Stu Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5, and 4.4);
366
John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9);
367
Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, and 3.3);
368
and Randy Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, and 3.0).
369
 
370
Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Peter TerMaat, Chris
371
Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
372
 
373
Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the @sc{gnu} C@t{++} support
374
in @value{GDBN}, with significant additional contributions from Per
375
Bothner and Daniel Berlin.  James Clark wrote the @sc{gnu} C@t{++}
376
demangler.  Early work on C@t{++} was by Peter TerMaat (who also did
377
much general update work leading to release 3.0).
378
 
379
@value{GDBN} uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
380
object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.
381
Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
382
 
383
David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
384
the original support for encapsulated COFF.
385
 
386
Brent Benson of Harris Computer Systems contributed DWARF 2 support.
387
 
388
Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
389
Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
390
support.
391
Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support.
392
Chris Hanson improved the HP9000 support.
393
Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support.
394
David Johnson contributed Encore Umax support.
395
Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
396
Jeff Law contributed HP PA and SOM support.
397
Keith Packard contributed NS32K support.
398
Doug Rabson contributed Acorn Risc Machine support.
399
Bob Rusk contributed Harris Nighthawk CX-UX support.
400
Chris Smith contributed Convex support (and Fortran debugging).
401
Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
402
Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support.
403
Tim Tucker contributed support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode.
404
Pace Willison contributed Intel 386 support.
405
Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry support.
406
Marko Mlinar contributed OpenRISC 1000 support.
407
 
408
Andreas Schwab contributed M68K @sc{gnu}/Linux support.
409
 
410
Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
411
libraries.
412
 
413
Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that @value{GDBN} and GAS agree
414
about several machine instruction sets.
415
 
416
Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped develop
417
remote debugging.  Intel Corporation, Wind River Systems, AMD, and ARM
418
contributed remote debugging modules for the i960, VxWorks, A29K UDI,
419
and RDI targets, respectively.
420
 
421
Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
422
command-line editing and command history.
423
 
424
Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code, the
425
Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this manual.
426
 
427
Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.
428
He also enhanced the command-completion support to cover C@t{++} overloaded
429
symbols.
430
 
431
Hitachi America (now Renesas America), Ltd. sponsored the support for
432
H8/300, H8/500, and Super-H processors.
433
 
434
NEC sponsored the support for the v850, Vr4xxx, and Vr5xxx processors.
435
 
436
Mitsubishi (now Renesas) sponsored the support for D10V, D30V, and M32R/D
437
processors.
438
 
439
Toshiba sponsored the support for the TX39 Mips processor.
440
 
441
Matsushita sponsored the support for the MN10200 and MN10300 processors.
442
 
443
Fujitsu sponsored the support for SPARClite and FR30 processors.
444
 
445
Kung Hsu, Jeff Law, and Rick Sladkey added support for hardware
446
watchpoints.
447
 
448
Michael Snyder added support for tracepoints.
449
 
450
Stu Grossman wrote gdbserver.
451
 
452
Jim Kingdon, Peter Schauer, Ian Taylor, and Stu Grossman made
453
nearly innumerable bug fixes and cleanups throughout @value{GDBN}.
454
 
455
The following people at the Hewlett-Packard Company contributed
456
support for the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture, HP-UX 10.20, 10.30, and 11.0
457
(narrow mode), HP's implementation of kernel threads, HP's aC@t{++}
458
compiler, and the Text User Interface (nee Terminal User Interface):
459
Ben Krepp, Richard Title, John Bishop, Susan Macchia, Kathy Mann,
460
Satish Pai, India Paul, Steve Rehrauer, and Elena Zannoni.  Kim Haase
461
provided HP-specific information in this manual.
462
 
463
DJ Delorie ported @value{GDBN} to MS-DOS, for the DJGPP project.
464
Robert Hoehne made significant contributions to the DJGPP port.
465
 
466
Cygnus Solutions has sponsored @value{GDBN} maintenance and much of its
467
development since 1991.  Cygnus engineers who have worked on @value{GDBN}
468
fulltime include Mark Alexander, Jim Blandy, Per Bothner, Kevin
469
Buettner, Edith Epstein, Chris Faylor, Fred Fish, Martin Hunt, Jim
470
Ingham, John Gilmore, Stu Grossman, Kung Hsu, Jim Kingdon, John Metzler,
471
Fernando Nasser, Geoffrey Noer, Dawn Perchik, Rich Pixley, Zdenek
472
Radouch, Keith Seitz, Stan Shebs, David Taylor, and Elena Zannoni.  In
473
addition, Dave Brolley, Ian Carmichael, Steve Chamberlain, Nick Clifton,
474
JT Conklin, Stan Cox, DJ Delorie, Ulrich Drepper, Frank Eigler, Doug
475
Evans, Sean Fagan, David Henkel-Wallace, Richard Henderson, Jeff
476
Holcomb, Jeff Law, Jim Lemke, Tom Lord, Bob Manson, Michael Meissner,
477
Jason Merrill, Catherine Moore, Drew Moseley, Ken Raeburn, Gavin
478
Romig-Koch, Rob Savoye, Jamie Smith, Mike Stump, Ian Taylor, Angela
479
Thomas, Michael Tiemann, Tom Tromey, Ron Unrau, Jim Wilson, and David
480
Zuhn have made contributions both large and small.
481
 
482
Andrew Cagney, Fernando Nasser, and Elena Zannoni, while working for
483
Cygnus Solutions, implemented the original @sc{gdb/mi} interface.
484
 
485
Jim Blandy added support for preprocessor macros, while working for Red
486
Hat.
487
 
488
Andrew Cagney designed @value{GDBN}'s architecture vector.  Many
489
people including Andrew Cagney, Stephane Carrez, Randolph Chung, Nick
490
Duffek, Richard Henderson, Mark Kettenis, Grace Sainsbury, Kei
491
Sakamoto, Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Andreas Schwab, Jason
492
Thorpe, Corinna Vinschen, Ulrich Weigand, and Elena Zannoni, helped
493
with the migration of old architectures to this new framework.
494
 
495
Andrew Cagney completely re-designed and re-implemented @value{GDBN}'s
496
unwinder framework, this consisting of a fresh new design featuring
497
frame IDs, independent frame sniffers, and the sentinel frame.  Mark
498
Kettenis implemented the @sc{dwarf 2} unwinder, Jeff Johnston the
499
libunwind unwinder, and Andrew Cagney the dummy, sentinel, tramp, and
500
trad unwinders.  The architecture-specific changes, each involving a
501
complete rewrite of the architecture's frame code, were carried out by
502
Jim Blandy, Joel Brobecker, Kevin Buettner, Andrew Cagney, Stephane
503
Carrez, Randolph Chung, Orjan Friberg, Richard Henderson, Daniel
504
Jacobowitz, Jeff Johnston, Mark Kettenis, Theodore A. Roth, Kei
505
Sakamoto, Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Corinna Vinschen, and Ulrich
506
Weigand.
507
 
508
Christian Zankel, Ross Morley, Bob Wilson, and Maxim Grigoriev from
509
Tensilica, Inc.@: contributed support for Xtensa processors.  Others
510
who have worked on the Xtensa port of @value{GDBN} in the past include
511
Steve Tjiang, John Newlin, and Scott Foehner.
512
 
513
@node Sample Session
514
@chapter A Sample @value{GDBN} Session
515
 
516
You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about @value{GDBN}.
517
However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
518
debugger.  This chapter illustrates those commands.
519
 
520
@iftex
521
In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input},
522
to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
523
@end iftex
524
 
525
@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
526
@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
527
 
528
One of the preliminary versions of @sc{gnu} @code{m4} (a generic macro
529
processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
530
quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro
531
definition within another stop working.  In the following short @code{m4}
532
session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
533
then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
534
same thing.  However, when we change the open quote string to
535
@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
536
procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
537
 
538
@smallexample
539
$ @b{cd gnu/m4}
540
$ @b{./m4}
541
@b{define(foo,0000)}
542
 
543
@b{foo}
544
0000
545
@b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
546
 
547
@b{bar}
548
0000
549
@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
550
 
551
@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
552
@b{baz}
553
@b{Ctrl-d}
554
m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
555
@end smallexample
556
 
557
@noindent
558
Let us use @value{GDBN} to try to see what is going on.
559
 
560
@smallexample
561
$ @b{@value{GDBP} m4}
562
@c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook
563
@c FIXME... format to come out better.
564
@value{GDBN} is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
565
 of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
566
 the conditions.
567
There is absolutely no warranty for @value{GDBN}; type "show warranty"
568
 for details.
569
 
570
@value{GDBN} @value{GDBVN}, Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
571
(@value{GDBP})
572
@end smallexample
573
 
574
@noindent
575
@value{GDBN} reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the
576
rest when needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly.
577
We now tell @value{GDBN} to use a narrower display width than usual, so
578
that examples fit in this manual.
579
 
580
@smallexample
581
(@value{GDBP}) @b{set width 70}
582
@end smallexample
583
 
584
@noindent
585
We need to see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works.
586
Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
587
@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with the @value{GDBN}
588
@code{break} command.
589
 
590
@smallexample
591
(@value{GDBP}) @b{break m4_changequote}
592
Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
593
@end smallexample
594
 
595
@noindent
596
Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under @value{GDBN}
597
control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
598
subroutine, the program runs as usual:
599
 
600
@smallexample
601
(@value{GDBP}) @b{run}
602
Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
603
@b{define(foo,0000)}
604
 
605
@b{foo}
606
0000
607
@end smallexample
608
 
609
@noindent
610
To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}.  @value{GDBN}
611
suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
612
context where it stops.
613
 
614
@smallexample
615
@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
616
 
617
Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
618
    at builtin.c:879
619
879         if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
620
@end smallexample
621
 
622
@noindent
623
Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
624
the next line of the current function.
625
 
626
@smallexample
627
(@value{GDBP}) @b{n}
628
882         set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
629
 : nil,
630
@end smallexample
631
 
632
@noindent
633
@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine.  We can go into it
634
by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
635
@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
636
subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
637
 
638
@smallexample
639
(@value{GDBP}) @b{s}
640
set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
641
    at input.c:530
642
530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
643
@end smallexample
644
 
645
@noindent
646
The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
647
suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display.  It
648
shows a summary of the stack.  We can use the @code{backtrace}
649
command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are
650
in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a
651
stack frame for each active subroutine.
652
 
653
@smallexample
654
(@value{GDBP}) @b{bt}
655
#0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
656
    at input.c:530
657
#1  0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
658
    at builtin.c:882
659
#2  0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
660
#3  0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
661
    at macro.c:71
662
#4  0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
663
#5  0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
664
@end smallexample
665
 
666
@noindent
667
We step through a few more lines to see what happens.  The first two
668
times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
669
falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
670
 
671
@smallexample
672
(@value{GDBP}) @b{s}
673
0x3b5c  532         if (rquote != def_rquote)
674
(@value{GDBP}) @b{s}
675
0x3b80  535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ?  \
676
def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
677
(@value{GDBP}) @b{n}
678
536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
679
 : xstrdup(rq);
680
(@value{GDBP}) @b{n}
681
538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
682
@end smallexample
683
 
684
@noindent
685
The last line displayed looks a little odd; we can examine the variables
686
@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
687
and right quotes we specified.  We use the command @code{p}
688
(@code{print}) to see their values.
689
 
690
@smallexample
691
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p lquote}
692
$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
693
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p rquote}
694
$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
695
@end smallexample
696
 
697
@noindent
698
@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
699
To look at some context, we can display ten lines of source
700
surrounding the current line with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
701
 
702
@smallexample
703
(@value{GDBP}) @b{l}
704
533             xfree(rquote);
705
534
706
535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
707
 : xstrdup (lq);
708
536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
709
 : xstrdup (rq);
710
537
711
538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
712
539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
713
540     @}
714
541
715
542     void
716
@end smallexample
717
 
718
@noindent
719
Let us step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
720
@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
721
 
722
@smallexample
723
(@value{GDBP}) @b{n}
724
539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
725
(@value{GDBP}) @b{n}
726
540     @}
727
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote}
728
$3 = 9
729
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote}
730
$4 = 7
731
@end smallexample
732
 
733
@noindent
734
That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
735
@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
736
@code{rquote} respectively.  We can set them to better values using
737
the @code{p} command, since it can print the value of
738
any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
739
assignments.
740
 
741
@smallexample
742
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)}
743
$5 = 7
744
(@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)}
745
$6 = 9
746
@end smallexample
747
 
748
@noindent
749
Is that enough to fix the problem of using the new quotes with the
750
@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}?  We can allow @code{m4} to continue
751
executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
752
example that caused trouble initially:
753
 
754
@smallexample
755
(@value{GDBP}) @b{c}
756
Continuing.
757
 
758
@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
759
 
760
baz
761
0000
762
@end smallexample
763
 
764
@noindent
765
Success!  The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones.  The
766
problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
767
lengths.  We allow @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input:
768
 
769
@smallexample
770
@b{Ctrl-d}
771
Program exited normally.
772
@end smallexample
773
 
774
@noindent
775
The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from @value{GDBN}; it
776
indicates @code{m4} has finished executing.  We can end our @value{GDBN}
777
session with the @value{GDBN} @code{quit} command.
778
 
779
@smallexample
780
(@value{GDBP}) @b{quit}
781
@end smallexample
782
 
783
@node Invocation
784
@chapter Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN}
785
 
786
This chapter discusses how to start @value{GDBN}, and how to get out of it.
787
The essentials are:
788
@itemize @bullet
789
@item
790
type @samp{@value{GDBP}} to start @value{GDBN}.
791
@item
792
type @kbd{quit} or @kbd{Ctrl-d} to exit.
793
@end itemize
794
 
795
@menu
796
* Invoking GDB::                How to start @value{GDBN}
797
* Quitting GDB::                How to quit @value{GDBN}
798
* Shell Commands::              How to use shell commands inside @value{GDBN}
799
* Logging Output::              How to log @value{GDBN}'s output to a file
800
@end menu
801
 
802
@node Invoking GDB
803
@section Invoking @value{GDBN}
804
 
805
Invoke @value{GDBN} by running the program @code{@value{GDBP}}.  Once started,
806
@value{GDBN} reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
807
 
808
You can also run @code{@value{GDBP}} with a variety of arguments and options,
809
to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
810
 
811
The command-line options described here are designed
812
to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these
813
options may effectively be unavailable.
814
 
815
The most usual way to start @value{GDBN} is with one argument,
816
specifying an executable program:
817
 
818
@smallexample
819
@value{GDBP} @var{program}
820
@end smallexample
821
 
822
@noindent
823
You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
824
specified:
825
 
826
@smallexample
827
@value{GDBP} @var{program} @var{core}
828
@end smallexample
829
 
830
You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
831
to debug a running process:
832
 
833
@smallexample
834
@value{GDBP} @var{program} 1234
835
@end smallexample
836
 
837
@noindent
838
would attach @value{GDBN} to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
839
named @file{1234}; @value{GDBN} does check for a core file first).
840
 
841
Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly
842
complete operating system; when you use @value{GDBN} as a remote
843
debugger attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of
844
``process'', and there is often no way to get a core dump.  @value{GDBN}
845
will warn you if it is unable to attach or to read core dumps.
846
 
847
You can optionally have @code{@value{GDBP}} pass any arguments after the
848
executable file to the inferior using @code{--args}.  This option stops
849
option processing.
850
@smallexample
851
@value{GDBP} --args gcc -O2 -c foo.c
852
@end smallexample
853
This will cause @code{@value{GDBP}} to debug @code{gcc}, and to set
854
@code{gcc}'s command-line arguments (@pxref{Arguments}) to @samp{-O2 -c foo.c}.
855
 
856
You can run @code{@value{GDBP}} without printing the front material, which describes
857
@value{GDBN}'s non-warranty, by specifying @code{-silent}:
858
 
859
@smallexample
860
@value{GDBP} -silent
861
@end smallexample
862
 
863
@noindent
864
You can further control how @value{GDBN} starts up by using command-line
865
options.  @value{GDBN} itself can remind you of the options available.
866
 
867
@noindent
868
Type
869
 
870
@smallexample
871
@value{GDBP} -help
872
@end smallexample
873
 
874
@noindent
875
to display all available options and briefly describe their use
876
(@samp{@value{GDBP} -h} is a shorter equivalent).
877
 
878
All options and command line arguments you give are processed
879
in sequential order.  The order makes a difference when the
880
@samp{-x} option is used.
881
 
882
 
883
@menu
884
* File Options::                Choosing files
885
* Mode Options::                Choosing modes
886
* Startup::                     What @value{GDBN} does during startup
887
@end menu
888
 
889
@node File Options
890
@subsection Choosing Files
891
 
892
When @value{GDBN} starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
893
specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID).  This is
894
the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and
895
@samp{-c} (or @samp{-p}) options respectively.  (@value{GDBN} reads the
896
first argument that does not have an associated option flag as
897
equivalent to the @samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the
898
second argument that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as
899
equivalent to the @samp{-c}/@samp{-p} option followed by that argument.)
900
If the second argument begins with a decimal digit, @value{GDBN} will
901
first attempt to attach to it as a process, and if that fails, attempt
902
to open it as a corefile.  If you have a corefile whose name begins with
903
a digit, you can prevent @value{GDBN} from treating it as a pid by
904
prefixing it with @file{./}, e.g.@: @file{./12345}.
905
 
906
If @value{GDBN} has not been configured to included core file support,
907
such as for most embedded targets, then it will complain about a second
908
argument and ignore it.
909
 
910
Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
911
following list.  @value{GDBN} also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
912
them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
913
(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather
914
than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
915
 
916
@c NOTE: the @cindex entries here use double dashes ON PURPOSE.  This
917
@c way, both those who look for -foo and --foo in the index, will find
918
@c it.
919
 
920
@table @code
921
@item -symbols @var{file}
922
@itemx -s @var{file}
923
@cindex @code{--symbols}
924
@cindex @code{-s}
925
Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
926
 
927
@item -exec @var{file}
928
@itemx -e @var{file}
929
@cindex @code{--exec}
930
@cindex @code{-e}
931
Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when appropriate,
932
and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core dump.
933
 
934
@item -se @var{file}
935
@cindex @code{--se}
936
Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
937
file.
938
 
939
@item -core @var{file}
940
@itemx -c @var{file}
941
@cindex @code{--core}
942
@cindex @code{-c}
943
Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
944
 
945
@item -pid @var{number}
946
@itemx -p @var{number}
947
@cindex @code{--pid}
948
@cindex @code{-p}
949
Connect to process ID @var{number}, as with the @code{attach} command.
950
 
951
@item -command @var{file}
952
@itemx -x @var{file}
953
@cindex @code{--command}
954
@cindex @code{-x}
955
Execute @value{GDBN} commands from file @var{file}.  @xref{Command
956
Files,, Command files}.
957
 
958
@item -eval-command @var{command}
959
@itemx -ex @var{command}
960
@cindex @code{--eval-command}
961
@cindex @code{-ex}
962
Execute a single @value{GDBN} command.
963
 
964
This option may be used multiple times to call multiple commands.  It may
965
also be interleaved with @samp{-command} as required.
966
 
967
@smallexample
968
@value{GDBP} -ex 'target sim' -ex 'load' \
969
   -x setbreakpoints -ex 'run' a.out
970
@end smallexample
971
 
972
@item -directory @var{directory}
973
@itemx -d @var{directory}
974
@cindex @code{--directory}
975
@cindex @code{-d}
976
Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source and script files.
977
 
978
@item -r
979
@itemx -readnow
980
@cindex @code{--readnow}
981
@cindex @code{-r}
982
Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than
983
the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed.
984
This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster.
985
 
986
@end table
987
 
988
@node Mode Options
989
@subsection Choosing Modes
990
 
991
You can run @value{GDBN} in various alternative modes---for example, in
992
batch mode or quiet mode.
993
 
994
@table @code
995
@item -nx
996
@itemx -n
997
@cindex @code{--nx}
998
@cindex @code{-n}
999
Do not execute commands found in any initialization files.  Normally,
1000
@value{GDBN} executes the commands in these files after all the command
1001
options and arguments have been processed.  @xref{Command Files,,Command
1002
Files}.
1003
 
1004
@item -quiet
1005
@itemx -silent
1006
@itemx -q
1007
@cindex @code{--quiet}
1008
@cindex @code{--silent}
1009
@cindex @code{-q}
1010
``Quiet''.  Do not print the introductory and copyright messages.  These
1011
messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
1012
 
1013
@item -batch
1014
@cindex @code{--batch}
1015
Run in batch mode.  Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the
1016
command files specified with @samp{-x} (and all commands from
1017
initialization files, if not inhibited with @samp{-n}).  Exit with
1018
nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the @value{GDBN} commands
1019
in the command files.
1020
 
1021
Batch mode may be useful for running @value{GDBN} as a filter, for
1022
example to download and run a program on another computer; in order to
1023
make this more useful, the message
1024
 
1025
@smallexample
1026
Program exited normally.
1027
@end smallexample
1028
 
1029
@noindent
1030
(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under
1031
@value{GDBN} control terminates) is not issued when running in batch
1032
mode.
1033
 
1034
@item -batch-silent
1035
@cindex @code{--batch-silent}
1036
Run in batch mode exactly like @samp{-batch}, but totally silently.  All
1037
@value{GDBN} output to @code{stdout} is prevented (@code{stderr} is
1038
unaffected).  This is much quieter than @samp{-silent} and would be useless
1039
for an interactive session.
1040
 
1041
This is particularly useful when using targets that give @samp{Loading section}
1042
messages, for example.
1043
 
1044
Note that targets that give their output via @value{GDBN}, as opposed to
1045
writing directly to @code{stdout}, will also be made silent.
1046
 
1047
@item -return-child-result
1048
@cindex @code{--return-child-result}
1049
The return code from @value{GDBN} will be the return code from the child
1050
process (the process being debugged), with the following exceptions:
1051
 
1052
@itemize @bullet
1053
@item
1054
@value{GDBN} exits abnormally.  E.g., due to an incorrect argument or an
1055
internal error.  In this case the exit code is the same as it would have been
1056
without @samp{-return-child-result}.
1057
@item
1058
The user quits with an explicit value.  E.g., @samp{quit 1}.
1059
@item
1060
The child process never runs, or is not allowed to terminate, in which case
1061
the exit code will be -1.
1062
@end itemize
1063
 
1064
This option is useful in conjunction with @samp{-batch} or @samp{-batch-silent},
1065
when @value{GDBN} is being used as a remote program loader or simulator
1066
interface.
1067
 
1068
@item -nowindows
1069
@itemx -nw
1070
@cindex @code{--nowindows}
1071
@cindex @code{-nw}
1072
``No windows''.  If @value{GDBN} comes with a graphical user interface
1073
(GUI) built in, then this option tells @value{GDBN} to only use the command-line
1074
interface.  If no GUI is available, this option has no effect.
1075
 
1076
@item -windows
1077
@itemx -w
1078
@cindex @code{--windows}
1079
@cindex @code{-w}
1080
If @value{GDBN} includes a GUI, then this option requires it to be
1081
used if possible.
1082
 
1083
@item -cd @var{directory}
1084
@cindex @code{--cd}
1085
Run @value{GDBN} using @var{directory} as its working directory,
1086
instead of the current directory.
1087
 
1088
@item -fullname
1089
@itemx -f
1090
@cindex @code{--fullname}
1091
@cindex @code{-f}
1092
@sc{gnu} Emacs sets this option when it runs @value{GDBN} as a
1093
subprocess.  It tells @value{GDBN} to output the full file name and line
1094
number in a standard, recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is
1095
displayed (which includes each time your program stops).  This
1096
recognizable format looks like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by
1097
the file name, line number and character position separated by colons,
1098
and a newline.  The Emacs-to-@value{GDBN} interface program uses the two
1099
@samp{\032} characters as a signal to display the source code for the
1100
frame.
1101
 
1102
@item -epoch
1103
@cindex @code{--epoch}
1104
The Epoch Emacs-@value{GDBN} interface sets this option when it runs
1105
@value{GDBN} as a subprocess.  It tells @value{GDBN} to modify its print
1106
routines so as to allow Epoch to display values of expressions in a
1107
separate window.
1108
 
1109
@item -annotate @var{level}
1110
@cindex @code{--annotate}
1111
This option sets the @dfn{annotation level} inside @value{GDBN}.  Its
1112
effect is identical to using @samp{set annotate @var{level}}
1113
(@pxref{Annotations}).  The annotation @var{level} controls how much
1114
information @value{GDBN} prints together with its prompt, values of
1115
expressions, source lines, and other types of output.  Level 0 is the
1116
normal, level 1 is for use when @value{GDBN} is run as a subprocess of
1117
@sc{gnu} Emacs, level 3 is the maximum annotation suitable for programs
1118
that control @value{GDBN}, and level 2 has been deprecated.
1119
 
1120
The annotation mechanism has largely been superseded by @sc{gdb/mi}
1121
(@pxref{GDB/MI}).
1122
 
1123
@item --args
1124
@cindex @code{--args}
1125
Change interpretation of command line so that arguments following the
1126
executable file are passed as command line arguments to the inferior.
1127
This option stops option processing.
1128
 
1129
@item -baud @var{bps}
1130
@itemx -b @var{bps}
1131
@cindex @code{--baud}
1132
@cindex @code{-b}
1133
Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
1134
interface used by @value{GDBN} for remote debugging.
1135
 
1136
@item -l @var{timeout}
1137
@cindex @code{-l}
1138
Set the timeout (in seconds) of any communication used by @value{GDBN}
1139
for remote debugging.
1140
 
1141
@item -tty @var{device}
1142
@itemx -t @var{device}
1143
@cindex @code{--tty}
1144
@cindex @code{-t}
1145
Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
1146
@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty.  Investigate.
1147
 
1148
@c resolve the situation of these eventually
1149
@item -tui
1150
@cindex @code{--tui}
1151
Activate the @dfn{Text User Interface} when starting.  The Text User
1152
Interface manages several text windows on the terminal, showing
1153
source, assembly, registers and @value{GDBN} command outputs
1154
(@pxref{TUI, ,@value{GDBN} Text User Interface}).  Alternatively, the
1155
Text User Interface can be enabled by invoking the program
1156
@samp{@value{GDBTUI}}.  Do not use this option if you run @value{GDBN} from
1157
Emacs (@pxref{Emacs, ,Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}).
1158
 
1159
@c @item -xdb
1160
@c @cindex @code{--xdb}
1161
@c Run in XDB compatibility mode, allowing the use of certain XDB commands.
1162
@c For information, see the file @file{xdb_trans.html}, which is usually
1163
@c installed in the directory @code{/opt/langtools/wdb/doc} on HP-UX
1164
@c systems.
1165
 
1166
@item -interpreter @var{interp}
1167
@cindex @code{--interpreter}
1168
Use the interpreter @var{interp} for interface with the controlling
1169
program or device.  This option is meant to be set by programs which
1170
communicate with @value{GDBN} using it as a back end.
1171
@xref{Interpreters, , Command Interpreters}.
1172
 
1173
@samp{--interpreter=mi} (or @samp{--interpreter=mi2}) causes
1174
@value{GDBN} to use the @dfn{@sc{gdb/mi} interface} (@pxref{GDB/MI, ,
1175
The @sc{gdb/mi} Interface}) included since @value{GDBN} version 6.0.  The
1176
previous @sc{gdb/mi} interface, included in @value{GDBN} version 5.3 and
1177
selected with @samp{--interpreter=mi1}, is deprecated.  Earlier
1178
@sc{gdb/mi} interfaces are no longer supported.
1179
 
1180
@item -write
1181
@cindex @code{--write}
1182
Open the executable and core files for both reading and writing.  This
1183
is equivalent to the @samp{set write on} command inside @value{GDBN}
1184
(@pxref{Patching}).
1185
 
1186
@item -statistics
1187
@cindex @code{--statistics}
1188
This option causes @value{GDBN} to print statistics about time and
1189
memory usage after it completes each command and returns to the prompt.
1190
 
1191
@item -version
1192
@cindex @code{--version}
1193
This option causes @value{GDBN} to print its version number and
1194
no-warranty blurb, and exit.
1195
 
1196
@end table
1197
 
1198
@node Startup
1199
@subsection What @value{GDBN} Does During Startup
1200
@cindex @value{GDBN} startup
1201
 
1202
Here's the description of what @value{GDBN} does during session startup:
1203
 
1204
@enumerate
1205
@item
1206
Sets up the command interpreter as specified by the command line
1207
(@pxref{Mode Options, interpreter}).
1208
 
1209
@item
1210
@cindex init file
1211
Reads the @dfn{init file} (if any) in your home directory@footnote{On
1212
DOS/Windows systems, the home directory is the one pointed to by the
1213
@code{HOME} environment variable.} and executes all the commands in
1214
that file.
1215
 
1216
@item
1217
Processes command line options and operands.
1218
 
1219
@item
1220
Reads and executes the commands from init file (if any) in the current
1221
working directory.  This is only done if the current directory is
1222
different from your home directory.  Thus, you can have more than one
1223
init file, one generic in your home directory, and another, specific
1224
to the program you are debugging, in the directory where you invoke
1225
@value{GDBN}.
1226
 
1227
@item
1228
Reads command files specified by the @samp{-x} option.  @xref{Command
1229
Files}, for more details about @value{GDBN} command files.
1230
 
1231
@item
1232
Reads the command history recorded in the @dfn{history file}.
1233
@xref{Command History}, for more details about the command history and the
1234
files where @value{GDBN} records it.
1235
@end enumerate
1236
 
1237
Init files use the same syntax as @dfn{command files} (@pxref{Command
1238
Files}) and are processed by @value{GDBN} in the same way.  The init
1239
file in your home directory can set options (such as @samp{set
1240
complaints}) that affect subsequent processing of command line options
1241
and operands.  Init files are not executed if you use the @samp{-nx}
1242
option (@pxref{Mode Options, ,Choosing Modes}).
1243
 
1244
@cindex init file name
1245
@cindex @file{.gdbinit}
1246
@cindex @file{gdb.ini}
1247
The @value{GDBN} init files are normally called @file{.gdbinit}.
1248
The DJGPP port of @value{GDBN} uses the name @file{gdb.ini}, due to
1249
the limitations of file names imposed by DOS filesystems.  The Windows
1250
ports of @value{GDBN} use the standard name, but if they find a
1251
@file{gdb.ini} file, they warn you about that and suggest to rename
1252
the file to the standard name.
1253
 
1254
 
1255
@node Quitting GDB
1256
@section Quitting @value{GDBN}
1257
@cindex exiting @value{GDBN}
1258
@cindex leaving @value{GDBN}
1259
 
1260
@table @code
1261
@kindex quit @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]}
1262
@kindex q @r{(@code{quit})}
1263
@item quit @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]}
1264
@itemx q
1265
To exit @value{GDBN}, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated
1266
@code{q}), or type an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{Ctrl-d}).  If you
1267
do not supply @var{expression}, @value{GDBN} will terminate normally;
1268
otherwise it will terminate using the result of @var{expression} as the
1269
error code.
1270
@end table
1271
 
1272
@cindex interrupt
1273
An interrupt (often @kbd{Ctrl-c}) does not exit from @value{GDBN}, but rather
1274
terminates the action of any @value{GDBN} command that is in progress and
1275
returns to @value{GDBN} command level.  It is safe to type the interrupt
1276
character at any time because @value{GDBN} does not allow it to take effect
1277
until a time when it is safe.
1278
 
1279
If you have been using @value{GDBN} to control an attached process or
1280
device, you can release it with the @code{detach} command
1281
(@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an Already-running Process}).
1282
 
1283
@node Shell Commands
1284
@section Shell Commands
1285
 
1286
If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
1287
debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend @value{GDBN}; you can
1288
just use the @code{shell} command.
1289
 
1290
@table @code
1291
@kindex shell
1292
@cindex shell escape
1293
@item shell @var{command string}
1294
Invoke a standard shell to execute @var{command string}.
1295
If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} determines which
1296
shell to run.  Otherwise @value{GDBN} uses the default shell
1297
(@file{/bin/sh} on Unix systems, @file{COMMAND.COM} on MS-DOS, etc.).
1298
@end table
1299
 
1300
The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
1301
You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in
1302
@value{GDBN}:
1303
 
1304
@table @code
1305
@kindex make
1306
@cindex calling make
1307
@item make @var{make-args}
1308
Execute the @code{make} program with the specified
1309
arguments.  This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
1310
@end table
1311
 
1312
@node Logging Output
1313
@section Logging Output
1314
@cindex logging @value{GDBN} output
1315
@cindex save @value{GDBN} output to a file
1316
 
1317
You may want to save the output of @value{GDBN} commands to a file.
1318
There are several commands to control @value{GDBN}'s logging.
1319
 
1320
@table @code
1321
@kindex set logging
1322
@item set logging on
1323
Enable logging.
1324
@item set logging off
1325
Disable logging.
1326
@cindex logging file name
1327
@item set logging file @var{file}
1328
Change the name of the current logfile.  The default logfile is @file{gdb.txt}.
1329
@item set logging overwrite [on|off]
1330
By default, @value{GDBN} will append to the logfile.  Set @code{overwrite} if
1331
you want @code{set logging on} to overwrite the logfile instead.
1332
@item set logging redirect [on|off]
1333
By default, @value{GDBN} output will go to both the terminal and the logfile.
1334
Set @code{redirect} if you want output to go only to the log file.
1335
@kindex show logging
1336
@item show logging
1337
Show the current values of the logging settings.
1338
@end table
1339
 
1340
@node Commands
1341
@chapter @value{GDBN} Commands
1342
 
1343
You can abbreviate a @value{GDBN} command to the first few letters of the command
1344
name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain
1345
@value{GDBN} commands by typing just @key{RET}.  You can also use the @key{TAB}
1346
key to get @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to
1347
show you the alternatives available, if there is more than one possibility).
1348
 
1349
@menu
1350
* Command Syntax::              How to give commands to @value{GDBN}
1351
* Completion::                  Command completion
1352
* Help::                        How to ask @value{GDBN} for help
1353
@end menu
1354
 
1355
@node Command Syntax
1356
@section Command Syntax
1357
 
1358
A @value{GDBN} command is a single line of input.  There is no limit on
1359
how long it can be.  It starts with a command name, which is followed by
1360
arguments whose meaning depends on the command name.  For example, the
1361
command @code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to
1362
step, as in @samp{step 5}.  You can also use the @code{step} command
1363
with no arguments.  Some commands do not allow any arguments.
1364
 
1365
@cindex abbreviation
1366
@value{GDBN} command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
1367
unambiguous.  Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
1368
documentation for individual commands.  In some cases, even ambiguous
1369
abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
1370
equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
1371
names start with @code{s}.  You can test abbreviations by using them as
1372
arguments to the @code{help} command.
1373
 
1374
@cindex repeating commands
1375
@kindex RET @r{(repeat last command)}
1376
A blank line as input to @value{GDBN} (typing just @key{RET}) means to
1377
repeat the previous command.  Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
1378
will not repeat this way; these are commands whose unintentional
1379
repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
1380
repeat.  User-defined commands can disable this feature; see
1381
@ref{Define, dont-repeat}.
1382
 
1383
The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
1384
@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
1385
exactly as typed.  This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
1386
 
1387
@value{GDBN} can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
1388
output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
1389
(@pxref{Screen Size,,Screen Size}).  Since it is easy to press one
1390
@key{RET} too many in this situation, @value{GDBN} disables command
1391
repetition after any command that generates this sort of display.
1392
 
1393
@kindex # @r{(a comment)}
1394
@cindex comment
1395
Any text from a @kbd{#} to the end of the line is a comment; it does
1396
nothing.  This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command
1397
Files,,Command Files}).
1398
 
1399
@cindex repeating command sequences
1400
@kindex Ctrl-o @r{(operate-and-get-next)}
1401
The @kbd{Ctrl-o} binding is useful for repeating a complex sequence of
1402
commands.  This command accepts the current line, like @key{RET}, and
1403
then fetches the next line relative to the current line from the history
1404
for editing.
1405
 
1406
@node Completion
1407
@section Command Completion
1408
 
1409
@cindex completion
1410
@cindex word completion
1411
@value{GDBN} can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there is
1412
only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities
1413
are for the next word in a command, at any time.  This works for @value{GDBN}
1414
commands, @value{GDBN} subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program.
1415
 
1416
Press the @key{TAB} key whenever you want @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest
1417
of a word.  If there is only one possibility, @value{GDBN} fills in the
1418
word, and waits for you to finish the command (or press @key{RET} to
1419
enter it).  For example, if you type
1420
 
1421
@c FIXME "@key" does not distinguish its argument sufficiently to permit
1422
@c complete accuracy in these examples; space introduced for clarity.
1423
@c If texinfo enhancements make it unnecessary, it would be nice to
1424
@c replace " @key" by "@key" in the following...
1425
@smallexample
1426
(@value{GDBP}) info bre @key{TAB}
1427
@end smallexample
1428
 
1429
@noindent
1430
@value{GDBN} fills in the rest of the word @samp{breakpoints}, since that is
1431
the only @code{info} subcommand beginning with @samp{bre}:
1432
 
1433
@smallexample
1434
(@value{GDBP}) info breakpoints
1435
@end smallexample
1436
 
1437
@noindent
1438
You can either press @key{RET} at this point, to run the @code{info
1439
breakpoints} command, or backspace and enter something else, if
1440
@samp{breakpoints} does not look like the command you expected.  (If you
1441
were sure you wanted @code{info breakpoints} in the first place, you
1442
might as well just type @key{RET} immediately after @samp{info bre},
1443
to exploit command abbreviations rather than command completion).
1444
 
1445
If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you press
1446
@key{TAB}, @value{GDBN} sounds a bell.  You can either supply more
1447
characters and try again, or just press @key{TAB} a second time;
1448
@value{GDBN} displays all the possible completions for that word.  For
1449
example, you might want to set a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name
1450
begins with @samp{make_}, but when you type @kbd{b make_@key{TAB}} @value{GDBN}
1451
just sounds the bell.  Typing @key{TAB} again displays all the
1452
function names in your program that begin with those characters, for
1453
example:
1454
 
1455
@smallexample
1456
(@value{GDBP}) b make_ @key{TAB}
1457
@exdent @value{GDBN} sounds bell; press @key{TAB} again, to see:
1458
make_a_section_from_file     make_environ
1459
make_abs_section             make_function_type
1460
make_blockvector             make_pointer_type
1461
make_cleanup                 make_reference_type
1462
make_command                 make_symbol_completion_list
1463
(@value{GDBP}) b make_
1464
@end smallexample
1465
 
1466
@noindent
1467
After displaying the available possibilities, @value{GDBN} copies your
1468
partial input (@samp{b make_} in the example) so you can finish the
1469
command.
1470
 
1471
If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place, you
1472
can press @kbd{M-?} rather than pressing @key{TAB} twice.  @kbd{M-?}
1473
means @kbd{@key{META} ?}.  You can type this either by holding down a
1474
key designated as the @key{META} shift on your keyboard (if there is
1475
one) while typing @kbd{?}, or as @key{ESC} followed by @kbd{?}.
1476
 
1477
@cindex quotes in commands
1478
@cindex completion of quoted strings
1479
Sometimes the string you need, while logically a ``word'', may contain
1480
parentheses or other characters that @value{GDBN} normally excludes from
1481
its notion of a word.  To permit word completion to work in this
1482
situation, you may enclose words in @code{'} (single quote marks) in
1483
@value{GDBN} commands.
1484
 
1485
The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the
1486
name of a C@t{++} function.  This is because C@t{++} allows function
1487
overloading (multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished
1488
by argument type).  For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you
1489
may need to distinguish whether you mean the version of @code{name}
1490
that takes an @code{int} parameter, @code{name(int)}, or the version
1491
that takes a @code{float} parameter, @code{name(float)}.  To use the
1492
word-completion facilities in this situation, type a single quote
1493
@code{'} at the beginning of the function name.  This alerts
1494
@value{GDBN} that it may need to consider more information than usual
1495
when you press @key{TAB} or @kbd{M-?} to request word completion:
1496
 
1497
@smallexample
1498
(@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( @kbd{M-?}
1499
bubble(double,double)    bubble(int,int)
1500
(@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble(
1501
@end smallexample
1502
 
1503
In some cases, @value{GDBN} can tell that completing a name requires using
1504
quotes.  When this happens, @value{GDBN} inserts the quote for you (while
1505
completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first
1506
place:
1507
 
1508
@smallexample
1509
(@value{GDBP}) b bub @key{TAB}
1510
@exdent @value{GDBN} alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell:
1511
(@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble(
1512
@end smallexample
1513
 
1514
@noindent
1515
In general, @value{GDBN} can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if
1516
you have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for
1517
completion on an overloaded symbol.
1518
 
1519
For more information about overloaded functions, see @ref{C Plus Plus
1520
Expressions, ,C@t{++} Expressions}.  You can use the command @code{set
1521
overload-resolution off} to disable overload resolution;
1522
see @ref{Debugging C Plus Plus, ,@value{GDBN} Features for C@t{++}}.
1523
 
1524
 
1525
@node Help
1526
@section Getting Help
1527
@cindex online documentation
1528
@kindex help
1529
 
1530
You can always ask @value{GDBN} itself for information on its commands,
1531
using the command @code{help}.
1532
 
1533
@table @code
1534
@kindex h @r{(@code{help})}
1535
@item help
1536
@itemx h
1537
You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
1538
display a short list of named classes of commands:
1539
 
1540
@smallexample
1541
(@value{GDBP}) help
1542
List of classes of commands:
1543
 
1544
aliases -- Aliases of other commands
1545
breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
1546
data -- Examining data
1547
files -- Specifying and examining files
1548
internals -- Maintenance commands
1549
obscure -- Obscure features
1550
running -- Running the program
1551
stack -- Examining the stack
1552
status -- Status inquiries
1553
support -- Support facilities
1554
tracepoints -- Tracing of program execution without
1555
               stopping the program
1556
user-defined -- User-defined commands
1557
 
1558
Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
1559
commands in that class.
1560
Type "help" followed by command name for full
1561
documentation.
1562
Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
1563
(@value{GDBP})
1564
@end smallexample
1565
@c the above line break eliminates huge line overfull...
1566
 
1567
@item help @var{class}
1568
Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
1569
list of the individual commands in that class.  For example, here is the
1570
help display for the class @code{status}:
1571
 
1572
@smallexample
1573
(@value{GDBP}) help status
1574
Status inquiries.
1575
 
1576
List of commands:
1577
 
1578
@c Line break in "show" line falsifies real output, but needed
1579
@c to fit in smallbook page size.
1580
info -- Generic command for showing things
1581
        about the program being debugged
1582
show -- Generic command for showing things
1583
        about the debugger
1584
 
1585
Type "help" followed by command name for full
1586
documentation.
1587
Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
1588
(@value{GDBP})
1589
@end smallexample
1590
 
1591
@item help @var{command}
1592
With a command name as @code{help} argument, @value{GDBN} displays a
1593
short paragraph on how to use that command.
1594
 
1595
@kindex apropos
1596
@item apropos @var{args}
1597
The @code{apropos} command searches through all of the @value{GDBN}
1598
commands, and their documentation, for the regular expression specified in
1599
@var{args}. It prints out all matches found. For example:
1600
 
1601
@smallexample
1602
apropos reload
1603
@end smallexample
1604
 
1605
@noindent
1606
results in:
1607
 
1608
@smallexample
1609
@c @group
1610
set symbol-reloading -- Set dynamic symbol table reloading
1611
                        multiple times in one run
1612
show symbol-reloading -- Show dynamic symbol table reloading
1613
                        multiple times in one run
1614
@c @end group
1615
@end smallexample
1616
 
1617
@kindex complete
1618
@item complete @var{args}
1619
The @code{complete @var{args}} command lists all the possible completions
1620
for the beginning of a command.  Use @var{args} to specify the beginning of the
1621
command you want completed.  For example:
1622
 
1623
@smallexample
1624
complete i
1625
@end smallexample
1626
 
1627
@noindent results in:
1628
 
1629
@smallexample
1630
@group
1631
if
1632
ignore
1633
info
1634
inspect
1635
@end group
1636
@end smallexample
1637
 
1638
@noindent This is intended for use by @sc{gnu} Emacs.
1639
@end table
1640
 
1641
In addition to @code{help}, you can use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{info}
1642
and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
1643
of @value{GDBN} itself.  Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
1644
manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context.  The listings
1645
under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
1646
all the sub-commands.  @xref{Index}.
1647
 
1648
@c @group
1649
@table @code
1650
@kindex info
1651
@kindex i @r{(@code{info})}
1652
@item info
1653
This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
1654
program.  For example, you can show the arguments passed to a function
1655
with @code{info args}, list the registers currently in use with @code{info
1656
registers}, or list the breakpoints you have set with @code{info breakpoints}.
1657
You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
1658
@w{@code{help info}}.
1659
 
1660
@kindex set
1661
@item set
1662
You can assign the result of an expression to an environment variable with
1663
@code{set}.  For example, you can set the @value{GDBN} prompt to a $-sign with
1664
@code{set prompt $}.
1665
 
1666
@kindex show
1667
@item show
1668
In contrast to @code{info}, @code{show} is for describing the state of
1669
@value{GDBN} itself.
1670
You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
1671
related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
1672
system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
1673
which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
1674
 
1675
@kindex info set
1676
To display all the settable parameters and their current
1677
values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
1678
@code{info set}.  Both commands produce the same display.
1679
@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
1680
@c FIXME...program.  Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
1681
@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
1682
@end table
1683
@c @end group
1684
 
1685
Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
1686
exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
1687
 
1688
@table @code
1689
@kindex show version
1690
@cindex @value{GDBN} version number
1691
@item show version
1692
Show what version of @value{GDBN} is running.  You should include this
1693
information in @value{GDBN} bug-reports.  If multiple versions of
1694
@value{GDBN} are in use at your site, you may need to determine which
1695
version of @value{GDBN} you are running; as @value{GDBN} evolves, new
1696
commands are introduced, and old ones may wither away.  Also, many
1697
system vendors ship variant versions of @value{GDBN}, and there are
1698
variant versions of @value{GDBN} in @sc{gnu}/Linux distributions as well.
1699
The version number is the same as the one announced when you start
1700
@value{GDBN}.
1701
 
1702
@kindex show copying
1703
@kindex info copying
1704
@cindex display @value{GDBN} copyright
1705
@item show copying
1706
@itemx info copying
1707
Display information about permission for copying @value{GDBN}.
1708
 
1709
@kindex show warranty
1710
@kindex info warranty
1711
@item show warranty
1712
@itemx info warranty
1713
Display the @sc{gnu} ``NO WARRANTY'' statement, or a warranty,
1714
if your version of @value{GDBN} comes with one.
1715
 
1716
@end table
1717
 
1718
@node Running
1719
@chapter Running Programs Under @value{GDBN}
1720
 
1721
When you run a program under @value{GDBN}, you must first generate
1722
debugging information when you compile it.
1723
 
1724
You may start @value{GDBN} with its arguments, if any, in an environment
1725
of your choice.  If you are doing native debugging, you may redirect
1726
your program's input and output, debug an already running process, or
1727
kill a child process.
1728
 
1729
@menu
1730
* Compilation::                 Compiling for debugging
1731
* Starting::                    Starting your program
1732
* Arguments::                   Your program's arguments
1733
* Environment::                 Your program's environment
1734
 
1735
* Working Directory::           Your program's working directory
1736
* Input/Output::                Your program's input and output
1737
* Attach::                      Debugging an already-running process
1738
* Kill Process::                Killing the child process
1739
 
1740
* Threads::                     Debugging programs with multiple threads
1741
* Processes::                   Debugging programs with multiple processes
1742
* Checkpoint/Restart::          Setting a @emph{bookmark} to return to later
1743
@end menu
1744
 
1745
@node Compilation
1746
@section Compiling for Debugging
1747
 
1748
In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
1749
debugging information when you compile it.  This debugging information
1750
is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
1751
variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
1752
and addresses in the executable code.
1753
 
1754
To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
1755
the compiler.
1756
 
1757
Programs that are to be shipped to your customers are compiled with
1758
optimizations, using the @samp{-O} compiler option.  However, many
1759
compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O} options
1760
together.  Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
1761
executables containing debugging information.
1762
 
1763
@value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C/C@t{++} compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or
1764
without @samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code.  We
1765
recommend that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a
1766
program.  You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense
1767
in pushing your luck.
1768
 
1769
@cindex optimized code, debugging
1770
@cindex debugging optimized code
1771
When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the
1772
optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger shows you what is
1773
really there.  Do not be too surprised when the execution path does not
1774
exactly match your source file!  An extreme example: if you define a
1775
variable, but never use it, @value{GDBN} never sees that
1776
variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence.
1777
 
1778
Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
1779
@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling.  If in
1780
doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
1781
please report it to us as a bug (including a test case!).
1782
@xref{Variables}, for more information about debugging optimized code.
1783
 
1784
Older versions of the @sc{gnu} C compiler permitted a variant option
1785
@w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information.  @value{GDBN} no longer supports this
1786
format; if your @sc{gnu} C compiler has this option, do not use it.
1787
 
1788
@value{GDBN} knows about preprocessor macros and can show you their
1789
expansion (@pxref{Macros}).  Most compilers do not include information
1790
about preprocessor macros in the debugging information if you specify
1791
the @option{-g} flag alone, because this information is rather large.
1792
Version 3.1 and later of @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
1793
provides macro information if you specify the options
1794
@option{-gdwarf-2} and @option{-g3}; the former option requests
1795
debugging information in the Dwarf 2 format, and the latter requests
1796
``extra information''.  In the future, we hope to find more compact
1797
ways to represent macro information, so that it can be included with
1798
@option{-g} alone.
1799
 
1800
@need 2000
1801
@node Starting
1802
@section Starting your Program
1803
@cindex starting
1804
@cindex running
1805
 
1806
@table @code
1807
@kindex run
1808
@kindex r @r{(@code{run})}
1809
@item run
1810
@itemx r
1811
Use the @code{run} command to start your program under @value{GDBN}.
1812
You must first specify the program name (except on VxWorks) with an
1813
argument to @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of
1814
@value{GDBN}}), or by using the @code{file} or @code{exec-file} command
1815
(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
1816
 
1817
@end table
1818
 
1819
If you are running your program in an execution environment that
1820
supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes
1821
that process run your program.  (In environments without processes,
1822
@code{run} jumps to the start of your program.)
1823
 
1824
The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
1825
receives from its superior.  @value{GDBN} provides ways to specify this
1826
information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program.  (You
1827
can change it after starting your program, but such changes only affect
1828
your program the next time you start it.)  This information may be
1829
divided into four categories:
1830
 
1831
@table @asis
1832
@item The @emph{arguments.}
1833
Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
1834
@code{run} command.  If a shell is available on your target, the shell
1835
is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
1836
(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing
1837
the arguments.
1838
In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used with the
1839
@code{SHELL} environment variable.
1840
@xref{Arguments, ,Your Program's Arguments}.
1841
 
1842
@item The @emph{environment.}
1843
Your program normally inherits its environment from @value{GDBN}, but you can
1844
use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
1845
environment} to change parts of the environment that affect
1846
your program.  @xref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}.
1847
 
1848
@item The @emph{working directory.}
1849
Your program inherits its working directory from @value{GDBN}.  You can set
1850
the @value{GDBN} working directory with the @code{cd} command in @value{GDBN}.
1851
@xref{Working Directory, ,Your Program's Working Directory}.
1852
 
1853
@item The @emph{standard input and output.}
1854
Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
1855
standard output as @value{GDBN} is using.  You can redirect input and output
1856
in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
1857
set a different device for your program.
1858
@xref{Input/Output, ,Your Program's Input and Output}.
1859
 
1860
@cindex pipes
1861
@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
1862
pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another
1863
program; if you attempt this, @value{GDBN} is likely to wind up debugging the
1864
wrong program.
1865
@end table
1866
 
1867
When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
1868
immediately.  @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and Continuing}, for discussion
1869
of how to arrange for your program to stop.  Once your program has
1870
stopped, you may call functions in your program, using the @code{print}
1871
or @code{call} commands.  @xref{Data, ,Examining Data}.
1872
 
1873
If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the last
1874
time @value{GDBN} read its symbols, @value{GDBN} discards its symbol
1875
table, and reads it again.  When it does this, @value{GDBN} tries to retain
1876
your current breakpoints.
1877
 
1878
@table @code
1879
@kindex start
1880
@item start
1881
@cindex run to main procedure
1882
The name of the main procedure can vary from language to language.
1883
With C or C@t{++}, the main procedure name is always @code{main}, but
1884
other languages such as Ada do not require a specific name for their
1885
main procedure.  The debugger provides a convenient way to start the
1886
execution of the program and to stop at the beginning of the main
1887
procedure, depending on the language used.
1888
 
1889
The @samp{start} command does the equivalent of setting a temporary
1890
breakpoint at the beginning of the main procedure and then invoking
1891
the @samp{run} command.
1892
 
1893
@cindex elaboration phase
1894
Some programs contain an @dfn{elaboration} phase where some startup code is
1895
executed before the main procedure is called.  This depends on the
1896
languages used to write your program.  In C@t{++}, for instance,
1897
constructors for static and global objects are executed before
1898
@code{main} is called.  It is therefore possible that the debugger stops
1899
before reaching the main procedure.  However, the temporary breakpoint
1900
will remain to halt execution.
1901
 
1902
Specify the arguments to give to your program as arguments to the
1903
@samp{start} command.  These arguments will be given verbatim to the
1904
underlying @samp{run} command.  Note that the same arguments will be
1905
reused if no argument is provided during subsequent calls to
1906
@samp{start} or @samp{run}.
1907
 
1908
It is sometimes necessary to debug the program during elaboration.  In
1909
these cases, using the @code{start} command would stop the execution of
1910
your program too late, as the program would have already completed the
1911
elaboration phase.  Under these circumstances, insert breakpoints in your
1912
elaboration code before running your program.
1913
@end table
1914
 
1915
@node Arguments
1916
@section Your Program's Arguments
1917
 
1918
@cindex arguments (to your program)
1919
The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
1920
@code{run} command.
1921
They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard characters and
1922
performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.  Your
1923
@code{SHELL} environment variable (if it exists) specifies what shell
1924
@value{GDBN} uses.  If you do not define @code{SHELL}, @value{GDBN} uses
1925
the default shell (@file{/bin/sh} on Unix).
1926
 
1927
On non-Unix systems, the program is usually invoked directly by
1928
@value{GDBN}, which emulates I/O redirection via the appropriate system
1929
calls, and the wildcard characters are expanded by the startup code of
1930
the program, not by the shell.
1931
 
1932
@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
1933
@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
1934
 
1935
@table @code
1936
@kindex set args
1937
@item set args
1938
Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run.  If
1939
@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} executes your program
1940
with no arguments.  Once you have run your program with arguments,
1941
using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
1942
it again without arguments.
1943
 
1944
@kindex show args
1945
@item show args
1946
Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
1947
@end table
1948
 
1949
@node Environment
1950
@section Your Program's Environment
1951
 
1952
@cindex environment (of your program)
1953
The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
1954
their values.  Environment variables conventionally record such things as
1955
your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
1956
path for programs to run.  Usually you set up environment variables with
1957
the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run.  When
1958
debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified
1959
environment without having to start @value{GDBN} over again.
1960
 
1961
@table @code
1962
@kindex path
1963
@item path @var{directory}
1964
Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
1965
(the search path for executables) that will be passed to your program.
1966
The value of @code{PATH} used by @value{GDBN} does not change.
1967
You may specify several directory names, separated by whitespace or by a
1968
system-dependent separator character (@samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on
1969
MS-DOS and MS-Windows).  If @var{directory} is already in the path, it
1970
is moved to the front, so it is searched sooner.
1971
 
1972
You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
1973
working directory at the time @value{GDBN} searches the path.  If you
1974
use @samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
1975
@code{path} command.  @value{GDBN} replaces @samp{.} in the
1976
@var{directory} argument (with the current path) before adding
1977
@var{directory} to the search path.
1978
@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to
1979
@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
1980
 
1981
@kindex show paths
1982
@item show paths
1983
Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
1984
environment variable).
1985
 
1986
@kindex show environment
1987
@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
1988
Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
1989
your program when it starts.  If you do not supply @var{varname},
1990
print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
1991
your program.  You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
1992
 
1993
@kindex set environment
1994
@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@var{value}@r{]}
1995
Set environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}.  The value
1996
changes for your program only, not for @value{GDBN} itself.  @var{value} may
1997
be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
1998
any interpretation is supplied by your program itself.  The @var{value}
1999
parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
2000
null value.
2001
@c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing
2002
@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
2003
 
2004
For example, this command:
2005
 
2006
@smallexample
2007
set env USER = foo
2008
@end smallexample
2009
 
2010
@noindent
2011
tells the debugged program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
2012
@samp{foo}.  (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
2013
are not actually required.)
2014
 
2015
@kindex unset environment
2016
@item unset environment @var{varname}
2017
Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
2018
program.  This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
2019
@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
2020
rather than assigning it an empty value.
2021
@end table
2022
 
2023
@emph{Warning:} On Unix systems, @value{GDBN} runs your program using
2024
the shell indicated
2025
by your @code{SHELL} environment variable if it exists (or
2026
@code{/bin/sh} if not).  If your @code{SHELL} variable names a shell
2027
that runs an initialization file---such as @file{.cshrc} for C-shell, or
2028
@file{.bashrc} for BASH---any variables you set in that file affect
2029
your program.  You may wish to move setting of environment variables to
2030
files that are only run when you sign on, such as @file{.login} or
2031
@file{.profile}.
2032
 
2033
@node Working Directory
2034
@section Your Program's Working Directory
2035
 
2036
@cindex working directory (of your program)
2037
Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
2038
working directory from the current working directory of @value{GDBN}.
2039
The @value{GDBN} working directory is initially whatever it inherited
2040
from its parent process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new
2041
working directory in @value{GDBN} with the @code{cd} command.
2042
 
2043
The @value{GDBN} working directory also serves as a default for the commands
2044
that specify files for @value{GDBN} to operate on.  @xref{Files, ,Commands to
2045
Specify Files}.
2046
 
2047
@table @code
2048
@kindex cd
2049
@cindex change working directory
2050
@item cd @var{directory}
2051
Set the @value{GDBN} working directory to @var{directory}.
2052
 
2053
@kindex pwd
2054
@item pwd
2055
Print the @value{GDBN} working directory.
2056
@end table
2057
 
2058
It is generally impossible to find the current working directory of
2059
the process being debugged (since a program can change its directory
2060
during its run).  If you work on a system where @value{GDBN} is
2061
configured with the @file{/proc} support, you can use the @code{info
2062
proc} command (@pxref{SVR4 Process Information}) to find out the
2063
current working directory of the debuggee.
2064
 
2065
@node Input/Output
2066
@section Your Program's Input and Output
2067
 
2068
@cindex redirection
2069
@cindex i/o
2070
@cindex terminal
2071
By default, the program you run under @value{GDBN} does input and output to
2072
the same terminal that @value{GDBN} uses.  @value{GDBN} switches the terminal
2073
to its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
2074
modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
2075
running your program.
2076
 
2077
@table @code
2078
@kindex info terminal
2079
@item info terminal
2080
Displays information recorded by @value{GDBN} about the terminal modes your
2081
program is using.
2082
@end table
2083
 
2084
You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
2085
redirection with the @code{run} command.  For example,
2086
 
2087
@smallexample
2088
run > outfile
2089
@end smallexample
2090
 
2091
@noindent
2092
starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
2093
 
2094
@kindex tty
2095
@cindex controlling terminal
2096
Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is
2097
with the @code{tty} command.  This command accepts a file name as
2098
argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
2099
commands.  It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
2100
process, for future @code{run} commands.  For example,
2101
 
2102
@smallexample
2103
tty /dev/ttyb
2104
@end smallexample
2105
 
2106
@noindent
2107
directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
2108
default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
2109
that as their controlling terminal.
2110
 
2111
An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
2112
effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
2113
terminal.
2114
 
2115
When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
2116
command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected.  The input
2117
for @value{GDBN} still comes from your terminal.  @code{tty} is an alias
2118
for @code{set inferior-tty}.
2119
 
2120
@cindex inferior tty
2121
@cindex set inferior controlling terminal
2122
You can use the @code{show inferior-tty} command to tell @value{GDBN} to
2123
display the name of the terminal that will be used for future runs of your
2124
program.
2125
 
2126
@table @code
2127
@item set inferior-tty /dev/ttyb
2128
@kindex set inferior-tty
2129
Set the tty for the program being debugged to /dev/ttyb.
2130
 
2131
@item show inferior-tty
2132
@kindex show inferior-tty
2133
Show the current tty for the program being debugged.
2134
@end table
2135
 
2136
@node Attach
2137
@section Debugging an Already-running Process
2138
@kindex attach
2139
@cindex attach
2140
 
2141
@table @code
2142
@item attach @var{process-id}
2143
This command attaches to a running process---one that was started
2144
outside @value{GDBN}.  (@code{info files} shows your active
2145
targets.)  The command takes as argument a process ID.  The usual way to
2146
find out the @var{process-id} of a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility,
2147
or with the @samp{jobs -l} shell command.
2148
 
2149
@code{attach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
2150
executing the command.
2151
@end table
2152
 
2153
To use @code{attach}, your program must be running in an environment
2154
which supports processes; for example, @code{attach} does not work for
2155
programs on bare-board targets that lack an operating system.  You must
2156
also have permission to send the process a signal.
2157
 
2158
When you use @code{attach}, the debugger finds the program running in
2159
the process first by looking in the current working directory, then (if
2160
the program is not found) by using the source file search path
2161
(@pxref{Source Path, ,Specifying Source Directories}).  You can also use
2162
the @code{file} command to load the program.  @xref{Files, ,Commands to
2163
Specify Files}.
2164
 
2165
The first thing @value{GDBN} does after arranging to debug the specified
2166
process is to stop it.  You can examine and modify an attached process
2167
with all the @value{GDBN} commands that are ordinarily available when
2168
you start processes with @code{run}.  You can insert breakpoints; you
2169
can step and continue; you can modify storage.  If you would rather the
2170
process continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
2171
attaching @value{GDBN} to the process.
2172
 
2173
@table @code
2174
@kindex detach
2175
@item detach
2176
When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
2177
@code{detach} command to release it from @value{GDBN} control.  Detaching
2178
the process continues its execution.  After the @code{detach} command,
2179
that process and @value{GDBN} become completely independent once more, and you
2180
are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
2181
@code{detach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
2182
executing the command.
2183
@end table
2184
 
2185
If you exit @value{GDBN} while you have an attached process, you detach
2186
that process.  If you use the @code{run} command, you kill that process.
2187
By default, @value{GDBN} asks for confirmation if you try to do either of these
2188
things; you can control whether or not you need to confirm by using the
2189
@code{set confirm} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
2190
Messages}).
2191
 
2192
@node Kill Process
2193
@section Killing the Child Process
2194
 
2195
@table @code
2196
@kindex kill
2197
@item kill
2198
Kill the child process in which your program is running under @value{GDBN}.
2199
@end table
2200
 
2201
This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
2202
running process.  @value{GDBN} ignores any core dump file while your program
2203
is running.
2204
 
2205
On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside @value{GDBN}
2206
while you have breakpoints set on it inside @value{GDBN}.  You can use the
2207
@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program
2208
outside the debugger.
2209
 
2210
The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
2211
relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
2212
executable file while it is running in a process.  In this case, when you
2213
next type @code{run}, @value{GDBN} notices that the file has changed, and
2214
reads the symbol table again (while trying to preserve your current
2215
breakpoint settings).
2216
 
2217
@node Threads
2218
@section Debugging Programs with Multiple Threads
2219
 
2220
@cindex threads of execution
2221
@cindex multiple threads
2222
@cindex switching threads
2223
In some operating systems, such as HP-UX and Solaris, a single program
2224
may have more than one @dfn{thread} of execution.  The precise semantics
2225
of threads differ from one operating system to another, but in general
2226
the threads of a single program are akin to multiple processes---except
2227
that they share one address space (that is, they can all examine and
2228
modify the same variables).  On the other hand, each thread has its own
2229
registers and execution stack, and perhaps private memory.
2230
 
2231
@value{GDBN} provides these facilities for debugging multi-thread
2232
programs:
2233
 
2234
@itemize @bullet
2235
@item automatic notification of new threads
2236
@item @samp{thread @var{threadno}}, a command to switch among threads
2237
@item @samp{info threads}, a command to inquire about existing threads
2238
@item @samp{thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{args}},
2239
a command to apply a command to a list of threads
2240
@item thread-specific breakpoints
2241
@item @samp{set print thread-events}, which controls printing of
2242
messages on thread start and exit.
2243
@end itemize
2244
 
2245
@quotation
2246
@emph{Warning:} These facilities are not yet available on every
2247
@value{GDBN} configuration where the operating system supports threads.
2248
If your @value{GDBN} does not support threads, these commands have no
2249
effect.  For example, a system without thread support shows no output
2250
from @samp{info threads}, and always rejects the @code{thread} command,
2251
like this:
2252
 
2253
@smallexample
2254
(@value{GDBP}) info threads
2255
(@value{GDBP}) thread 1
2256
Thread ID 1 not known.  Use the "info threads" command to
2257
see the IDs of currently known threads.
2258
@end smallexample
2259
@c FIXME to implementors: how hard would it be to say "sorry, this GDB
2260
@c                        doesn't support threads"?
2261
@end quotation
2262
 
2263
@cindex focus of debugging
2264
@cindex current thread
2265
The @value{GDBN} thread debugging facility allows you to observe all
2266
threads while your program runs---but whenever @value{GDBN} takes
2267
control, one thread in particular is always the focus of debugging.
2268
This thread is called the @dfn{current thread}.  Debugging commands show
2269
program information from the perspective of the current thread.
2270
 
2271
@cindex @code{New} @var{systag} message
2272
@cindex thread identifier (system)
2273
@c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message
2274
@c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that
2275
@c thread without first checking `info threads'.
2276
Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays
2277
the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the
2278
form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}.  @var{systag} is a thread identifier
2279
whose form varies depending on the particular system.  For example, on
2280
@sc{gnu}/Linux, you might see
2281
 
2282
@smallexample
2283
[New Thread 46912507313328 (LWP 25582)]
2284
@end smallexample
2285
 
2286
@noindent
2287
when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread.  In contrast, on an SGI system,
2288
the @var{systag} is simply something like @samp{process 368}, with no
2289
further qualifier.
2290
 
2291
@c FIXME!! (1) Does the [New...] message appear even for the very first
2292
@c         thread of a program, or does it only appear for the
2293
@c         second---i.e.@: when it becomes obvious we have a multithread
2294
@c         program?
2295
@c         (2) *Is* there necessarily a first thread always?  Or do some
2296
@c         multithread systems permit starting a program with multiple
2297
@c         threads ab initio?
2298
 
2299
@cindex thread number
2300
@cindex thread identifier (GDB)
2301
For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread
2302
number---always a single integer---with each thread in your program.
2303
 
2304
@table @code
2305
@kindex info threads
2306
@item info threads
2307
Display a summary of all threads currently in your
2308
program.  @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order):
2309
 
2310
@enumerate
2311
@item
2312
the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN}
2313
 
2314
@item
2315
the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag})
2316
 
2317
@item
2318
the current stack frame summary for that thread
2319
@end enumerate
2320
 
2321
@noindent
2322
An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number
2323
indicates the current thread.
2324
 
2325
For example,
2326
@end table
2327
@c end table here to get a little more width for example
2328
 
2329
@smallexample
2330
(@value{GDBP}) info threads
2331
  3 process 35 thread 27  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
2332
  2 process 35 thread 23  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
2333
* 1 process 35 thread 13  main (argc=1, argv=0x7ffffff8)
2334
    at threadtest.c:68
2335
@end smallexample
2336
 
2337
On HP-UX systems:
2338
 
2339
@cindex debugging multithreaded programs (on HP-UX)
2340
@cindex thread identifier (GDB), on HP-UX
2341
For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread
2342
number---a small integer assigned in thread-creation order---with each
2343
thread in your program.
2344
 
2345
@cindex @code{New} @var{systag} message, on HP-UX
2346
@cindex thread identifier (system), on HP-UX
2347
@c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message
2348
@c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that
2349
@c thread without first checking `info threads'.
2350
Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays
2351
both @value{GDBN}'s thread number and the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the
2352
form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}.  @var{systag} is a thread identifier
2353
whose form varies depending on the particular system.  For example, on
2354
HP-UX, you see
2355
 
2356
@smallexample
2357
[New thread 2 (system thread 26594)]
2358
@end smallexample
2359
 
2360
@noindent
2361
when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread.
2362
 
2363
@table @code
2364
@kindex info threads (HP-UX)
2365
@item info threads
2366
Display a summary of all threads currently in your
2367
program.  @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order):
2368
 
2369
@enumerate
2370
@item the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN}
2371
 
2372
@item the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag})
2373
 
2374
@item the current stack frame summary for that thread
2375
@end enumerate
2376
 
2377
@noindent
2378
An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number
2379
indicates the current thread.
2380
 
2381
For example,
2382
@end table
2383
@c end table here to get a little more width for example
2384
 
2385
@smallexample
2386
(@value{GDBP}) info threads
2387
    * 3 system thread 26607  worker (wptr=0x7b09c318 "@@") \@*
2388
                               at quicksort.c:137
2389
      2 system thread 26606  0x7b0030d8 in __ksleep () \@*
2390
                               from /usr/lib/libc.2
2391
      1 system thread 27905  0x7b003498 in _brk () \@*
2392
                               from /usr/lib/libc.2
2393
@end smallexample
2394
 
2395
On Solaris, you can display more information about user threads with a
2396
Solaris-specific command:
2397
 
2398
@table @code
2399
@item maint info sol-threads
2400
@kindex maint info sol-threads
2401
@cindex thread info (Solaris)
2402
Display info on Solaris user threads.
2403
@end table
2404
 
2405
@table @code
2406
@kindex thread @var{threadno}
2407
@item thread @var{threadno}
2408
Make thread number @var{threadno} the current thread.  The command
2409
argument @var{threadno} is the internal @value{GDBN} thread number, as
2410
shown in the first field of the @samp{info threads} display.
2411
@value{GDBN} responds by displaying the system identifier of the thread
2412
you selected, and its current stack frame summary:
2413
 
2414
@smallexample
2415
@c FIXME!! This example made up; find a @value{GDBN} w/threads and get real one
2416
(@value{GDBP}) thread 2
2417
[Switching to process 35 thread 23]
2418
0x34e5 in sigpause ()
2419
@end smallexample
2420
 
2421
@noindent
2422
As with the @samp{[New @dots{}]} message, the form of the text after
2423
@samp{Switching to} depends on your system's conventions for identifying
2424
threads.
2425
 
2426
@kindex thread apply
2427
@cindex apply command to several threads
2428
@item thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{command}
2429
The @code{thread apply} command allows you to apply the named
2430
@var{command} to one or more threads.  Specify the numbers of the
2431
threads that you want affected with the command argument
2432
@var{threadno}.  It can be a single thread number, one of the numbers
2433
shown in the first field of the @samp{info threads} display; or it
2434
could be a range of thread numbers, as in @code{2-4}.  To apply a
2435
command to all threads, type @kbd{thread apply all @var{command}}.
2436
 
2437
@kindex set print thread-events
2438
@cindex print messages on thread start and exit
2439
@item set print thread-events
2440
@itemx set print thread-events on
2441
@itemx set print thread-events off
2442
The @code{set print thread-events} command allows you to enable or
2443
disable printing of messages when @value{GDBN} notices that new threads have
2444
started or that threads have exited.  By default, these messages will
2445
be printed if detection of these events is supported by the target.
2446
Note that these messages cannot be disabled on all targets.
2447
 
2448
@kindex show print thread-events
2449
@item show print thread-events
2450
Show whether messages will be printed when @value{GDBN} detects that threads
2451
have started and exited.
2452
@end table
2453
 
2454
@cindex automatic thread selection
2455
@cindex switching threads automatically
2456
@cindex threads, automatic switching
2457
Whenever @value{GDBN} stops your program, due to a breakpoint or a
2458
signal, it automatically selects the thread where that breakpoint or
2459
signal happened.  @value{GDBN} alerts you to the context switch with a
2460
message of the form @samp{[Switching to @var{systag}]} to identify the
2461
thread.
2462
 
2463
@xref{Thread Stops,,Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs}, for
2464
more information about how @value{GDBN} behaves when you stop and start
2465
programs with multiple threads.
2466
 
2467
@xref{Set Watchpoints,,Setting Watchpoints}, for information about
2468
watchpoints in programs with multiple threads.
2469
 
2470
@node Processes
2471
@section Debugging Programs with Multiple Processes
2472
 
2473
@cindex fork, debugging programs which call
2474
@cindex multiple processes
2475
@cindex processes, multiple
2476
On most systems, @value{GDBN} has no special support for debugging
2477
programs which create additional processes using the @code{fork}
2478
function.  When a program forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug the
2479
parent process and the child process will run unimpeded.  If you have
2480
set a breakpoint in any code which the child then executes, the child
2481
will get a @code{SIGTRAP} signal which (unless it catches the signal)
2482
will cause it to terminate.
2483
 
2484
However, if you want to debug the child process there is a workaround
2485
which isn't too painful.  Put a call to @code{sleep} in the code which
2486
the child process executes after the fork.  It may be useful to sleep
2487
only if a certain environment variable is set, or a certain file exists,
2488
so that the delay need not occur when you don't want to run @value{GDBN}
2489
on the child.  While the child is sleeping, use the @code{ps} program to
2490
get its process ID.  Then tell @value{GDBN} (a new invocation of
2491
@value{GDBN} if you are also debugging the parent process) to attach to
2492
the child process (@pxref{Attach}).  From that point on you can debug
2493
the child process just like any other process which you attached to.
2494
 
2495
On some systems, @value{GDBN} provides support for debugging programs that
2496
create additional processes using the @code{fork} or @code{vfork} functions.
2497
Currently, the only platforms with this feature are HP-UX (11.x and later
2498
only?) and @sc{gnu}/Linux (kernel version 2.5.60 and later).
2499
 
2500
By default, when a program forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug
2501
the parent process and the child process will run unimpeded.
2502
 
2503
If you want to follow the child process instead of the parent process,
2504
use the command @w{@code{set follow-fork-mode}}.
2505
 
2506
@table @code
2507
@kindex set follow-fork-mode
2508
@item set follow-fork-mode @var{mode}
2509
Set the debugger response to a program call of @code{fork} or
2510
@code{vfork}.  A call to @code{fork} or @code{vfork} creates a new
2511
process.  The @var{mode} argument can be:
2512
 
2513
@table @code
2514
@item parent
2515
The original process is debugged after a fork.  The child process runs
2516
unimpeded.  This is the default.
2517
 
2518
@item child
2519
The new process is debugged after a fork.  The parent process runs
2520
unimpeded.
2521
 
2522
@end table
2523
 
2524
@kindex show follow-fork-mode
2525
@item show follow-fork-mode
2526
Display the current debugger response to a @code{fork} or @code{vfork} call.
2527
@end table
2528
 
2529
@cindex debugging multiple processes
2530
On Linux, if you want to debug both the parent and child processes, use the
2531
command @w{@code{set detach-on-fork}}.
2532
 
2533
@table @code
2534
@kindex set detach-on-fork
2535
@item set detach-on-fork @var{mode}
2536
Tells gdb whether to detach one of the processes after a fork, or
2537
retain debugger control over them both.
2538
 
2539
@table @code
2540
@item on
2541
The child process (or parent process, depending on the value of
2542
@code{follow-fork-mode}) will be detached and allowed to run
2543
independently.  This is the default.
2544
 
2545
@item off
2546
Both processes will be held under the control of @value{GDBN}.
2547
One process (child or parent, depending on the value of
2548
@code{follow-fork-mode}) is debugged as usual, while the other
2549
is held suspended.
2550
 
2551
@end table
2552
 
2553
@kindex show detach-on-fork
2554
@item show detach-on-fork
2555
Show whether detach-on-fork mode is on/off.
2556
@end table
2557
 
2558
If you choose to set @samp{detach-on-fork} mode off, then
2559
@value{GDBN} will retain control of all forked processes (including
2560
nested forks).  You can list the forked processes under the control of
2561
@value{GDBN} by using the @w{@code{info forks}} command, and switch
2562
from one fork to another by using the @w{@code{fork}} command.
2563
 
2564
@table @code
2565
@kindex info forks
2566
@item info forks
2567
Print a list of all forked processes under the control of @value{GDBN}.
2568
The listing will include a fork id, a process id, and the current
2569
position (program counter) of the process.
2570
 
2571
@kindex fork @var{fork-id}
2572
@item fork @var{fork-id}
2573
Make fork number @var{fork-id} the current process.  The argument
2574
@var{fork-id} is the internal fork number assigned by @value{GDBN},
2575
as shown in the first field of the @samp{info forks} display.
2576
 
2577
@kindex process @var{process-id}
2578
@item process @var{process-id}
2579
Make process number @var{process-id} the current process.  The
2580
argument @var{process-id} must be one that is listed in the output of
2581
@samp{info forks}.
2582
 
2583
@end table
2584
 
2585
To quit debugging one of the forked processes, you can either detach
2586
from it by using the @w{@code{detach fork}} command (allowing it to
2587
run independently), or delete (and kill) it using the
2588
@w{@code{delete fork}} command.
2589
 
2590
@table @code
2591
@kindex detach fork @var{fork-id}
2592
@item detach fork @var{fork-id}
2593
Detach from the process identified by @value{GDBN} fork number
2594
@var{fork-id}, and remove it from the fork list.  The process will be
2595
allowed to run independently.
2596
 
2597
@kindex delete fork @var{fork-id}
2598
@item delete fork @var{fork-id}
2599
Kill the process identified by @value{GDBN} fork number @var{fork-id},
2600
and remove it from the fork list.
2601
 
2602
@end table
2603
 
2604
If you ask to debug a child process and a @code{vfork} is followed by an
2605
@code{exec}, @value{GDBN} executes the new target up to the first
2606
breakpoint in the new target.  If you have a breakpoint set on
2607
@code{main} in your original program, the breakpoint will also be set on
2608
the child process's @code{main}.
2609
 
2610
When a child process is spawned by @code{vfork}, you cannot debug the
2611
child or parent until an @code{exec} call completes.
2612
 
2613
If you issue a @code{run} command to @value{GDBN} after an @code{exec}
2614
call executes, the new target restarts.  To restart the parent process,
2615
use the @code{file} command with the parent executable name as its
2616
argument.
2617
 
2618
You can use the @code{catch} command to make @value{GDBN} stop whenever
2619
a @code{fork}, @code{vfork}, or @code{exec} call is made.  @xref{Set
2620
Catchpoints, ,Setting Catchpoints}.
2621
 
2622
@node Checkpoint/Restart
2623
@section Setting a @emph{Bookmark} to Return to Later
2624
 
2625
@cindex checkpoint
2626
@cindex restart
2627
@cindex bookmark
2628
@cindex snapshot of a process
2629
@cindex rewind program state
2630
 
2631
On certain operating systems@footnote{Currently, only
2632
@sc{gnu}/Linux.}, @value{GDBN} is able to save a @dfn{snapshot} of a
2633
program's state, called a @dfn{checkpoint}, and come back to it
2634
later.
2635
 
2636
Returning to a checkpoint effectively undoes everything that has
2637
happened in the program since the @code{checkpoint} was saved.  This
2638
includes changes in memory, registers, and even (within some limits)
2639
system state.  Effectively, it is like going back in time to the
2640
moment when the checkpoint was saved.
2641
 
2642
Thus, if you're stepping thru a program and you think you're
2643
getting close to the point where things go wrong, you can save
2644
a checkpoint.  Then, if you accidentally go too far and miss
2645
the critical statement, instead of having to restart your program
2646
from the beginning, you can just go back to the checkpoint and
2647
start again from there.
2648
 
2649
This can be especially useful if it takes a lot of time or
2650
steps to reach the point where you think the bug occurs.
2651
 
2652
To use the @code{checkpoint}/@code{restart} method of debugging:
2653
 
2654
@table @code
2655
@kindex checkpoint
2656
@item checkpoint
2657
Save a snapshot of the debugged program's current execution state.
2658
The @code{checkpoint} command takes no arguments, but each checkpoint
2659
is assigned a small integer id, similar to a breakpoint id.
2660
 
2661
@kindex info checkpoints
2662
@item info checkpoints
2663
List the checkpoints that have been saved in the current debugging
2664
session.  For each checkpoint, the following information will be
2665
listed:
2666
 
2667
@table @code
2668
@item Checkpoint ID
2669
@item Process ID
2670
@item Code Address
2671
@item Source line, or label
2672
@end table
2673
 
2674
@kindex restart @var{checkpoint-id}
2675
@item restart @var{checkpoint-id}
2676
Restore the program state that was saved as checkpoint number
2677
@var{checkpoint-id}.  All program variables, registers, stack frames
2678
etc.@:  will be returned to the values that they had when the checkpoint
2679
was saved.  In essence, gdb will ``wind back the clock'' to the point
2680
in time when the checkpoint was saved.
2681
 
2682
Note that breakpoints, @value{GDBN} variables, command history etc.
2683
are not affected by restoring a checkpoint.  In general, a checkpoint
2684
only restores things that reside in the program being debugged, not in
2685
the debugger.
2686
 
2687
@kindex delete checkpoint @var{checkpoint-id}
2688
@item delete checkpoint @var{checkpoint-id}
2689
Delete the previously-saved checkpoint identified by @var{checkpoint-id}.
2690
 
2691
@end table
2692
 
2693
Returning to a previously saved checkpoint will restore the user state
2694
of the program being debugged, plus a significant subset of the system
2695
(OS) state, including file pointers.  It won't ``un-write'' data from
2696
a file, but it will rewind the file pointer to the previous location,
2697
so that the previously written data can be overwritten.  For files
2698
opened in read mode, the pointer will also be restored so that the
2699
previously read data can be read again.
2700
 
2701
Of course, characters that have been sent to a printer (or other
2702
external device) cannot be ``snatched back'', and characters received
2703
from eg.@: a serial device can be removed from internal program buffers,
2704
but they cannot be ``pushed back'' into the serial pipeline, ready to
2705
be received again.  Similarly, the actual contents of files that have
2706
been changed cannot be restored (at this time).
2707
 
2708
However, within those constraints, you actually can ``rewind'' your
2709
program to a previously saved point in time, and begin debugging it
2710
again --- and you can change the course of events so as to debug a
2711
different execution path this time.
2712
 
2713
@cindex checkpoints and process id
2714
Finally, there is one bit of internal program state that will be
2715
different when you return to a checkpoint --- the program's process
2716
id.  Each checkpoint will have a unique process id (or @var{pid}),
2717
and each will be different from the program's original @var{pid}.
2718
If your program has saved a local copy of its process id, this could
2719
potentially pose a problem.
2720
 
2721
@subsection A Non-obvious Benefit of Using Checkpoints
2722
 
2723
On some systems such as @sc{gnu}/Linux, address space randomization
2724
is performed on new processes for security reasons.  This makes it
2725
difficult or impossible to set a breakpoint, or watchpoint, on an
2726
absolute address if you have to restart the program, since the
2727
absolute location of a symbol will change from one execution to the
2728
next.
2729
 
2730
A checkpoint, however, is an @emph{identical} copy of a process.
2731
Therefore if you create a checkpoint at (eg.@:) the start of main,
2732
and simply return to that checkpoint instead of restarting the
2733
process, you can avoid the effects of address randomization and
2734
your symbols will all stay in the same place.
2735
 
2736
@node Stopping
2737
@chapter Stopping and Continuing
2738
 
2739
The principal purposes of using a debugger are so that you can stop your
2740
program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
2741
trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
2742
 
2743
Inside @value{GDBN}, your program may stop for any of several reasons,
2744
such as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a
2745
@value{GDBN} command such as @code{step}.  You may then examine and
2746
change variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then
2747
continue execution.  Usually, the messages shown by @value{GDBN} provide
2748
ample explanation of the status of your program---but you can also
2749
explicitly request this information at any time.
2750
 
2751
@table @code
2752
@kindex info program
2753
@item info program
2754
Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
2755
running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
2756
@end table
2757
 
2758
@menu
2759
* Breakpoints::                 Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints
2760
* Continuing and Stepping::     Resuming execution
2761
* Signals::                     Signals
2762
* Thread Stops::                Stopping and starting multi-thread programs
2763
@end menu
2764
 
2765
@node Breakpoints
2766
@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Catchpoints
2767
 
2768
@cindex breakpoints
2769
A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
2770
the program is reached.  For each breakpoint, you can add conditions to
2771
control in finer detail whether your program stops.  You can set
2772
breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants (@pxref{Set
2773
Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}), to specify the place where your program
2774
should stop by line number, function name or exact address in the
2775
program.
2776
 
2777
On some systems, you can set breakpoints in shared libraries before
2778
the executable is run.  There is a minor limitation on HP-UX systems:
2779
you must wait until the executable is run in order to set breakpoints
2780
in shared library routines that are not called directly by the program
2781
(for example, routines that are arguments in a @code{pthread_create}
2782
call).
2783
 
2784
@cindex watchpoints
2785
@cindex data breakpoints
2786
@cindex memory tracing
2787
@cindex breakpoint on memory address
2788
@cindex breakpoint on variable modification
2789
A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program
2790
when the value of an expression changes.  The expression may be a value
2791
of a variable, or it could involve values of one or more variables
2792
combined by operators, such as @samp{a + b}.  This is sometimes called
2793
@dfn{data breakpoints}.  You must use a different command to set
2794
watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting Watchpoints}), but aside
2795
from that, you can manage a watchpoint like any other breakpoint: you
2796
enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints and watchpoints using the
2797
same commands.
2798
 
2799
You can arrange to have values from your program displayed automatically
2800
whenever @value{GDBN} stops at a breakpoint.  @xref{Auto Display,,
2801
Automatic Display}.
2802
 
2803
@cindex catchpoints
2804
@cindex breakpoint on events
2805
A @dfn{catchpoint} is another special breakpoint that stops your program
2806
when a certain kind of event occurs, such as the throwing of a C@t{++}
2807
exception or the loading of a library.  As with watchpoints, you use a
2808
different command to set a catchpoint (@pxref{Set Catchpoints, ,Setting
2809
Catchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a catchpoint like any
2810
other breakpoint.  (To stop when your program receives a signal, use the
2811
@code{handle} command; see @ref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
2812
 
2813
@cindex breakpoint numbers
2814
@cindex numbers for breakpoints
2815
@value{GDBN} assigns a number to each breakpoint, watchpoint, or
2816
catchpoint when you create it; these numbers are successive integers
2817
starting with one.  In many of the commands for controlling various
2818
features of breakpoints you use the breakpoint number to say which
2819
breakpoint you want to change.  Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or
2820
@dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has no effect on your program until you
2821
enable it again.
2822
 
2823
@cindex breakpoint ranges
2824
@cindex ranges of breakpoints
2825
Some @value{GDBN} commands accept a range of breakpoints on which to
2826
operate.  A breakpoint range is either a single breakpoint number, like
2827
@samp{5}, or two such numbers, in increasing order, separated by a
2828
hyphen, like @samp{5-7}.  When a breakpoint range is given to a command,
2829
all breakpoints in that range are operated on.
2830
 
2831
@menu
2832
* Set Breaks::                  Setting breakpoints
2833
* Set Watchpoints::             Setting watchpoints
2834
* Set Catchpoints::             Setting catchpoints
2835
* Delete Breaks::               Deleting breakpoints
2836
* Disabling::                   Disabling breakpoints
2837
* Conditions::                  Break conditions
2838
* Break Commands::              Breakpoint command lists
2839
* Breakpoint Menus::            Breakpoint menus
2840
* Error in Breakpoints::        ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
2841
* Breakpoint-related Warnings:: ``Breakpoint address adjusted...''
2842
@end menu
2843
 
2844
@node Set Breaks
2845
@subsection Setting Breakpoints
2846
 
2847
@c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt?
2848
@c       consider in particular declaration with/without initialization.
2849
@c
2850
@c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init?
2851
 
2852
@kindex break
2853
@kindex b @r{(@code{break})}
2854
@vindex $bpnum@r{, convenience variable}
2855
@cindex latest breakpoint
2856
Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated
2857
@code{b}).  The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the
2858
number of the breakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience
2859
Vars,, Convenience Variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with
2860
convenience variables.
2861
 
2862
@table @code
2863
@item break @var{location}
2864
Set a breakpoint at the given @var{location}, which can specify a
2865
function name, a line number, or an address of an instruction.
2866
(@xref{Specify Location}, for a list of all the possible ways to
2867
specify a @var{location}.)  The breakpoint will stop your program just
2868
before it executes any of the code in the specified @var{location}.
2869
 
2870
When using source languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as
2871
C@t{++}, a function name may refer to more than one possible place to break.
2872
@xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
2873
 
2874
@item break
2875
When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at
2876
the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
2877
(@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}).  In any selected frame but the
2878
innermost, this makes your program stop as soon as control
2879
returns to that frame.  This is similar to the effect of a
2880
@code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except
2881
that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint.  If you use
2882
@code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, @value{GDBN} stops
2883
the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful
2884
inside loops.
2885
 
2886
@value{GDBN} normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
2887
least one instruction has been executed.  If it did not do this, you
2888
would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
2889
breakpoint.  This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
2890
existed when your program stopped.
2891
 
2892
@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
2893
Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
2894
@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
2895
value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
2896
@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described
2897
above (or no argument) specifying where to break.  @xref{Conditions,
2898
,Break Conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions.
2899
 
2900
@kindex tbreak
2901
@item tbreak @var{args}
2902
Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  @var{args} are the
2903
same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
2904
way, but the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your
2905
program stops there.  @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
2906
 
2907
@kindex hbreak
2908
@cindex hardware breakpoints
2909
@item hbreak @var{args}
2910
Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint.  @var{args} are the same as for the
2911
@code{break} command and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the
2912
breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may not
2913
have this support.  The main purpose of this is EPROM/ROM code
2914
debugging, so you can set a breakpoint at an instruction without
2915
changing the instruction.  This can be used with the new trap-generation
2916
provided by SPARClite DSU and most x86-based targets.  These targets
2917
will generate traps when a program accesses some data or instruction
2918
address that is assigned to the debug registers.  However the hardware
2919
breakpoint registers can take a limited number of breakpoints.  For
2920
example, on the DSU, only two data breakpoints can be set at a time, and
2921
@value{GDBN} will reject this command if more than two are used.  Delete
2922
or disable unused hardware breakpoints before setting new ones
2923
(@pxref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}).
2924
@xref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}.
2925
For remote targets, you can restrict the number of hardware
2926
breakpoints @value{GDBN} will use, see @ref{set remote
2927
hardware-breakpoint-limit}.
2928
 
2929
@kindex thbreak
2930
@item thbreak @var{args}
2931
Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  @var{args}
2932
are the same as for the @code{hbreak} command and the breakpoint is set in
2933
the same way.  However, like the @code{tbreak} command,
2934
the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the
2935
first time your program stops there.  Also, like the @code{hbreak}
2936
command, the breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware
2937
may not have this support.  @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
2938
See also @ref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}.
2939
 
2940
@kindex rbreak
2941
@cindex regular expression
2942
@cindex breakpoints in functions matching a regexp
2943
@cindex set breakpoints in many functions
2944
@item rbreak @var{regex}
2945
Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
2946
@var{regex}.  This command sets an unconditional breakpoint on all
2947
matches, printing a list of all breakpoints it set.  Once these
2948
breakpoints are set, they are treated just like the breakpoints set with
2949
the @code{break} command.  You can delete them, disable them, or make
2950
them conditional the same way as any other breakpoint.
2951
 
2952
The syntax of the regular expression is the standard one used with tools
2953
like @file{grep}.  Note that this is different from the syntax used by
2954
shells, so for instance @code{foo*} matches all functions that include
2955
an @code{fo} followed by zero or more @code{o}s.  There is an implicit
2956
@code{.*} leading and trailing the regular expression you supply, so to
2957
match only functions that begin with @code{foo}, use @code{^foo}.
2958
 
2959
@cindex non-member C@t{++} functions, set breakpoint in
2960
When debugging C@t{++} programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
2961
breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
2962
classes.
2963
 
2964
@cindex set breakpoints on all functions
2965
The @code{rbreak} command can be used to set breakpoints in
2966
@strong{all} the functions in a program, like this:
2967
 
2968
@smallexample
2969
(@value{GDBP}) rbreak .
2970
@end smallexample
2971
 
2972
@kindex info breakpoints
2973
@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
2974
@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
2975
@itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
2976
@itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
2977
Print a table of all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints set and
2978
not deleted.  Optional argument @var{n} means print information only
2979
about the specified breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint).  For
2980
each breakpoint, following columns are printed:
2981
 
2982
@table @emph
2983
@item Breakpoint Numbers
2984
@item Type
2985
Breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint.
2986
@item Disposition
2987
Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit.
2988
@item Enabled or Disabled
2989
Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}.  @samp{n} marks breakpoints
2990
that are not enabled.
2991
@item Address
2992
Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address.  For a
2993
pending breakpoint whose address is not yet known, this field will
2994
contain @samp{<PENDING>}.  Such breakpoint won't fire until a shared
2995
library that has the symbol or line referred by breakpoint is loaded.
2996
See below for details.  A breakpoint with several locations will
2997
have @samp{<MULTIPLE>} in this field---see below for details.
2998
@item What
2999
Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and
3000
line number.  For a pending breakpoint, the original string passed to
3001
the breakpoint command will be listed as it cannot be resolved until
3002
the appropriate shared library is loaded in the future.
3003
@end table
3004
 
3005
@noindent
3006
If a breakpoint is conditional, @code{info break} shows the condition on
3007
the line following the affected breakpoint; breakpoint commands, if any,
3008
are listed after that.  A pending breakpoint is allowed to have a condition
3009
specified for it.  The condition is not parsed for validity until a shared
3010
library is loaded that allows the pending breakpoint to resolve to a
3011
valid location.
3012
 
3013
@noindent
3014
@code{info break} with a breakpoint
3015
number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint.  The
3016
convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for
3017
the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint
3018
listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).
3019
 
3020
@noindent
3021
@code{info break} displays a count of the number of times the breakpoint
3022
has been hit.  This is especially useful in conjunction with the
3023
@code{ignore} command.  You can ignore a large number of breakpoint
3024
hits, look at the breakpoint info to see how many times the breakpoint
3025
was hit, and then run again, ignoring one less than that number.  This
3026
will get you quickly to the last hit of that breakpoint.
3027
@end table
3028
 
3029
@value{GDBN} allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
3030
your program.  There is nothing silly or meaningless about this.  When
3031
the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful
3032
(@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
3033
 
3034
It is possible that a breakpoint corresponds to several locations
3035
in your program.  Examples of this situation are:
3036
 
3037
@itemize @bullet
3038
 
3039
@item
3040
For a C@t{++} constructor, the @value{NGCC} compiler generates several
3041
instances of the function body, used in different cases.
3042
 
3043
@item
3044
For a C@t{++} template function, a given line in the function can
3045
correspond to any number of instantiations.
3046
 
3047
@item
3048
For an inlined function, a given source line can correspond to
3049
several places where that function is inlined.
3050
 
3051
@end itemize
3052
 
3053
In all those cases, @value{GDBN} will insert a breakpoint at all
3054
the relevant locations.
3055
 
3056
A breakpoint with multiple locations is displayed in the breakpoint
3057
table using several rows---one header row, followed by one row for
3058
each breakpoint location.  The header row has @samp{<MULTIPLE>} in the
3059
address column.  The rows for individual locations contain the actual
3060
addresses for locations, and show the functions to which those
3061
locations belong.  The number column for a location is of the form
3062
@var{breakpoint-number}.@var{location-number}.
3063
 
3064
For example:
3065
 
3066
@smallexample
3067
Num     Type           Disp Enb  Address    What
3068
1       breakpoint     keep y    <MULTIPLE>
3069
        stop only if i==1
3070
        breakpoint already hit 1 time
3071
1.1                         y    0x080486a2 in void foo<int>() at t.cc:8
3072
1.2                         y    0x080486ca in void foo<double>() at t.cc:8
3073
@end smallexample
3074
 
3075
Each location can be individually enabled or disabled by passing
3076
@var{breakpoint-number}.@var{location-number} as argument to the
3077
@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands.  Note that you cannot
3078
delete the individual locations from the list, you can only delete the
3079
entire list of locations that belong to their parent breakpoint (with
3080
the @kbd{delete @var{num}} command, where @var{num} is the number of
3081
the parent breakpoint, 1 in the above example).  Disabling or enabling
3082
the parent breakpoint (@pxref{Disabling}) affects all of the locations
3083
that belong to that breakpoint.
3084
 
3085
@cindex pending breakpoints
3086
It's quite common to have a breakpoint inside a shared library.
3087
Shared libraries can be loaded and unloaded explicitly,
3088
and possibly repeatedly, as the program is executed.  To support
3089
this use case, @value{GDBN} updates breakpoint locations whenever
3090
any shared library is loaded or unloaded.  Typically, you would
3091
set a breakpoint in a shared library at the beginning of your
3092
debugging session, when the library is not loaded, and when the
3093
symbols from the library are not available.  When you try to set
3094
breakpoint, @value{GDBN} will ask you if you want to set
3095
a so called @dfn{pending breakpoint}---breakpoint whose address
3096
is not yet resolved.
3097
 
3098
After the program is run, whenever a new shared library is loaded,
3099
@value{GDBN} reevaluates all the breakpoints.  When a newly loaded
3100
shared library contains the symbol or line referred to by some
3101
pending breakpoint, that breakpoint is resolved and becomes an
3102
ordinary breakpoint.  When a library is unloaded, all breakpoints
3103
that refer to its symbols or source lines become pending again.
3104
 
3105
This logic works for breakpoints with multiple locations, too.  For
3106
example, if you have a breakpoint in a C@t{++} template function, and
3107
a newly loaded shared library has an instantiation of that template,
3108
a new location is added to the list of locations for the breakpoint.
3109
 
3110
Except for having unresolved address, pending breakpoints do not
3111
differ from regular breakpoints.  You can set conditions or commands,
3112
enable and disable them and perform other breakpoint operations.
3113
 
3114
@value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling what
3115
happens when the @samp{break} command cannot resolve breakpoint
3116
address specification to an address:
3117
 
3118
@kindex set breakpoint pending
3119
@kindex show breakpoint pending
3120
@table @code
3121
@item set breakpoint pending auto
3122
This is the default behavior.  When @value{GDBN} cannot find the breakpoint
3123
location, it queries you whether a pending breakpoint should be created.
3124
 
3125
@item set breakpoint pending on
3126
This indicates that an unrecognized breakpoint location should automatically
3127
result in a pending breakpoint being created.
3128
 
3129
@item set breakpoint pending off
3130
This indicates that pending breakpoints are not to be created.  Any
3131
unrecognized breakpoint location results in an error.  This setting does
3132
not affect any pending breakpoints previously created.
3133
 
3134
@item show breakpoint pending
3135
Show the current behavior setting for creating pending breakpoints.
3136
@end table
3137
 
3138
The settings above only affect the @code{break} command and its
3139
variants.  Once breakpoint is set, it will be automatically updated
3140
as shared libraries are loaded and unloaded.
3141
 
3142
@cindex automatic hardware breakpoints
3143
For some targets, @value{GDBN} can automatically decide if hardware or
3144
software breakpoints should be used, depending on whether the
3145
breakpoint address is read-only or read-write.  This applies to
3146
breakpoints set with the @code{break} command as well as to internal
3147
breakpoints set by commands like @code{next} and @code{finish}.  For
3148
breakpoints set with @code{hbreak}, @value{GDBN} will always use hardware
3149
breakpoints.
3150
 
3151
You can control this automatic behaviour with the following commands::
3152
 
3153
@kindex set breakpoint auto-hw
3154
@kindex show breakpoint auto-hw
3155
@table @code
3156
@item set breakpoint auto-hw on
3157
This is the default behavior.  When @value{GDBN} sets a breakpoint, it
3158
will try to use the target memory map to decide if software or hardware
3159
breakpoint must be used.
3160
 
3161
@item set breakpoint auto-hw off
3162
This indicates @value{GDBN} should not automatically select breakpoint
3163
type.  If the target provides a memory map, @value{GDBN} will warn when
3164
trying to set software breakpoint at a read-only address.
3165
@end table
3166
 
3167
 
3168
@cindex negative breakpoint numbers
3169
@cindex internal @value{GDBN} breakpoints
3170
@value{GDBN} itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for
3171
special purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C
3172
programs).  These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers,
3173
starting with @code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them.
3174
You can see these breakpoints with the @value{GDBN} maintenance command
3175
@samp{maint info breakpoints} (@pxref{maint info breakpoints}).
3176
 
3177
 
3178
@node Set Watchpoints
3179
@subsection Setting Watchpoints
3180
 
3181
@cindex setting watchpoints
3182
You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
3183
expression changes, without having to predict a particular place where
3184
this may happen.  (This is sometimes called a @dfn{data breakpoint}.)
3185
The expression may be as simple as the value of a single variable, or
3186
as complex as many variables combined by operators.  Examples include:
3187
 
3188
@itemize @bullet
3189
@item
3190
A reference to the value of a single variable.
3191
 
3192
@item
3193
An address cast to an appropriate data type.  For example,
3194
@samp{*(int *)0x12345678} will watch a 4-byte region at the specified
3195
address (assuming an @code{int} occupies 4 bytes).
3196
 
3197
@item
3198
An arbitrarily complex expression, such as @samp{a*b + c/d}.  The
3199
expression can use any operators valid in the program's native
3200
language (@pxref{Languages}).
3201
@end itemize
3202
 
3203
@cindex software watchpoints
3204
@cindex hardware watchpoints
3205
Depending on your system, watchpoints may be implemented in software or
3206
hardware.  @value{GDBN} does software watchpointing by single-stepping your
3207
program and testing the variable's value each time, which is hundreds of
3208
times slower than normal execution.  (But this may still be worth it, to
3209
catch errors where you have no clue what part of your program is the
3210
culprit.)
3211
 
3212
On some systems, such as HP-UX, PowerPC, @sc{gnu}/Linux and most other
3213
x86-based targets, @value{GDBN} includes support for hardware
3214
watchpoints, which do not slow down the running of your program.
3215
 
3216
@table @code
3217
@kindex watch
3218
@item watch @var{expr} @r{[}thread @var{threadnum}@r{]}
3219
Set a watchpoint for an expression.  @value{GDBN} will break when the
3220
expression @var{expr} is written into by the program and its value
3221
changes.  The simplest (and the most popular) use of this command is
3222
to watch the value of a single variable:
3223
 
3224
@smallexample
3225
(@value{GDBP}) watch foo
3226
@end smallexample
3227
 
3228
If the command includes a @code{@r{[}thread @var{threadnum}@r{]}}
3229
clause, @value{GDBN} breaks only when the thread identified by
3230
@var{threadnum} changes the value of @var{expr}.  If any other threads
3231
change the value of @var{expr}, @value{GDBN} will not break.  Note
3232
that watchpoints restricted to a single thread in this way only work
3233
with Hardware Watchpoints.
3234
 
3235
@kindex rwatch
3236
@item rwatch @var{expr} @r{[}thread @var{threadnum}@r{]}
3237
Set a watchpoint that will break when the value of @var{expr} is read
3238
by the program.
3239
 
3240
@kindex awatch
3241
@item awatch @var{expr} @r{[}thread @var{threadnum}@r{]}
3242
Set a watchpoint that will break when @var{expr} is either read from
3243
or written into by the program.
3244
 
3245
@kindex info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
3246
@item info watchpoints
3247
This command prints a list of watchpoints, breakpoints, and catchpoints;
3248
it is the same as @code{info break} (@pxref{Set Breaks}).
3249
@end table
3250
 
3251
@value{GDBN} sets a @dfn{hardware watchpoint} if possible.  Hardware
3252
watchpoints execute very quickly, and the debugger reports a change in
3253
value at the exact instruction where the change occurs.  If @value{GDBN}
3254
cannot set a hardware watchpoint, it sets a software watchpoint, which
3255
executes more slowly and reports the change in value at the next
3256
@emph{statement}, not the instruction, after the change occurs.
3257
 
3258
@cindex use only software watchpoints
3259
You can force @value{GDBN} to use only software watchpoints with the
3260
@kbd{set can-use-hw-watchpoints 0} command.  With this variable set to
3261
zero, @value{GDBN} will never try to use hardware watchpoints, even if
3262
the underlying system supports them.  (Note that hardware-assisted
3263
watchpoints that were set @emph{before} setting
3264
@code{can-use-hw-watchpoints} to zero will still use the hardware
3265
mechanism of watching expression values.)
3266
 
3267
@table @code
3268
@item set can-use-hw-watchpoints
3269
@kindex set can-use-hw-watchpoints
3270
Set whether or not to use hardware watchpoints.
3271
 
3272
@item show can-use-hw-watchpoints
3273
@kindex show can-use-hw-watchpoints
3274
Show the current mode of using hardware watchpoints.
3275
@end table
3276
 
3277
For remote targets, you can restrict the number of hardware
3278
watchpoints @value{GDBN} will use, see @ref{set remote
3279
hardware-breakpoint-limit}.
3280
 
3281
When you issue the @code{watch} command, @value{GDBN} reports
3282
 
3283
@smallexample
3284
Hardware watchpoint @var{num}: @var{expr}
3285
@end smallexample
3286
 
3287
@noindent
3288
if it was able to set a hardware watchpoint.
3289
 
3290
Currently, the @code{awatch} and @code{rwatch} commands can only set
3291
hardware watchpoints, because accesses to data that don't change the
3292
value of the watched expression cannot be detected without examining
3293
every instruction as it is being executed, and @value{GDBN} does not do
3294
that currently.  If @value{GDBN} finds that it is unable to set a
3295
hardware breakpoint with the @code{awatch} or @code{rwatch} command, it
3296
will print a message like this:
3297
 
3298
@smallexample
3299
Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint.
3300
@end smallexample
3301
 
3302
Sometimes, @value{GDBN} cannot set a hardware watchpoint because the
3303
data type of the watched expression is wider than what a hardware
3304
watchpoint on the target machine can handle.  For example, some systems
3305
can only watch regions that are up to 4 bytes wide; on such systems you
3306
cannot set hardware watchpoints for an expression that yields a
3307
double-precision floating-point number (which is typically 8 bytes
3308
wide).  As a work-around, it might be possible to break the large region
3309
into a series of smaller ones and watch them with separate watchpoints.
3310
 
3311
If you set too many hardware watchpoints, @value{GDBN} might be unable
3312
to insert all of them when you resume the execution of your program.
3313
Since the precise number of active watchpoints is unknown until such
3314
time as the program is about to be resumed, @value{GDBN} might not be
3315
able to warn you about this when you set the watchpoints, and the
3316
warning will be printed only when the program is resumed:
3317
 
3318
@smallexample
3319
Hardware watchpoint @var{num}: Could not insert watchpoint
3320
@end smallexample
3321
 
3322
@noindent
3323
If this happens, delete or disable some of the watchpoints.
3324
 
3325
Watching complex expressions that reference many variables can also
3326
exhaust the resources available for hardware-assisted watchpoints.
3327
That's because @value{GDBN} needs to watch every variable in the
3328
expression with separately allocated resources.
3329
 
3330
The SPARClite DSU will generate traps when a program accesses some data
3331
or instruction address that is assigned to the debug registers.  For the
3332
data addresses, DSU facilitates the @code{watch} command.  However the
3333
hardware breakpoint registers can only take two data watchpoints, and
3334
both watchpoints must be the same kind.  For example, you can set two
3335
watchpoints with @code{watch} commands, two with @code{rwatch} commands,
3336
@strong{or} two with @code{awatch} commands, but you cannot set one
3337
watchpoint with one command and the other with a different command.
3338
@value{GDBN} will reject the command if you try to mix watchpoints.
3339
Delete or disable unused watchpoint commands before setting new ones.
3340
 
3341
If you call a function interactively using @code{print} or @code{call},
3342
any watchpoints you have set will be inactive until @value{GDBN} reaches another
3343
kind of breakpoint or the call completes.
3344
 
3345
@value{GDBN} automatically deletes watchpoints that watch local
3346
(automatic) variables, or expressions that involve such variables, when
3347
they go out of scope, that is, when the execution leaves the block in
3348
which these variables were defined.  In particular, when the program
3349
being debugged terminates, @emph{all} local variables go out of scope,
3350
and so only watchpoints that watch global variables remain set.  If you
3351
rerun the program, you will need to set all such watchpoints again.  One
3352
way of doing that would be to set a code breakpoint at the entry to the
3353
@code{main} function and when it breaks, set all the watchpoints.
3354
 
3355
@cindex watchpoints and threads
3356
@cindex threads and watchpoints
3357
In multi-threaded programs, watchpoints will detect changes to the
3358
watched expression from every thread.
3359
 
3360
@quotation
3361
@emph{Warning:} In multi-threaded programs, software watchpoints
3362
have only limited usefulness.  If @value{GDBN} creates a software
3363
watchpoint, it can only watch the value of an expression @emph{in a
3364
single thread}.  If you are confident that the expression can only
3365
change due to the current thread's activity (and if you are also
3366
confident that no other thread can become current), then you can use
3367
software watchpoints as usual.  However, @value{GDBN} may not notice
3368
when a non-current thread's activity changes the expression.  (Hardware
3369
watchpoints, in contrast, watch an expression in all threads.)
3370
@end quotation
3371
 
3372
@xref{set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit}.
3373
 
3374
@node Set Catchpoints
3375
@subsection Setting Catchpoints
3376
@cindex catchpoints, setting
3377
@cindex exception handlers
3378
@cindex event handling
3379
 
3380
You can use @dfn{catchpoints} to cause the debugger to stop for certain
3381
kinds of program events, such as C@t{++} exceptions or the loading of a
3382
shared library.  Use the @code{catch} command to set a catchpoint.
3383
 
3384
@table @code
3385
@kindex catch
3386
@item catch @var{event}
3387
Stop when @var{event} occurs.  @var{event} can be any of the following:
3388
@table @code
3389
@item throw
3390
@cindex stop on C@t{++} exceptions
3391
The throwing of a C@t{++} exception.
3392
 
3393
@item catch
3394
The catching of a C@t{++} exception.
3395
 
3396
@item exception
3397
@cindex Ada exception catching
3398
@cindex catch Ada exceptions
3399
An Ada exception being raised.  If an exception name is specified
3400
at the end of the command (eg @code{catch exception Program_Error}),
3401
the debugger will stop only when this specific exception is raised.
3402
Otherwise, the debugger stops execution when any Ada exception is raised.
3403
 
3404
@item exception unhandled
3405
An exception that was raised but is not handled by the program.
3406
 
3407
@item assert
3408
A failed Ada assertion.
3409
 
3410
@item exec
3411
@cindex break on fork/exec
3412
A call to @code{exec}.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
3413
and @sc{gnu}/Linux.
3414
 
3415
@item fork
3416
A call to @code{fork}.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
3417
and @sc{gnu}/Linux.
3418
 
3419
@item vfork
3420
A call to @code{vfork}.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
3421
and @sc{gnu}/Linux.
3422
 
3423
@item load
3424
@itemx load @var{libname}
3425
@cindex break on load/unload of shared library
3426
The dynamic loading of any shared library, or the loading of the library
3427
@var{libname}.  This is currently only available for HP-UX.
3428
 
3429
@item unload
3430
@itemx unload @var{libname}
3431
The unloading of any dynamically loaded shared library, or the unloading
3432
of the library @var{libname}.  This is currently only available for HP-UX.
3433
@end table
3434
 
3435
@item tcatch @var{event}
3436
Set a catchpoint that is enabled only for one stop.  The catchpoint is
3437
automatically deleted after the first time the event is caught.
3438
 
3439
@end table
3440
 
3441
Use the @code{info break} command to list the current catchpoints.
3442
 
3443
There are currently some limitations to C@t{++} exception handling
3444
(@code{catch throw} and @code{catch catch}) in @value{GDBN}:
3445
 
3446
@itemize @bullet
3447
@item
3448
If you call a function interactively, @value{GDBN} normally returns
3449
control to you when the function has finished executing.  If the call
3450
raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
3451
returns control to you and cause your program either to abort or to
3452
simply continue running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal
3453
that @value{GDBN} is listening for, or exits.  This is the case even if
3454
you set a catchpoint for the exception; catchpoints on exceptions are
3455
disabled within interactive calls.
3456
 
3457
@item
3458
You cannot raise an exception interactively.
3459
 
3460
@item
3461
You cannot install an exception handler interactively.
3462
@end itemize
3463
 
3464
@cindex raise exceptions
3465
Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
3466
if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to
3467
stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
3468
can see the stack before any unwinding takes place.  If you set a
3469
breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
3470
out where the exception was raised.
3471
 
3472
To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
3473
knowledge of the implementation.  In the case of @sc{gnu} C@t{++}, exceptions are
3474
raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
3475
which has the following ANSI C interface:
3476
 
3477
@smallexample
3478
    /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
3479
       @var{id} is the exception identifier.  */
3480
    void __raise_exception (void **addr, void *id);
3481
@end smallexample
3482
 
3483
@noindent
3484
To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
3485
unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
3486
(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Exceptions}).
3487
 
3488
With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions})
3489
that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when
3490
a specific exception is raised.  You can use multiple conditional
3491
breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
3492
raised.
3493
 
3494
 
3495
@node Delete Breaks
3496
@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
3497
 
3498
@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints
3499
@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints
3500
It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint, watchpoint, or
3501
catchpoint once it has done its job and you no longer want your program
3502
to stop there.  This is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint.  A
3503
breakpoint that has been deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
3504
 
3505
With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
3506
where they are in your program.  With the @code{delete} command you can
3507
delete individual breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints by specifying
3508
their breakpoint numbers.
3509
 
3510
It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it.  @value{GDBN}
3511
automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
3512
when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
3513
 
3514
@table @code
3515
@kindex clear
3516
@item clear
3517
Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
3518
selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).  When
3519
the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a
3520
breakpoint where your program just stopped.
3521
 
3522
@item clear @var{location}
3523
Delete any breakpoints set at the specified @var{location}.
3524
@xref{Specify Location}, for the various forms of @var{location}; the
3525
most useful ones are listed below:
3526
 
3527
@table @code
3528
@item clear @var{function}
3529
@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
3530
Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the named @var{function}.
3531
 
3532
@item clear @var{linenum}
3533
@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
3534
Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified
3535
@var{linenum} of the specified @var{filename}.
3536
@end table
3537
 
3538
@cindex delete breakpoints
3539
@kindex delete
3540
@kindex d @r{(@code{delete})}
3541
@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]}
3542
Delete the breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints of the breakpoint
3543
ranges specified as arguments.  If no argument is specified, delete all
3544
breakpoints (@value{GDBN} asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set
3545
confirm off}).  You can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
3546
@end table
3547
 
3548
@node Disabling
3549
@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
3550
 
3551
@cindex enable/disable a breakpoint
3552
Rather than deleting a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint, you might
3553
prefer to @dfn{disable} it.  This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if
3554
it had been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so
3555
that you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
3556
 
3557
You disable and enable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints with
3558
the @code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one
3559
or more breakpoint numbers as arguments.  Use @code{info break} or
3560
@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints, watchpoints, and
3561
catchpoints if you do not know which numbers to use.
3562
 
3563
Disabling and enabling a breakpoint that has multiple locations
3564
affects all of its locations.
3565
 
3566
A breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint can have any of four different
3567
states of enablement:
3568
 
3569
@itemize @bullet
3570
@item
3571
Enabled.  The breakpoint stops your program.  A breakpoint set
3572
with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
3573
@item
3574
Disabled.  The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
3575
@item
3576
Enabled once.  The breakpoint stops your program, but then becomes
3577
disabled.
3578
@item
3579
Enabled for deletion.  The breakpoint stops your program, but
3580
immediately after it does so it is deleted permanently.  A breakpoint
3581
set with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
3582
@end itemize
3583
 
3584
You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints,
3585
watchpoints, and catchpoints:
3586
 
3587
@table @code
3588
@kindex disable
3589
@kindex dis @r{(@code{disable})}
3590
@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]}
3591
Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
3592
listed.  A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten.  All
3593
options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
3594
case the breakpoint is enabled again later.  You may abbreviate
3595
@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
3596
 
3597
@kindex enable
3598
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]}
3599
Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints).  They
3600
become effective once again in stopping your program.
3601
 
3602
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{range}@dots{}
3603
Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily.  @value{GDBN} disables any
3604
of these breakpoints immediately after stopping your program.
3605
 
3606
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{range}@dots{}
3607
Enable the specified breakpoints to work once, then die.  @value{GDBN}
3608
deletes any of these breakpoints as soon as your program stops there.
3609
Breakpoints set by the @code{tbreak} command start out in this state.
3610
@end table
3611
 
3612
@c FIXME: I think the following ``Except for [...] @code{tbreak}'' is
3613
@c confusing: tbreak is also initially enabled.
3614
Except for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
3615
,Setting Breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially enabled;
3616
subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you use one of
3617
the commands above.  (The command @code{until} can set and delete a
3618
breakpoint of its own, but it does not change the state of your other
3619
breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and
3620
Stepping}.)
3621
 
3622
@node Conditions
3623
@subsection Break Conditions
3624
@cindex conditional breakpoints
3625
@cindex breakpoint conditions
3626
 
3627
@c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr?  Context where wanted?
3628
@c      in particular for a watchpoint?
3629
The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
3630
specified place.  You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
3631
breakpoint.  A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
3632
programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).  A breakpoint with
3633
a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it,
3634
and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
3635
 
3636
This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
3637
situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
3638
when the condition is false.  In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
3639
by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
3640
@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
3641
 
3642
Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
3643
since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
3644
it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
3645
and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
3646
one.
3647
 
3648
Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in
3649
your program.  This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
3650
that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to
3651
format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable
3652
unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address.  (In
3653
that case, @value{GDBN} might see the other breakpoint first and stop your
3654
program without checking the condition of this one.)  Note that
3655
breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible than break
3656
conditions for the
3657
purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
3658
(@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint Command Lists}).
3659
 
3660
Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
3661
@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command.  @xref{Set
3662
Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.  They can also be changed at any time
3663
with the @code{condition} command.
3664
 
3665
You can also use the @code{if} keyword with the @code{watch} command.
3666
The @code{catch} command does not recognize the @code{if} keyword;
3667
@code{condition} is the only way to impose a further condition on a
3668
catchpoint.
3669
 
3670
@table @code
3671
@kindex condition
3672
@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
3673
Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint,
3674
watchpoint, or catchpoint number @var{bnum}.  After you set a condition,
3675
breakpoint @var{bnum} stops your program only if the value of
3676
@var{expression} is true (nonzero, in C).  When you use
3677
@code{condition}, @value{GDBN} checks @var{expression} immediately for
3678
syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols in it have
3679
referents in the context of your breakpoint.  If @var{expression} uses
3680
symbols not referenced in the context of the breakpoint, @value{GDBN}
3681
prints an error message:
3682
 
3683
@smallexample
3684
No symbol "foo" in current context.
3685
@end smallexample
3686
 
3687
@noindent
3688
@value{GDBN} does
3689
not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
3690
command (or a command that sets a breakpoint with a condition, like
3691
@code{break if @dots{}}) is given, however.  @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
3692
 
3693
@item condition @var{bnum}
3694
Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}.  It becomes
3695
an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
3696
@end table
3697
 
3698
@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
3699
A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
3700
breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times.  This is so
3701
useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
3702
count} of the breakpoint.  Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
3703
is an integer.  Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
3704
therefore has no effect.  But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose
3705
ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
3706
the ignore count by one and continues.  As a result, if the ignore count
3707
value is @var{n}, the breakpoint does not stop the next @var{n} times
3708
your program reaches it.
3709
 
3710
@table @code
3711
@kindex ignore
3712
@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
3713
Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
3714
The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
3715
execution does not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, @value{GDBN}
3716
takes no action.
3717
 
3718
To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
3719
a count of zero.
3720
 
3721
When you use @code{continue} to resume execution of your program from a
3722
breakpoint, you can specify an ignore count directly as an argument to
3723
@code{continue}, rather than using @code{ignore}.  @xref{Continuing and
3724
Stepping,,Continuing and Stepping}.
3725
 
3726
If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the
3727
condition is not checked.  Once the ignore count reaches zero,
3728
@value{GDBN} resumes checking the condition.
3729
 
3730
You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such
3731
as @w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}} using a debugger convenience variable that
3732
is decremented each time.  @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3733
Variables}.
3734
@end table
3735
 
3736
Ignore counts apply to breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints.
3737
 
3738
 
3739
@node Break Commands
3740
@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
3741
 
3742
@cindex breakpoint commands
3743
You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint) a series of
3744
commands to execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint.  For
3745
example, you might want to print the values of certain expressions, or
3746
enable other breakpoints.
3747
 
3748
@table @code
3749
@kindex commands
3750
@kindex end@r{ (breakpoint commands)}
3751
@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
3752
@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
3753
@itemx end
3754
Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}.  The commands
3755
themselves appear on the following lines.  Type a line containing just
3756
@code{end} to terminate the commands.
3757
 
3758
To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and
3759
follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
3760
 
3761
With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
3762
breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most
3763
recently encountered).
3764
@end table
3765
 
3766
Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last @value{GDBN} command is
3767
disabled within a @var{command-list}.
3768
 
3769
You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again.  Simply
3770
use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
3771
that resumes execution.
3772
 
3773
Any other commands in the command list, after a command that resumes
3774
execution, are ignored.  This is because any time you resume execution
3775
(even with a simple @code{next} or @code{step}), you may encounter
3776
another breakpoint---which could have its own command list, leading to
3777
ambiguities about which list to execute.
3778
 
3779
@kindex silent
3780
If the first command you specify in a command list is @code{silent}, the
3781
usual message about stopping at a breakpoint is not printed.  This may
3782
be desirable for breakpoints that are to print a specific message and
3783
then continue.  If none of the remaining commands print anything, you
3784
see no sign that the breakpoint was reached.  @code{silent} is
3785
meaningful only at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
3786
 
3787
The commands @code{echo}, @code{output}, and @code{printf} allow you to
3788
print precisely controlled output, and are often useful in silent
3789
breakpoints.  @xref{Output, ,Commands for Controlled Output}.
3790
 
3791
For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
3792
value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
3793
 
3794
@smallexample
3795
break foo if x>0
3796
commands
3797
silent
3798
printf "x is %d\n",x
3799
cont
3800
end
3801
@end smallexample
3802
 
3803
One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
3804
you can test for another.  Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
3805
of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
3806
erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
3807
to any variables that need them.  End with the @code{continue} command
3808
so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
3809
command so that no output is produced.  Here is an example:
3810
 
3811
@smallexample
3812
break 403
3813
commands
3814
silent
3815
set x = y + 4
3816
cont
3817
end
3818
@end smallexample
3819
 
3820
@node Breakpoint Menus
3821
@subsection Breakpoint Menus
3822
@cindex overloading
3823
@cindex symbol overloading
3824
 
3825
Some programming languages (notably C@t{++} and Objective-C) permit a
3826
single function name
3827
to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
3828
This is called @dfn{overloading}.  When a function name is overloaded,
3829
@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell @value{GDBN} where you want
3830
a breakpoint.  You can use explicit signature of the function, as in
3831
@samp{break @var{function}(@var{types})}, to specify which
3832
particular version of the function you want.  Otherwise, @value{GDBN} offers
3833
you a menu of numbered choices for different possible breakpoints, and
3834
waits for your selection with the prompt @samp{>}.  The first two
3835
options are always @samp{[0] cancel} and @samp{[1] all}.  Typing @kbd{1}
3836
sets a breakpoint at each definition of @var{function}, and typing
3837
@kbd{0} aborts the @code{break} command without setting any new
3838
breakpoints.
3839
 
3840
For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
3841
breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
3842
We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
3843
 
3844
@c FIXME! This is likely to change to show arg type lists, at least
3845
@smallexample
3846
@group
3847
(@value{GDBP}) b String::after
3848
[0] cancel
3849
[1] all
3850
[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
3851
[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
3852
[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
3853
[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
3854
[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
3855
[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
3856
> 2 4 6
3857
Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
3858
Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
3859
Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
3860
Multiple breakpoints were set.
3861
Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted
3862
 breakpoints.
3863
(@value{GDBP})
3864
@end group
3865
@end smallexample
3866
 
3867
@c  @ifclear BARETARGET
3868
@node Error in Breakpoints
3869
@subsection ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
3870
@c
3871
@c  FIXME!! 14/6/95  Is there a real example of this?  Let's use it.
3872
@c
3873
Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
3874
any other process is running that program.  In this situation,
3875
attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes
3876
@value{GDBN} to print an error message:
3877
 
3878
@smallexample
3879
Cannot insert breakpoints.
3880
The same program may be running in another process.
3881
@end smallexample
3882
 
3883
When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
3884
 
3885
@enumerate
3886
@item
3887
Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
3888
 
3889
@item
3890
Suspend @value{GDBN}, and copy the file containing your program to a new
3891
name.  Resume @value{GDBN} and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify
3892
that @value{GDBN} should run your program under that name.
3893
Then start your program again.
3894
 
3895
@item
3896
Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
3897
linker option @samp{-N}.  The operating system limitation may not apply
3898
to nonsharable executables.
3899
@end enumerate
3900
@c  @end ifclear
3901
 
3902
A similar message can be printed if you request too many active
3903
hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints:
3904
 
3905
@c FIXME: the precise wording of this message may change; the relevant
3906
@c source change is not committed yet (Sep 3, 1999).
3907
@smallexample
3908
Stopped; cannot insert breakpoints.
3909
You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints and watchpoints.
3910
@end smallexample
3911
 
3912
@noindent
3913
This message is printed when you attempt to resume the program, since
3914
only then @value{GDBN} knows exactly how many hardware breakpoints and
3915
watchpoints it needs to insert.
3916
 
3917
When this message is printed, you need to disable or remove some of the
3918
hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints, and then continue.
3919
 
3920
@node Breakpoint-related Warnings
3921
@subsection ``Breakpoint address adjusted...''
3922
@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3923
 
3924
Some processor architectures place constraints on the addresses at
3925
which breakpoints may be placed.  For architectures thus constrained,
3926
@value{GDBN} will attempt to adjust the breakpoint's address to comply
3927
with the constraints dictated by the architecture.
3928
 
3929
One example of such an architecture is the Fujitsu FR-V.  The FR-V is
3930
a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like instructions may be
3931
bundled together for parallel execution.  The FR-V architecture
3932
constrains the location of a breakpoint instruction within such a
3933
bundle to the instruction with the lowest address.  @value{GDBN}
3934
honors this constraint by adjusting a breakpoint's address to the
3935
first in the bundle.
3936
 
3937
It is not uncommon for optimized code to have bundles which contain
3938
instructions from different source statements, thus it may happen that
3939
a breakpoint's address will be adjusted from one source statement to
3940
another.  Since this adjustment may significantly alter @value{GDBN}'s
3941
breakpoint related behavior from what the user expects, a warning is
3942
printed when the breakpoint is first set and also when the breakpoint
3943
is hit.
3944
 
3945
A warning like the one below is printed when setting a breakpoint
3946
that's been subject to address adjustment:
3947
 
3948
@smallexample
3949
warning: Breakpoint address adjusted from 0x00010414 to 0x00010410.
3950
@end smallexample
3951
 
3952
Such warnings are printed both for user settable and @value{GDBN}'s
3953
internal breakpoints.  If you see one of these warnings, you should
3954
verify that a breakpoint set at the adjusted address will have the
3955
desired affect.  If not, the breakpoint in question may be removed and
3956
other breakpoints may be set which will have the desired behavior.
3957
E.g., it may be sufficient to place the breakpoint at a later
3958
instruction.  A conditional breakpoint may also be useful in some
3959
cases to prevent the breakpoint from triggering too often.
3960
 
3961
@value{GDBN} will also issue a warning when stopping at one of these
3962
adjusted breakpoints:
3963
 
3964
@smallexample
3965
warning: Breakpoint 1 address previously adjusted from 0x00010414
3966
to 0x00010410.
3967
@end smallexample
3968
 
3969
When this warning is encountered, it may be too late to take remedial
3970
action except in cases where the breakpoint is hit earlier or more
3971
frequently than expected.
3972
 
3973
@node Continuing and Stepping
3974
@section Continuing and Stepping
3975
 
3976
@cindex stepping
3977
@cindex continuing
3978
@cindex resuming execution
3979
@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
3980
completes normally.  In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
3981
one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
3982
line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
3983
particular command you use).  Either when continuing or when stepping,
3984
your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint or a signal.  (If
3985
it stops due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle}, or use
3986
@samp{signal 0} to resume execution.  @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
3987
 
3988
@table @code
3989
@kindex continue
3990
@kindex c @r{(@code{continue})}
3991
@kindex fg @r{(resume foreground execution)}
3992
@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
3993
@itemx c @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
3994
@itemx fg @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
3995
Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped;
3996
any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed.  The optional argument
3997
@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
3998
ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
3999
@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
4000
 
4001
The argument @var{ignore-count} is meaningful only when your program
4002
stopped due to a breakpoint.  At other times, the argument to
4003
@code{continue} is ignored.
4004
 
4005
The synonyms @code{c} and @code{fg} (for @dfn{foreground}, as the
4006
debugged program is deemed to be the foreground program) are provided
4007
purely for convenience, and have exactly the same behavior as
4008
@code{continue}.
4009
@end table
4010
 
4011
To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
4012
(@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}) to go back to the
4013
calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a
4014
Different Address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
4015
 
4016
A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
4017
(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Catchpoints}) at the
4018
beginning of the function or the section of your program where a problem
4019
is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that breakpoint,
4020
and then step through the suspect area, examining the variables that are
4021
interesting, until you see the problem happen.
4022
 
4023
@table @code
4024
@kindex step
4025
@kindex s @r{(@code{step})}
4026
@item step
4027
Continue running your program until control reaches a different source
4028
line, then stop it and return control to @value{GDBN}.  This command is
4029
abbreviated @code{s}.
4030
 
4031
@quotation
4032
@c "without debugging information" is imprecise; actually "without line
4033
@c numbers in the debugging information".  (gcc -g1 has debugging info but
4034
@c not line numbers).  But it seems complex to try to make that
4035
@c distinction here.
4036
@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
4037
within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
4038
execution proceeds until control reaches a function that does have
4039
debugging information.  Likewise, it will not step into a function which
4040
is compiled without debugging information.  To step through functions
4041
without debugging information, use the @code{stepi} command, described
4042
below.
4043
@end quotation
4044
 
4045
The @code{step} command only stops at the first instruction of a source
4046
line.  This prevents the multiple stops that could otherwise occur in
4047
@code{switch} statements, @code{for} loops, etc.  @code{step} continues
4048
to stop if a function that has debugging information is called within
4049
the line.  In other words, @code{step} @emph{steps inside} any functions
4050
called within the line.
4051
 
4052
Also, the @code{step} command only enters a function if there is line
4053
number information for the function.  Otherwise it acts like the
4054
@code{next} command.  This avoids problems when using @code{cc -gl}
4055
on MIPS machines.  Previously, @code{step} entered subroutines if there
4056
was any debugging information about the routine.
4057
 
4058
@item step @var{count}
4059
Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times.  If a
4060
breakpoint is reached, or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
4061
@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
4062
 
4063
@kindex next
4064
@kindex n @r{(@code{next})}
4065
@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
4066
Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
4067
This is similar to @code{step}, but function calls that appear within
4068
the line of code are executed without stopping.  Execution stops when
4069
control reaches a different line of code at the original stack level
4070
that was executing when you gave the @code{next} command.  This command
4071
is abbreviated @code{n}.
4072
 
4073
An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
4074
 
4075
 
4076
@c  FIX ME!!  Do we delete this, or is there a way it fits in with
4077
@c  the following paragraph?   ---  Vctoria
4078
@c
4079
@c  @code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
4080
@c  @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
4081
@c  function are executed without stopping.
4082
 
4083
The @code{next} command only stops at the first instruction of a
4084
source line.  This prevents multiple stops that could otherwise occur in
4085
@code{switch} statements, @code{for} loops, etc.
4086
 
4087
@kindex set step-mode
4088
@item set step-mode
4089
@cindex functions without line info, and stepping
4090
@cindex stepping into functions with no line info
4091
@itemx set step-mode on
4092
The @code{set step-mode on} command causes the @code{step} command to
4093
stop at the first instruction of a function which contains no debug line
4094
information rather than stepping over it.
4095
 
4096
This is useful in cases where you may be interested in inspecting the
4097
machine instructions of a function which has no symbolic info and do not
4098
want @value{GDBN} to automatically skip over this function.
4099
 
4100
@item set step-mode off
4101
Causes the @code{step} command to step over any functions which contains no
4102
debug information.  This is the default.
4103
 
4104
@item show step-mode
4105
Show whether @value{GDBN} will stop in or step over functions without
4106
source line debug information.
4107
 
4108
@kindex finish
4109
@item finish
4110
Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
4111
returns.  Print the returned value (if any).
4112
 
4113
Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning,
4114
,Returning from a Function}).
4115
 
4116
@kindex until
4117
@kindex u @r{(@code{until})}
4118
@cindex run until specified location
4119
@item until
4120
@itemx u
4121
Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
4122
current stack frame, is reached.  This command is used to avoid single
4123
stepping through a loop more than once.  It is like the @code{next}
4124
command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
4125
automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
4126
than the address of the jump.
4127
 
4128
This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
4129
though it, @code{until} makes your program continue execution until it
4130
exits the loop.  In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end of a loop
4131
simply steps back to the beginning of the loop, which forces you to step
4132
through the next iteration.
4133
 
4134
@code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current
4135
stack frame.
4136
 
4137
@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
4138
of machine code does not match the order of the source lines.  For
4139
example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
4140
(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
4141
@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
4142
 
4143
@smallexample
4144
(@value{GDBP}) f
4145
#0  main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
4146
206                 expand_input();
4147
(@value{GDBP}) until
4148
195             for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
4149
@end smallexample
4150
 
4151
This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
4152
generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
4153
start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
4154
written before the body of the loop.  The @code{until} command appeared
4155
to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
4156
expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
4157
statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
4158
 
4159
@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
4160
instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
4161
argument.
4162
 
4163
@item until @var{location}
4164
@itemx u @var{location}
4165
Continue running your program until either the specified location is
4166
reached, or the current stack frame returns.  @var{location} is any of
4167
the forms described in @ref{Specify Location}.
4168
This form of the command uses temporary breakpoints, and
4169
hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.  The specified
4170
location is actually reached only if it is in the current frame.  This
4171
implies that @code{until} can be used to skip over recursive function
4172
invocations.  For instance in the code below, if the current location is
4173
line @code{96}, issuing @code{until 99} will execute the program up to
4174
line @code{99} in the same invocation of factorial, i.e., after the inner
4175
invocations have returned.
4176
 
4177
@smallexample
4178
94      int factorial (int value)
4179
95      @{
4180
96          if (value > 1) @{
4181
97            value *= factorial (value - 1);
4182
98          @}
4183
99          return (value);
4184
100     @}
4185
@end smallexample
4186
 
4187
 
4188
@kindex advance @var{location}
4189
@itemx advance @var{location}
4190
Continue running the program up to the given @var{location}.  An argument is
4191
required, which should be of one of the forms described in
4192
@ref{Specify Location}.
4193
Execution will also stop upon exit from the current stack
4194
frame.  This command is similar to @code{until}, but @code{advance} will
4195
not skip over recursive function calls, and the target location doesn't
4196
have to be in the same frame as the current one.
4197
 
4198
 
4199
@kindex stepi
4200
@kindex si @r{(@code{stepi})}
4201
@item stepi
4202
@itemx stepi @var{arg}
4203
@itemx si
4204
Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
4205
 
4206
It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
4207
instructions.  This makes @value{GDBN} automatically display the next
4208
instruction to be executed, each time your program stops.  @xref{Auto
4209
Display,, Automatic Display}.
4210
 
4211
An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
4212
 
4213
@need 750
4214
@kindex nexti
4215
@kindex ni @r{(@code{nexti})}
4216
@item nexti
4217
@itemx nexti @var{arg}
4218
@itemx ni
4219
Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
4220
proceed until the function returns.
4221
 
4222
An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
4223
@end table
4224
 
4225
@node Signals
4226
@section Signals
4227
@cindex signals
4228
 
4229
A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program.  The
4230
operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
4231
kind a name and a number.  For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
4232
signal a program gets when you type an interrupt character (often @kbd{Ctrl-c});
4233
@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
4234
memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
4235
the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
4236
requested an alarm).
4237
 
4238
@cindex fatal signals
4239
Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
4240
functioning of your program.  Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
4241
errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (they kill your program immediately) if the
4242
program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
4243
@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally
4244
fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
4245
 
4246
@value{GDBN} has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
4247
program.  You can tell @value{GDBN} in advance what to do for each kind of
4248
signal.
4249
 
4250
@cindex handling signals
4251
Normally, @value{GDBN} is set up to let the non-erroneous signals like
4252
@code{SIGALRM} be silently passed to your program
4253
(so as not to interfere with their role in the program's functioning)
4254
but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
4255
You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
4256
 
4257
@table @code
4258
@kindex info signals
4259
@kindex info handle
4260
@item info signals
4261
@itemx info handle
4262
Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how @value{GDBN} has been told to
4263
handle each one.  You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
4264
the defined types of signals.
4265
 
4266
@item info signals @var{sig}
4267
Similar, but print information only about the specified signal number.
4268
 
4269
@code{info handle} is an alias for @code{info signals}.
4270
 
4271
@kindex handle
4272
@item handle @var{signal} @r{[}@var{keywords}@dots{}@r{]}
4273
Change the way @value{GDBN} handles signal @var{signal}.  @var{signal}
4274
can be the number of a signal or its name (with or without the
4275
@samp{SIG} at the beginning); a list of signal numbers of the form
4276
@samp{@var{low}-@var{high}}; or the word @samp{all}, meaning all the
4277
known signals.  Optional arguments @var{keywords}, described below,
4278
say what change to make.
4279
@end table
4280
 
4281
@c @group
4282
The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
4283
Their full names are:
4284
 
4285
@table @code
4286
@item nostop
4287
@value{GDBN} should not stop your program when this signal happens.  It may
4288
still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
4289
 
4290
@item stop
4291
@value{GDBN} should stop your program when this signal happens.  This implies
4292
the @code{print} keyword as well.
4293
 
4294
@item print
4295
@value{GDBN} should print a message when this signal happens.
4296
 
4297
@item noprint
4298
@value{GDBN} should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all.  This
4299
implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
4300
 
4301
@item pass
4302
@itemx noignore
4303
@value{GDBN} should allow your program to see this signal; your program
4304
can handle the signal, or else it may terminate if the signal is fatal
4305
and not handled.  @code{pass} and @code{noignore} are synonyms.
4306
 
4307
@item nopass
4308
@itemx ignore
4309
@value{GDBN} should not allow your program to see this signal.
4310
@code{nopass} and @code{ignore} are synonyms.
4311
@end table
4312
@c @end group
4313
 
4314
When a signal stops your program, the signal is not visible to the
4315
program until you
4316
continue.  Your program sees the signal then, if @code{pass} is in
4317
effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}.  In other words,
4318
after @value{GDBN} reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle}
4319
command with @code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether your
4320
program sees that signal when you continue.
4321
 
4322
The default is set to @code{nostop}, @code{noprint}, @code{pass} for
4323
non-erroneous signals such as @code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGWINCH} and
4324
@code{SIGCHLD}, and to @code{stop}, @code{print}, @code{pass} for the
4325
erroneous signals.
4326
 
4327
You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from
4328
seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
4329
or to give it any signal at any time.  For example, if your program stopped
4330
due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
4331
values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
4332
execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
4333
a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal.  To prevent this,
4334
you can continue with @samp{signal 0}.  @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your
4335
Program a Signal}.
4336
 
4337
@node Thread Stops
4338
@section Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs
4339
 
4340
When your program has multiple threads (@pxref{Threads,, Debugging
4341
Programs with Multiple Threads}), you can choose whether to set
4342
breakpoints on all threads, or on a particular thread.
4343
 
4344
@table @code
4345
@cindex breakpoints and threads
4346
@cindex thread breakpoints
4347
@kindex break @dots{} thread @var{threadno}
4348
@item break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno}
4349
@itemx break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno} if @dots{}
4350
@var{linespec} specifies source lines; there are several ways of
4351
writing them (@pxref{Specify Location}), but the effect is always to
4352
specify some source line.
4353
 
4354
Use the qualifier @samp{thread @var{threadno}} with a breakpoint command
4355
to specify that you only want @value{GDBN} to stop the program when a
4356
particular thread reaches this breakpoint.  @var{threadno} is one of the
4357
numeric thread identifiers assigned by @value{GDBN}, shown in the first
4358
column of the @samp{info threads} display.
4359
 
4360
If you do not specify @samp{thread @var{threadno}} when you set a
4361
breakpoint, the breakpoint applies to @emph{all} threads of your
4362
program.
4363
 
4364
You can use the @code{thread} qualifier on conditional breakpoints as
4365
well; in this case, place @samp{thread @var{threadno}} before the
4366
breakpoint condition, like this:
4367
 
4368
@smallexample
4369
(@value{GDBP}) break frik.c:13 thread 28 if bartab > lim
4370
@end smallexample
4371
 
4372
@end table
4373
 
4374
@cindex stopped threads
4375
@cindex threads, stopped
4376
Whenever your program stops under @value{GDBN} for any reason,
4377
@emph{all} threads of execution stop, not just the current thread.  This
4378
allows you to examine the overall state of the program, including
4379
switching between threads, without worrying that things may change
4380
underfoot.
4381
 
4382
@cindex thread breakpoints and system calls
4383
@cindex system calls and thread breakpoints
4384
@cindex premature return from system calls
4385
There is an unfortunate side effect.  If one thread stops for a
4386
breakpoint, or for some other reason, and another thread is blocked in a
4387
system call, then the system call may return prematurely.  This is a
4388
consequence of the interaction between multiple threads and the signals
4389
that @value{GDBN} uses to implement breakpoints and other events that
4390
stop execution.
4391
 
4392
To handle this problem, your program should check the return value of
4393
each system call and react appropriately.  This is good programming
4394
style anyways.
4395
 
4396
For example, do not write code like this:
4397
 
4398
@smallexample
4399
  sleep (10);
4400
@end smallexample
4401
 
4402
The call to @code{sleep} will return early if a different thread stops
4403
at a breakpoint or for some other reason.
4404
 
4405
Instead, write this:
4406
 
4407
@smallexample
4408
  int unslept = 10;
4409
  while (unslept > 0)
4410
    unslept = sleep (unslept);
4411
@end smallexample
4412
 
4413
A system call is allowed to return early, so the system is still
4414
conforming to its specification.  But @value{GDBN} does cause your
4415
multi-threaded program to behave differently than it would without
4416
@value{GDBN}.
4417
 
4418
Also, @value{GDBN} uses internal breakpoints in the thread library to
4419
monitor certain events such as thread creation and thread destruction.
4420
When such an event happens, a system call in another thread may return
4421
prematurely, even though your program does not appear to stop.
4422
 
4423
@cindex continuing threads
4424
@cindex threads, continuing
4425
Conversely, whenever you restart the program, @emph{all} threads start
4426
executing.  @emph{This is true even when single-stepping} with commands
4427
like @code{step} or @code{next}.
4428
 
4429
In particular, @value{GDBN} cannot single-step all threads in lockstep.
4430
Since thread scheduling is up to your debugging target's operating
4431
system (not controlled by @value{GDBN}), other threads may
4432
execute more than one statement while the current thread completes a
4433
single step.  Moreover, in general other threads stop in the middle of a
4434
statement, rather than at a clean statement boundary, when the program
4435
stops.
4436
 
4437
You might even find your program stopped in another thread after
4438
continuing or even single-stepping.  This happens whenever some other
4439
thread runs into a breakpoint, a signal, or an exception before the
4440
first thread completes whatever you requested.
4441
 
4442
On some OSes, you can lock the OS scheduler and thus allow only a single
4443
thread to run.
4444
 
4445
@table @code
4446
@item set scheduler-locking @var{mode}
4447
@cindex scheduler locking mode
4448
@cindex lock scheduler
4449
Set the scheduler locking mode.  If it is @code{off}, then there is no
4450
locking and any thread may run at any time.  If @code{on}, then only the
4451
current thread may run when the inferior is resumed.  The @code{step}
4452
mode optimizes for single-stepping.  It stops other threads from
4453
``seizing the prompt'' by preempting the current thread while you are
4454
stepping.  Other threads will only rarely (or never) get a chance to run
4455
when you step.  They are more likely to run when you @samp{next} over a
4456
function call, and they are completely free to run when you use commands
4457
like @samp{continue}, @samp{until}, or @samp{finish}.  However, unless another
4458
thread hits a breakpoint during its timeslice, they will never steal the
4459
@value{GDBN} prompt away from the thread that you are debugging.
4460
 
4461
@item show scheduler-locking
4462
Display the current scheduler locking mode.
4463
@end table
4464
 
4465
 
4466
@node Stack
4467
@chapter Examining the Stack
4468
 
4469
When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
4470
stopped and how it got there.
4471
 
4472
@cindex call stack
4473
Each time your program performs a function call, information about the call
4474
is generated.
4475
That information includes the location of the call in your program,
4476
the arguments of the call,
4477
and the local variables of the function being called.
4478
The information is saved in a block of data called a @dfn{stack frame}.
4479
The stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
4480
stack}.
4481
 
4482
When your program stops, the @value{GDBN} commands for examining the
4483
stack allow you to see all of this information.
4484
 
4485
@cindex selected frame
4486
One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by @value{GDBN} and many
4487
@value{GDBN} commands refer implicitly to the selected frame.  In
4488
particular, whenever you ask @value{GDBN} for the value of a variable in
4489
your program, the value is found in the selected frame.  There are
4490
special @value{GDBN} commands to select whichever frame you are
4491
interested in.  @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}.
4492
 
4493
When your program stops, @value{GDBN} automatically selects the
4494
currently executing frame and describes it briefly, similar to the
4495
@code{frame} command (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information about a Frame}).
4496
 
4497
@menu
4498
* Frames::                      Stack frames
4499
* Backtrace::                   Backtraces
4500
* Selection::                   Selecting a frame
4501
* Frame Info::                  Information on a frame
4502
 
4503
@end menu
4504
 
4505
@node Frames
4506
@section Stack Frames
4507
 
4508
@cindex frame, definition
4509
@cindex stack frame
4510
The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
4511
frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
4512
with one call to one function.  The frame contains the arguments given
4513
to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
4514
which the function is executing.
4515
 
4516
@cindex initial frame
4517
@cindex outermost frame
4518
@cindex innermost frame
4519
When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
4520
function @code{main}.  This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
4521
@dfn{outermost} frame.  Each time a function is called, a new frame is
4522
made.  Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
4523
is eliminated.  If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
4524
the same function.  The frame for the function in which execution is
4525
actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame.  This is the most
4526
recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
4527
 
4528
@cindex frame pointer
4529
Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses.  A
4530
stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
4531
kind of computer has a convention for choosing one byte whose
4532
address serves as the address of the frame.  Usually this address is kept
4533
in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register}
4534
(@pxref{Registers, $fp}) while execution is going on in that frame.
4535
 
4536
@cindex frame number
4537
@value{GDBN} assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
4538
zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
4539
and so on upward.  These numbers do not really exist in your program;
4540
they are assigned by @value{GDBN} to give you a way of designating stack
4541
frames in @value{GDBN} commands.
4542
 
4543
@c The -fomit-frame-pointer below perennially causes hbox overflow
4544
@c underflow problems.
4545
@cindex frameless execution
4546
Some compilers provide a way to compile functions so that they operate
4547
without stack frames.  (For example, the @value{NGCC} option
4548
@smallexample
4549
@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer}
4550
@end smallexample
4551
generates functions without a frame.)
4552
This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
4553
the frame setup time.  @value{GDBN} has limited facilities for dealing
4554
with these function invocations.  If the innermost function invocation
4555
has no stack frame, @value{GDBN} nevertheless regards it as though
4556
it had a separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing
4557
correct tracing of the function call chain.  However, @value{GDBN} has
4558
no provision for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
4559
 
4560
@table @code
4561
@kindex frame@r{, command}
4562
@cindex current stack frame
4563
@item frame @var{args}
4564
The @code{frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame to another,
4565
and to print the stack frame you select.  @var{args} may be either the
4566
address of the frame or the stack frame number.  Without an argument,
4567
@code{frame} prints the current stack frame.
4568
 
4569
@kindex select-frame
4570
@cindex selecting frame silently
4571
@item select-frame
4572
The @code{select-frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame
4573
to another without printing the frame.  This is the silent version of
4574
@code{frame}.
4575
@end table
4576
 
4577
@node Backtrace
4578
@section Backtraces
4579
 
4580
@cindex traceback
4581
@cindex call stack traces
4582
A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is.  It shows one
4583
line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
4584
frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
4585
stack.
4586
 
4587
@table @code
4588
@kindex backtrace
4589
@kindex bt @r{(@code{backtrace})}
4590
@item backtrace
4591
@itemx bt
4592
Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
4593
frames in the stack.
4594
 
4595
You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
4596
character, normally @kbd{Ctrl-c}.
4597
 
4598
@item backtrace @var{n}
4599
@itemx bt @var{n}
4600
Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
4601
 
4602
@item backtrace -@var{n}
4603
@itemx bt -@var{n}
4604
Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
4605
 
4606
@item backtrace full
4607
@itemx bt full
4608
@itemx bt full @var{n}
4609
@itemx bt full -@var{n}
4610
Print the values of the local variables also.  @var{n} specifies the
4611
number of frames to print, as described above.
4612
@end table
4613
 
4614
@kindex where
4615
@kindex info stack
4616
The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
4617
are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
4618
 
4619
@cindex multiple threads, backtrace
4620
In a multi-threaded program, @value{GDBN} by default shows the
4621
backtrace only for the current thread.  To display the backtrace for
4622
several or all of the threads, use the command @code{thread apply}
4623
(@pxref{Threads, thread apply}).  For example, if you type @kbd{thread
4624
apply all backtrace}, @value{GDBN} will display the backtrace for all
4625
the threads; this is handy when you debug a core dump of a
4626
multi-threaded program.
4627
 
4628
Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
4629
The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
4630
print address off}.  The backtrace also shows the source file name and
4631
line number, as well as the arguments to the function.  The program
4632
counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
4633
line number.
4634
 
4635
Here is an example of a backtrace.  It was made with the command
4636
@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
4637
 
4638
@smallexample
4639
@group
4640
#0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
4641
    at builtin.c:993
4642
#1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
4643
#2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
4644
    at macro.c:71
4645
(More stack frames follow...)
4646
@end group
4647
@end smallexample
4648
 
4649
@noindent
4650
The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter
4651
value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the
4652
code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
4653
 
4654
@cindex value optimized out, in backtrace
4655
@cindex function call arguments, optimized out
4656
If your program was compiled with optimizations, some compilers will
4657
optimize away arguments passed to functions if those arguments are
4658
never used after the call.  Such optimizations generate code that
4659
passes arguments through registers, but doesn't store those arguments
4660
in the stack frame.  @value{GDBN} has no way of displaying such
4661
arguments in stack frames other than the innermost one.  Here's what
4662
such a backtrace might look like:
4663
 
4664
@smallexample
4665
@group
4666
#0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
4667
    at builtin.c:993
4668
#1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=<value optimized out>) at macro.c:242
4669
#2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=<value optimized out>, td=0xf7fffb08)
4670
    at macro.c:71
4671
(More stack frames follow...)
4672
@end group
4673
@end smallexample
4674
 
4675
@noindent
4676
The values of arguments that were not saved in their stack frames are
4677
shown as @samp{<value optimized out>}.
4678
 
4679
If you need to display the values of such optimized-out arguments,
4680
either deduce that from other variables whose values depend on the one
4681
you are interested in, or recompile without optimizations.
4682
 
4683
@cindex backtrace beyond @code{main} function
4684
@cindex program entry point
4685
@cindex startup code, and backtrace
4686
Most programs have a standard user entry point---a place where system
4687
libraries and startup code transition into user code.  For C this is
4688
@code{main}@footnote{
4689
Note that embedded programs (the so-called ``free-standing''
4690
environment) are not required to have a @code{main} function as the
4691
entry point.  They could even have multiple entry points.}.
4692
When @value{GDBN} finds the entry function in a backtrace
4693
it will terminate the backtrace, to avoid tracing into highly
4694
system-specific (and generally uninteresting) code.
4695
 
4696
If you need to examine the startup code, or limit the number of levels
4697
in a backtrace, you can change this behavior:
4698
 
4699
@table @code
4700
@item set backtrace past-main
4701
@itemx set backtrace past-main on
4702
@kindex set backtrace
4703
Backtraces will continue past the user entry point.
4704
 
4705
@item set backtrace past-main off
4706
Backtraces will stop when they encounter the user entry point.  This is the
4707
default.
4708
 
4709
@item show backtrace past-main
4710
@kindex show backtrace
4711
Display the current user entry point backtrace policy.
4712
 
4713
@item set backtrace past-entry
4714
@itemx set backtrace past-entry on
4715
Backtraces will continue past the internal entry point of an application.
4716
This entry point is encoded by the linker when the application is built,
4717
and is likely before the user entry point @code{main} (or equivalent) is called.
4718
 
4719
@item set backtrace past-entry off
4720
Backtraces will stop when they encounter the internal entry point of an
4721
application.  This is the default.
4722
 
4723
@item show backtrace past-entry
4724
Display the current internal entry point backtrace policy.
4725
 
4726
@item set backtrace limit @var{n}
4727
@itemx set backtrace limit 0
4728
@cindex backtrace limit
4729
Limit the backtrace to @var{n} levels.  A value of zero means
4730
unlimited.
4731
 
4732
@item show backtrace limit
4733
Display the current limit on backtrace levels.
4734
@end table
4735
 
4736
@node Selection
4737
@section Selecting a Frame
4738
 
4739
Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on
4740
whichever stack frame is selected at the moment.  Here are the commands for
4741
selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
4742
of the stack frame just selected.
4743
 
4744
@table @code
4745
@kindex frame@r{, selecting}
4746
@kindex f @r{(@code{frame})}
4747
@item frame @var{n}
4748
@itemx f @var{n}
4749
Select frame number @var{n}.  Recall that frame zero is the innermost
4750
(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
4751
innermost one, and so on.  The highest-numbered frame is the one for
4752
@code{main}.
4753
 
4754
@item frame @var{addr}
4755
@itemx f @var{addr}
4756
Select the frame at address @var{addr}.  This is useful mainly if the
4757
chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
4758
impossible for @value{GDBN} to assign numbers properly to all frames.  In
4759
addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and
4760
switches between them.
4761
 
4762
On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
4763
select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
4764
 
4765
On the MIPS and Alpha architecture, it needs two addresses: a stack
4766
pointer and a program counter.
4767
 
4768
On the 29k architecture, it needs three addresses: a register stack
4769
pointer, a program counter, and a memory stack pointer.
4770
 
4771
@kindex up
4772
@item up @var{n}
4773
Move @var{n} frames up the stack.  For positive numbers @var{n}, this
4774
advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
4775
that have existed longer.  @var{n} defaults to one.
4776
 
4777
@kindex down
4778
@kindex do @r{(@code{down})}
4779
@item down @var{n}
4780
Move @var{n} frames down the stack.  For positive numbers @var{n}, this
4781
advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
4782
that were created more recently.  @var{n} defaults to one.  You may
4783
abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
4784
@end table
4785
 
4786
All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
4787
frame.  The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
4788
arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
4789
frame.  The second line shows the text of that source line.
4790
 
4791
@need 1000
4792
For example:
4793
 
4794
@smallexample
4795
@group
4796
(@value{GDBP}) up
4797
#1  0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
4798
    at env.c:10
4799
10              read_input_file (argv[i]);
4800
@end group
4801
@end smallexample
4802
 
4803
After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments
4804
prints ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.
4805
You can also edit the program at the point of execution with your favorite
4806
editing program by typing @code{edit}.
4807
@xref{List, ,Printing Source Lines},
4808
for details.
4809
 
4810
@table @code
4811
@kindex down-silently
4812
@kindex up-silently
4813
@item up-silently @var{n}
4814
@itemx down-silently @var{n}
4815
These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
4816
respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
4817
causing display of the new frame.  They are intended primarily for use
4818
in @value{GDBN} command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
4819
distracting.
4820
@end table
4821
 
4822
@node Frame Info
4823
@section Information About a Frame
4824
 
4825
There are several other commands to print information about the selected
4826
stack frame.
4827
 
4828
@table @code
4829
@item frame
4830
@itemx f
4831
When used without any argument, this command does not change which
4832
frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
4833
selected stack frame.  It can be abbreviated @code{f}.  With an
4834
argument, this command is used to select a stack frame.
4835
@xref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}.
4836
 
4837
@kindex info frame
4838
@kindex info f @r{(@code{info frame})}
4839
@item info frame
4840
@itemx info f
4841
This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
4842
including:
4843
 
4844
@itemize @bullet
4845
@item
4846
the address of the frame
4847
@item
4848
the address of the next frame down (called by this frame)
4849
@item
4850
the address of the next frame up (caller of this frame)
4851
@item
4852
the language in which the source code corresponding to this frame is written
4853
@item
4854
the address of the frame's arguments
4855
@item
4856
the address of the frame's local variables
4857
@item
4858
the program counter saved in it (the address of execution in the caller frame)
4859
@item
4860
which registers were saved in the frame
4861
@end itemize
4862
 
4863
@noindent The verbose description is useful when
4864
something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
4865
the usual conventions.
4866
 
4867
@item info frame @var{addr}
4868
@itemx info f @var{addr}
4869
Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr}, without
4870
selecting that frame.  The selected frame remains unchanged by this
4871
command.  This requires the same kind of address (more than one for some
4872
architectures) that you specify in the @code{frame} command.
4873
@xref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}.
4874
 
4875
@kindex info args
4876
@item info args
4877
Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
4878
 
4879
@item info locals
4880
@kindex info locals
4881
Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
4882
line.  These are all variables (declared either static or automatic)
4883
accessible at the point of execution of the selected frame.
4884
 
4885
@kindex info catch
4886
@cindex catch exceptions, list active handlers
4887
@cindex exception handlers, how to list
4888
@item info catch
4889
Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
4890
current stack frame at the current point of execution.  To see other
4891
exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
4892
@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
4893
@xref{Set Catchpoints, , Setting Catchpoints}.
4894
 
4895
@end table
4896
 
4897
 
4898
@node Source
4899
@chapter Examining Source Files
4900
 
4901
@value{GDBN} can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
4902
information recorded in the program tells @value{GDBN} what source files were
4903
used to build it.  When your program stops, @value{GDBN} spontaneously prints
4904
the line where it stopped.  Likewise, when you select a stack frame
4905
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}), @value{GDBN} prints the line where
4906
execution in that frame has stopped.  You can print other portions of
4907
source files by explicit command.
4908
 
4909
If you use @value{GDBN} through its @sc{gnu} Emacs interface, you may
4910
prefer to use Emacs facilities to view source; see @ref{Emacs, ,Using
4911
@value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}.
4912
 
4913
@menu
4914
* List::                        Printing source lines
4915
* Specify Location::            How to specify code locations
4916
* Edit::                        Editing source files
4917
* Search::                      Searching source files
4918
* Source Path::                 Specifying source directories
4919
* Machine Code::                Source and machine code
4920
@end menu
4921
 
4922
@node List
4923
@section Printing Source Lines
4924
 
4925
@kindex list
4926
@kindex l @r{(@code{list})}
4927
To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
4928
(abbreviated @code{l}).  By default, ten lines are printed.
4929
There are several ways to specify what part of the file you want to
4930
print; see @ref{Specify Location}, for the full list.
4931
 
4932
Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
4933
 
4934
@table @code
4935
@item list @var{linenum}
4936
Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
4937
current source file.
4938
 
4939
@item list @var{function}
4940
Print lines centered around the beginning of function
4941
@var{function}.
4942
 
4943
@item list
4944
Print more lines.  If the last lines printed were printed with a
4945
@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
4946
printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
4947
as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the
4948
Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line.
4949
 
4950
@item list -
4951
Print lines just before the lines last printed.
4952
@end table
4953
 
4954
@cindex @code{list}, how many lines to display
4955
By default, @value{GDBN} prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
4956
the @code{list} command.  You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
4957
 
4958
@table @code
4959
@kindex set listsize
4960
@item set listsize @var{count}
4961
Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
4962
the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
4963
 
4964
@kindex show listsize
4965
@item show listsize
4966
Display the number of lines that @code{list} prints.
4967
@end table
4968
 
4969
Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
4970
so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}.  This is more useful
4971
than listing the same lines again.  An exception is made for an
4972
argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
4973
each repetition moves up in the source file.
4974
 
4975
In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
4976
@dfn{linespecs}.  Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
4977
of writing them (@pxref{Specify Location}), but the effect is always
4978
to specify some source line.
4979
 
4980
Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
4981
 
4982
@table @code
4983
@item list @var{linespec}
4984
Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
4985
 
4986
@item list @var{first},@var{last}
4987
Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}.  Both arguments are
4988
linespecs.  When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, and the
4989
source file of the second linespec is omitted, this refers to
4990
the same source file as the first linespec.
4991
 
4992
@item list ,@var{last}
4993
Print lines ending with @var{last}.
4994
 
4995
@item list @var{first},
4996
Print lines starting with @var{first}.
4997
 
4998
@item list +
4999
Print lines just after the lines last printed.
5000
 
5001
@item list -
5002
Print lines just before the lines last printed.
5003
 
5004
@item list
5005
As described in the preceding table.
5006
@end table
5007
 
5008
@node Specify Location
5009
@section Specifying a Location
5010
@cindex specifying location
5011
@cindex linespec
5012
 
5013
Several @value{GDBN} commands accept arguments that specify a location
5014
of your program's code.  Since @value{GDBN} is a source-level
5015
debugger, a location usually specifies some line in the source code;
5016
for that reason, locations are also known as @dfn{linespecs}.
5017
 
5018
Here are all the different ways of specifying a code location that
5019
@value{GDBN} understands:
5020
 
5021
@table @code
5022
@item @var{linenum}
5023
Specifies the line number @var{linenum} of the current source file.
5024
 
5025
@item -@var{offset}
5026
@itemx +@var{offset}
5027
Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before or after the @dfn{current
5028
line}.  For the @code{list} command, the current line is the last one
5029
printed; for the breakpoint commands, this is the line at which
5030
execution stopped in the currently selected @dfn{stack frame}
5031
(@pxref{Frames, ,Frames}, for a description of stack frames.)  When
5032
used as the second of the two linespecs in a @code{list} command,
5033
this specifies the line @var{offset} lines up or down from the first
5034
linespec.
5035
 
5036
@item @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
5037
Specifies the line @var{linenum} in the source file @var{filename}.
5038
 
5039
@item @var{function}
5040
Specifies the line that begins the body of the function @var{function}.
5041
For example, in C, this is the line with the open brace.
5042
 
5043
@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
5044
Specifies the line that begins the body of the function @var{function}
5045
in the file @var{filename}.  You only need the file name with a
5046
function name to avoid ambiguity when there are identically named
5047
functions in different source files.
5048
 
5049
@item *@var{address}
5050
Specifies the program address @var{address}.  For line-oriented
5051
commands, such as @code{list} and @code{edit}, this specifies a source
5052
line that contains @var{address}.  For @code{break} and other
5053
breakpoint oriented commands, this can be used to set breakpoints in
5054
parts of your program which do not have debugging information or
5055
source files.
5056
 
5057
Here @var{address} may be any expression valid in the current working
5058
language (@pxref{Languages, working language}) that specifies a code
5059
address.  In addition, as a convenience, @value{GDBN} extends the
5060
semantics of expressions used in locations to cover the situations
5061
that frequently happen during debugging.  Here are the various forms
5062
of @var{address}:
5063
 
5064
@table @code
5065
@item @var{expression}
5066
Any expression valid in the current working language.
5067
 
5068
@item @var{funcaddr}
5069
An address of a function or procedure derived from its name.  In C,
5070
C@t{++}, Java, Objective-C, Fortran, minimal, and assembly, this is
5071
simply the function's name @var{function} (and actually a special case
5072
of a valid expression).  In Pascal and Modula-2, this is
5073
@code{&@var{function}}.  In Ada, this is @code{@var{function}'Address}
5074
(although the Pascal form also works).
5075
 
5076
This form specifies the address of the function's first instruction,
5077
before the stack frame and arguments have been set up.
5078
 
5079
@item '@var{filename}'::@var{funcaddr}
5080
Like @var{funcaddr} above, but also specifies the name of the source
5081
file explicitly.  This is useful if the name of the function does not
5082
specify the function unambiguously, e.g., if there are several
5083
functions with identical names in different source files.
5084
@end table
5085
 
5086
@end table
5087
 
5088
 
5089
@node Edit
5090
@section Editing Source Files
5091
@cindex editing source files
5092
 
5093
@kindex edit
5094
@kindex e @r{(@code{edit})}
5095
To edit the lines in a source file, use the @code{edit} command.
5096
The editing program of your choice
5097
is invoked with the current line set to
5098
the active line in the program.
5099
Alternatively, there are several ways to specify what part of the file you
5100
want to print if you want to see other parts of the program:
5101
 
5102
@table @code
5103
@item edit @var{location}
5104
Edit the source file specified by @code{location}.  Editing starts at
5105
that @var{location}, e.g., at the specified source line of the
5106
specified file.  @xref{Specify Location}, for all the possible forms
5107
of the @var{location} argument; here are the forms of the @code{edit}
5108
command most commonly used:
5109
 
5110
@table @code
5111
@item edit @var{number}
5112
Edit the current source file with @var{number} as the active line number.
5113
 
5114
@item edit @var{function}
5115
Edit the file containing @var{function} at the beginning of its definition.
5116
@end table
5117
 
5118
@end table
5119
 
5120
@subsection Choosing your Editor
5121
You can customize @value{GDBN} to use any editor you want
5122
@footnote{
5123
The only restriction is that your editor (say @code{ex}), recognizes the
5124
following command-line syntax:
5125
@smallexample
5126
ex +@var{number} file
5127
@end smallexample
5128
The optional numeric value +@var{number} specifies the number of the line in
5129
the file where to start editing.}.
5130
By default, it is @file{@value{EDITOR}}, but you can change this
5131
by setting the environment variable @code{EDITOR} before using
5132
@value{GDBN}.  For example, to configure @value{GDBN} to use the
5133
@code{vi} editor, you could use these commands with the @code{sh} shell:
5134
@smallexample
5135
EDITOR=/usr/bin/vi
5136
export EDITOR
5137
gdb @dots{}
5138
@end smallexample
5139
or in the @code{csh} shell,
5140
@smallexample
5141
setenv EDITOR /usr/bin/vi
5142
gdb @dots{}
5143
@end smallexample
5144
 
5145
@node Search
5146
@section Searching Source Files
5147
@cindex searching source files
5148
 
5149
There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
5150
regular expression.
5151
 
5152
@table @code
5153
@kindex search
5154
@kindex forward-search
5155
@item forward-search @var{regexp}
5156
@itemx search @var{regexp}
5157
The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line,
5158
starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
5159
@var{regexp}.  It lists the line that is found.  You can use the
5160
synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as
5161
@code{fo}.
5162
 
5163
@kindex reverse-search
5164
@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
5165
The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
5166
with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
5167
for @var{regexp}.  It lists the line that is found.  You can abbreviate
5168
this command as @code{rev}.
5169
@end table
5170
 
5171
@node Source Path
5172
@section Specifying Source Directories
5173
 
5174
@cindex source path
5175
@cindex directories for source files
5176
Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
5177
files from which they were compiled, just the names.  Even when they do,
5178
the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
5179
session.  @value{GDBN} has a list of directories to search for source files;
5180
this is called the @dfn{source path}.  Each time @value{GDBN} wants a source file,
5181
it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
5182
in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name.
5183
 
5184
For example, suppose an executable references the file
5185
@file{/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c}, and our source path is
5186
@file{/mnt/cross}.  The file is first looked up literally; if this
5187
fails, @file{/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c} is tried; if this
5188
fails, @file{/mnt/cross/foo.c} is opened; if this fails, an error
5189
message is printed.  @value{GDBN} does not look up the parts of the
5190
source file name, such as @file{/mnt/cross/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c}.
5191
Likewise, the subdirectories of the source path are not searched: if
5192
the source path is @file{/mnt/cross}, and the binary refers to
5193
@file{foo.c}, @value{GDBN} would not find it under
5194
@file{/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib}.
5195
 
5196
Plain file names, relative file names with leading directories, file
5197
names containing dots, etc.@: are all treated as described above; for
5198
instance, if the source path is @file{/mnt/cross}, and the source file
5199
is recorded as @file{../lib/foo.c}, @value{GDBN} would first try
5200
@file{../lib/foo.c}, then @file{/mnt/cross/../lib/foo.c}, and after
5201
that---@file{/mnt/cross/foo.c}.
5202
 
5203
Note that the executable search path is @emph{not} used to locate the
5204
source files.
5205
 
5206
Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, @value{GDBN} clears out
5207
any information it has cached about where source files are found and where
5208
each line is in the file.
5209
 
5210
@kindex directory
5211
@kindex dir
5212
When you start @value{GDBN}, its source path includes only @samp{cdir}
5213
and @samp{cwd}, in that order.
5214
To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
5215
 
5216
The search path is used to find both program source files and @value{GDBN}
5217
script files (read using the @samp{-command} option and @samp{source} command).
5218
 
5219
In addition to the source path, @value{GDBN} provides a set of commands
5220
that manage a list of source path substitution rules.  A @dfn{substitution
5221
rule} specifies how to rewrite source directories stored in the program's
5222
debug information in case the sources were moved to a different
5223
directory between compilation and debugging.  A rule is made of
5224
two strings, the first specifying what needs to be rewritten in
5225
the path, and the second specifying how it should be rewritten.
5226
In @ref{set substitute-path}, we name these two parts @var{from} and
5227
@var{to} respectively.  @value{GDBN} does a simple string replacement
5228
of @var{from} with @var{to} at the start of the directory part of the
5229
source file name, and uses that result instead of the original file
5230
name to look up the sources.
5231
 
5232
Using the previous example, suppose the @file{foo-1.0} tree has been
5233
moved from @file{/usr/src} to @file{/mnt/cross}, then you can tell
5234
@value{GDBN} to replace @file{/usr/src} in all source path names with
5235
@file{/mnt/cross}.  The first lookup will then be
5236
@file{/mnt/cross/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c} in place of the original location
5237
of @file{/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c}.  To define a source path
5238
substitution rule, use the @code{set substitute-path} command
5239
(@pxref{set substitute-path}).
5240
 
5241
To avoid unexpected substitution results, a rule is applied only if the
5242
@var{from} part of the directory name ends at a directory separator.
5243
For instance, a rule substituting  @file{/usr/source} into
5244
@file{/mnt/cross} will be applied to @file{/usr/source/foo-1.0} but
5245
not to @file{/usr/sourceware/foo-2.0}.  And because the substitution
5246
is applied only at the beginning of the directory name, this rule will
5247
not be applied to @file{/root/usr/source/baz.c} either.
5248
 
5249
In many cases, you can achieve the same result using the @code{directory}
5250
command.  However, @code{set substitute-path} can be more efficient in
5251
the case where the sources are organized in a complex tree with multiple
5252
subdirectories.  With the @code{directory} command, you need to add each
5253
subdirectory of your project.  If you moved the entire tree while
5254
preserving its internal organization, then @code{set substitute-path}
5255
allows you to direct the debugger to all the sources with one single
5256
command.
5257
 
5258
@code{set substitute-path} is also more than just a shortcut command.
5259
The source path is only used if the file at the original location no
5260
longer exists.  On the other hand, @code{set substitute-path} modifies
5261
the debugger behavior to look at the rewritten location instead.  So, if
5262
for any reason a source file that is not relevant to your executable is
5263
located at the original location, a substitution rule is the only
5264
method available to point @value{GDBN} at the new location.
5265
 
5266
@table @code
5267
@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
5268
@item dir @var{dirname} @dots{}
5269
Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path.  Several
5270
directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:}
5271
(@samp{;} on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where @samp{:} usually appears as
5272
part of absolute file names) or
5273
whitespace.  You may specify a directory that is already in the source
5274
path; this moves it forward, so @value{GDBN} searches it sooner.
5275
 
5276
@kindex cdir
5277
@kindex cwd
5278
@vindex $cdir@r{, convenience variable}
5279
@vindex $cwd@r{, convenience variable}
5280
@cindex compilation directory
5281
@cindex current directory
5282
@cindex working directory
5283
@cindex directory, current
5284
@cindex directory, compilation
5285
You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
5286
directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
5287
working directory.  @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
5288
tracks the current working directory as it changes during your @value{GDBN}
5289
session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
5290
directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
5291
 
5292
@item directory
5293
Reset the source path to its default value (@samp{$cdir:$cwd} on Unix systems).  This requires confirmation.
5294
 
5295
@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
5296
@c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that.  (thanks to RMS)
5297
 
5298
@item show directories
5299
@kindex show directories
5300
Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
5301
 
5302
@anchor{set substitute-path}
5303
@item set substitute-path @var{from} @var{to}
5304
@kindex set substitute-path
5305
Define a source path substitution rule, and add it at the end of the
5306
current list of existing substitution rules.  If a rule with the same
5307
@var{from} was already defined, then the old rule is also deleted.
5308
 
5309
For example, if the file @file{/foo/bar/baz.c} was moved to
5310
@file{/mnt/cross/baz.c}, then the command
5311
 
5312
@smallexample
5313
(@value{GDBP}) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/cross
5314
@end smallexample
5315
 
5316
@noindent
5317
will tell @value{GDBN} to replace @samp{/usr/src} with
5318
@samp{/mnt/cross}, which will allow @value{GDBN} to find the file
5319
@file{baz.c} even though it was moved.
5320
 
5321
In the case when more than one substitution rule have been defined,
5322
the rules are evaluated one by one in the order where they have been
5323
defined.  The first one matching, if any, is selected to perform
5324
the substitution.
5325
 
5326
For instance, if we had entered the following commands:
5327
 
5328
@smallexample
5329
(@value{GDBP}) set substitute-path /usr/src/include /mnt/include
5330
(@value{GDBP}) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/src
5331
@end smallexample
5332
 
5333
@noindent
5334
@value{GDBN} would then rewrite @file{/usr/src/include/defs.h} into
5335
@file{/mnt/include/defs.h} by using the first rule.  However, it would
5336
use the second rule to rewrite @file{/usr/src/lib/foo.c} into
5337
@file{/mnt/src/lib/foo.c}.
5338
 
5339
 
5340
@item unset substitute-path [path]
5341
@kindex unset substitute-path
5342
If a path is specified, search the current list of substitution rules
5343
for a rule that would rewrite that path.  Delete that rule if found.
5344
A warning is emitted by the debugger if no rule could be found.
5345
 
5346
If no path is specified, then all substitution rules are deleted.
5347
 
5348
@item show substitute-path [path]
5349
@kindex show substitute-path
5350
If a path is specified, then print the source path substitution rule
5351
which would rewrite that path, if any.
5352
 
5353
If no path is specified, then print all existing source path substitution
5354
rules.
5355
 
5356
@end table
5357
 
5358
If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
5359
interest, @value{GDBN} may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
5360
versions of source.  You can correct the situation as follows:
5361
 
5362
@enumerate
5363
@item
5364
Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to its default value.
5365
 
5366
@item
5367
Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
5368
directories you want in the source path.  You can add all the
5369
directories in one command.
5370
@end enumerate
5371
 
5372
@node Machine Code
5373
@section Source and Machine Code
5374
@cindex source line and its code address
5375
 
5376
You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
5377
addresses (and vice versa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
5378
a range of addresses as machine instructions.  When run under @sc{gnu} Emacs
5379
mode, the @code{info line} command causes the arrow to point to the
5380
line specified.  Also, @code{info line} prints addresses in symbolic form as
5381
well as hex.
5382
 
5383
@table @code
5384
@kindex info line
5385
@item info line @var{linespec}
5386
Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
5387
source line @var{linespec}.  You can specify source lines in any of
5388
the ways documented in @ref{Specify Location}.
5389
@end table
5390
 
5391
For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of
5392
the object code for the first line of function
5393
@code{m4_changequote}:
5394
 
5395
@c FIXME: I think this example should also show the addresses in
5396
@c symbolic form, as they usually would be displayed.
5397
@smallexample
5398
(@value{GDBP}) info line m4_changequote
5399
Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
5400
@end smallexample
5401
 
5402
@noindent
5403
@cindex code address and its source line
5404
We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
5405
@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
5406
@smallexample
5407
(@value{GDBP}) info line *0x63ff
5408
Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
5409
@end smallexample
5410
 
5411
@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
5412
@cindex @code{x} command, default address
5413
@kindex x@r{(examine), and} info line
5414
After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command
5415
is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is
5416
sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory,
5417
,Examining Memory}).  Also, this address is saved as the value of the
5418
convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
5419
Variables}).
5420
 
5421
@table @code
5422
@kindex disassemble
5423
@cindex assembly instructions
5424
@cindex instructions, assembly
5425
@cindex machine instructions
5426
@cindex listing machine instructions
5427
@item disassemble
5428
This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
5429
instructions.  The default memory range is the function surrounding the
5430
program counter of the selected frame.  A single argument to this
5431
command is a program counter value; @value{GDBN} dumps the function
5432
surrounding this value.  Two arguments specify a range of addresses
5433
(first inclusive, second exclusive) to dump.
5434
@end table
5435
 
5436
The following example shows the disassembly of a range of addresses of
5437
HP PA-RISC 2.0 code:
5438
 
5439
@smallexample
5440
(@value{GDBP}) disas 0x32c4 0x32e4
5441
Dump of assembler code from 0x32c4 to 0x32e4:
5442
0x32c4 <main+204>:      addil 0,dp
5443
0x32c8 <main+208>:      ldw 0x22c(sr0,r1),r26
5444
0x32cc <main+212>:      ldil 0x3000,r31
5445
0x32d0 <main+216>:      ble 0x3f8(sr4,r31)
5446
0x32d4 <main+220>:      ldo 0(r31),rp
5447
0x32d8 <main+224>:      addil -0x800,dp
5448
0x32dc <main+228>:      ldo 0x588(r1),r26
5449
0x32e0 <main+232>:      ldil 0x3000,r31
5450
End of assembler dump.
5451
@end smallexample
5452
 
5453
Some architectures have more than one commonly-used set of instruction
5454
mnemonics or other syntax.
5455
 
5456
For programs that were dynamically linked and use shared libraries,
5457
instructions that call functions or branch to locations in the shared
5458
libraries might show a seemingly bogus location---it's actually a
5459
location of the relocation table.  On some architectures, @value{GDBN}
5460
might be able to resolve these to actual function names.
5461
 
5462
@table @code
5463
@kindex set disassembly-flavor
5464
@cindex Intel disassembly flavor
5465
@cindex AT&T disassembly flavor
5466
@item set disassembly-flavor @var{instruction-set}
5467
Select the instruction set to use when disassembling the
5468
program via the @code{disassemble} or @code{x/i} commands.
5469
 
5470
Currently this command is only defined for the Intel x86 family.  You
5471
can set @var{instruction-set} to either @code{intel} or @code{att}.
5472
The default is @code{att}, the AT&T flavor used by default by Unix
5473
assemblers for x86-based targets.
5474
 
5475
@kindex show disassembly-flavor
5476
@item show disassembly-flavor
5477
Show the current setting of the disassembly flavor.
5478
@end table
5479
 
5480
 
5481
@node Data
5482
@chapter Examining Data
5483
 
5484
@cindex printing data
5485
@cindex examining data
5486
@kindex print
5487
@kindex inspect
5488
@c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not
5489
@c document because it is nonstandard...  Under Epoch it displays in a
5490
@c different window or something like that.
5491
The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
5492
command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}.  It
5493
evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
5494
program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with
5495
Different Languages}).
5496
 
5497
@table @code
5498
@item print @var{expr}
5499
@itemx print /@var{f} @var{expr}
5500
@var{expr} is an expression (in the source language).  By default the
5501
value of @var{expr} is printed in a format appropriate to its data type;
5502
you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}}, where
5503
@var{f} is a letter specifying the format; see @ref{Output Formats,,Output
5504
Formats}.
5505
 
5506
@item print
5507
@itemx print /@var{f}
5508
@cindex reprint the last value
5509
If you omit @var{expr}, @value{GDBN} displays the last value again (from the
5510
@dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value History}).  This allows you to
5511
conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format.
5512
@end table
5513
 
5514
A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
5515
It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
5516
specified format.  @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
5517
 
5518
If you are interested in information about types, or about how the
5519
fields of a struct or a class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
5520
command rather than @code{print}.  @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol
5521
Table}.
5522
 
5523
@menu
5524
* Expressions::                 Expressions
5525
* Variables::                   Program variables
5526
* Arrays::                      Artificial arrays
5527
* Output Formats::              Output formats
5528
* Memory::                      Examining memory
5529
* Auto Display::                Automatic display
5530
* Print Settings::              Print settings
5531
* Value History::               Value history
5532
* Convenience Vars::            Convenience variables
5533
* Registers::                   Registers
5534
* Floating Point Hardware::     Floating point hardware
5535
* Vector Unit::                 Vector Unit
5536
* OS Information::              Auxiliary data provided by operating system
5537
* Memory Region Attributes::    Memory region attributes
5538
* Dump/Restore Files::          Copy between memory and a file
5539
* Core File Generation::        Cause a program dump its core
5540
* Character Sets::              Debugging programs that use a different
5541
                                character set than GDB does
5542
* Caching Remote Data::         Data caching for remote targets
5543
@end menu
5544
 
5545
@node Expressions
5546
@section Expressions
5547
 
5548
@cindex expressions
5549
@code{print} and many other @value{GDBN} commands accept an expression and
5550
compute its value.  Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
5551
by the programming language you are using is valid in an expression in
5552
@value{GDBN}.  This includes conditional expressions, function calls,
5553
casts, and string constants.  It also includes preprocessor macros, if
5554
you compiled your program to include this information; see
5555
@ref{Compilation}.
5556
 
5557
@cindex arrays in expressions
5558
@value{GDBN} supports array constants in expressions input by
5559
the user.  The syntax is @{@var{element}, @var{element}@dots{}@}.  For example,
5560
you can use the command @code{print @{1, 2, 3@}} to build up an array in
5561
memory that is @code{malloc}ed in the target program.
5562
 
5563
Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
5564
this manual are in C.  @xref{Languages, , Using @value{GDBN} with Different
5565
Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
5566
languages.
5567
 
5568
In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in @value{GDBN}
5569
expressions regardless of your programming language.
5570
 
5571
@cindex casts, in expressions
5572
Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
5573
useful to cast a number into a pointer in order to examine a structure
5574
at that address in memory.
5575
@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
5576
 
5577
@value{GDBN} supports these operators, in addition to those common
5578
to programming languages:
5579
 
5580
@table @code
5581
@item @@
5582
@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
5583
@xref{Arrays, ,Artificial Arrays}, for more information.
5584
 
5585
@item ::
5586
@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
5587
function where it is defined.  @xref{Variables, ,Program Variables}.
5588
 
5589
@cindex @{@var{type}@}
5590
@cindex type casting memory
5591
@cindex memory, viewing as typed object
5592
@cindex casts, to view memory
5593
@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
5594
Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
5595
memory.  @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
5596
pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
5597
a cast).  This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
5598
normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.
5599
@end table
5600
 
5601
@node Variables
5602
@section Program Variables
5603
 
5604
The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
5605
in your program.
5606
 
5607
Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
5608
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}); they must be either:
5609
 
5610
@itemize @bullet
5611
@item
5612
global (or file-static)
5613
@end itemize
5614
 
5615
@noindent or
5616
 
5617
@itemize @bullet
5618
@item
5619
visible according to the scope rules of the
5620
programming language from the point of execution in that frame
5621
@end itemize
5622
 
5623
@noindent This means that in the function
5624
 
5625
@smallexample
5626
foo (a)
5627
     int a;
5628
@{
5629
  bar (a);
5630
  @{
5631
    int b = test ();
5632
    bar (b);
5633
  @}
5634
@}
5635
@end smallexample
5636
 
5637
@noindent
5638
you can examine and use the variable @code{a} whenever your program is
5639
executing within the function @code{foo}, but you can only use or
5640
examine the variable @code{b} while your program is executing inside
5641
the block where @code{b} is declared.
5642
 
5643
@cindex variable name conflict
5644
There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
5645
scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
5646
in this file.  But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
5647
function with the same name (in different source files).  If that
5648
happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects.  If you wish,
5649
you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
5650
using the colon-colon (@code{::}) notation:
5651
 
5652
@cindex colon-colon, context for variables/functions
5653
@ifnotinfo
5654
@c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers?
5655
@cindex @code{::}, context for variables/functions
5656
@end ifnotinfo
5657
@smallexample
5658
@var{file}::@var{variable}
5659
@var{function}::@var{variable}
5660
@end smallexample
5661
 
5662
@noindent
5663
Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the
5664
static @var{variable}.  In the case of file names, you can use quotes to
5665
make sure @value{GDBN} parses the file name as a single word---for example,
5666
to print a global value of @code{x} defined in @file{f2.c}:
5667
 
5668
@smallexample
5669
(@value{GDBP}) p 'f2.c'::x
5670
@end smallexample
5671
 
5672
@cindex C@t{++} scope resolution
5673
This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
5674
use of the same notation in C@t{++}.  @value{GDBN} also supports use of the C@t{++}
5675
scope resolution operator in @value{GDBN} expressions.
5676
@c FIXME: Um, so what happens in one of those rare cases where it's in
5677
@c conflict??  --mew
5678
 
5679
@cindex wrong values
5680
@cindex variable values, wrong
5681
@cindex function entry/exit, wrong values of variables
5682
@cindex optimized code, wrong values of variables
5683
@quotation
5684
@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
5685
wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to a new
5686
scope, and just before exit.
5687
@end quotation
5688
You may see this problem when you are stepping by machine instructions.
5689
This is because, on most machines, it takes more than one instruction to
5690
set up a stack frame (including local variable definitions); if you are
5691
stepping by machine instructions, variables may appear to have the wrong
5692
values until the stack frame is completely built.  On exit, it usually
5693
also takes more than one machine instruction to destroy a stack frame;
5694
after you begin stepping through that group of instructions, local
5695
variable definitions may be gone.
5696
 
5697
This may also happen when the compiler does significant optimizations.
5698
To be sure of always seeing accurate values, turn off all optimization
5699
when compiling.
5700
 
5701
@cindex ``No symbol "foo" in current context''
5702
Another possible effect of compiler optimizations is to optimize
5703
unused variables out of existence, or assign variables to registers (as
5704
opposed to memory addresses).  Depending on the support for such cases
5705
offered by the debug info format used by the compiler, @value{GDBN}
5706
might not be able to display values for such local variables.  If that
5707
happens, @value{GDBN} will print a message like this:
5708
 
5709
@smallexample
5710
No symbol "foo" in current context.
5711
@end smallexample
5712
 
5713
To solve such problems, either recompile without optimizations, or use a
5714
different debug info format, if the compiler supports several such
5715
formats.  For example, @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C/C@t{++} compiler,
5716
usually supports the @option{-gstabs+} option.  @option{-gstabs+}
5717
produces debug info in a format that is superior to formats such as
5718
COFF.  You may be able to use DWARF 2 (@option{-gdwarf-2}), which is also
5719
an effective form for debug info.  @xref{Debugging Options,,Options
5720
for Debugging Your Program or GCC, gcc.info, Using the @sc{gnu}
5721
Compiler Collection (GCC)}.
5722
@xref{C, ,C and C@t{++}}, for more information about debug info formats
5723
that are best suited to C@t{++} programs.
5724
 
5725
If you ask to print an object whose contents are unknown to
5726
@value{GDBN}, e.g., because its data type is not completely specified
5727
by the debug information, @value{GDBN} will say @samp{<incomplete
5728
type>}.  @xref{Symbols, incomplete type}, for more about this.
5729
 
5730
Strings are identified as arrays of @code{char} values without specified
5731
signedness.  Arrays of either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char} get
5732
printed as arrays of 1 byte sized integers.  @code{-fsigned-char} or
5733
@code{-funsigned-char} @value{NGCC} options have no effect as @value{GDBN}
5734
defines literal string type @code{"char"} as @code{char} without a sign.
5735
For program code
5736
 
5737
@smallexample
5738
char var0[] = "A";
5739
signed char var1[] = "A";
5740
@end smallexample
5741
 
5742
You get during debugging
5743
@smallexample
5744
(gdb) print var0
5745
$1 = "A"
5746
(gdb) print var1
5747
$2 = @{65 'A', 0 '\0'@}
5748
@end smallexample
5749
 
5750
@node Arrays
5751
@section Artificial Arrays
5752
 
5753
@cindex artificial array
5754
@cindex arrays
5755
@kindex @@@r{, referencing memory as an array}
5756
It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
5757
same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
5758
dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
5759
program.
5760
 
5761
You can do this by referring to a contiguous span of memory as an
5762
@dfn{artificial array}, using the binary operator @samp{@@}.  The left
5763
operand of @samp{@@} should be the first element of the desired array
5764
and be an individual object.  The right operand should be the desired length
5765
of the array.  The result is an array value whose elements are all of
5766
the type of the left argument.  The first element is actually the left
5767
argument; the second element comes from bytes of memory immediately
5768
following those that hold the first element, and so on.  Here is an
5769
example.  If a program says
5770
 
5771
@smallexample
5772
int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
5773
@end smallexample
5774
 
5775
@noindent
5776
you can print the contents of @code{array} with
5777
 
5778
@smallexample
5779
p *array@@len
5780
@end smallexample
5781
 
5782
The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory.  Array values made
5783
with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
5784
subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
5785
Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
5786
(@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}), after printing one out.
5787
 
5788
Another way to create an artificial array is to use a cast.
5789
This re-interprets a value as if it were an array.
5790
The value need not be in memory:
5791
@smallexample
5792
(@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[2])0x12345678
5793
$1 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@}
5794
@end smallexample
5795
 
5796
As a convenience, if you leave the array length out (as in
5797
@samp{(@var{type}[])@var{value}}) @value{GDBN} calculates the size to fill
5798
the value (as @samp{sizeof(@var{value})/sizeof(@var{type})}:
5799
@smallexample
5800
(@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[])0x12345678
5801
$2 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@}
5802
@end smallexample
5803
 
5804
Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
5805
moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
5806
actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values
5807
of pointers in an array.  One useful work-around in this situation is
5808
to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
5809
Variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first
5810
interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}.  For
5811
instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to
5812
structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv}
5813
in each structure.  Here is an example of what you might type:
5814
 
5815
@smallexample
5816
set $i = 0
5817
p dtab[$i++]->fv
5818
@key{RET}
5819
@key{RET}
5820
@dots{}
5821
@end smallexample
5822
 
5823
@node Output Formats
5824
@section Output Formats
5825
 
5826
@cindex formatted output
5827
@cindex output formats
5828
By default, @value{GDBN} prints a value according to its data type.  Sometimes
5829
this is not what you want.  For example, you might want to print a number
5830
in hex, or a pointer in decimal.  Or you might want to view data in memory
5831
at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction.  To do
5832
these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
5833
 
5834
The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
5835
already computed.  This is done by starting the arguments of the
5836
@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter.  The format
5837
letters supported are:
5838
 
5839
@table @code
5840
@item x
5841
Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
5842
hexadecimal.
5843
 
5844
@item d
5845
Print as integer in signed decimal.
5846
 
5847
@item u
5848
Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
5849
 
5850
@item o
5851
Print as integer in octal.
5852
 
5853
@item t
5854
Print as integer in binary.  The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
5855
@footnote{@samp{b} cannot be used because these format letters are also
5856
used with the @code{x} command, where @samp{b} stands for ``byte'';
5857
see @ref{Memory,,Examining Memory}.}
5858
 
5859
@item a
5860
@cindex unknown address, locating
5861
@cindex locate address
5862
Print as an address, both absolute in hexadecimal and as an offset from
5863
the nearest preceding symbol.  You can use this format used to discover
5864
where (in what function) an unknown address is located:
5865
 
5866
@smallexample
5867
(@value{GDBP}) p/a 0x54320
5868
$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>
5869
@end smallexample
5870
 
5871
@noindent
5872
The command @code{info symbol 0x54320} yields similar results.
5873
@xref{Symbols, info symbol}.
5874
 
5875
@item c
5876
Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.  This
5877
prints both the numerical value and its character representation.  The
5878
character representation is replaced with the octal escape @samp{\nnn}
5879
for characters outside the 7-bit @sc{ascii} range.
5880
 
5881
Without this format, @value{GDBN} displays @code{char},
5882
@w{@code{unsigned char}}, and @w{@code{signed char}} data as character
5883
constants.  Single-byte members of vectors are displayed as integer
5884
data.
5885
 
5886
@item f
5887
Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
5888
using typical floating point syntax.
5889
 
5890
@item s
5891
@cindex printing strings
5892
@cindex printing byte arrays
5893
Regard as a string, if possible.  With this format, pointers to single-byte
5894
data are displayed as null-terminated strings and arrays of single-byte data
5895
are displayed as fixed-length strings.  Other values are displayed in their
5896
natural types.
5897
 
5898
Without this format, @value{GDBN} displays pointers to and arrays of
5899
@code{char}, @w{@code{unsigned char}}, and @w{@code{signed char}} as
5900
strings.  Single-byte members of a vector are displayed as an integer
5901
array.
5902
@end table
5903
 
5904
For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
5905
 
5906
@smallexample
5907
p/x $pc
5908
@end smallexample
5909
 
5910
@noindent
5911
Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
5912
names in @value{GDBN} cannot contain a slash.
5913
 
5914
To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
5915
you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
5916
expression.  For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
5917
 
5918
@node Memory
5919
@section Examining Memory
5920
 
5921
You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in
5922
any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
5923
 
5924
@cindex examining memory
5925
@table @code
5926
@kindex x @r{(examine memory)}
5927
@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
5928
@itemx x @var{addr}
5929
@itemx x
5930
Use the @code{x} command to examine memory.
5931
@end table
5932
 
5933
@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how
5934
much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
5935
expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
5936
If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
5937
Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
5938
 
5939
@table @r
5940
@item @var{n}, the repeat count
5941
The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1.  It specifies
5942
how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
5943
@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
5944
@c 4.1.2.
5945
 
5946
@item @var{f}, the display format
5947
The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print}
5948
(@samp{x}, @samp{d}, @samp{u}, @samp{o}, @samp{t}, @samp{a}, @samp{c},
5949
@samp{f}, @samp{s}), and in addition @samp{i} (for machine instructions).
5950
The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially.  The default changes
5951
each time you use either @code{x} or @code{print}.
5952
 
5953
@item @var{u}, the unit size
5954
The unit size is any of
5955
 
5956
@table @code
5957
@item b
5958
Bytes.
5959
@item h
5960
Halfwords (two bytes).
5961
@item w
5962
Words (four bytes).  This is the initial default.
5963
@item g
5964
Giant words (eight bytes).
5965
@end table
5966
 
5967
Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
5968
default unit the next time you use @code{x}.  (For the @samp{s} and
5969
@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
5970
 
5971
@item @var{addr}, starting display address
5972
@var{addr} is the address where you want @value{GDBN} to begin displaying
5973
memory.  The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
5974
it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
5975
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions.  The default for
5976
@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
5977
other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
5978
the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
5979
starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
5980
a value from memory).
5981
@end table
5982
 
5983
For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
5984
(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
5985
starting at address @code{0x54320}.  @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
5986
words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
5987
@pxref{Registers, ,Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
5988
 
5989
Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
5990
letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
5991
unit size or format comes first; either order works.  The output
5992
specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
5993
(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} does not work.)
5994
 
5995
Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
5996
and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
5997
@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
5998
including any operands.  For convenience, especially when used with
5999
the @code{display} command, the @samp{i} format also prints branch delay
6000
slot instructions, if any, beyond the count specified, which immediately
6001
follow the last instruction that is within the count.  The command
6002
@code{disassemble} gives an alternative way of inspecting machine
6003
instructions; see @ref{Machine Code,,Source and Machine Code}.
6004
 
6005
All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
6006
easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
6007
you use @code{x}.  For example, after you have inspected three machine
6008
instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
6009
with just @samp{x/7}.  If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
6010
the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
6011
for successive uses of @code{x}.
6012
 
6013
@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
6014
The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
6015
in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
6016
would get in the way.  Instead, @value{GDBN} makes these values available for
6017
subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
6018
@code{$_} and @code{$__}.  After an @code{x} command, the last address
6019
examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
6020
@code{$_}.  The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
6021
the convenience variable @code{$__}.
6022
 
6023
If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
6024
are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
6025
address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
6026
 
6027
@cindex remote memory comparison
6028
@cindex verify remote memory image
6029
When you are debugging a program running on a remote target machine
6030
(@pxref{Remote Debugging}), you may wish to verify the program's image in the
6031
remote machine's memory against the executable file you downloaded to
6032
the target.  The @code{compare-sections} command is provided for such
6033
situations.
6034
 
6035
@table @code
6036
@kindex compare-sections
6037
@item compare-sections @r{[}@var{section-name}@r{]}
6038
Compare the data of a loadable section @var{section-name} in the
6039
executable file of the program being debugged with the same section in
6040
the remote machine's memory, and report any mismatches.  With no
6041
arguments, compares all loadable sections.  This command's
6042
availability depends on the target's support for the @code{"qCRC"}
6043
remote request.
6044
@end table
6045
 
6046
@node Auto Display
6047
@section Automatic Display
6048
@cindex automatic display
6049
@cindex display of expressions
6050
 
6051
If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
6052
(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
6053
display list} so that @value{GDBN} prints its value each time your program stops.
6054
Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
6055
to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
6056
The automatic display looks like this:
6057
 
6058
@smallexample
6059
2: foo = 38
6060
3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
6061
@end smallexample
6062
 
6063
@noindent
6064
This display shows item numbers, expressions and their current values.  As with
6065
displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
6066
specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
6067
whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending your format
6068
specification---it uses @code{x} if you specify either the @samp{i}
6069
or @samp{s} format, or a unit size; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
6070
 
6071
@table @code
6072
@kindex display
6073
@item display @var{expr}
6074
Add the expression @var{expr} to the list of expressions to display
6075
each time your program stops.  @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
6076
 
6077
@code{display} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
6078
 
6079
@item display/@var{fmt} @var{expr}
6080
For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
6081
count, add the expression @var{expr} to the auto-display list but
6082
arrange to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
6083
@xref{Output Formats,,Output Formats}.
6084
 
6085
@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
6086
For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
6087
number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
6088
be examined each time your program stops.  Examining means in effect
6089
doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}.  @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
6090
@end table
6091
 
6092
For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
6093
instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
6094
is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers, ,Registers}).
6095
 
6096
@table @code
6097
@kindex delete display
6098
@kindex undisplay
6099
@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
6100
@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
6101
Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
6102
 
6103
@code{undisplay} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
6104
(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
6105
 
6106
@kindex disable display
6107
@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
6108
Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}.  A disabled display
6109
item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten.  It may be
6110
enabled again later.
6111
 
6112
@kindex enable display
6113
@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
6114
Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}.  It becomes effective once
6115
again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
6116
 
6117
@item display
6118
Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
6119
done when your program stops.
6120
 
6121
@kindex info display
6122
@item info display
6123
Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
6124
automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
6125
values.  This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
6126
It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
6127
because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
6128
@end table
6129
 
6130
@cindex display disabled out of scope
6131
If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
6132
sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up.  Such an
6133
expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
6134
variables is not defined.  For example, if you give the command
6135
@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
6136
@code{last_char}, @value{GDBN} displays this argument while your program
6137
continues to stop inside that function.  When it stops elsewhere---where
6138
there is no variable @code{last_char}---the display is disabled
6139
automatically.  The next time your program stops where @code{last_char}
6140
is meaningful, you can enable the display expression once again.
6141
 
6142
@node Print Settings
6143
@section Print Settings
6144
 
6145
@cindex format options
6146
@cindex print settings
6147
@value{GDBN} provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
6148
and symbols are printed.
6149
 
6150
@noindent
6151
These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
6152
 
6153
@table @code
6154
@kindex set print
6155
@item set print address
6156
@itemx set print address on
6157
@cindex print/don't print memory addresses
6158
@value{GDBN} prints memory addresses showing the location of stack
6159
traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
6160
even when it also displays the contents of those addresses.  The default
6161
is @code{on}.  For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like with
6162
@code{set print address on}:
6163
 
6164
@smallexample
6165
@group
6166
(@value{GDBP}) f
6167
#0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
6168
    at input.c:530
6169
530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
6170
@end group
6171
@end smallexample
6172
 
6173
@item set print address off
6174
Do not print addresses when displaying their contents.  For example,
6175
this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
6176
 
6177
@smallexample
6178
@group
6179
(@value{GDBP}) set print addr off
6180
(@value{GDBP}) f
6181
#0  set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
6182
530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
6183
@end group
6184
@end smallexample
6185
 
6186
You can use @samp{set print address off} to eliminate all machine
6187
dependent displays from the @value{GDBN} interface.  For example, with
6188
@code{print address off}, you should get the same text for backtraces on
6189
all machines---whether or not they involve pointer arguments.
6190
 
6191
@kindex show print
6192
@item show print address
6193
Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
6194
@end table
6195
 
6196
When @value{GDBN} prints a symbolic address, it normally prints the
6197
closest earlier symbol plus an offset.  If that symbol does not uniquely
6198
identify the address (for example, it is a name whose scope is a single
6199
source file), you may need to clarify.  One way to do this is with
6200
@code{info line}, for example @samp{info line *0x4537}.  Alternately,
6201
you can set @value{GDBN} to print the source file and line number when
6202
it prints a symbolic address:
6203
 
6204
@table @code
6205
@item set print symbol-filename on
6206
@cindex source file and line of a symbol
6207
@cindex symbol, source file and line
6208
Tell @value{GDBN} to print the source file name and line number of a
6209
symbol in the symbolic form of an address.
6210
 
6211
@item set print symbol-filename off
6212
Do not print source file name and line number of a symbol.  This is the
6213
default.
6214
 
6215
@item show print symbol-filename
6216
Show whether or not @value{GDBN} will print the source file name and
6217
line number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address.
6218
@end table
6219
 
6220
Another situation where it is helpful to show symbol filenames and line
6221
numbers is when disassembling code; @value{GDBN} shows you the line
6222
number and source file that corresponds to each instruction.
6223
 
6224
Also, you may wish to see the symbolic form only if the address being
6225
printed is reasonably close to the closest earlier symbol:
6226
 
6227
@table @code
6228
@item set print max-symbolic-offset @var{max-offset}
6229
@cindex maximum value for offset of closest symbol
6230
Tell @value{GDBN} to only display the symbolic form of an address if the
6231
offset between the closest earlier symbol and the address is less than
6232
@var{max-offset}.  The default is 0, which tells @value{GDBN}
6233
to always print the symbolic form of an address if any symbol precedes it.
6234
 
6235
@item show print max-symbolic-offset
6236
Ask how large the maximum offset is that @value{GDBN} prints in a
6237
symbolic address.
6238
@end table
6239
 
6240
@cindex wild pointer, interpreting
6241
@cindex pointer, finding referent
6242
If you have a pointer and you are not sure where it points, try
6243
@samp{set print symbol-filename on}.  Then you can determine the name
6244
and source file location of the variable where it points, using
6245
@samp{p/a @var{pointer}}.  This interprets the address in symbolic form.
6246
For example, here @value{GDBN} shows that a variable @code{ptt} points
6247
at another variable @code{t}, defined in @file{hi2.c}:
6248
 
6249
@smallexample
6250
(@value{GDBP}) set print symbol-filename on
6251
(@value{GDBP}) p/a ptt
6252
$4 = 0xe008 <t in hi2.c>
6253
@end smallexample
6254
 
6255
@quotation
6256
@emph{Warning:} For pointers that point to a local variable, @samp{p/a}
6257
does not show the symbol name and filename of the referent, even with
6258
the appropriate @code{set print} options turned on.
6259
@end quotation
6260
 
6261
Other settings control how different kinds of objects are printed:
6262
 
6263
@table @code
6264
@item set print array
6265
@itemx set print array on
6266
@cindex pretty print arrays
6267
Pretty print arrays.  This format is more convenient to read,
6268
but uses more space.  The default is off.
6269
 
6270
@item set print array off
6271
Return to compressed format for arrays.
6272
 
6273
@item show print array
6274
Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
6275
arrays.
6276
 
6277
@cindex print array indexes
6278
@item set print array-indexes
6279
@itemx set print array-indexes on
6280
Print the index of each element when displaying arrays.  May be more
6281
convenient to locate a given element in the array or quickly find the
6282
index of a given element in that printed array.  The default is off.
6283
 
6284
@item set print array-indexes off
6285
Stop printing element indexes when displaying arrays.
6286
 
6287
@item show print array-indexes
6288
Show whether the index of each element is printed when displaying
6289
arrays.
6290
 
6291
@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
6292
@cindex number of array elements to print
6293
@cindex limit on number of printed array elements
6294
Set a limit on how many elements of an array @value{GDBN} will print.
6295
If @value{GDBN} is printing a large array, it stops printing after it has
6296
printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
6297
This limit also applies to the display of strings.
6298
When @value{GDBN} starts, this limit is set to 200.
6299
Setting  @var{number-of-elements} to zero means that the printing is unlimited.
6300
 
6301
@item show print elements
6302
Display the number of elements of a large array that @value{GDBN} will print.
6303
If the number is 0, then the printing is unlimited.
6304
 
6305
@item set print frame-arguments @var{value}
6306
@cindex printing frame argument values
6307
@cindex print all frame argument values
6308
@cindex print frame argument values for scalars only
6309
@cindex do not print frame argument values
6310
This command allows to control how the values of arguments are printed
6311
when the debugger prints a frame (@pxref{Frames}).  The possible
6312
values are:
6313
 
6314
@table @code
6315
@item all
6316
The values of all arguments are printed.  This is the default.
6317
 
6318
@item scalars
6319
Print the value of an argument only if it is a scalar.  The value of more
6320
complex arguments such as arrays, structures, unions, etc, is replaced
6321
by @code{@dots{}}.  Here is an example where only scalar arguments are shown:
6322
 
6323
@smallexample
6324
#1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=3, s=@dots{}, ss=0xbf8d508c, u=@dots{}, e=green)
6325
  at frame-args.c:23
6326
@end smallexample
6327
 
6328
@item none
6329
None of the argument values are printed.  Instead, the value of each argument
6330
is replaced by @code{@dots{}}.  In this case, the example above now becomes:
6331
 
6332
@smallexample
6333
#1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=@dots{}, s=@dots{}, ss=@dots{}, u=@dots{}, e=@dots{})
6334
  at frame-args.c:23
6335
@end smallexample
6336
@end table
6337
 
6338
By default, all argument values are always printed.  But this command
6339
can be useful in several cases.  For instance, it can be used to reduce
6340
the amount of information printed in each frame, making the backtrace
6341
more readable.  Also, this command can be used to improve performance
6342
when displaying Ada frames, because the computation of large arguments
6343
can sometimes be CPU-intensive, especiallly in large applications.
6344
Setting @code{print frame-arguments} to @code{scalars} or @code{none}
6345
avoids this computation, thus speeding up the display of each Ada frame.
6346
 
6347
@item show print frame-arguments
6348
Show how the value of arguments should be displayed when printing a frame.
6349
 
6350
@item set print repeats
6351
@cindex repeated array elements
6352
Set the threshold for suppressing display of repeated array
6353
elements.  When the number of consecutive identical elements of an
6354
array exceeds the threshold, @value{GDBN} prints the string
6355
@code{"<repeats @var{n} times>"}, where @var{n} is the number of
6356
identical repetitions, instead of displaying the identical elements
6357
themselves.  Setting the threshold to zero will cause all elements to
6358
be individually printed.  The default threshold is 10.
6359
 
6360
@item show print repeats
6361
Display the current threshold for printing repeated identical
6362
elements.
6363
 
6364
@item set print null-stop
6365
@cindex @sc{null} elements in arrays
6366
Cause @value{GDBN} to stop printing the characters of an array when the first
6367
@sc{null} is encountered.  This is useful when large arrays actually
6368
contain only short strings.
6369
The default is off.
6370
 
6371
@item show print null-stop
6372
Show whether @value{GDBN} stops printing an array on the first
6373
@sc{null} character.
6374
 
6375
@item set print pretty on
6376
@cindex print structures in indented form
6377
@cindex indentation in structure display
6378
Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in an indented format with one member
6379
per line, like this:
6380
 
6381
@smallexample
6382
@group
6383
$1 = @{
6384
  next = 0x0,
6385
  flags = @{
6386
    sweet = 1,
6387
    sour = 1
6388
  @},
6389
  meat = 0x54 "Pork"
6390
@}
6391
@end group
6392
@end smallexample
6393
 
6394
@item set print pretty off
6395
Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in a compact format, like this:
6396
 
6397
@smallexample
6398
@group
6399
$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \
6400
meat = 0x54 "Pork"@}
6401
@end group
6402
@end smallexample
6403
 
6404
@noindent
6405
This is the default format.
6406
 
6407
@item show print pretty
6408
Show which format @value{GDBN} is using to print structures.
6409
 
6410
@item set print sevenbit-strings on
6411
@cindex eight-bit characters in strings
6412
@cindex octal escapes in strings
6413
Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
6414
@value{GDBN} displays any eight-bit characters (in strings or
6415
character values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}.  This setting is
6416
best if you are working in English (@sc{ascii}) and you use the
6417
high-order bit of characters as a marker or ``meta'' bit.
6418
 
6419
@item set print sevenbit-strings off
6420
Print full eight-bit characters.  This allows the use of more
6421
international character sets, and is the default.
6422
 
6423
@item show print sevenbit-strings
6424
Show whether or not @value{GDBN} is printing only seven-bit characters.
6425
 
6426
@item set print union on
6427
@cindex unions in structures, printing
6428
Tell @value{GDBN} to print unions which are contained in structures
6429
and other unions.  This is the default setting.
6430
 
6431
@item set print union off
6432
Tell @value{GDBN} not to print unions which are contained in
6433
structures and other unions.  @value{GDBN} will print @code{"@{...@}"}
6434
instead.
6435
 
6436
@item show print union
6437
Ask @value{GDBN} whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
6438
structures and other unions.
6439
 
6440
For example, given the declarations
6441
 
6442
@smallexample
6443
typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
6444
typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
6445
typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@}
6446
              Bug_forms;
6447
 
6448
struct thing @{
6449
  Species it;
6450
  union @{
6451
    Tree_forms tree;
6452
    Bug_forms bug;
6453
  @} form;
6454
@};
6455
 
6456
struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
6457
@end smallexample
6458
 
6459
@noindent
6460
with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
6461
 
6462
@smallexample
6463
$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
6464
@end smallexample
6465
 
6466
@noindent
6467
and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
6468
 
6469
@smallexample
6470
$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
6471
@end smallexample
6472
 
6473
@noindent
6474
@code{set print union} affects programs written in C-like languages
6475
and in Pascal.
6476
@end table
6477
 
6478
@need 1000
6479
@noindent
6480
These settings are of interest when debugging C@t{++} programs:
6481
 
6482
@table @code
6483
@cindex demangling C@t{++} names
6484
@item set print demangle
6485
@itemx set print demangle on
6486
Print C@t{++} names in their source form rather than in the encoded
6487
(``mangled'') form passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe
6488
linkage.  The default is on.
6489
 
6490
@item show print demangle
6491
Show whether C@t{++} names are printed in mangled or demangled form.
6492
 
6493
@item set print asm-demangle
6494
@itemx set print asm-demangle on
6495
Print C@t{++} names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
6496
in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
6497
The default is off.
6498
 
6499
@item show print asm-demangle
6500
Show whether C@t{++} names in assembly listings are printed in mangled
6501
or demangled form.
6502
 
6503
@cindex C@t{++} symbol decoding style
6504
@cindex symbol decoding style, C@t{++}
6505
@kindex set demangle-style
6506
@item set demangle-style @var{style}
6507
Choose among several encoding schemes used by different compilers to
6508
represent C@t{++} names.  The choices for @var{style} are currently:
6509
 
6510
@table @code
6511
@item auto
6512
Allow @value{GDBN} to choose a decoding style by inspecting your program.
6513
 
6514
@item gnu
6515
Decode based on the @sc{gnu} C@t{++} compiler (@code{g++}) encoding algorithm.
6516
This is the default.
6517
 
6518
@item hp
6519
Decode based on the HP ANSI C@t{++} (@code{aCC}) encoding algorithm.
6520
 
6521
@item lucid
6522
Decode based on the Lucid C@t{++} compiler (@code{lcc}) encoding algorithm.
6523
 
6524
@item arm
6525
Decode using the algorithm in the @cite{C@t{++} Annotated Reference Manual}.
6526
@strong{Warning:} this setting alone is not sufficient to allow
6527
debugging @code{cfront}-generated executables.  @value{GDBN} would
6528
require further enhancement to permit that.
6529
 
6530
@end table
6531
If you omit @var{style}, you will see a list of possible formats.
6532
 
6533
@item show demangle-style
6534
Display the encoding style currently in use for decoding C@t{++} symbols.
6535
 
6536
@item set print object
6537
@itemx set print object on
6538
@cindex derived type of an object, printing
6539
@cindex display derived types
6540
When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
6541
(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
6542
the virtual function table.
6543
 
6544
@item set print object off
6545
Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
6546
virtual function table.  This is the default setting.
6547
 
6548
@item show print object
6549
Show whether actual, or declared, object types are displayed.
6550
 
6551
@item set print static-members
6552
@itemx set print static-members on
6553
@cindex static members of C@t{++} objects
6554
Print static members when displaying a C@t{++} object.  The default is on.
6555
 
6556
@item set print static-members off
6557
Do not print static members when displaying a C@t{++} object.
6558
 
6559
@item show print static-members
6560
Show whether C@t{++} static members are printed or not.
6561
 
6562
@item set print pascal_static-members
6563
@itemx set print pascal_static-members on
6564
@cindex static members of Pascal objects
6565
@cindex Pascal objects, static members display
6566
Print static members when displaying a Pascal object.  The default is on.
6567
 
6568
@item set print pascal_static-members off
6569
Do not print static members when displaying a Pascal object.
6570
 
6571
@item show print pascal_static-members
6572
Show whether Pascal static members are printed or not.
6573
 
6574
@c These don't work with HP ANSI C++ yet.
6575
@item set print vtbl
6576
@itemx set print vtbl on
6577
@cindex pretty print C@t{++} virtual function tables
6578
@cindex virtual functions (C@t{++}) display
6579
@cindex VTBL display
6580
Pretty print C@t{++} virtual function tables.  The default is off.
6581
(The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP
6582
ANSI C@t{++} compiler (@code{aCC}).)
6583
 
6584
@item set print vtbl off
6585
Do not pretty print C@t{++} virtual function tables.
6586
 
6587
@item show print vtbl
6588
Show whether C@t{++} virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
6589
@end table
6590
 
6591
@node Value History
6592
@section Value History
6593
 
6594
@cindex value history
6595
@cindex history of values printed by @value{GDBN}
6596
Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in the @value{GDBN}
6597
@dfn{value history}.  This allows you to refer to them in other expressions.
6598
Values are kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded
6599
(for example with the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands).
6600
When the symbol table changes, the value history is discarded,
6601
since the values may contain pointers back to the types defined in the
6602
symbol table.
6603
 
6604
@cindex @code{$}
6605
@cindex @code{$$}
6606
@cindex history number
6607
The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} by which you can
6608
refer to them.  These are successive integers starting with one.
6609
@code{print} shows you the history number assigned to a value by
6610
printing @samp{$@var{num} = } before the value; here @var{num} is the
6611
history number.
6612
 
6613
To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
6614
history number.  The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
6615
remind you of this.  Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
6616
the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
6617
@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
6618
is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
6619
@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
6620
 
6621
For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
6622
want to see the contents of the structure.  It suffices to type
6623
 
6624
@smallexample
6625
p *$
6626
@end smallexample
6627
 
6628
If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
6629
to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
6630
 
6631
@smallexample
6632
p *$.next
6633
@end smallexample
6634
 
6635
@noindent
6636
You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
6637
command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
6638
 
6639
Note that the history records values, not expressions.  If the value of
6640
@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
6641
 
6642
@smallexample
6643
print x
6644
set x=5
6645
@end smallexample
6646
 
6647
@noindent
6648
then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
6649
remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
6650
 
6651
@table @code
6652
@kindex show values
6653
@item show values
6654
Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
6655
This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
6656
values} does not change the history.
6657
 
6658
@item show values @var{n}
6659
Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
6660
 
6661
@item show values +
6662
Print ten history values just after the values last printed.  If no more
6663
values are available, @code{show values +} produces no display.
6664
@end table
6665
 
6666
Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
6667
same effect as @samp{show values +}.
6668
 
6669
@node Convenience Vars
6670
@section Convenience Variables
6671
 
6672
@cindex convenience variables
6673
@cindex user-defined variables
6674
@value{GDBN} provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
6675
@value{GDBN} to hold on to a value and refer to it later.  These variables
6676
exist entirely within @value{GDBN}; they are not part of your program, and
6677
setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
6678
of your program.  That is why you can use them freely.
6679
 
6680
Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}.  Any name preceded by
6681
@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
6682
the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers, ,Registers}).
6683
(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
6684
by @samp{$}.  @xref{Value History, ,Value History}.)
6685
 
6686
You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
6687
expression, just as you would set a variable in your program.
6688
For example:
6689
 
6690
@smallexample
6691
set $foo = *object_ptr
6692
@end smallexample
6693
 
6694
@noindent
6695
would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
6696
@code{object_ptr}.
6697
 
6698
Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it, but its
6699
value is @code{void} until you assign a new value.  You can alter the
6700
value with another assignment at any time.
6701
 
6702
Convenience variables have no fixed types.  You can assign a convenience
6703
variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
6704
that variable already has a value of a different type.  The convenience
6705
variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
6706
 
6707
@table @code
6708
@kindex show convenience
6709
@cindex show all user variables
6710
@item show convenience
6711
Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
6712
Abbreviated @code{show conv}.
6713
 
6714
@kindex init-if-undefined
6715
@cindex convenience variables, initializing
6716
@item init-if-undefined $@var{variable} = @var{expression}
6717
Set a convenience variable if it has not already been set.  This is useful
6718
for user-defined commands that keep some state.  It is similar, in concept,
6719
to using local static variables with initializers in C (except that
6720
convenience variables are global).  It can also be used to allow users to
6721
override default values used in a command script.
6722
 
6723
If the variable is already defined then the expression is not evaluated so
6724
any side-effects do not occur.
6725
@end table
6726
 
6727
One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
6728
incremented or a pointer to be advanced.  For example, to print
6729
a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
6730
 
6731
@smallexample
6732
set $i = 0
6733
print bar[$i++]->contents
6734
@end smallexample
6735
 
6736
@noindent
6737
Repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.
6738
 
6739
Some convenience variables are created automatically by @value{GDBN} and given
6740
values likely to be useful.
6741
 
6742
@table @code
6743
@vindex $_@r{, convenience variable}
6744
@item $_
6745
The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
6746
the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).  Other
6747
commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also
6748
set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line}
6749
and @code{info breakpoint}.  The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *}
6750
except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer
6751
to the type of @code{$__}.
6752
 
6753
@vindex $__@r{, convenience variable}
6754
@item $__
6755
The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
6756
to the value found in the last address examined.  Its type is chosen
6757
to match the format in which the data was printed.
6758
 
6759
@item $_exitcode
6760
@vindex $_exitcode@r{, convenience variable}
6761
The variable @code{$_exitcode} is automatically set to the exit code when
6762
the program being debugged terminates.
6763
@end table
6764
 
6765
On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that
6766
begins with a dollar sign, @value{GDBN} searches for a user or system
6767
name first, before it searches for a convenience variable.
6768
 
6769
@node Registers
6770
@section Registers
6771
 
6772
@cindex registers
6773
You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
6774
with names starting with @samp{$}.  The names of registers are different
6775
for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
6776
your machine.
6777
 
6778
@table @code
6779
@kindex info registers
6780
@item info registers
6781
Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
6782
and vector registers (in the selected stack frame).
6783
 
6784
@kindex info all-registers
6785
@cindex floating point registers
6786
@item info all-registers
6787
Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
6788
and vector registers (in the selected stack frame).
6789
 
6790
@item info registers @var{regname} @dots{}
6791
Print the @dfn{relativized} value of each specified register @var{regname}.
6792
As discussed in detail below, register values are normally relative to
6793
the selected stack frame.  @var{regname} may be any register name valid on
6794
the machine you are using, with or without the initial @samp{$}.
6795
@end table
6796
 
6797
@cindex stack pointer register
6798
@cindex program counter register
6799
@cindex process status register
6800
@cindex frame pointer register
6801
@cindex standard registers
6802
@value{GDBN} has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in
6803
expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an
6804
architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers.  The register names
6805
@code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and
6806
the stack pointer.  @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a
6807
pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a
6808
register that contains the processor status.  For example,
6809
you could print the program counter in hex with
6810
 
6811
@smallexample
6812
p/x $pc
6813
@end smallexample
6814
 
6815
@noindent
6816
or print the instruction to be executed next with
6817
 
6818
@smallexample
6819
x/i $pc
6820
@end smallexample
6821
 
6822
@noindent
6823
or add four to the stack pointer@footnote{This is a way of removing
6824
one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in
6825
memory (most machines, nowadays).  This assumes that the innermost
6826
stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other
6827
stack frames are selected.  To pop entire frames off the stack,
6828
regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
6829
see @ref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}.} with
6830
 
6831
@smallexample
6832
set $sp += 4
6833
@end smallexample
6834
 
6835
Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on
6836
your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics,
6837
so long as there is no conflict.  The @code{info registers} command
6838
shows the canonical names.  For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
6839
registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
6840
can also refer to it as @code{$ps}; and on x86-based machines @code{$ps}
6841
is an alias for the @sc{eflags} register.
6842
 
6843
@value{GDBN} always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
6844
integer when the register is examined in this way.  Some machines have
6845
special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
6846
registers are considered to have floating point values.  There is no way
6847
to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
6848
(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
6849
@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
6850
 
6851
Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats.  This
6852
means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
6853
the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
6854
sees.  For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
6855
coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
6856
programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format.  In such
6857
cases, @value{GDBN} normally works with the virtual format only (the format
6858
that makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
6859
prints the data in both formats.
6860
 
6861
@cindex SSE registers (x86)
6862
@cindex MMX registers (x86)
6863
Some machines have special registers whose contents can be interpreted
6864
in several different ways.  For example, modern x86-based machines
6865
have SSE and MMX registers that can hold several values packed
6866
together in several different formats.  @value{GDBN} refers to such
6867
registers in @code{struct} notation:
6868
 
6869
@smallexample
6870
(@value{GDBP}) print $xmm1
6871
$1 = @{
6872
  v4_float = @{0, 3.43859137e-038, 1.54142831e-044, 1.821688e-044@},
6873
  v2_double = @{9.92129282474342e-303, 2.7585945287983262e-313@},
6874
  v16_int8 = "\000\000\000\000\3706;\001\v\000\000\000\r\000\000",
6875
  v8_int16 = @{0, 0, 14072, 315, 11, 0, 13, 0@},
6876
  v4_int32 = @{0, 20657912, 11, 13@},
6877
  v2_int64 = @{88725056443645952, 55834574859@},
6878
  uint128 = 0x0000000d0000000b013b36f800000000
6879
@}
6880
@end smallexample
6881
 
6882
@noindent
6883
To set values of such registers, you need to tell @value{GDBN} which
6884
view of the register you wish to change, as if you were assigning
6885
value to a @code{struct} member:
6886
 
6887
@smallexample
6888
 (@value{GDBP}) set $xmm1.uint128 = 0x000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFF
6889
@end smallexample
6890
 
6891
Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
6892
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).  This means that you get the
6893
value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in
6894
were exited and their saved registers restored.  In order to see the
6895
true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost
6896
frame (with @samp{frame 0}).
6897
 
6898
However, @value{GDBN} must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
6899
code generated by your compiler.  If some registers are not saved, or if
6900
@value{GDBN} is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
6901
frame makes no difference.
6902
 
6903
@node Floating Point Hardware
6904
@section Floating Point Hardware
6905
@cindex floating point
6906
 
6907
Depending on the configuration, @value{GDBN} may be able to give
6908
you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
6909
 
6910
@table @code
6911
@kindex info float
6912
@item info float
6913
Display hardware-dependent information about the floating
6914
point unit.  The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
6915
floating point chip.  Currently, @samp{info float} is supported on
6916
the ARM and x86 machines.
6917
@end table
6918
 
6919
@node Vector Unit
6920
@section Vector Unit
6921
@cindex vector unit
6922
 
6923
Depending on the configuration, @value{GDBN} may be able to give you
6924
more information about the status of the vector unit.
6925
 
6926
@table @code
6927
@kindex info vector
6928
@item info vector
6929
Display information about the vector unit.  The exact contents and
6930
layout vary depending on the hardware.
6931
@end table
6932
 
6933
@node OS Information
6934
@section Operating System Auxiliary Information
6935
@cindex OS information
6936
 
6937
@value{GDBN} provides interfaces to useful OS facilities that can help
6938
you debug your program.
6939
 
6940
@cindex @code{ptrace} system call
6941
@cindex @code{struct user} contents
6942
When @value{GDBN} runs on a @dfn{Posix system} (such as GNU or Unix
6943
machines), it interfaces with the inferior via the @code{ptrace}
6944
system call.  The operating system creates a special sata structure,
6945
called @code{struct user}, for this interface.  You can use the
6946
command @code{info udot} to display the contents of this data
6947
structure.
6948
 
6949
@table @code
6950
@item info udot
6951
@kindex info udot
6952
Display the contents of the @code{struct user} maintained by the OS
6953
kernel for the program being debugged.  @value{GDBN} displays the
6954
contents of @code{struct user} as a list of hex numbers, similar to
6955
the @code{examine} command.
6956
@end table
6957
 
6958
@cindex auxiliary vector
6959
@cindex vector, auxiliary
6960
Some operating systems supply an @dfn{auxiliary vector} to programs at
6961
startup.  This is akin to the arguments and environment that you
6962
specify for a program, but contains a system-dependent variety of
6963
binary values that tell system libraries important details about the
6964
hardware, operating system, and process.  Each value's purpose is
6965
identified by an integer tag; the meanings are well-known but system-specific.
6966
Depending on the configuration and operating system facilities,
6967
@value{GDBN} may be able to show you this information.  For remote
6968
targets, this functionality may further depend on the remote stub's
6969
support of the @samp{qXfer:auxv:read} packet, see
6970
@ref{qXfer auxiliary vector read}.
6971
 
6972
@table @code
6973
@kindex info auxv
6974
@item info auxv
6975
Display the auxiliary vector of the inferior, which can be either a
6976
live process or a core dump file.  @value{GDBN} prints each tag value
6977
numerically, and also shows names and text descriptions for recognized
6978
tags.  Some values in the vector are numbers, some bit masks, and some
6979
pointers to strings or other data.  @value{GDBN} displays each value in the
6980
most appropriate form for a recognized tag, and in hexadecimal for
6981
an unrecognized tag.
6982
@end table
6983
 
6984
 
6985
@node Memory Region Attributes
6986
@section Memory Region Attributes
6987
@cindex memory region attributes
6988
 
6989
@dfn{Memory region attributes} allow you to describe special handling
6990
required by regions of your target's memory.  @value{GDBN} uses
6991
attributes to determine whether to allow certain types of memory
6992
accesses; whether to use specific width accesses; and whether to cache
6993
target memory.  By default the description of memory regions is
6994
fetched from the target (if the current target supports this), but the
6995
user can override the fetched regions.
6996
 
6997
Defined memory regions can be individually enabled and disabled.  When a
6998
memory region is disabled, @value{GDBN} uses the default attributes when
6999
accessing memory in that region.  Similarly, if no memory regions have
7000
been defined, @value{GDBN} uses the default attributes when accessing
7001
all memory.
7002
 
7003
When a memory region is defined, it is given a number to identify it;
7004
to enable, disable, or remove a memory region, you specify that number.
7005
 
7006
@table @code
7007
@kindex mem
7008
@item mem @var{lower} @var{upper} @var{attributes}@dots{}
7009
Define a memory region bounded by @var{lower} and @var{upper} with
7010
attributes @var{attributes}@dots{}, and add it to the list of regions
7011
monitored by @value{GDBN}.  Note that @var{upper} == 0 is a special
7012
case: it is treated as the target's maximum memory address.
7013
(0xffff on 16 bit targets, 0xffffffff on 32 bit targets, etc.)
7014
 
7015
@item mem auto
7016
Discard any user changes to the memory regions and use target-supplied
7017
regions, if available, or no regions if the target does not support.
7018
 
7019
@kindex delete mem
7020
@item delete mem @var{nums}@dots{}
7021
Remove memory regions @var{nums}@dots{} from the list of regions
7022
monitored by @value{GDBN}.
7023
 
7024
@kindex disable mem
7025
@item disable mem @var{nums}@dots{}
7026
Disable monitoring of memory regions @var{nums}@dots{}.
7027
A disabled memory region is not forgotten.
7028
It may be enabled again later.
7029
 
7030
@kindex enable mem
7031
@item enable mem @var{nums}@dots{}
7032
Enable monitoring of memory regions @var{nums}@dots{}.
7033
 
7034
@kindex info mem
7035
@item info mem
7036
Print a table of all defined memory regions, with the following columns
7037
for each region:
7038
 
7039
@table @emph
7040
@item Memory Region Number
7041
@item Enabled or Disabled.
7042
Enabled memory regions are marked with @samp{y}.
7043
Disabled memory regions are marked with @samp{n}.
7044
 
7045
@item Lo Address
7046
The address defining the inclusive lower bound of the memory region.
7047
 
7048
@item Hi Address
7049
The address defining the exclusive upper bound of the memory region.
7050
 
7051
@item Attributes
7052
The list of attributes set for this memory region.
7053
@end table
7054
@end table
7055
 
7056
 
7057
@subsection Attributes
7058
 
7059
@subsubsection Memory Access Mode
7060
The access mode attributes set whether @value{GDBN} may make read or
7061
write accesses to a memory region.
7062
 
7063
While these attributes prevent @value{GDBN} from performing invalid
7064
memory accesses, they do nothing to prevent the target system, I/O DMA,
7065
etc.@: from accessing memory.
7066
 
7067
@table @code
7068
@item ro
7069
Memory is read only.
7070
@item wo
7071
Memory is write only.
7072
@item rw
7073
Memory is read/write.  This is the default.
7074
@end table
7075
 
7076
@subsubsection Memory Access Size
7077
The access size attribute tells @value{GDBN} to use specific sized
7078
accesses in the memory region.  Often memory mapped device registers
7079
require specific sized accesses.  If no access size attribute is
7080
specified, @value{GDBN} may use accesses of any size.
7081
 
7082
@table @code
7083
@item 8
7084
Use 8 bit memory accesses.
7085
@item 16
7086
Use 16 bit memory accesses.
7087
@item 32
7088
Use 32 bit memory accesses.
7089
@item 64
7090
Use 64 bit memory accesses.
7091
@end table
7092
 
7093
@c @subsubsection Hardware/Software Breakpoints
7094
@c The hardware/software breakpoint attributes set whether @value{GDBN}
7095
@c will use hardware or software breakpoints for the internal breakpoints
7096
@c used by the step, next, finish, until, etc. commands.
7097
@c
7098
@c @table @code
7099
@c @item hwbreak
7100
@c Always use hardware breakpoints
7101
@c @item swbreak (default)
7102
@c @end table
7103
 
7104
@subsubsection Data Cache
7105
The data cache attributes set whether @value{GDBN} will cache target
7106
memory.  While this generally improves performance by reducing debug
7107
protocol overhead, it can lead to incorrect results because @value{GDBN}
7108
does not know about volatile variables or memory mapped device
7109
registers.
7110
 
7111
@table @code
7112
@item cache
7113
Enable @value{GDBN} to cache target memory.
7114
@item nocache
7115
Disable @value{GDBN} from caching target memory.  This is the default.
7116
@end table
7117
 
7118
@subsection Memory Access Checking
7119
@value{GDBN} can be instructed to refuse accesses to memory that is
7120
not explicitly described.  This can be useful if accessing such
7121
regions has undesired effects for a specific target, or to provide
7122
better error checking.  The following commands control this behaviour.
7123
 
7124
@table @code
7125
@kindex set mem inaccessible-by-default
7126
@item set mem inaccessible-by-default [on|off]
7127
If @code{on} is specified, make  @value{GDBN} treat memory not
7128
explicitly described by the memory ranges as non-existent and refuse accesses
7129
to such memory.  The checks are only performed if there's at least one
7130
memory range defined.  If @code{off} is specified, make @value{GDBN}
7131
treat the memory not explicitly described by the memory ranges as RAM.
7132
The default value is @code{on}.
7133
@kindex show mem inaccessible-by-default
7134
@item show mem inaccessible-by-default
7135
Show the current handling of accesses to unknown memory.
7136
@end table
7137
 
7138
 
7139
@c @subsubsection Memory Write Verification
7140
@c The memory write verification attributes set whether @value{GDBN}
7141
@c will re-reads data after each write to verify the write was successful.
7142
@c
7143
@c @table @code
7144
@c @item verify
7145
@c @item noverify (default)
7146
@c @end table
7147
 
7148
@node Dump/Restore Files
7149
@section Copy Between Memory and a File
7150
@cindex dump/restore files
7151
@cindex append data to a file
7152
@cindex dump data to a file
7153
@cindex restore data from a file
7154
 
7155
You can use the commands @code{dump}, @code{append}, and
7156
@code{restore} to copy data between target memory and a file.  The
7157
@code{dump} and @code{append} commands write data to a file, and the
7158
@code{restore} command reads data from a file back into the inferior's
7159
memory.  Files may be in binary, Motorola S-record, Intel hex, or
7160
Tektronix Hex format; however, @value{GDBN} can only append to binary
7161
files.
7162
 
7163
@table @code
7164
 
7165
@kindex dump
7166
@item dump @r{[}@var{format}@r{]} memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr}
7167
@itemx dump @r{[}@var{format}@r{]} value @var{filename} @var{expr}
7168
Dump the contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr},
7169
or the value of @var{expr}, to @var{filename} in the given format.
7170
 
7171
The @var{format} parameter may be any one of:
7172
@table @code
7173
@item binary
7174
Raw binary form.
7175
@item ihex
7176
Intel hex format.
7177
@item srec
7178
Motorola S-record format.
7179
@item tekhex
7180
Tektronix Hex format.
7181
@end table
7182
 
7183
@value{GDBN} uses the same definitions of these formats as the
7184
@sc{gnu} binary utilities, like @samp{objdump} and @samp{objcopy}.  If
7185
@var{format} is omitted, @value{GDBN} dumps the data in raw binary
7186
form.
7187
 
7188
@kindex append
7189
@item append @r{[}binary@r{]} memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr}
7190
@itemx append @r{[}binary@r{]} value @var{filename} @var{expr}
7191
Append the contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr},
7192
or the value of @var{expr}, to the file @var{filename}, in raw binary form.
7193
(@value{GDBN} can only append data to files in raw binary form.)
7194
 
7195
@kindex restore
7196
@item restore @var{filename} @r{[}binary@r{]} @var{bias} @var{start} @var{end}
7197
Restore the contents of file @var{filename} into memory.  The
7198
@code{restore} command can automatically recognize any known @sc{bfd}
7199
file format, except for raw binary.  To restore a raw binary file you
7200
must specify the optional keyword @code{binary} after the filename.
7201
 
7202
If @var{bias} is non-zero, its value will be added to the addresses
7203
contained in the file.  Binary files always start at address zero, so
7204
they will be restored at address @var{bias}.  Other bfd files have
7205
a built-in location; they will be restored at offset @var{bias}
7206
from that location.
7207
 
7208
If @var{start} and/or @var{end} are non-zero, then only data between
7209
file offset @var{start} and file offset @var{end} will be restored.
7210
These offsets are relative to the addresses in the file, before
7211
the @var{bias} argument is applied.
7212
 
7213
@end table
7214
 
7215
@node Core File Generation
7216
@section How to Produce a Core File from Your Program
7217
@cindex dump core from inferior
7218
 
7219
A @dfn{core file} or @dfn{core dump} is a file that records the memory
7220
image of a running process and its process status (register values
7221
etc.).  Its primary use is post-mortem debugging of a program that
7222
crashed while it ran outside a debugger.  A program that crashes
7223
automatically produces a core file, unless this feature is disabled by
7224
the user.  @xref{Files}, for information on invoking @value{GDBN} in
7225
the post-mortem debugging mode.
7226
 
7227
Occasionally, you may wish to produce a core file of the program you
7228
are debugging in order to preserve a snapshot of its state.
7229
@value{GDBN} has a special command for that.
7230
 
7231
@table @code
7232
@kindex gcore
7233
@kindex generate-core-file
7234
@item generate-core-file [@var{file}]
7235
@itemx gcore [@var{file}]
7236
Produce a core dump of the inferior process.  The optional argument
7237
@var{file} specifies the file name where to put the core dump.  If not
7238
specified, the file name defaults to @file{core.@var{pid}}, where
7239
@var{pid} is the inferior process ID.
7240
 
7241
Note that this command is implemented only for some systems (as of
7242
this writing, @sc{gnu}/Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris, Unixware, and S390).
7243
@end table
7244
 
7245
@node Character Sets
7246
@section Character Sets
7247
@cindex character sets
7248
@cindex charset
7249
@cindex translating between character sets
7250
@cindex host character set
7251
@cindex target character set
7252
 
7253
If the program you are debugging uses a different character set to
7254
represent characters and strings than the one @value{GDBN} uses itself,
7255
@value{GDBN} can automatically translate between the character sets for
7256
you.  The character set @value{GDBN} uses we call the @dfn{host
7257
character set}; the one the inferior program uses we call the
7258
@dfn{target character set}.
7259
 
7260
For example, if you are running @value{GDBN} on a @sc{gnu}/Linux system, which
7261
uses the ISO Latin 1 character set, but you are using @value{GDBN}'s
7262
remote protocol (@pxref{Remote Debugging}) to debug a program
7263
running on an IBM mainframe, which uses the @sc{ebcdic} character set,
7264
then the host character set is Latin-1, and the target character set is
7265
@sc{ebcdic}.  If you give @value{GDBN} the command @code{set
7266
target-charset EBCDIC-US}, then @value{GDBN} translates between
7267
@sc{ebcdic} and Latin 1 as you print character or string values, or use
7268
character and string literals in expressions.
7269
 
7270
@value{GDBN} has no way to automatically recognize which character set
7271
the inferior program uses; you must tell it, using the @code{set
7272
target-charset} command, described below.
7273
 
7274
Here are the commands for controlling @value{GDBN}'s character set
7275
support:
7276
 
7277
@table @code
7278
@item set target-charset @var{charset}
7279
@kindex set target-charset
7280
Set the current target character set to @var{charset}.  We list the
7281
character set names @value{GDBN} recognizes below, but if you type
7282
@code{set target-charset} followed by @key{TAB}@key{TAB}, @value{GDBN} will
7283
list the target character sets it supports.
7284
@end table
7285
 
7286
@table @code
7287
@item set host-charset @var{charset}
7288
@kindex set host-charset
7289
Set the current host character set to @var{charset}.
7290
 
7291
By default, @value{GDBN} uses a host character set appropriate to the
7292
system it is running on; you can override that default using the
7293
@code{set host-charset} command.
7294
 
7295
@value{GDBN} can only use certain character sets as its host character
7296
set.  We list the character set names @value{GDBN} recognizes below, and
7297
indicate which can be host character sets, but if you type
7298
@code{set target-charset} followed by @key{TAB}@key{TAB}, @value{GDBN} will
7299
list the host character sets it supports.
7300
 
7301
@item set charset @var{charset}
7302
@kindex set charset
7303
Set the current host and target character sets to @var{charset}.  As
7304
above, if you type @code{set charset} followed by @key{TAB}@key{TAB},
7305
@value{GDBN} will list the name of the character sets that can be used
7306
for both host and target.
7307
 
7308
 
7309
@item show charset
7310
@kindex show charset
7311
Show the names of the current host and target charsets.
7312
 
7313
@itemx show host-charset
7314
@kindex show host-charset
7315
Show the name of the current host charset.
7316
 
7317
@itemx show target-charset
7318
@kindex show target-charset
7319
Show the name of the current target charset.
7320
 
7321
@end table
7322
 
7323
@value{GDBN} currently includes support for the following character
7324
sets:
7325
 
7326
@table @code
7327
 
7328
@item ASCII
7329
@cindex ASCII character set
7330
Seven-bit U.S. @sc{ascii}.  @value{GDBN} can use this as its host
7331
character set.
7332
 
7333
@item ISO-8859-1
7334
@cindex ISO 8859-1 character set
7335
@cindex ISO Latin 1 character set
7336
The ISO Latin 1 character set.  This extends @sc{ascii} with accented
7337
characters needed for French, German, and Spanish.  @value{GDBN} can use
7338
this as its host character set.
7339
 
7340
@item EBCDIC-US
7341
@itemx IBM1047
7342
@cindex EBCDIC character set
7343
@cindex IBM1047 character set
7344
Variants of the @sc{ebcdic} character set, used on some of IBM's
7345
mainframe operating systems.  (@sc{gnu}/Linux on the S/390 uses U.S. @sc{ascii}.)
7346
@value{GDBN} cannot use these as its host character set.
7347
 
7348
@end table
7349
 
7350
Note that these are all single-byte character sets.  More work inside
7351
@value{GDBN} is needed to support multi-byte or variable-width character
7352
encodings, like the UTF-8 and UCS-2 encodings of Unicode.
7353
 
7354
Here is an example of @value{GDBN}'s character set support in action.
7355
Assume that the following source code has been placed in the file
7356
@file{charset-test.c}:
7357
 
7358
@smallexample
7359
#include <stdio.h>
7360
 
7361
char ascii_hello[]
7362
  = @{72, 101, 108, 108, 111, 44, 32, 119,
7363
     111, 114, 108, 100, 33, 10, 0@};
7364
char ibm1047_hello[]
7365
  = @{200, 133, 147, 147, 150, 107, 64, 166,
7366
     150, 153, 147, 132, 90, 37, 0@};
7367
 
7368
main ()
7369
@{
7370
  printf ("Hello, world!\n");
7371
@}
7372
@end smallexample
7373
 
7374
In this program, @code{ascii_hello} and @code{ibm1047_hello} are arrays
7375
containing the string @samp{Hello, world!} followed by a newline,
7376
encoded in the @sc{ascii} and @sc{ibm1047} character sets.
7377
 
7378
We compile the program, and invoke the debugger on it:
7379
 
7380
@smallexample
7381
$ gcc -g charset-test.c -o charset-test
7382
$ gdb -nw charset-test
7383
GNU gdb 2001-12-19-cvs
7384
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7385
@dots{}
7386
(@value{GDBP})
7387
@end smallexample
7388
 
7389
We can use the @code{show charset} command to see what character sets
7390
@value{GDBN} is currently using to interpret and display characters and
7391
strings:
7392
 
7393
@smallexample
7394
(@value{GDBP}) show charset
7395
The current host and target character set is `ISO-8859-1'.
7396
(@value{GDBP})
7397
@end smallexample
7398
 
7399
For the sake of printing this manual, let's use @sc{ascii} as our
7400
initial character set:
7401
@smallexample
7402
(@value{GDBP}) set charset ASCII
7403
(@value{GDBP}) show charset
7404
The current host and target character set is `ASCII'.
7405
(@value{GDBP})
7406
@end smallexample
7407
 
7408
Let's assume that @sc{ascii} is indeed the correct character set for our
7409
host system --- in other words, let's assume that if @value{GDBN} prints
7410
characters using the @sc{ascii} character set, our terminal will display
7411
them properly.  Since our current target character set is also
7412
@sc{ascii}, the contents of @code{ascii_hello} print legibly:
7413
 
7414
@smallexample
7415
(@value{GDBP}) print ascii_hello
7416
$1 = 0x401698 "Hello, world!\n"
7417
(@value{GDBP}) print ascii_hello[0]
7418
$2 = 72 'H'
7419
(@value{GDBP})
7420
@end smallexample
7421
 
7422
@value{GDBN} uses the target character set for character and string
7423
literals you use in expressions:
7424
 
7425
@smallexample
7426
(@value{GDBP}) print '+'
7427
$3 = 43 '+'
7428
(@value{GDBP})
7429
@end smallexample
7430
 
7431
The @sc{ascii} character set uses the number 43 to encode the @samp{+}
7432
character.
7433
 
7434
@value{GDBN} relies on the user to tell it which character set the
7435
target program uses.  If we print @code{ibm1047_hello} while our target
7436
character set is still @sc{ascii}, we get jibberish:
7437
 
7438
@smallexample
7439
(@value{GDBP}) print ibm1047_hello
7440
$4 = 0x4016a8 "\310\205\223\223\226k@@\246\226\231\223\204Z%"
7441
(@value{GDBP}) print ibm1047_hello[0]
7442
$5 = 200 '\310'
7443
(@value{GDBP})
7444
@end smallexample
7445
 
7446
If we invoke the @code{set target-charset} followed by @key{TAB}@key{TAB},
7447
@value{GDBN} tells us the character sets it supports:
7448
 
7449
@smallexample
7450
(@value{GDBP}) set target-charset
7451
ASCII       EBCDIC-US   IBM1047     ISO-8859-1
7452
(@value{GDBP}) set target-charset
7453
@end smallexample
7454
 
7455
We can select @sc{ibm1047} as our target character set, and examine the
7456
program's strings again.  Now the @sc{ascii} string is wrong, but
7457
@value{GDBN} translates the contents of @code{ibm1047_hello} from the
7458
target character set, @sc{ibm1047}, to the host character set,
7459
@sc{ascii}, and they display correctly:
7460
 
7461
@smallexample
7462
(@value{GDBP}) set target-charset IBM1047
7463
(@value{GDBP}) show charset
7464
The current host character set is `ASCII'.
7465
The current target character set is `IBM1047'.
7466
(@value{GDBP}) print ascii_hello
7467
$6 = 0x401698 "\110\145%%?\054\040\167?\162%\144\041\012"
7468
(@value{GDBP}) print ascii_hello[0]
7469
$7 = 72 '\110'
7470
(@value{GDBP}) print ibm1047_hello
7471
$8 = 0x4016a8 "Hello, world!\n"
7472
(@value{GDBP}) print ibm1047_hello[0]
7473
$9 = 200 'H'
7474
(@value{GDBP})
7475
@end smallexample
7476
 
7477
As above, @value{GDBN} uses the target character set for character and
7478
string literals you use in expressions:
7479
 
7480
@smallexample
7481
(@value{GDBP}) print '+'
7482
$10 = 78 '+'
7483
(@value{GDBP})
7484
@end smallexample
7485
 
7486
The @sc{ibm1047} character set uses the number 78 to encode the @samp{+}
7487
character.
7488
 
7489
@node Caching Remote Data
7490
@section Caching Data of Remote Targets
7491
@cindex caching data of remote targets
7492
 
7493
@value{GDBN} can cache data exchanged between the debugger and a
7494
remote target (@pxref{Remote Debugging}).  Such caching generally improves
7495
performance, because it reduces the overhead of the remote protocol by
7496
bundling memory reads and writes into large chunks.  Unfortunately,
7497
@value{GDBN} does not currently know anything about volatile
7498
registers, and thus data caching will produce incorrect results when
7499
volatile registers are in use.
7500
 
7501
@table @code
7502
@kindex set remotecache
7503
@item set remotecache on
7504
@itemx set remotecache off
7505
Set caching state for remote targets.  When @code{ON}, use data
7506
caching.  By default, this option is @code{OFF}.
7507
 
7508
@kindex show remotecache
7509
@item show remotecache
7510
Show the current state of data caching for remote targets.
7511
 
7512
@kindex info dcache
7513
@item info dcache
7514
Print the information about the data cache performance.  The
7515
information displayed includes: the dcache width and depth; and for
7516
each cache line, how many times it was referenced, and its data and
7517
state (dirty, bad, ok, etc.).  This command is useful for debugging
7518
the data cache operation.
7519
@end table
7520
 
7521
 
7522
@node Macros
7523
@chapter C Preprocessor Macros
7524
 
7525
Some languages, such as C and C@t{++}, provide a way to define and invoke
7526
``preprocessor macros'' which expand into strings of tokens.
7527
@value{GDBN} can evaluate expressions containing macro invocations, show
7528
the result of macro expansion, and show a macro's definition, including
7529
where it was defined.
7530
 
7531
You may need to compile your program specially to provide @value{GDBN}
7532
with information about preprocessor macros.  Most compilers do not
7533
include macros in their debugging information, even when you compile
7534
with the @option{-g} flag.  @xref{Compilation}.
7535
 
7536
A program may define a macro at one point, remove that definition later,
7537
and then provide a different definition after that.  Thus, at different
7538
points in the program, a macro may have different definitions, or have
7539
no definition at all.  If there is a current stack frame, @value{GDBN}
7540
uses the macros in scope at that frame's source code line.  Otherwise,
7541
@value{GDBN} uses the macros in scope at the current listing location;
7542
see @ref{List}.
7543
 
7544
At the moment, @value{GDBN} does not support the @code{##}
7545
token-splicing operator, the @code{#} stringification operator, or
7546
variable-arity macros.
7547
 
7548
Whenever @value{GDBN} evaluates an expression, it always expands any
7549
macro invocations present in the expression.  @value{GDBN} also provides
7550
the following commands for working with macros explicitly.
7551
 
7552
@table @code
7553
 
7554
@kindex macro expand
7555
@cindex macro expansion, showing the results of preprocessor
7556
@cindex preprocessor macro expansion, showing the results of
7557
@cindex expanding preprocessor macros
7558
@item macro expand @var{expression}
7559
@itemx macro exp @var{expression}
7560
Show the results of expanding all preprocessor macro invocations in
7561
@var{expression}.  Since @value{GDBN} simply expands macros, but does
7562
not parse the result, @var{expression} need not be a valid expression;
7563
it can be any string of tokens.
7564
 
7565
@kindex macro exp1
7566
@item macro expand-once @var{expression}
7567
@itemx macro exp1 @var{expression}
7568
@cindex expand macro once
7569
@i{(This command is not yet implemented.)}  Show the results of
7570
expanding those preprocessor macro invocations that appear explicitly in
7571
@var{expression}.  Macro invocations appearing in that expansion are
7572
left unchanged.  This command allows you to see the effect of a
7573
particular macro more clearly, without being confused by further
7574
expansions.  Since @value{GDBN} simply expands macros, but does not
7575
parse the result, @var{expression} need not be a valid expression; it
7576
can be any string of tokens.
7577
 
7578
@kindex info macro
7579
@cindex macro definition, showing
7580
@cindex definition, showing a macro's
7581
@item info macro @var{macro}
7582
Show the definition of the macro named @var{macro}, and describe the
7583
source location where that definition was established.
7584
 
7585
@kindex macro define
7586
@cindex user-defined macros
7587
@cindex defining macros interactively
7588
@cindex macros, user-defined
7589
@item macro define @var{macro} @var{replacement-list}
7590
@itemx macro define @var{macro}(@var{arglist}) @var{replacement-list}
7591
@i{(This command is not yet implemented.)}  Introduce a definition for a
7592
preprocessor macro named @var{macro}, invocations of which are replaced
7593
by the tokens given in @var{replacement-list}.  The first form of this
7594
command defines an ``object-like'' macro, which takes no arguments; the
7595
second form defines a ``function-like'' macro, which takes the arguments
7596
given in @var{arglist}.
7597
 
7598
A definition introduced by this command is in scope in every expression
7599
evaluated in @value{GDBN}, until it is removed with the @command{macro
7600
undef} command, described below.  The definition overrides all
7601
definitions for @var{macro} present in the program being debugged, as
7602
well as any previous user-supplied definition.
7603
 
7604
@kindex macro undef
7605
@item macro undef @var{macro}
7606
@i{(This command is not yet implemented.)}  Remove any user-supplied
7607
definition for the macro named @var{macro}.  This command only affects
7608
definitions provided with the @command{macro define} command, described
7609
above; it cannot remove definitions present in the program being
7610
debugged.
7611
 
7612
@kindex macro list
7613
@item macro list
7614
@i{(This command is not yet implemented.)}  List all the macros
7615
defined using the @code{macro define} command.
7616
@end table
7617
 
7618
@cindex macros, example of debugging with
7619
Here is a transcript showing the above commands in action.  First, we
7620
show our source files:
7621
 
7622
@smallexample
7623
$ cat sample.c
7624
#include <stdio.h>
7625
#include "sample.h"
7626
 
7627
#define M 42
7628
#define ADD(x) (M + x)
7629
 
7630
main ()
7631
@{
7632
#define N 28
7633
  printf ("Hello, world!\n");
7634
#undef N
7635
  printf ("We're so creative.\n");
7636
#define N 1729
7637
  printf ("Goodbye, world!\n");
7638
@}
7639
$ cat sample.h
7640
#define Q <
7641
$
7642
@end smallexample
7643
 
7644
Now, we compile the program using the @sc{gnu} C compiler, @value{NGCC}.
7645
We pass the @option{-gdwarf-2} and @option{-g3} flags to ensure the
7646
compiler includes information about preprocessor macros in the debugging
7647
information.
7648
 
7649
@smallexample
7650
$ gcc -gdwarf-2 -g3 sample.c -o sample
7651
$
7652
@end smallexample
7653
 
7654
Now, we start @value{GDBN} on our sample program:
7655
 
7656
@smallexample
7657
$ gdb -nw sample
7658
GNU gdb 2002-05-06-cvs
7659
Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7660
GDB is free software, @dots{}
7661
(@value{GDBP})
7662
@end smallexample
7663
 
7664
We can expand macros and examine their definitions, even when the
7665
program is not running.  @value{GDBN} uses the current listing position
7666
to decide which macro definitions are in scope:
7667
 
7668
@smallexample
7669
(@value{GDBP}) list main
7670
3
7671
4       #define M 42
7672
5       #define ADD(x) (M + x)
7673
6
7674
7       main ()
7675
8       @{
7676
9       #define N 28
7677
10        printf ("Hello, world!\n");
7678
11      #undef N
7679
12        printf ("We're so creative.\n");
7680
(@value{GDBP}) info macro ADD
7681
Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:5
7682
#define ADD(x) (M + x)
7683
(@value{GDBP}) info macro Q
7684
Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.h:1
7685
  included at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:2
7686
#define Q <
7687
(@value{GDBP}) macro expand ADD(1)
7688
expands to: (42 + 1)
7689
(@value{GDBP}) macro expand-once ADD(1)
7690
expands to: once (M + 1)
7691
(@value{GDBP})
7692
@end smallexample
7693
 
7694
In the example above, note that @command{macro expand-once} expands only
7695
the macro invocation explicit in the original text --- the invocation of
7696
@code{ADD} --- but does not expand the invocation of the macro @code{M},
7697
which was introduced by @code{ADD}.
7698
 
7699
Once the program is running, @value{GDBN} uses the macro definitions in
7700
force at the source line of the current stack frame:
7701
 
7702
@smallexample
7703
(@value{GDBP}) break main
7704
Breakpoint 1 at 0x8048370: file sample.c, line 10.
7705
(@value{GDBP}) run
7706
Starting program: /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample
7707
 
7708
Breakpoint 1, main () at sample.c:10
7709
10        printf ("Hello, world!\n");
7710
(@value{GDBP})
7711
@end smallexample
7712
 
7713
At line 10, the definition of the macro @code{N} at line 9 is in force:
7714
 
7715
@smallexample
7716
(@value{GDBP}) info macro N
7717
Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:9
7718
#define N 28
7719
(@value{GDBP}) macro expand N Q M
7720
expands to: 28 < 42
7721
(@value{GDBP}) print N Q M
7722
$1 = 1
7723
(@value{GDBP})
7724
@end smallexample
7725
 
7726
As we step over directives that remove @code{N}'s definition, and then
7727
give it a new definition, @value{GDBN} finds the definition (or lack
7728
thereof) in force at each point:
7729
 
7730
@smallexample
7731
(@value{GDBP}) next
7732
Hello, world!
7733
12        printf ("We're so creative.\n");
7734
(@value{GDBP}) info macro N
7735
The symbol `N' has no definition as a C/C++ preprocessor macro
7736
at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:12
7737
(@value{GDBP}) next
7738
We're so creative.
7739
14        printf ("Goodbye, world!\n");
7740
(@value{GDBP}) info macro N
7741
Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:13
7742
#define N 1729
7743
(@value{GDBP}) macro expand N Q M
7744
expands to: 1729 < 42
7745
(@value{GDBP}) print N Q M
7746
$2 = 0
7747
(@value{GDBP})
7748
@end smallexample
7749
 
7750
 
7751
@node Tracepoints
7752
@chapter Tracepoints
7753
@c This chapter is based on the documentation written by Michael
7754
@c Snyder, David Taylor, Jim Blandy, and Elena Zannoni.
7755
 
7756
@cindex tracepoints
7757
In some applications, it is not feasible for the debugger to interrupt
7758
the program's execution long enough for the developer to learn
7759
anything helpful about its behavior.  If the program's correctness
7760
depends on its real-time behavior, delays introduced by a debugger
7761
might cause the program to change its behavior drastically, or perhaps
7762
fail, even when the code itself is correct.  It is useful to be able
7763
to observe the program's behavior without interrupting it.
7764
 
7765
Using @value{GDBN}'s @code{trace} and @code{collect} commands, you can
7766
specify locations in the program, called @dfn{tracepoints}, and
7767
arbitrary expressions to evaluate when those tracepoints are reached.
7768
Later, using the @code{tfind} command, you can examine the values
7769
those expressions had when the program hit the tracepoints.  The
7770
expressions may also denote objects in memory---structures or arrays,
7771
for example---whose values @value{GDBN} should record; while visiting
7772
a particular tracepoint, you may inspect those objects as if they were
7773
in memory at that moment.  However, because @value{GDBN} records these
7774
values without interacting with you, it can do so quickly and
7775
unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's behavior.
7776
 
7777
The tracepoint facility is currently available only for remote
7778
targets.  @xref{Targets}.  In addition, your remote target must know
7779
how to collect trace data.  This functionality is implemented in the
7780
remote stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN}
7781
support tracepoints as of this writing.  The format of the remote
7782
packets used to implement tracepoints are described in @ref{Tracepoint
7783
Packets}.
7784
 
7785
This chapter describes the tracepoint commands and features.
7786
 
7787
@menu
7788
* Set Tracepoints::
7789
* Analyze Collected Data::
7790
* Tracepoint Variables::
7791
@end menu
7792
 
7793
@node Set Tracepoints
7794
@section Commands to Set Tracepoints
7795
 
7796
Before running such a @dfn{trace experiment}, an arbitrary number of
7797
tracepoints can be set.  Like a breakpoint (@pxref{Set Breaks}), a
7798
tracepoint has a number assigned to it by @value{GDBN}.  Like with
7799
breakpoints, tracepoint numbers are successive integers starting from
7800
one.  Many of the commands associated with tracepoints take the
7801
tracepoint number as their argument, to identify which tracepoint to
7802
work on.
7803
 
7804
For each tracepoint, you can specify, in advance, some arbitrary set
7805
of data that you want the target to collect in the trace buffer when
7806
it hits that tracepoint.  The collected data can include registers,
7807
local variables, or global data.  Later, you can use @value{GDBN}
7808
commands to examine the values these data had at the time the
7809
tracepoint was hit.
7810
 
7811
This section describes commands to set tracepoints and associated
7812
conditions and actions.
7813
 
7814
@menu
7815
* Create and Delete Tracepoints::
7816
* Enable and Disable Tracepoints::
7817
* Tracepoint Passcounts::
7818
* Tracepoint Actions::
7819
* Listing Tracepoints::
7820
* Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments::
7821
@end menu
7822
 
7823
@node Create and Delete Tracepoints
7824
@subsection Create and Delete Tracepoints
7825
 
7826
@table @code
7827
@cindex set tracepoint
7828
@kindex trace
7829
@item trace
7830
The @code{trace} command is very similar to the @code{break} command.
7831
Its argument can be a source line, a function name, or an address in
7832
the target program.  @xref{Set Breaks}.  The @code{trace} command
7833
defines a tracepoint, which is a point in the target program where the
7834
debugger will briefly stop, collect some data, and then allow the
7835
program to continue.  Setting a tracepoint or changing its commands
7836
doesn't take effect until the next @code{tstart} command; thus, you
7837
cannot change the tracepoint attributes once a trace experiment is
7838
running.
7839
 
7840
Here are some examples of using the @code{trace} command:
7841
 
7842
@smallexample
7843
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo.c:121}    // a source file and line number
7844
 
7845
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace +2}           // 2 lines forward
7846
 
7847
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace my_function}  // first source line of function
7848
 
7849
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace *my_function} // EXACT start address of function
7850
 
7851
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace *0x2117c4}    // an address
7852
@end smallexample
7853
 
7854
@noindent
7855
You can abbreviate @code{trace} as @code{tr}.
7856
 
7857
@vindex $tpnum
7858
@cindex last tracepoint number
7859
@cindex recent tracepoint number
7860
@cindex tracepoint number
7861
The convenience variable @code{$tpnum} records the tracepoint number
7862
of the most recently set tracepoint.
7863
 
7864
@kindex delete tracepoint
7865
@cindex tracepoint deletion
7866
@item delete tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]}
7867
Permanently delete one or more tracepoints.  With no argument, the
7868
default is to delete all tracepoints.
7869
 
7870
Examples:
7871
 
7872
@smallexample
7873
(@value{GDBP}) @b{delete trace 1 2 3} // remove three tracepoints
7874
 
7875
(@value{GDBP}) @b{delete trace}       // remove all tracepoints
7876
@end smallexample
7877
 
7878
@noindent
7879
You can abbreviate this command as @code{del tr}.
7880
@end table
7881
 
7882
@node Enable and Disable Tracepoints
7883
@subsection Enable and Disable Tracepoints
7884
 
7885
@table @code
7886
@kindex disable tracepoint
7887
@item disable tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]}
7888
Disable tracepoint @var{num}, or all tracepoints if no argument
7889
@var{num} is given.  A disabled tracepoint will have no effect during
7890
the next trace experiment, but it is not forgotten.  You can re-enable
7891
a disabled tracepoint using the @code{enable tracepoint} command.
7892
 
7893
@kindex enable tracepoint
7894
@item enable tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]}
7895
Enable tracepoint @var{num}, or all tracepoints.  The enabled
7896
tracepoints will become effective the next time a trace experiment is
7897
run.
7898
@end table
7899
 
7900
@node Tracepoint Passcounts
7901
@subsection Tracepoint Passcounts
7902
 
7903
@table @code
7904
@kindex passcount
7905
@cindex tracepoint pass count
7906
@item passcount @r{[}@var{n} @r{[}@var{num}@r{]]}
7907
Set the @dfn{passcount} of a tracepoint.  The passcount is a way to
7908
automatically stop a trace experiment.  If a tracepoint's passcount is
7909
@var{n}, then the trace experiment will be automatically stopped on
7910
the @var{n}'th time that tracepoint is hit.  If the tracepoint number
7911
@var{num} is not specified, the @code{passcount} command sets the
7912
passcount of the most recently defined tracepoint.  If no passcount is
7913
given, the trace experiment will run until stopped explicitly by the
7914
user.
7915
 
7916
Examples:
7917
 
7918
@smallexample
7919
(@value{GDBP}) @b{passcount 5 2} // Stop on the 5th execution of
7920
@exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// tracepoint 2}
7921
 
7922
(@value{GDBP}) @b{passcount 12}  // Stop on the 12th execution of the
7923
@exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// most recently defined tracepoint.}
7924
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo}
7925
(@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 3}
7926
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace bar}
7927
(@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 2}
7928
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace baz}
7929
(@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 1}        // Stop tracing when foo has been
7930
@exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// executed 3 times OR when bar has}
7931
@exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// been executed 2 times}
7932
@exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// OR when baz has been executed 1 time.}
7933
@end smallexample
7934
@end table
7935
 
7936
@node Tracepoint Actions
7937
@subsection Tracepoint Action Lists
7938
 
7939
@table @code
7940
@kindex actions
7941
@cindex tracepoint actions
7942
@item actions @r{[}@var{num}@r{]}
7943
This command will prompt for a list of actions to be taken when the
7944
tracepoint is hit.  If the tracepoint number @var{num} is not
7945
specified, this command sets the actions for the one that was most
7946
recently defined (so that you can define a tracepoint and then say
7947
@code{actions} without bothering about its number).  You specify the
7948
actions themselves on the following lines, one action at a time, and
7949
terminate the actions list with a line containing just @code{end}.  So
7950
far, the only defined actions are @code{collect} and
7951
@code{while-stepping}.
7952
 
7953
@cindex remove actions from a tracepoint
7954
To remove all actions from a tracepoint, type @samp{actions @var{num}}
7955
and follow it immediately with @samp{end}.
7956
 
7957
@smallexample
7958
(@value{GDBP}) @b{collect @var{data}} // collect some data
7959
 
7960
(@value{GDBP}) @b{while-stepping 5} // single-step 5 times, collect data
7961
 
7962
(@value{GDBP}) @b{end}              // signals the end of actions.
7963
@end smallexample
7964
 
7965
In the following example, the action list begins with @code{collect}
7966
commands indicating the things to be collected when the tracepoint is
7967
hit.  Then, in order to single-step and collect additional data
7968
following the tracepoint, a @code{while-stepping} command is used,
7969
followed by the list of things to be collected while stepping.  The
7970
@code{while-stepping} command is terminated by its own separate
7971
@code{end} command.  Lastly, the action list is terminated by an
7972
@code{end} command.
7973
 
7974
@smallexample
7975
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo}
7976
(@value{GDBP}) @b{actions}
7977
Enter actions for tracepoint 1, one per line:
7978
> collect bar,baz
7979
> collect $regs
7980
> while-stepping 12
7981
  > collect $fp, $sp
7982
  > end
7983
end
7984
@end smallexample
7985
 
7986
@kindex collect @r{(tracepoints)}
7987
@item collect @var{expr1}, @var{expr2}, @dots{}
7988
Collect values of the given expressions when the tracepoint is hit.
7989
This command accepts a comma-separated list of any valid expressions.
7990
In addition to global, static, or local variables, the following
7991
special arguments are supported:
7992
 
7993
@table @code
7994
@item $regs
7995
collect all registers
7996
 
7997
@item $args
7998
collect all function arguments
7999
 
8000
@item $locals
8001
collect all local variables.
8002
@end table
8003
 
8004
You can give several consecutive @code{collect} commands, each one
8005
with a single argument, or one @code{collect} command with several
8006
arguments separated by commas: the effect is the same.
8007
 
8008
The command @code{info scope} (@pxref{Symbols, info scope}) is
8009
particularly useful for figuring out what data to collect.
8010
 
8011
@kindex while-stepping @r{(tracepoints)}
8012
@item while-stepping @var{n}
8013
Perform @var{n} single-step traces after the tracepoint, collecting
8014
new data at each step.  The @code{while-stepping} command is
8015
followed by the list of what to collect while stepping (followed by
8016
its own @code{end} command):
8017
 
8018
@smallexample
8019
> while-stepping 12
8020
  > collect $regs, myglobal
8021
  > end
8022
>
8023
@end smallexample
8024
 
8025
@noindent
8026
You may abbreviate @code{while-stepping} as @code{ws} or
8027
@code{stepping}.
8028
@end table
8029
 
8030
@node Listing Tracepoints
8031
@subsection Listing Tracepoints
8032
 
8033
@table @code
8034
@kindex info tracepoints
8035
@kindex info tp
8036
@cindex information about tracepoints
8037
@item info tracepoints @r{[}@var{num}@r{]}
8038
Display information about the tracepoint @var{num}.  If you don't specify
8039
a tracepoint number, displays information about all the tracepoints
8040
defined so far.  For each tracepoint, the following information is
8041
shown:
8042
 
8043
@itemize @bullet
8044
@item
8045
its number
8046
@item
8047
whether it is enabled or disabled
8048
@item
8049
its address
8050
@item
8051
its passcount as given by the @code{passcount @var{n}} command
8052
@item
8053
its step count as given by the @code{while-stepping @var{n}} command
8054
@item
8055
where in the source files is the tracepoint set
8056
@item
8057
its action list as given by the @code{actions} command
8058
@end itemize
8059
 
8060
@smallexample
8061
(@value{GDBP}) @b{info trace}
8062
Num Enb Address    PassC StepC What
8063
1   y   0x002117c4 0     0     <gdb_asm>
8064
2   y   0x0020dc64 0     0     in g_test at g_test.c:1375
8065
3   y   0x0020b1f4 0     0     in get_data at ../foo.c:41
8066
(@value{GDBP})
8067
@end smallexample
8068
 
8069
@noindent
8070
This command can be abbreviated @code{info tp}.
8071
@end table
8072
 
8073
@node Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments
8074
@subsection Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments
8075
 
8076
@table @code
8077
@kindex tstart
8078
@cindex start a new trace experiment
8079
@cindex collected data discarded
8080
@item tstart
8081
This command takes no arguments.  It starts the trace experiment, and
8082
begins collecting data.  This has the side effect of discarding all
8083
the data collected in the trace buffer during the previous trace
8084
experiment.
8085
 
8086
@kindex tstop
8087
@cindex stop a running trace experiment
8088
@item tstop
8089
This command takes no arguments.  It ends the trace experiment, and
8090
stops collecting data.
8091
 
8092
@strong{Note}: a trace experiment and data collection may stop
8093
automatically if any tracepoint's passcount is reached
8094
(@pxref{Tracepoint Passcounts}), or if the trace buffer becomes full.
8095
 
8096
@kindex tstatus
8097
@cindex status of trace data collection
8098
@cindex trace experiment, status of
8099
@item tstatus
8100
This command displays the status of the current trace data
8101
collection.
8102
@end table
8103
 
8104
Here is an example of the commands we described so far:
8105
 
8106
@smallexample
8107
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace gdb_c_test}
8108
(@value{GDBP}) @b{actions}
8109
Enter actions for tracepoint #1, one per line.
8110
> collect $regs,$locals,$args
8111
> while-stepping 11
8112
  > collect $regs
8113
  > end
8114
> end
8115
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tstart}
8116
        [time passes @dots{}]
8117
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tstop}
8118
@end smallexample
8119
 
8120
 
8121
@node Analyze Collected Data
8122
@section Using the Collected Data
8123
 
8124
After the tracepoint experiment ends, you use @value{GDBN} commands
8125
for examining the trace data.  The basic idea is that each tracepoint
8126
collects a trace @dfn{snapshot} every time it is hit and another
8127
snapshot every time it single-steps.  All these snapshots are
8128
consecutively numbered from zero and go into a buffer, and you can
8129
examine them later.  The way you examine them is to @dfn{focus} on a
8130
specific trace snapshot.  When the remote stub is focused on a trace
8131
snapshot, it will respond to all @value{GDBN} requests for memory and
8132
registers by reading from the buffer which belongs to that snapshot,
8133
rather than from @emph{real} memory or registers of the program being
8134
debugged.  This means that @strong{all} @value{GDBN} commands
8135
(@code{print}, @code{info registers}, @code{backtrace}, etc.) will
8136
behave as if we were currently debugging the program state as it was
8137
when the tracepoint occurred.  Any requests for data that are not in
8138
the buffer will fail.
8139
 
8140
@menu
8141
* tfind::                       How to select a trace snapshot
8142
* tdump::                       How to display all data for a snapshot
8143
* save-tracepoints::            How to save tracepoints for a future run
8144
@end menu
8145
 
8146
@node tfind
8147
@subsection @code{tfind @var{n}}
8148
 
8149
@kindex tfind
8150
@cindex select trace snapshot
8151
@cindex find trace snapshot
8152
The basic command for selecting a trace snapshot from the buffer is
8153
@code{tfind @var{n}}, which finds trace snapshot number @var{n},
8154
counting from zero.  If no argument @var{n} is given, the next
8155
snapshot is selected.
8156
 
8157
Here are the various forms of using the @code{tfind} command.
8158
 
8159
@table @code
8160
@item tfind start
8161
Find the first snapshot in the buffer.  This is a synonym for
8162
@code{tfind 0} (since 0 is the number of the first snapshot).
8163
 
8164
@item tfind none
8165
Stop debugging trace snapshots, resume @emph{live} debugging.
8166
 
8167
@item tfind end
8168
Same as @samp{tfind none}.
8169
 
8170
@item tfind
8171
No argument means find the next trace snapshot.
8172
 
8173
@item tfind -
8174
Find the previous trace snapshot before the current one.  This permits
8175
retracing earlier steps.
8176
 
8177
@item tfind tracepoint @var{num}
8178
Find the next snapshot associated with tracepoint @var{num}.  Search
8179
proceeds forward from the last examined trace snapshot.  If no
8180
argument @var{num} is given, it means find the next snapshot collected
8181
for the same tracepoint as the current snapshot.
8182
 
8183
@item tfind pc @var{addr}
8184
Find the next snapshot associated with the value @var{addr} of the
8185
program counter.  Search proceeds forward from the last examined trace
8186
snapshot.  If no argument @var{addr} is given, it means find the next
8187
snapshot with the same value of PC as the current snapshot.
8188
 
8189
@item tfind outside @var{addr1}, @var{addr2}
8190
Find the next snapshot whose PC is outside the given range of
8191
addresses.
8192
 
8193
@item tfind range @var{addr1}, @var{addr2}
8194
Find the next snapshot whose PC is between @var{addr1} and
8195
@var{addr2}.  @c FIXME: Is the range inclusive or exclusive?
8196
 
8197
@item tfind line @r{[}@var{file}:@r{]}@var{n}
8198
Find the next snapshot associated with the source line @var{n}.  If
8199
the optional argument @var{file} is given, refer to line @var{n} in
8200
that source file.  Search proceeds forward from the last examined
8201
trace snapshot.  If no argument @var{n} is given, it means find the
8202
next line other than the one currently being examined; thus saying
8203
@code{tfind line} repeatedly can appear to have the same effect as
8204
stepping from line to line in a @emph{live} debugging session.
8205
@end table
8206
 
8207
The default arguments for the @code{tfind} commands are specifically
8208
designed to make it easy to scan through the trace buffer.  For
8209
instance, @code{tfind} with no argument selects the next trace
8210
snapshot, and @code{tfind -} with no argument selects the previous
8211
trace snapshot.  So, by giving one @code{tfind} command, and then
8212
simply hitting @key{RET} repeatedly you can examine all the trace
8213
snapshots in order.  Or, by saying @code{tfind -} and then hitting
8214
@key{RET} repeatedly you can examine the snapshots in reverse order.
8215
The @code{tfind line} command with no argument selects the snapshot
8216
for the next source line executed.  The @code{tfind pc} command with
8217
no argument selects the next snapshot with the same program counter
8218
(PC) as the current frame.  The @code{tfind tracepoint} command with
8219
no argument selects the next trace snapshot collected by the same
8220
tracepoint as the current one.
8221
 
8222
In addition to letting you scan through the trace buffer manually,
8223
these commands make it easy to construct @value{GDBN} scripts that
8224
scan through the trace buffer and print out whatever collected data
8225
you are interested in.  Thus, if we want to examine the PC, FP, and SP
8226
registers from each trace frame in the buffer, we can say this:
8227
 
8228
@smallexample
8229
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start}
8230
(@value{GDBP}) @b{while ($trace_frame != -1)}
8231
> printf "Frame %d, PC = %08X, SP = %08X, FP = %08X\n", \
8232
          $trace_frame, $pc, $sp, $fp
8233
> tfind
8234
> end
8235
 
8236
Frame 0, PC = 0020DC64, SP = 0030BF3C, FP = 0030BF44
8237
Frame 1, PC = 0020DC6C, SP = 0030BF38, FP = 0030BF44
8238
Frame 2, PC = 0020DC70, SP = 0030BF34, FP = 0030BF44
8239
Frame 3, PC = 0020DC74, SP = 0030BF30, FP = 0030BF44
8240
Frame 4, PC = 0020DC78, SP = 0030BF2C, FP = 0030BF44
8241
Frame 5, PC = 0020DC7C, SP = 0030BF28, FP = 0030BF44
8242
Frame 6, PC = 0020DC80, SP = 0030BF24, FP = 0030BF44
8243
Frame 7, PC = 0020DC84, SP = 0030BF20, FP = 0030BF44
8244
Frame 8, PC = 0020DC88, SP = 0030BF1C, FP = 0030BF44
8245
Frame 9, PC = 0020DC8E, SP = 0030BF18, FP = 0030BF44
8246
Frame 10, PC = 00203F6C, SP = 0030BE3C, FP = 0030BF14
8247
@end smallexample
8248
 
8249
Or, if we want to examine the variable @code{X} at each source line in
8250
the buffer:
8251
 
8252
@smallexample
8253
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start}
8254
(@value{GDBP}) @b{while ($trace_frame != -1)}
8255
> printf "Frame %d, X == %d\n", $trace_frame, X
8256
> tfind line
8257
> end
8258
 
8259
Frame 0, X = 1
8260
Frame 7, X = 2
8261
Frame 13, X = 255
8262
@end smallexample
8263
 
8264
@node tdump
8265
@subsection @code{tdump}
8266
@kindex tdump
8267
@cindex dump all data collected at tracepoint
8268
@cindex tracepoint data, display
8269
 
8270
This command takes no arguments.  It prints all the data collected at
8271
the current trace snapshot.
8272
 
8273
@smallexample
8274
(@value{GDBP}) @b{trace 444}
8275
(@value{GDBP}) @b{actions}
8276
Enter actions for tracepoint #2, one per line:
8277
> collect $regs, $locals, $args, gdb_long_test
8278
> end
8279
 
8280
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tstart}
8281
 
8282
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind line 444}
8283
#0  gdb_test (p1=0x11, p2=0x22, p3=0x33, p4=0x44, p5=0x55, p6=0x66)
8284
at gdb_test.c:444
8285
444        printp( "%s: arguments = 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X\n", )
8286
 
8287
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tdump}
8288
Data collected at tracepoint 2, trace frame 1:
8289
d0             0xc4aa0085       -995491707
8290
d1             0x18     24
8291
d2             0x80     128
8292
d3             0x33     51
8293
d4             0x71aea3d        119204413
8294
d5             0x22     34
8295
d6             0xe0     224
8296
d7             0x380035 3670069
8297
a0             0x19e24a 1696330
8298
a1             0x3000668        50333288
8299
a2             0x100    256
8300
a3             0x322000 3284992
8301
a4             0x3000698        50333336
8302
a5             0x1ad3cc 1758156
8303
fp             0x30bf3c 0x30bf3c
8304
sp             0x30bf34 0x30bf34
8305
ps             0x0      0
8306
pc             0x20b2c8 0x20b2c8
8307
fpcontrol      0x0      0
8308
fpstatus       0x0      0
8309
fpiaddr        0x0      0
8310
p = 0x20e5b4 "gdb-test"
8311
p1 = (void *) 0x11
8312
p2 = (void *) 0x22
8313
p3 = (void *) 0x33
8314
p4 = (void *) 0x44
8315
p5 = (void *) 0x55
8316
p6 = (void *) 0x66
8317
gdb_long_test = 17 '\021'
8318
 
8319
(@value{GDBP})
8320
@end smallexample
8321
 
8322
@node save-tracepoints
8323
@subsection @code{save-tracepoints @var{filename}}
8324
@kindex save-tracepoints
8325
@cindex save tracepoints for future sessions
8326
 
8327
This command saves all current tracepoint definitions together with
8328
their actions and passcounts, into a file @file{@var{filename}}
8329
suitable for use in a later debugging session.  To read the saved
8330
tracepoint definitions, use the @code{source} command (@pxref{Command
8331
Files}).
8332
 
8333
@node Tracepoint Variables
8334
@section Convenience Variables for Tracepoints
8335
@cindex tracepoint variables
8336
@cindex convenience variables for tracepoints
8337
 
8338
@table @code
8339
@vindex $trace_frame
8340
@item (int) $trace_frame
8341
The current trace snapshot (a.k.a.@: @dfn{frame}) number, or -1 if no
8342
snapshot is selected.
8343
 
8344
@vindex $tracepoint
8345
@item (int) $tracepoint
8346
The tracepoint for the current trace snapshot.
8347
 
8348
@vindex $trace_line
8349
@item (int) $trace_line
8350
The line number for the current trace snapshot.
8351
 
8352
@vindex $trace_file
8353
@item (char []) $trace_file
8354
The source file for the current trace snapshot.
8355
 
8356
@vindex $trace_func
8357
@item (char []) $trace_func
8358
The name of the function containing @code{$tracepoint}.
8359
@end table
8360
 
8361
Note: @code{$trace_file} is not suitable for use in @code{printf},
8362
use @code{output} instead.
8363
 
8364
Here's a simple example of using these convenience variables for
8365
stepping through all the trace snapshots and printing some of their
8366
data.
8367
 
8368
@smallexample
8369
(@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start}
8370
 
8371
(@value{GDBP}) @b{while $trace_frame != -1}
8372
> output $trace_file
8373
> printf ", line %d (tracepoint #%d)\n", $trace_line, $tracepoint
8374
> tfind
8375
> end
8376
@end smallexample
8377
 
8378
@node Overlays
8379
@chapter Debugging Programs That Use Overlays
8380
@cindex overlays
8381
 
8382
If your program is too large to fit completely in your target system's
8383
memory, you can sometimes use @dfn{overlays} to work around this
8384
problem.  @value{GDBN} provides some support for debugging programs that
8385
use overlays.
8386
 
8387
@menu
8388
* How Overlays Work::              A general explanation of overlays.
8389
* Overlay Commands::               Managing overlays in @value{GDBN}.
8390
* Automatic Overlay Debugging::    @value{GDBN} can find out which overlays are
8391
                                   mapped by asking the inferior.
8392
* Overlay Sample Program::         A sample program using overlays.
8393
@end menu
8394
 
8395
@node How Overlays Work
8396
@section How Overlays Work
8397
@cindex mapped overlays
8398
@cindex unmapped overlays
8399
@cindex load address, overlay's
8400
@cindex mapped address
8401
@cindex overlay area
8402
 
8403
Suppose you have a computer whose instruction address space is only 64
8404
kilobytes long, but which has much more memory which can be accessed by
8405
other means: special instructions, segment registers, or memory
8406
management hardware, for example.  Suppose further that you want to
8407
adapt a program which is larger than 64 kilobytes to run on this system.
8408
 
8409
One solution is to identify modules of your program which are relatively
8410
independent, and need not call each other directly; call these modules
8411
@dfn{overlays}.  Separate the overlays from the main program, and place
8412
their machine code in the larger memory.  Place your main program in
8413
instruction memory, but leave at least enough space there to hold the
8414
largest overlay as well.
8415
 
8416
Now, to call a function located in an overlay, you must first copy that
8417
overlay's machine code from the large memory into the space set aside
8418
for it in the instruction memory, and then jump to its entry point
8419
there.
8420
 
8421
@c NB:  In the below the mapped area's size is greater or equal to the
8422
@c size of all overlays.  This is intentional to remind the developer
8423
@c that overlays don't necessarily need to be the same size.
8424
 
8425
@smallexample
8426
@group
8427
    Data             Instruction            Larger
8428
Address Space       Address Space        Address Space
8429
+-----------+       +-----------+        +-----------+
8430
|           |       |           |        |           |
8431
+-----------+       +-----------+        +-----------+<-- overlay 1
8432
| program   |       |   main    |   .----| overlay 1 | load address
8433
| variables |       |  program  |   |    +-----------+
8434
| and heap  |       |           |   |    |           |
8435
+-----------+       |           |   |    +-----------+<-- overlay 2
8436
|           |       +-----------+   |    |           | load address
8437
+-----------+       |           |   |  .-| overlay 2 |
8438
                    |           |   |  | |           |
8439
         mapped --->+-----------+   |  | +-----------+
8440
         address    |           |   |  | |           |
8441
                    |  overlay  | <-'  | |           |
8442
                    |   area    |  <---' +-----------+<-- overlay 3
8443
                    |           | <---.  |           | load address
8444
                    +-----------+     `--| overlay 3 |
8445
                    |           |        |           |
8446
                    +-----------+        |           |
8447
                                         +-----------+
8448
                                         |           |
8449
                                         +-----------+
8450
 
8451
                    @anchor{A code overlay}A code overlay
8452
@end group
8453
@end smallexample
8454
 
8455
The diagram (@pxref{A code overlay}) shows a system with separate data
8456
and instruction address spaces.  To map an overlay, the program copies
8457
its code from the larger address space to the instruction address space.
8458
Since the overlays shown here all use the same mapped address, only one
8459
may be mapped at a time.  For a system with a single address space for
8460
data and instructions, the diagram would be similar, except that the
8461
program variables and heap would share an address space with the main
8462
program and the overlay area.
8463
 
8464
An overlay loaded into instruction memory and ready for use is called a
8465
@dfn{mapped} overlay; its @dfn{mapped address} is its address in the
8466
instruction memory.  An overlay not present (or only partially present)
8467
in instruction memory is called @dfn{unmapped}; its @dfn{load address}
8468
is its address in the larger memory.  The mapped address is also called
8469
the @dfn{virtual memory address}, or @dfn{VMA}; the load address is also
8470
called the @dfn{load memory address}, or @dfn{LMA}.
8471
 
8472
Unfortunately, overlays are not a completely transparent way to adapt a
8473
program to limited instruction memory.  They introduce a new set of
8474
global constraints you must keep in mind as you design your program:
8475
 
8476
@itemize @bullet
8477
 
8478
@item
8479
Before calling or returning to a function in an overlay, your program
8480
must make sure that overlay is actually mapped.  Otherwise, the call or
8481
return will transfer control to the right address, but in the wrong
8482
overlay, and your program will probably crash.
8483
 
8484
@item
8485
If the process of mapping an overlay is expensive on your system, you
8486
will need to choose your overlays carefully to minimize their effect on
8487
your program's performance.
8488
 
8489
@item
8490
The executable file you load onto your system must contain each
8491
overlay's instructions, appearing at the overlay's load address, not its
8492
mapped address.  However, each overlay's instructions must be relocated
8493
and its symbols defined as if the overlay were at its mapped address.
8494
You can use GNU linker scripts to specify different load and relocation
8495
addresses for pieces of your program; see @ref{Overlay Description,,,
8496
ld.info, Using ld: the GNU linker}.
8497
 
8498
@item
8499
The procedure for loading executable files onto your system must be able
8500
to load their contents into the larger address space as well as the
8501
instruction and data spaces.
8502
 
8503
@end itemize
8504
 
8505
The overlay system described above is rather simple, and could be
8506
improved in many ways:
8507
 
8508
@itemize @bullet
8509
 
8510
@item
8511
If your system has suitable bank switch registers or memory management
8512
hardware, you could use those facilities to make an overlay's load area
8513
contents simply appear at their mapped address in instruction space.
8514
This would probably be faster than copying the overlay to its mapped
8515
area in the usual way.
8516
 
8517
@item
8518
If your overlays are small enough, you could set aside more than one
8519
overlay area, and have more than one overlay mapped at a time.
8520
 
8521
@item
8522
You can use overlays to manage data, as well as instructions.  In
8523
general, data overlays are even less transparent to your design than
8524
code overlays: whereas code overlays only require care when you call or
8525
return to functions, data overlays require care every time you access
8526
the data.  Also, if you change the contents of a data overlay, you
8527
must copy its contents back out to its load address before you can copy a
8528
different data overlay into the same mapped area.
8529
 
8530
@end itemize
8531
 
8532
 
8533
@node Overlay Commands
8534
@section Overlay Commands
8535
 
8536
To use @value{GDBN}'s overlay support, each overlay in your program must
8537
correspond to a separate section of the executable file.  The section's
8538
virtual memory address and load memory address must be the overlay's
8539
mapped and load addresses.  Identifying overlays with sections allows
8540
@value{GDBN} to determine the appropriate address of a function or
8541
variable, depending on whether the overlay is mapped or not.
8542
 
8543
@value{GDBN}'s overlay commands all start with the word @code{overlay};
8544
you can abbreviate this as @code{ov} or @code{ovly}.  The commands are:
8545
 
8546
@table @code
8547
@item overlay off
8548
@kindex overlay
8549
Disable @value{GDBN}'s overlay support.  When overlay support is
8550
disabled, @value{GDBN} assumes that all functions and variables are
8551
always present at their mapped addresses.  By default, @value{GDBN}'s
8552
overlay support is disabled.
8553
 
8554
@item overlay manual
8555
@cindex manual overlay debugging
8556
Enable @dfn{manual} overlay debugging.  In this mode, @value{GDBN}
8557
relies on you to tell it which overlays are mapped, and which are not,
8558
using the @code{overlay map-overlay} and @code{overlay unmap-overlay}
8559
commands described below.
8560
 
8561
@item overlay map-overlay @var{overlay}
8562
@itemx overlay map @var{overlay}
8563
@cindex map an overlay
8564
Tell @value{GDBN} that @var{overlay} is now mapped; @var{overlay} must
8565
be the name of the object file section containing the overlay.  When an
8566
overlay is mapped, @value{GDBN} assumes it can find the overlay's
8567
functions and variables at their mapped addresses.  @value{GDBN} assumes
8568
that any other overlays whose mapped ranges overlap that of
8569
@var{overlay} are now unmapped.
8570
 
8571
@item overlay unmap-overlay @var{overlay}
8572
@itemx overlay unmap @var{overlay}
8573
@cindex unmap an overlay
8574
Tell @value{GDBN} that @var{overlay} is no longer mapped; @var{overlay}
8575
must be the name of the object file section containing the overlay.
8576
When an overlay is unmapped, @value{GDBN} assumes it can find the
8577
overlay's functions and variables at their load addresses.
8578
 
8579
@item overlay auto
8580
Enable @dfn{automatic} overlay debugging.  In this mode, @value{GDBN}
8581
consults a data structure the overlay manager maintains in the inferior
8582
to see which overlays are mapped.  For details, see @ref{Automatic
8583
Overlay Debugging}.
8584
 
8585
@item overlay load-target
8586
@itemx overlay load
8587
@cindex reloading the overlay table
8588
Re-read the overlay table from the inferior.  Normally, @value{GDBN}
8589
re-reads the table @value{GDBN} automatically each time the inferior
8590
stops, so this command should only be necessary if you have changed the
8591
overlay mapping yourself using @value{GDBN}.  This command is only
8592
useful when using automatic overlay debugging.
8593
 
8594
@item overlay list-overlays
8595
@itemx overlay list
8596
@cindex listing mapped overlays
8597
Display a list of the overlays currently mapped, along with their mapped
8598
addresses, load addresses, and sizes.
8599
 
8600
@end table
8601
 
8602
Normally, when @value{GDBN} prints a code address, it includes the name
8603
of the function the address falls in:
8604
 
8605
@smallexample
8606
(@value{GDBP}) print main
8607
$3 = @{int ()@} 0x11a0 <main>
8608
@end smallexample
8609
@noindent
8610
When overlay debugging is enabled, @value{GDBN} recognizes code in
8611
unmapped overlays, and prints the names of unmapped functions with
8612
asterisks around them.  For example, if @code{foo} is a function in an
8613
unmapped overlay, @value{GDBN} prints it this way:
8614
 
8615
@smallexample
8616
(@value{GDBP}) overlay list
8617
No sections are mapped.
8618
(@value{GDBP}) print foo
8619
$5 = @{int (int)@} 0x100000 <*foo*>
8620
@end smallexample
8621
@noindent
8622
When @code{foo}'s overlay is mapped, @value{GDBN} prints the function's
8623
name normally:
8624
 
8625
@smallexample
8626
(@value{GDBP}) overlay list
8627
Section .ov.foo.text, loaded at 0x100000 - 0x100034,
8628
        mapped at 0x1016 - 0x104a
8629
(@value{GDBP}) print foo
8630
$6 = @{int (int)@} 0x1016 <foo>
8631
@end smallexample
8632
 
8633
When overlay debugging is enabled, @value{GDBN} can find the correct
8634
address for functions and variables in an overlay, whether or not the
8635
overlay is mapped.  This allows most @value{GDBN} commands, like
8636
@code{break} and @code{disassemble}, to work normally, even on unmapped
8637
code.  However, @value{GDBN}'s breakpoint support has some limitations:
8638
 
8639
@itemize @bullet
8640
@item
8641
@cindex breakpoints in overlays
8642
@cindex overlays, setting breakpoints in
8643
You can set breakpoints in functions in unmapped overlays, as long as
8644
@value{GDBN} can write to the overlay at its load address.
8645
@item
8646
@value{GDBN} can not set hardware or simulator-based breakpoints in
8647
unmapped overlays.  However, if you set a breakpoint at the end of your
8648
overlay manager (and tell @value{GDBN} which overlays are now mapped, if
8649
you are using manual overlay management), @value{GDBN} will re-set its
8650
breakpoints properly.
8651
@end itemize
8652
 
8653
 
8654
@node Automatic Overlay Debugging
8655
@section Automatic Overlay Debugging
8656
@cindex automatic overlay debugging
8657
 
8658
@value{GDBN} can automatically track which overlays are mapped and which
8659
are not, given some simple co-operation from the overlay manager in the
8660
inferior.  If you enable automatic overlay debugging with the
8661
@code{overlay auto} command (@pxref{Overlay Commands}), @value{GDBN}
8662
looks in the inferior's memory for certain variables describing the
8663
current state of the overlays.
8664
 
8665
Here are the variables your overlay manager must define to support
8666
@value{GDBN}'s automatic overlay debugging:
8667
 
8668
@table @asis
8669
 
8670
@item @code{_ovly_table}:
8671
This variable must be an array of the following structures:
8672
 
8673
@smallexample
8674
struct
8675
@{
8676
  /* The overlay's mapped address.  */
8677
  unsigned long vma;
8678
 
8679
  /* The size of the overlay, in bytes.  */
8680
  unsigned long size;
8681
 
8682
  /* The overlay's load address.  */
8683
  unsigned long lma;
8684
 
8685
  /* Non-zero if the overlay is currently mapped;
8686
     zero otherwise.  */
8687
  unsigned long mapped;
8688
@}
8689
@end smallexample
8690
 
8691
@item @code{_novlys}:
8692
This variable must be a four-byte signed integer, holding the total
8693
number of elements in @code{_ovly_table}.
8694
 
8695
@end table
8696
 
8697
To decide whether a particular overlay is mapped or not, @value{GDBN}
8698
looks for an entry in @w{@code{_ovly_table}} whose @code{vma} and
8699
@code{lma} members equal the VMA and LMA of the overlay's section in the
8700
executable file.  When @value{GDBN} finds a matching entry, it consults
8701
the entry's @code{mapped} member to determine whether the overlay is
8702
currently mapped.
8703
 
8704
In addition, your overlay manager may define a function called
8705
@code{_ovly_debug_event}.  If this function is defined, @value{GDBN}
8706
will silently set a breakpoint there.  If the overlay manager then
8707
calls this function whenever it has changed the overlay table, this
8708
will enable @value{GDBN} to accurately keep track of which overlays
8709
are in program memory, and update any breakpoints that may be set
8710
in overlays.  This will allow breakpoints to work even if the
8711
overlays are kept in ROM or other non-writable memory while they
8712
are not being executed.
8713
 
8714
@node Overlay Sample Program
8715
@section Overlay Sample Program
8716
@cindex overlay example program
8717
 
8718
When linking a program which uses overlays, you must place the overlays
8719
at their load addresses, while relocating them to run at their mapped
8720
addresses.  To do this, you must write a linker script (@pxref{Overlay
8721
Description,,, ld.info, Using ld: the GNU linker}).  Unfortunately,
8722
since linker scripts are specific to a particular host system, target
8723
architecture, and target memory layout, this manual cannot provide
8724
portable sample code demonstrating @value{GDBN}'s overlay support.
8725
 
8726
However, the @value{GDBN} source distribution does contain an overlaid
8727
program, with linker scripts for a few systems, as part of its test
8728
suite.  The program consists of the following files from
8729
@file{gdb/testsuite/gdb.base}:
8730
 
8731
@table @file
8732
@item overlays.c
8733
The main program file.
8734
@item ovlymgr.c
8735
A simple overlay manager, used by @file{overlays.c}.
8736
@item foo.c
8737
@itemx bar.c
8738
@itemx baz.c
8739
@itemx grbx.c
8740
Overlay modules, loaded and used by @file{overlays.c}.
8741
@item d10v.ld
8742
@itemx m32r.ld
8743
Linker scripts for linking the test program on the @code{d10v-elf}
8744
and @code{m32r-elf} targets.
8745
@end table
8746
 
8747
You can build the test program using the @code{d10v-elf} GCC
8748
cross-compiler like this:
8749
 
8750
@smallexample
8751
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c overlays.c
8752
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c ovlymgr.c
8753
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c foo.c
8754
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c bar.c
8755
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c baz.c
8756
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c grbx.c
8757
$ d10v-elf-gcc -g overlays.o ovlymgr.o foo.o bar.o \
8758
                  baz.o grbx.o -Wl,-Td10v.ld -o overlays
8759
@end smallexample
8760
 
8761
The build process is identical for any other architecture, except that
8762
you must substitute the appropriate compiler and linker script for the
8763
target system for @code{d10v-elf-gcc} and @code{d10v.ld}.
8764
 
8765
 
8766
@node Languages
8767
@chapter Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages
8768
@cindex languages
8769
 
8770
Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
8771
rarely expressed in the same manner.  For instance, in ANSI C,
8772
dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
8773
Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}.  Values can also be
8774
represented (and displayed) differently.  Hex numbers in C appear as
8775
@samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
8776
 
8777
@cindex working language
8778
Language-specific information is built into @value{GDBN} for some languages,
8779
allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's
8780
native language, and allowing @value{GDBN} to output values in a manner
8781
consistent with the syntax of your program's native language.  The
8782
language you use to build expressions is called the @dfn{working
8783
language}.
8784
 
8785
@menu
8786
* Setting::                     Switching between source languages
8787
* Show::                        Displaying the language
8788
* Checks::                      Type and range checks
8789
* Supported Languages::         Supported languages
8790
* Unsupported Languages::       Unsupported languages
8791
@end menu
8792
 
8793
@node Setting
8794
@section Switching Between Source Languages
8795
 
8796
There are two ways to control the working language---either have @value{GDBN}
8797
set it automatically, or select it manually yourself.  You can use the
8798
@code{set language} command for either purpose.  On startup, @value{GDBN}
8799
defaults to setting the language automatically.  The working language is
8800
used to determine how expressions you type are interpreted, how values
8801
are printed, etc.
8802
 
8803
In addition to the working language, every source file that
8804
@value{GDBN} knows about has its own working language.  For some object
8805
file formats, the compiler might indicate which language a particular
8806
source file is in.  However, most of the time @value{GDBN} infers the
8807
language from the name of the file.  The language of a source file
8808
controls whether C@t{++} names are demangled---this way @code{backtrace} can
8809
show each frame appropriately for its own language.  There is no way to
8810
set the language of a source file from within @value{GDBN}, but you can
8811
set the language associated with a filename extension.  @xref{Show, ,
8812
Displaying the Language}.
8813
 
8814
This is most commonly a problem when you use a program, such
8815
as @code{cfront} or @code{f2c}, that generates C but is written in
8816
another language.  In that case, make the
8817
program use @code{#line} directives in its C output; that way
8818
@value{GDBN} will know the correct language of the source code of the original
8819
program, and will display that source code, not the generated C code.
8820
 
8821
@menu
8822
* Filenames::                   Filename extensions and languages.
8823
* Manually::                    Setting the working language manually
8824
* Automatically::               Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language
8825
@end menu
8826
 
8827
@node Filenames
8828
@subsection List of Filename Extensions and Languages
8829
 
8830
If a source file name ends in one of the following extensions, then
8831
@value{GDBN} infers that its language is the one indicated.
8832
 
8833
@table @file
8834
@item .ada
8835
@itemx .ads
8836
@itemx .adb
8837
@itemx .a
8838
Ada source file.
8839
 
8840
@item .c
8841
C source file
8842
 
8843
@item .C
8844
@itemx .cc
8845
@itemx .cp
8846
@itemx .cpp
8847
@itemx .cxx
8848
@itemx .c++
8849
C@t{++} source file
8850
 
8851
@item .m
8852
Objective-C source file
8853
 
8854
@item .f
8855
@itemx .F
8856
Fortran source file
8857
 
8858
@item .mod
8859
Modula-2 source file
8860
 
8861
@item .s
8862
@itemx .S
8863
Assembler source file.  This actually behaves almost like C, but
8864
@value{GDBN} does not skip over function prologues when stepping.
8865
@end table
8866
 
8867
In addition, you may set the language associated with a filename
8868
extension.  @xref{Show, , Displaying the Language}.
8869
 
8870
@node Manually
8871
@subsection Setting the Working Language
8872
 
8873
If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically,
8874
expressions are interpreted the same way in your debugging session and
8875
your program.
8876
 
8877
@kindex set language
8878
If you wish, you may set the language manually.  To do this, issue the
8879
command @samp{set language @var{lang}}, where @var{lang} is the name of
8880
a language, such as
8881
@code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
8882
For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
8883
 
8884
Setting the language manually prevents @value{GDBN} from updating the working
8885
language automatically.  This can lead to confusion if you try
8886
to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
8887
source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
8888
languages---but means different things.  For instance, if the current
8889
source file were written in C, and @value{GDBN} was parsing Modula-2, a
8890
command such as:
8891
 
8892
@smallexample
8893
print a = b + c
8894
@end smallexample
8895
 
8896
@noindent
8897
might not have the effect you intended.  In C, this means to add
8898
@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}.  The result
8899
printed would be the value of @code{a}.  In Modula-2, this means to compare
8900
@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
8901
 
8902
@node Automatically
8903
@subsection Having @value{GDBN} Infer the Source Language
8904
 
8905
To have @value{GDBN} set the working language automatically, use
8906
@samp{set language local} or @samp{set language auto}.  @value{GDBN}
8907
then infers the working language.  That is, when your program stops in a
8908
frame (usually by encountering a breakpoint), @value{GDBN} sets the
8909
working language to the language recorded for the function in that
8910
frame.  If the language for a frame is unknown (that is, if the function
8911
or block corresponding to the frame was defined in a source file that
8912
does not have a recognized extension), the current working language is
8913
not changed, and @value{GDBN} issues a warning.
8914
 
8915
This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
8916
entirely in one source language.  However, program modules and libraries
8917
written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
8918
a different source language.  Using @samp{set language auto} in this
8919
case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
8920
 
8921
@node Show
8922
@section Displaying the Language
8923
 
8924
The following commands help you find out which language is the
8925
working language, and also what language source files were written in.
8926
 
8927
@table @code
8928
@item show language
8929
@kindex show language
8930
Display the current working language.  This is the
8931
language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
8932
build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program.
8933
 
8934
@item info frame
8935
@kindex info frame@r{, show the source language}
8936
Display the source language for this frame.  This language becomes the
8937
working language if you use an identifier from this frame.
8938
@xref{Frame Info, ,Information about a Frame}, to identify the other
8939
information listed here.
8940
 
8941
@item info source
8942
@kindex info source@r{, show the source language}
8943
Display the source language of this source file.
8944
@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}, to identify the other
8945
information listed here.
8946
@end table
8947
 
8948
In unusual circumstances, you may have source files with extensions
8949
not in the standard list.  You can then set the extension associated
8950
with a language explicitly:
8951
 
8952
@table @code
8953
@item set extension-language @var{ext} @var{language}
8954
@kindex set extension-language
8955
Tell @value{GDBN} that source files with extension @var{ext} are to be
8956
assumed as written in the source language @var{language}.
8957
 
8958
@item info extensions
8959
@kindex info extensions
8960
List all the filename extensions and the associated languages.
8961
@end table
8962
 
8963
@node Checks
8964
@section Type and Range Checking
8965
 
8966
@quotation
8967
@emph{Warning:} In this release, the @value{GDBN} commands for type and range
8968
checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect.  This
8969
section documents the intended facilities.
8970
@end quotation
8971
@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
8972
 
8973
Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
8974
errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks.  These include
8975
checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
8976
sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time.  Checks such as
8977
these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
8978
by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
8979
errors when your program is running.
8980
 
8981
@value{GDBN} can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
8982
Although @value{GDBN} does not check the statements in your program,
8983
it can check expressions entered directly into @value{GDBN} for
8984
evaluation via the @code{print} command, for example.  As with the
8985
working language, @value{GDBN} can also decide whether or not to check
8986
automatically based on your program's source language.
8987
@xref{Supported Languages, ,Supported Languages}, for the default
8988
settings of supported languages.
8989
 
8990
@menu
8991
* Type Checking::               An overview of type checking
8992
* Range Checking::              An overview of range checking
8993
@end menu
8994
 
8995
@cindex type checking
8996
@cindex checks, type
8997
@node Type Checking
8998
@subsection An Overview of Type Checking
8999
 
9000
Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
9001
arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
9002
otherwise an error occurs.  These checks prevent type mismatch
9003
errors from ever causing any run-time problems.  For example,
9004
 
9005
@smallexample
9006
1 + 2 @result{} 3
9007
@exdent but
9008
@error{} 1 + 2.3
9009
@end smallexample
9010
 
9011
The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
9012
type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
9013
 
9014
For the expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell the
9015
@value{GDBN} type checker to skip checking;
9016
to treat any mismatches as errors and abandon the expression;
9017
or to only issue warnings when type mismatches occur,
9018
but evaluate the expression anyway.  When you choose the last of
9019
these, @value{GDBN} evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
9020
also issues a warning.
9021
 
9022
Even if you turn type checking off, there may be other reasons
9023
related to type that prevent @value{GDBN} from evaluating an expression.
9024
For instance, @value{GDBN} does not know how to add an @code{int} and
9025
a @code{struct foo}.  These particular type errors have nothing to do
9026
with the language in use, and usually arise from expressions, such as
9027
the one described above, which make little sense to evaluate anyway.
9028
 
9029
Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type.  For
9030
instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
9031
operators to be numbers.  In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
9032
represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
9033
operators.  @xref{Supported Languages, ,Supported Languages}, for further
9034
details on specific languages.
9035
 
9036
@value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
9037
 
9038
@kindex set check type
9039
@kindex show check type
9040
@table @code
9041
@item set check type auto
9042
Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
9043
@xref{Supported Languages, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
9044
each language.
9045
 
9046
@item set check type on
9047
@itemx set check type off
9048
Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
9049
current working language.  Issue a warning if the setting does not
9050
match the language default.  If any type mismatches occur in
9051
evaluating an expression while type checking is on, @value{GDBN} prints a
9052
message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
9053
 
9054
@item set check type warn
9055
Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
9056
evaluate the expression.  Evaluating the expression may still
9057
be impossible for other reasons.  For example, @value{GDBN} cannot add
9058
numbers and structures.
9059
 
9060
@item show type
9061
Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not @value{GDBN}
9062
is setting it automatically.
9063
@end table
9064
 
9065
@cindex range checking
9066
@cindex checks, range
9067
@node Range Checking
9068
@subsection An Overview of Range Checking
9069
 
9070
In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
9071
bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks.  Such range
9072
checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
9073
computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
9074
not exceed the bounds of the array.
9075
 
9076
For expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell
9077
@value{GDBN} to treat range errors in one of three ways: ignore them,
9078
always treat them as errors and abandon the expression, or issue
9079
warnings but evaluate the expression anyway.
9080
 
9081
A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
9082
array index bound, or when you type a constant that is not a member
9083
of any type.  Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
9084
error.  In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
9085
result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
9086
the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
9087
 
9088
@smallexample
9089
@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
9090
@end smallexample
9091
 
9092
This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
9093
specific to individual compilers or machines.  @xref{Supported Languages, ,
9094
Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
9095
 
9096
@value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
9097
 
9098
@kindex set check range
9099
@kindex show check range
9100
@table @code
9101
@item set check range auto
9102
Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
9103
@xref{Supported Languages, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
9104
each language.
9105
 
9106
@item set check range on
9107
@itemx set check range off
9108
Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
9109
current working language.  A warning is issued if the setting does not
9110
match the language default.  If a range error occurs and range checking is on,
9111
then a message is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
9112
 
9113
@item set check range warn
9114
Output messages when the @value{GDBN} range checker detects a range error,
9115
but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway.  Evaluating the
9116
expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
9117
memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many Unix
9118
systems).
9119
 
9120
@item show range
9121
Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
9122
being set automatically by @value{GDBN}.
9123
@end table
9124
 
9125
@node Supported Languages
9126
@section Supported Languages
9127
 
9128
@value{GDBN} supports C, C@t{++}, Objective-C, Fortran, Java, Pascal,
9129
assembly, Modula-2, and Ada.
9130
@c This is false ...
9131
Some @value{GDBN} features may be used in expressions regardless of the
9132
language you use: the @value{GDBN} @code{@@} and @code{::} operators,
9133
and the @samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions,
9134
,Expressions}) can be used with the constructs of any supported
9135
language.
9136
 
9137
The following sections detail to what degree each source language is
9138
supported by @value{GDBN}.  These sections are not meant to be language
9139
tutorials or references, but serve only as a reference guide to what the
9140
@value{GDBN} expression parser accepts, and what input and output
9141
formats should look like for different languages.  There are many good
9142
books written on each of these languages; please look to these for a
9143
language reference or tutorial.
9144
 
9145
@menu
9146
* C::                           C and C@t{++}
9147
* Objective-C::                 Objective-C
9148
* Fortran::                     Fortran
9149
* Pascal::                      Pascal
9150
* Modula-2::                    Modula-2
9151
* Ada::                         Ada
9152
@end menu
9153
 
9154
@node C
9155
@subsection C and C@t{++}
9156
 
9157
@cindex C and C@t{++}
9158
@cindex expressions in C or C@t{++}
9159
 
9160
Since C and C@t{++} are so closely related, many features of @value{GDBN} apply
9161
to both languages.  Whenever this is the case, we discuss those languages
9162
together.
9163
 
9164
@cindex C@t{++}
9165
@cindex @code{g++}, @sc{gnu} C@t{++} compiler
9166
@cindex @sc{gnu} C@t{++}
9167
The C@t{++} debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the C@t{++}
9168
compiler and @value{GDBN}.  Therefore, to debug your C@t{++} code
9169
effectively, you must compile your C@t{++} programs with a supported
9170
C@t{++} compiler, such as @sc{gnu} @code{g++}, or the HP ANSI C@t{++}
9171
compiler (@code{aCC}).
9172
 
9173
For best results when using @sc{gnu} C@t{++}, use the DWARF 2 debugging
9174
format; if it doesn't work on your system, try the stabs+ debugging
9175
format.  You can select those formats explicitly with the @code{g++}
9176
command-line options @option{-gdwarf-2} and @option{-gstabs+}.
9177
@xref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC,
9178
gcc.info, Using the @sc{gnu} Compiler Collection (GCC)}.
9179
 
9180
@menu
9181
* C Operators::                 C and C@t{++} operators
9182
* C Constants::                 C and C@t{++} constants
9183
* C Plus Plus Expressions::     C@t{++} expressions
9184
* C Defaults::                  Default settings for C and C@t{++}
9185
* C Checks::                    C and C@t{++} type and range checks
9186
* Debugging C::                 @value{GDBN} and C
9187
* Debugging C Plus Plus::       @value{GDBN} features for C@t{++}
9188
* Decimal Floating Point::      Numbers in Decimal Floating Point format
9189
@end menu
9190
 
9191
@node C Operators
9192
@subsubsection C and C@t{++} Operators
9193
 
9194
@cindex C and C@t{++} operators
9195
 
9196
Operators must be defined on values of specific types.  For instance,
9197
@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures.  Operators are
9198
often defined on groups of types.
9199
 
9200
For the purposes of C and C@t{++}, the following definitions hold:
9201
 
9202
@itemize @bullet
9203
 
9204
@item
9205
@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
9206
specifiers; @code{char}; @code{enum}; and, for C@t{++}, @code{bool}.
9207
 
9208
@item
9209
@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float}, @code{double}, and
9210
@code{long double} (if supported by the target platform).
9211
 
9212
@item
9213
@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type} *)}.
9214
 
9215
@item
9216
@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
9217
 
9218
@end itemize
9219
 
9220
@noindent
9221
The following operators are supported.  They are listed here
9222
in order of increasing precedence:
9223
 
9224
@table @code
9225
@item ,
9226
The comma or sequencing operator.  Expressions in a comma-separated list
9227
are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
9228
expression being the last expression evaluated.
9229
 
9230
@item =
9231
Assignment.  The value of an assignment expression is the value
9232
assigned.  Defined on scalar types.
9233
 
9234
@item @var{op}=
9235
Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}},
9236
and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}.
9237
@w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precedence.
9238
@var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&},
9239
@code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
9240
 
9241
@item ?:
9242
The ternary operator.  @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
9243
of as:  if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}.  @var{a} should be of an
9244
integral type.
9245
 
9246
@item ||
9247
Logical @sc{or}.  Defined on integral types.
9248
 
9249
@item &&
9250
Logical @sc{and}.  Defined on integral types.
9251
 
9252
@item |
9253
Bitwise @sc{or}.  Defined on integral types.
9254
 
9255
@item ^
9256
Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}.  Defined on integral types.
9257
 
9258
@item &
9259
Bitwise @sc{and}.  Defined on integral types.
9260
 
9261
@item ==@r{, }!=
9262
Equality and inequality.  Defined on scalar types.  The value of these
9263
expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
9264
 
9265
@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
9266
Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
9267
Defined on scalar types.  The value of these expressions is 0 for false
9268
and non-zero for true.
9269
 
9270
@item <<@r{, }>>
9271
left shift, and right shift.  Defined on integral types.
9272
 
9273
@item @@
9274
The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
9275
 
9276
@item +@r{, }-
9277
Addition and subtraction.  Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
9278
pointer types.
9279
 
9280
@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
9281
Multiplication, division, and modulus.  Multiplication and division are
9282
defined on integral and floating-point types.  Modulus is defined on
9283
integral types.
9284
 
9285
@item ++@r{, }--
9286
Increment and decrement.  When appearing before a variable, the
9287
operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
9288
when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
9289
operation takes place.
9290
 
9291
@item *
9292
Pointer dereferencing.  Defined on pointer types.  Same precedence as
9293
@code{++}.
9294
 
9295
@item &
9296
Address operator.  Defined on variables.  Same precedence as @code{++}.
9297
 
9298
For debugging C@t{++}, @value{GDBN} implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what is
9299
allowed in the C@t{++} language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})}
9300
to examine the address
9301
where a C@t{++} reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is
9302
stored.
9303
 
9304
@item -
9305
Negative.  Defined on integral and floating-point types.  Same
9306
precedence as @code{++}.
9307
 
9308
@item !
9309
Logical negation.  Defined on integral types.  Same precedence as
9310
@code{++}.
9311
 
9312
@item ~
9313
Bitwise complement operator.  Defined on integral types.  Same precedence as
9314
@code{++}.
9315
 
9316
 
9317
@item .@r{, }->
9318
Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member.  For convenience,
9319
@value{GDBN} regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
9320
pointer based on the stored type information.
9321
Defined on @code{struct} and @code{union} data.
9322
 
9323
@item .*@r{, }->*
9324
Dereferences of pointers to members.
9325
 
9326
@item []
9327
Array indexing.  @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
9328
@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}.  Same precedence as @code{->}.
9329
 
9330
@item ()
9331
Function parameter list.  Same precedence as @code{->}.
9332
 
9333
@item ::
9334
C@t{++} scope resolution operator.  Defined on @code{struct}, @code{union},
9335
and @code{class} types.
9336
 
9337
@item ::
9338
Doubled colons also represent the @value{GDBN} scope operator
9339
(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).  Same precedence as @code{::},
9340
above.
9341
@end table
9342
 
9343
If an operator is redefined in the user code, @value{GDBN} usually
9344
attempts to invoke the redefined version instead of using the operator's
9345
predefined meaning.
9346
 
9347
@node C Constants
9348
@subsubsection C and C@t{++} Constants
9349
 
9350
@cindex C and C@t{++} constants
9351
 
9352
@value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of C and C@t{++} in the
9353
following ways:
9354
 
9355
@itemize @bullet
9356
@item
9357
Integer constants are a sequence of digits.  Octal constants are
9358
specified by a leading @samp{0} (i.e.@: zero), and hexadecimal constants
9359
by a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}.  Constants may also end with a letter
9360
@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
9361
@code{long} value.
9362
 
9363
@item
9364
Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
9365
point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
9366
exponent.  An exponent is of the form:
9367
@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
9368
sequence of digits.  The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
9369
A floating-point constant may also end with a letter @samp{f} or
9370
@samp{F}, specifying that the constant should be treated as being of
9371
the @code{float} (as opposed to the default @code{double}) type; or with
9372
a letter @samp{l} or @samp{L}, which specifies a @code{long double}
9373
constant.
9374
 
9375
@item
9376
Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
9377
integral equivalents.
9378
 
9379
@item
9380
Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
9381
(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
9382
(usually its @sc{ascii} value).  Within quotes, the single character may
9383
be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
9384
the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
9385
of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
9386
@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
9387
@samp{\n} for newline.
9388
 
9389
@item
9390
String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded by
9391
double quotes (@code{"}).  Any valid character constant (as described
9392
above) may appear.  Double quotes within the string must be preceded by
9393
a backslash, so for instance @samp{"a\"b'c"} is a string of five
9394
characters.
9395
 
9396
@item
9397
Pointer constants are an integral value.  You can also write pointers
9398
to constants using the C operator @samp{&}.
9399
 
9400
@item
9401
Array constants are comma-separated lists surrounded by braces @samp{@{}
9402
and @samp{@}}; for example, @samp{@{1,2,3@}} is a three-element array of
9403
integers, @samp{@{@{1,2@}, @{3,4@}, @{5,6@}@}} is a three-by-two array,
9404
and @samp{@{&"hi", &"there", &"fred"@}} is a three-element array of pointers.
9405
@end itemize
9406
 
9407
@node C Plus Plus Expressions
9408
@subsubsection C@t{++} Expressions
9409
 
9410
@cindex expressions in C@t{++}
9411
@value{GDBN} expression handling can interpret most C@t{++} expressions.
9412
 
9413
@cindex debugging C@t{++} programs
9414
@cindex C@t{++} compilers
9415
@cindex debug formats and C@t{++}
9416
@cindex @value{NGCC} and C@t{++}
9417
@quotation
9418
@emph{Warning:} @value{GDBN} can only debug C@t{++} code if you use the
9419
proper compiler and the proper debug format.  Currently, @value{GDBN}
9420
works best when debugging C@t{++} code that is compiled with
9421
@value{NGCC} 2.95.3 or with @value{NGCC} 3.1 or newer, using the options
9422
@option{-gdwarf-2} or @option{-gstabs+}.  DWARF 2 is preferred over
9423
stabs+.  Most configurations of @value{NGCC} emit either DWARF 2 or
9424
stabs+ as their default debug format, so you usually don't need to
9425
specify a debug format explicitly.  Other compilers and/or debug formats
9426
are likely to work badly or not at all when using @value{GDBN} to debug
9427
C@t{++} code.
9428
@end quotation
9429
 
9430
@enumerate
9431
 
9432
@cindex member functions
9433
@item
9434
Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
9435
 
9436
@smallexample
9437
count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
9438
@end smallexample
9439
 
9440
@vindex this@r{, inside C@t{++} member functions}
9441
@cindex namespace in C@t{++}
9442
@item
9443
While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
9444
expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
9445
that is, @value{GDBN} allows implicit references to the class instance
9446
pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C@t{++}.
9447
 
9448
@cindex call overloaded functions
9449
@cindex overloaded functions, calling
9450
@cindex type conversions in C@t{++}
9451
@item
9452
You can call overloaded functions; @value{GDBN} resolves the function
9453
call to the right definition, with some restrictions.  @value{GDBN} does not
9454
perform overload resolution involving user-defined type conversions,
9455
calls to constructors, or instantiations of templates that do not exist
9456
in the program.  It also cannot handle ellipsis argument lists or
9457
default arguments.
9458
 
9459
It does perform integral conversions and promotions, floating-point
9460
promotions, arithmetic conversions, pointer conversions, conversions of
9461
class objects to base classes, and standard conversions such as those of
9462
functions or arrays to pointers; it requires an exact match on the
9463
number of function arguments.
9464
 
9465
Overload resolution is always performed, unless you have specified
9466
@code{set overload-resolution off}.  @xref{Debugging C Plus Plus,
9467
,@value{GDBN} Features for C@t{++}}.
9468
 
9469
You must specify @code{set overload-resolution off} in order to use an
9470
explicit function signature to call an overloaded function, as in
9471
@smallexample
9472
p 'foo(char,int)'('x', 13)
9473
@end smallexample
9474
 
9475
The @value{GDBN} command-completion facility can simplify this;
9476
see @ref{Completion, ,Command Completion}.
9477
 
9478
@cindex reference declarations
9479
@item
9480
@value{GDBN} understands variables declared as C@t{++} references; you can use
9481
them in expressions just as you do in C@t{++} source---they are automatically
9482
dereferenced.
9483
 
9484
In the parameter list shown when @value{GDBN} displays a frame, the values of
9485
reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
9486
avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
9487
The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
9488
you have specified @samp{set print address off}.
9489
 
9490
@item
9491
@value{GDBN} supports the C@t{++} name resolution operator @code{::}---your
9492
expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do.  Since
9493
one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
9494
necessary, for example in an expression like
9495
@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}.  @value{GDBN} also allows
9496
resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C@t{++}
9497
debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program Variables}).
9498
@end enumerate
9499
 
9500
In addition, when used with HP's C@t{++} compiler, @value{GDBN} supports
9501
calling virtual functions correctly, printing out virtual bases of
9502
objects, calling functions in a base subobject, casting objects, and
9503
invoking user-defined operators.
9504
 
9505
@node C Defaults
9506
@subsubsection C and C@t{++} Defaults
9507
 
9508
@cindex C and C@t{++} defaults
9509
 
9510
If you allow @value{GDBN} to set type and range checking automatically, they
9511
both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
9512
C or C@t{++}.  This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN}
9513
selects the working language.
9514
 
9515
If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, it
9516
recognizes source files whose names end with @file{.c}, @file{.C}, or
9517
@file{.cc}, etc, and when @value{GDBN} enters code compiled from one of
9518
these files, it sets the working language to C or C@t{++}.
9519
@xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} Infer the Source Language},
9520
for further details.
9521
 
9522
@c Type checking is (a) primarily motivated by Modula-2, and (b)
9523
@c unimplemented.  If (b) changes, it might make sense to let this node
9524
@c appear even if Mod-2 does not, but meanwhile ignore it. roland 16jul93.
9525
 
9526
@node C Checks
9527
@subsubsection C and C@t{++} Type and Range Checks
9528
 
9529
@cindex C and C@t{++} checks
9530
 
9531
By default, when @value{GDBN} parses C or C@t{++} expressions, type checking
9532
is not used.  However, if you turn type checking on, @value{GDBN}
9533
considers two variables type equivalent if:
9534
 
9535
@itemize @bullet
9536
@item
9537
The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
9538
enumerated tag.
9539
 
9540
@item
9541
The two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
9542
declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
9543
 
9544
@ignore
9545
@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
9546
@c FIXME--beers?
9547
@item
9548
The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
9549
declared in the same declaration.  (Note: this may not be true for all C
9550
compilers.)
9551
@end ignore
9552
@end itemize
9553
 
9554
Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations.  Array
9555
indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
9556
that is not itself an array.
9557
 
9558
@node Debugging C
9559
@subsubsection @value{GDBN} and C
9560
 
9561
The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
9562
the @code{union} type.  When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
9563
inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} is also printed.  Otherwise, it
9564
appears as @samp{@{...@}}.
9565
 
9566
The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
9567
with pointers and a memory allocation function.  @xref{Expressions,
9568
,Expressions}.
9569
 
9570
@node Debugging C Plus Plus
9571
@subsubsection @value{GDBN} Features for C@t{++}
9572
 
9573
@cindex commands for C@t{++}
9574
 
9575
Some @value{GDBN} commands are particularly useful with C@t{++}, and some are
9576
designed specifically for use with C@t{++}.  Here is a summary:
9577
 
9578
@table @code
9579
@cindex break in overloaded functions
9580
@item @r{breakpoint menus}
9581
When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
9582
@value{GDBN} breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
9583
you want.  @xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint Menus}.
9584
 
9585
@cindex overloading in C@t{++}
9586
@item rbreak @var{regex}
9587
Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
9588
breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
9589
classes.
9590
@xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
9591
 
9592
@cindex C@t{++} exception handling
9593
@item catch throw
9594
@itemx catch catch
9595
Debug C@t{++} exception handling using these commands.  @xref{Set
9596
Catchpoints, , Setting Catchpoints}.
9597
 
9598
@cindex inheritance
9599
@item ptype @var{typename}
9600
Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
9601
@var{typename}.
9602
@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
9603
 
9604
@cindex C@t{++} symbol display
9605
@item set print demangle
9606
@itemx show print demangle
9607
@itemx set print asm-demangle
9608
@itemx show print asm-demangle
9609
Control whether C@t{++} symbols display in their source form, both when
9610
displaying code as C@t{++} source and when displaying disassemblies.
9611
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
9612
 
9613
@item set print object
9614
@itemx show print object
9615
Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
9616
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
9617
 
9618
@item set print vtbl
9619
@itemx show print vtbl
9620
Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
9621
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
9622
(The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP
9623
ANSI C@t{++} compiler (@code{aCC}).)
9624
 
9625
@kindex set overload-resolution
9626
@cindex overloaded functions, overload resolution
9627
@item set overload-resolution on
9628
Enable overload resolution for C@t{++} expression evaluation.  The default
9629
is on.  For overloaded functions, @value{GDBN} evaluates the arguments
9630
and searches for a function whose signature matches the argument types,
9631
using the standard C@t{++} conversion rules (see @ref{C Plus Plus
9632
Expressions, ,C@t{++} Expressions}, for details).
9633
If it cannot find a match, it emits a message.
9634
 
9635
@item set overload-resolution off
9636
Disable overload resolution for C@t{++} expression evaluation.  For
9637
overloaded functions that are not class member functions, @value{GDBN}
9638
chooses the first function of the specified name that it finds in the
9639
symbol table, whether or not its arguments are of the correct type.  For
9640
overloaded functions that are class member functions, @value{GDBN}
9641
searches for a function whose signature @emph{exactly} matches the
9642
argument types.
9643
 
9644
@kindex show overload-resolution
9645
@item show overload-resolution
9646
Show the current setting of overload resolution.
9647
 
9648
@item @r{Overloaded symbol names}
9649
You can specify a particular definition of an overloaded symbol, using
9650
the same notation that is used to declare such symbols in C@t{++}: type
9651
@code{@var{symbol}(@var{types})} rather than just @var{symbol}.  You can
9652
also use the @value{GDBN} command-line word completion facilities to list the
9653
available choices, or to finish the type list for you.
9654
@xref{Completion,, Command Completion}, for details on how to do this.
9655
@end table
9656
 
9657
@node Decimal Floating Point
9658
@subsubsection Decimal Floating Point format
9659
@cindex decimal floating point format
9660
 
9661
@value{GDBN} can examine, set and perform computations with numbers in
9662
decimal floating point format, which in the C language correspond to the
9663
@code{_Decimal32}, @code{_Decimal64} and @code{_Decimal128} types as
9664
specified by the extension to support decimal floating-point arithmetic.
9665
 
9666
There are two encodings in use, depending on the architecture: BID (Binary
9667
Integer Decimal) for x86 and x86-64, and DPD (Densely Packed Decimal) for
9668
PowerPC. @value{GDBN} will use the appropriate encoding for the configured
9669
target.
9670
 
9671
Because of a limitation in @file{libdecnumber}, the library used by @value{GDBN}
9672
to manipulate decimal floating point numbers, it is not possible to convert
9673
(using a cast, for example) integers wider than 32-bit to decimal float.
9674
 
9675
In addition, in order to imitate @value{GDBN}'s behaviour with binary floating
9676
point computations, error checking in decimal float operations ignores
9677
underflow, overflow and divide by zero exceptions.
9678
 
9679
In the PowerPC architecture, @value{GDBN} provides a set of pseudo-registers
9680
to inspect @code{_Decimal128} values stored in floating point registers. See
9681
@ref{PowerPC,,PowerPC} for more details.
9682
 
9683
@node Objective-C
9684
@subsection Objective-C
9685
 
9686
@cindex Objective-C
9687
This section provides information about some commands and command
9688
options that are useful for debugging Objective-C code.  See also
9689
@ref{Symbols, info classes}, and @ref{Symbols, info selectors}, for a
9690
few more commands specific to Objective-C support.
9691
 
9692
@menu
9693
* Method Names in Commands::
9694
* The Print Command with Objective-C::
9695
@end menu
9696
 
9697
@node Method Names in Commands
9698
@subsubsection Method Names in Commands
9699
 
9700
The following commands have been extended to accept Objective-C method
9701
names as line specifications:
9702
 
9703
@kindex clear@r{, and Objective-C}
9704
@kindex break@r{, and Objective-C}
9705
@kindex info line@r{, and Objective-C}
9706
@kindex jump@r{, and Objective-C}
9707
@kindex list@r{, and Objective-C}
9708
@itemize
9709
@item @code{clear}
9710
@item @code{break}
9711
@item @code{info line}
9712
@item @code{jump}
9713
@item @code{list}
9714
@end itemize
9715
 
9716
A fully qualified Objective-C method name is specified as
9717
 
9718
@smallexample
9719
-[@var{Class} @var{methodName}]
9720
@end smallexample
9721
 
9722
where the minus sign is used to indicate an instance method and a
9723
plus sign (not shown) is used to indicate a class method.  The class
9724
name @var{Class} and method name @var{methodName} are enclosed in
9725
brackets, similar to the way messages are specified in Objective-C
9726
source code.  For example, to set a breakpoint at the @code{create}
9727
instance method of class @code{Fruit} in the program currently being
9728
debugged, enter:
9729
 
9730
@smallexample
9731
break -[Fruit create]
9732
@end smallexample
9733
 
9734
To list ten program lines around the @code{initialize} class method,
9735
enter:
9736
 
9737
@smallexample
9738
list +[NSText initialize]
9739
@end smallexample
9740
 
9741
In the current version of @value{GDBN}, the plus or minus sign is
9742
required.  In future versions of @value{GDBN}, the plus or minus
9743
sign will be optional, but you can use it to narrow the search.  It
9744
is also possible to specify just a method name:
9745
 
9746
@smallexample
9747
break create
9748
@end smallexample
9749
 
9750
You must specify the complete method name, including any colons.  If
9751
your program's source files contain more than one @code{create} method,
9752
you'll be presented with a numbered list of classes that implement that
9753
method.  Indicate your choice by number, or type @samp{0} to exit if
9754
none apply.
9755
 
9756
As another example, to clear a breakpoint established at the
9757
@code{makeKeyAndOrderFront:} method of the @code{NSWindow} class, enter:
9758
 
9759
@smallexample
9760
clear -[NSWindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:]
9761
@end smallexample
9762
 
9763
@node The Print Command with Objective-C
9764
@subsubsection The Print Command With Objective-C
9765
@cindex Objective-C, print objects
9766
@kindex print-object
9767
@kindex po @r{(@code{print-object})}
9768
 
9769
The print command has also been extended to accept methods.  For example:
9770
 
9771
@smallexample
9772
print -[@var{object} hash]
9773
@end smallexample
9774
 
9775
@cindex print an Objective-C object description
9776
@cindex @code{_NSPrintForDebugger}, and printing Objective-C objects
9777
@noindent
9778
will tell @value{GDBN} to send the @code{hash} message to @var{object}
9779
and print the result.  Also, an additional command has been added,
9780
@code{print-object} or @code{po} for short, which is meant to print
9781
the description of an object.  However, this command may only work
9782
with certain Objective-C libraries that have a particular hook
9783
function, @code{_NSPrintForDebugger}, defined.
9784
 
9785
@node Fortran
9786
@subsection Fortran
9787
@cindex Fortran-specific support in @value{GDBN}
9788
 
9789
@value{GDBN} can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, but it
9790
currently supports only the features of Fortran 77 language.
9791
 
9792
@cindex trailing underscore, in Fortran symbols
9793
Some Fortran compilers (@sc{gnu} Fortran 77 and Fortran 95 compilers
9794
among them) append an underscore to the names of variables and
9795
functions.  When you debug programs compiled by those compilers, you
9796
will need to refer to variables and functions with a trailing
9797
underscore.
9798
 
9799
@menu
9800
* Fortran Operators::           Fortran operators and expressions
9801
* Fortran Defaults::            Default settings for Fortran
9802
* Special Fortran Commands::    Special @value{GDBN} commands for Fortran
9803
@end menu
9804
 
9805
@node Fortran Operators
9806
@subsubsection Fortran Operators and Expressions
9807
 
9808
@cindex Fortran operators and expressions
9809
 
9810
Operators must be defined on values of specific types.  For instance,
9811
@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on characters or other non-
9812
arithmetic types.  Operators are often defined on groups of types.
9813
 
9814
@table @code
9815
@item **
9816
The exponentiation operator. It raises the first operand to the power
9817
of the second one.
9818
 
9819
@item :
9820
The range operator.  Normally used in the form of array(low:high) to
9821
represent a section of array.
9822
@end table
9823
 
9824
@node Fortran Defaults
9825
@subsubsection Fortran Defaults
9826
 
9827
@cindex Fortran Defaults
9828
 
9829
Fortran symbols are usually case-insensitive, so @value{GDBN} by
9830
default uses case-insensitive matches for Fortran symbols.  You can
9831
change that with the @samp{set case-insensitive} command, see
9832
@ref{Symbols}, for the details.
9833
 
9834
@node Special Fortran Commands
9835
@subsubsection Special Fortran Commands
9836
 
9837
@cindex Special Fortran commands
9838
 
9839
@value{GDBN} has some commands to support Fortran-specific features,
9840
such as displaying common blocks.
9841
 
9842
@table @code
9843
@cindex @code{COMMON} blocks, Fortran
9844
@kindex info common
9845
@item info common @r{[}@var{common-name}@r{]}
9846
This command prints the values contained in the Fortran @code{COMMON}
9847
block whose name is @var{common-name}.  With no argument, the names of
9848
all @code{COMMON} blocks visible at the current program location are
9849
printed.
9850
@end table
9851
 
9852
@node Pascal
9853
@subsection Pascal
9854
 
9855
@cindex Pascal support in @value{GDBN}, limitations
9856
Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables, or
9857
nested functions does not currently work.  @value{GDBN} does not support
9858
entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal
9859
syntax.
9860
 
9861
The Pascal-specific command @code{set print pascal_static-members}
9862
controls whether static members of Pascal objects are displayed.
9863
@xref{Print Settings, pascal_static-members}.
9864
 
9865
@node Modula-2
9866
@subsection Modula-2
9867
 
9868
@cindex Modula-2, @value{GDBN} support
9869
 
9870
The extensions made to @value{GDBN} to support Modula-2 only support
9871
output from the @sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being
9872
developed).  Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and
9873
attempting to debug executables produced by them is most likely
9874
to give an error as @value{GDBN} reads in the executable's symbol
9875
table.
9876
 
9877
@cindex expressions in Modula-2
9878
@menu
9879
* M2 Operators::                Built-in operators
9880
* Built-In Func/Proc::          Built-in functions and procedures
9881
* M2 Constants::                Modula-2 constants
9882
* M2 Types::                    Modula-2 types
9883
* M2 Defaults::                 Default settings for Modula-2
9884
* Deviations::                  Deviations from standard Modula-2
9885
* M2 Checks::                   Modula-2 type and range checks
9886
* M2 Scope::                    The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
9887
* GDB/M2::                      @value{GDBN} and Modula-2
9888
@end menu
9889
 
9890
@node M2 Operators
9891
@subsubsection Operators
9892
@cindex Modula-2 operators
9893
 
9894
Operators must be defined on values of specific types.  For instance,
9895
@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures.  Operators are
9896
often defined on groups of types.  For the purposes of Modula-2, the
9897
following definitions hold:
9898
 
9899
@itemize @bullet
9900
 
9901
@item
9902
@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
9903
their subranges.
9904
 
9905
@item
9906
@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
9907
 
9908
@item
9909
@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
9910
 
9911
@item
9912
@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
9913
@var{type}}.
9914
 
9915
@item
9916
@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
9917
 
9918
@item
9919
@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET} and @code{BITSET} types.
9920
 
9921
@item
9922
@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
9923
@end itemize
9924
 
9925
@noindent
9926
The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
9927
increasing precedence:
9928
 
9929
@table @code
9930
@item ,
9931
Function argument or array index separator.
9932
 
9933
@item :=
9934
Assignment.  The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
9935
@var{value}.
9936
 
9937
@item <@r{, }>
9938
Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
9939
types.
9940
 
9941
@item <=@r{, }>=
9942
Less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
9943
on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
9944
set types.  Same precedence as @code{<}.
9945
 
9946
@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
9947
Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
9948
Same precedence as @code{<}.  In @value{GDBN} scripts, only @code{<>} is
9949
available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
9950
comment character.
9951
 
9952
@item IN
9953
Set membership.  Defined on set types and the types of their members.
9954
Same precedence as @code{<}.
9955
 
9956
@item OR
9957
Boolean disjunction.  Defined on boolean types.
9958
 
9959
@item AND@r{, }&
9960
Boolean conjunction.  Defined on boolean types.
9961
 
9962
@item @@
9963
The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
9964
 
9965
@item +@r{, }-
9966
Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
9967
and difference on set types.
9968
 
9969
@item *
9970
Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
9971
on set types.
9972
 
9973
@item /
9974
Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
9975
types.  Same precedence as @code{*}.
9976
 
9977
@item DIV@r{, }MOD
9978
Integer division and remainder.  Defined on integral types.  Same
9979
precedence as @code{*}.
9980
 
9981
@item -
9982
Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER} and @code{REAL} data.
9983
 
9984
@item ^
9985
Pointer dereferencing.  Defined on pointer types.
9986
 
9987
@item NOT
9988
Boolean negation.  Defined on boolean types.  Same precedence as
9989
@code{^}.
9990
 
9991
@item .
9992
@code{RECORD} field selector.  Defined on @code{RECORD} data.  Same
9993
precedence as @code{^}.
9994
 
9995
@item []
9996
Array indexing.  Defined on @code{ARRAY} data.  Same precedence as @code{^}.
9997
 
9998
@item ()
9999
Procedure argument list.  Defined on @code{PROCEDURE} objects.  Same precedence
10000
as @code{^}.
10001
 
10002
@item ::@r{, }.
10003
@value{GDBN} and Modula-2 scope operators.
10004
@end table
10005
 
10006
@quotation
10007
@emph{Warning:} Set expressions and their operations are not yet supported, so @value{GDBN}
10008
treats the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
10009
@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
10010
@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
10011
@end quotation
10012
 
10013
 
10014
@node Built-In Func/Proc
10015
@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
10016
@cindex Modula-2 built-ins
10017
 
10018
Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
10019
In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
10020
 
10021
@table @var
10022
 
10023
@item a
10024
represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
10025
 
10026
@item c
10027
represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
10028
 
10029
@item i
10030
represents a variable or constant of integral type.
10031
 
10032
@item m
10033
represents an identifier that belongs to a set.  Generally used in the
10034
same function with the metavariable @var{s}.  The type of @var{s} should
10035
be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}).
10036
 
10037
@item n
10038
represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
10039
 
10040
@item r
10041
represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
10042
 
10043
@item t
10044
represents a type.
10045
 
10046
@item v
10047
represents a variable.
10048
 
10049
@item x
10050
represents a variable or constant of one of many types.  See the
10051
explanation of the function for details.
10052
@end table
10053
 
10054
All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
10055
 
10056
@table @code
10057
@item ABS(@var{n})
10058
Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
10059
 
10060
@item CAP(@var{c})
10061
If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
10062
equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument.
10063
 
10064
@item CHR(@var{i})
10065
Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
10066
 
10067
@item DEC(@var{v})
10068
Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by one.  Returns the new value.
10069
 
10070
@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
10071
Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}.  Returns the
10072
new value.
10073
 
10074
@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
10075
Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}.  Returns the new
10076
set.
10077
 
10078
@item FLOAT(@var{i})
10079
Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
10080
 
10081
@item HIGH(@var{a})
10082
Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
10083
 
10084
@item INC(@var{v})
10085
Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by one.  Returns the new value.
10086
 
10087
@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
10088
Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}.  Returns the
10089
new value.
10090
 
10091
@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
10092
Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
10093
there.  Returns the new set.
10094
 
10095
@item MAX(@var{t})
10096
Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
10097
 
10098
@item MIN(@var{t})
10099
Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
10100
 
10101
@item ODD(@var{i})
10102
Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
10103
 
10104
@item ORD(@var{x})
10105
Returns the ordinal value of its argument.  For example, the ordinal
10106
value of a character is its @sc{ascii} value (on machines supporting the
10107
@sc{ascii} character set).  @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
10108
integral, character and enumerated types.
10109
 
10110
@item SIZE(@var{x})
10111
Returns the size of its argument.  @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
10112
 
10113
@item TRUNC(@var{r})
10114
Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
10115
 
10116
@item TSIZE(@var{x})
10117
Returns the size of its argument.  @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
10118
 
10119
@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
10120
Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
10121
@end table
10122
 
10123
@quotation
10124
@emph{Warning:}  Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
10125
@value{GDBN} treats the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
10126
an error.
10127
@end quotation
10128
 
10129
@cindex Modula-2 constants
10130
@node M2 Constants
10131
@subsubsection Constants
10132
 
10133
@value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
10134
ways:
10135
 
10136
@itemize @bullet
10137
 
10138
@item
10139
Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits.  When used in an
10140
expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
10141
rest of the expression.  Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
10142
trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
10143
 
10144
@item
10145
Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
10146
decimal point and another sequence of digits.  An optional exponent can
10147
then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
10148
@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent.  All of the
10149
digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
10150
digits.
10151
 
10152
@item
10153
Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
10154
like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).  They may
10155
also be expressed by their ordinal value (their @sc{ascii} value, usually)
10156
followed by a @samp{C}.
10157
 
10158
@item
10159
String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a
10160
pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).
10161
Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed.  @xref{C
10162
Constants, ,C and C@t{++} Constants}, for a brief explanation of escape
10163
sequences.
10164
 
10165
@item
10166
Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
10167
 
10168
@item
10169
Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
10170
@code{FALSE}.
10171
 
10172
@item
10173
Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
10174
 
10175
@item
10176
Set constants are not yet supported.
10177
@end itemize
10178
 
10179
@node M2 Types
10180
@subsubsection Modula-2 Types
10181
@cindex Modula-2 types
10182
 
10183
Currently @value{GDBN} can print the following data types in Modula-2
10184
syntax: array types, record types, set types, pointer types, procedure
10185
types, enumerated types, subrange types and base types.  You can also
10186
print the contents of variables declared using these type.
10187
This section gives a number of simple source code examples together with
10188
sample @value{GDBN} sessions.
10189
 
10190
The first example contains the following section of code:
10191
 
10192
@smallexample
10193
VAR
10194
   s: SET OF CHAR ;
10195
   r: [20..40] ;
10196
@end smallexample
10197
 
10198
@noindent
10199
and you can request @value{GDBN} to interrogate the type and value of
10200
@code{r} and @code{s}.
10201
 
10202
@smallexample
10203
(@value{GDBP}) print s
10204
@{'A'..'C', 'Z'@}
10205
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10206
SET OF CHAR
10207
(@value{GDBP}) print r
10208
21
10209
(@value{GDBP}) ptype r
10210
[20..40]
10211
@end smallexample
10212
 
10213
@noindent
10214
Likewise if your source code declares @code{s} as:
10215
 
10216
@smallexample
10217
VAR
10218
   s: SET ['A'..'Z'] ;
10219
@end smallexample
10220
 
10221
@noindent
10222
then you may query the type of @code{s} by:
10223
 
10224
@smallexample
10225
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10226
type = SET ['A'..'Z']
10227
@end smallexample
10228
 
10229
@noindent
10230
Note that at present you cannot interactively manipulate set
10231
expressions using the debugger.
10232
 
10233
The following example shows how you might declare an array in Modula-2
10234
and how you can interact with @value{GDBN} to print its type and contents:
10235
 
10236
@smallexample
10237
VAR
10238
   s: ARRAY [-10..10] OF CHAR ;
10239
@end smallexample
10240
 
10241
@smallexample
10242
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10243
ARRAY [-10..10] OF CHAR
10244
@end smallexample
10245
 
10246
Note that the array handling is not yet complete and although the type
10247
is printed correctly, expression handling still assumes that all
10248
arrays have a lower bound of zero and not @code{-10} as in the example
10249
above.
10250
 
10251
Here are some more type related Modula-2 examples:
10252
 
10253
@smallexample
10254
TYPE
10255
   colour = (blue, red, yellow, green) ;
10256
   t = [blue..yellow] ;
10257
VAR
10258
   s: t ;
10259
BEGIN
10260
   s := blue ;
10261
@end smallexample
10262
 
10263
@noindent
10264
The @value{GDBN} interaction shows how you can query the data type
10265
and value of a variable.
10266
 
10267
@smallexample
10268
(@value{GDBP}) print s
10269
$1 = blue
10270
(@value{GDBP}) ptype t
10271
type = [blue..yellow]
10272
@end smallexample
10273
 
10274
@noindent
10275
In this example a Modula-2 array is declared and its contents
10276
displayed.  Observe that the contents are written in the same way as
10277
their @code{C} counterparts.
10278
 
10279
@smallexample
10280
VAR
10281
   s: ARRAY [1..5] OF CARDINAL ;
10282
BEGIN
10283
   s[1] := 1 ;
10284
@end smallexample
10285
 
10286
@smallexample
10287
(@value{GDBP}) print s
10288
$1 = @{1, 0, 0, 0, 0@}
10289
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10290
type = ARRAY [1..5] OF CARDINAL
10291
@end smallexample
10292
 
10293
The Modula-2 language interface to @value{GDBN} also understands
10294
pointer types as shown in this example:
10295
 
10296
@smallexample
10297
VAR
10298
   s: POINTER TO ARRAY [1..5] OF CARDINAL ;
10299
BEGIN
10300
   NEW(s) ;
10301
   s^[1] := 1 ;
10302
@end smallexample
10303
 
10304
@noindent
10305
and you can request that @value{GDBN} describes the type of @code{s}.
10306
 
10307
@smallexample
10308
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10309
type = POINTER TO ARRAY [1..5] OF CARDINAL
10310
@end smallexample
10311
 
10312
@value{GDBN} handles compound types as we can see in this example.
10313
Here we combine array types, record types, pointer types and subrange
10314
types:
10315
 
10316
@smallexample
10317
TYPE
10318
   foo = RECORD
10319
            f1: CARDINAL ;
10320
            f2: CHAR ;
10321
            f3: myarray ;
10322
         END ;
10323
 
10324
   myarray = ARRAY myrange OF CARDINAL ;
10325
   myrange = [-2..2] ;
10326
VAR
10327
   s: POINTER TO ARRAY myrange OF foo ;
10328
@end smallexample
10329
 
10330
@noindent
10331
and you can ask @value{GDBN} to describe the type of @code{s} as shown
10332
below.
10333
 
10334
@smallexample
10335
(@value{GDBP}) ptype s
10336
type = POINTER TO ARRAY [-2..2] OF foo = RECORD
10337
    f1 : CARDINAL;
10338
    f2 : CHAR;
10339
    f3 : ARRAY [-2..2] OF CARDINAL;
10340
END
10341
@end smallexample
10342
 
10343
@node M2 Defaults
10344
@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
10345
@cindex Modula-2 defaults
10346
 
10347
If type and range checking are set automatically by @value{GDBN}, they
10348
both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
10349
Modula-2.  This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN}
10350
selected the working language.
10351
 
10352
If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, then entering
10353
code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} sets the
10354
working language to Modula-2.  @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN}
10355
Infer the Source Language}, for further details.
10356
 
10357
@node Deviations
10358
@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
10359
@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
10360
 
10361
A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
10362
This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
10363
 
10364
@itemize @bullet
10365
@item
10366
Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
10367
integers.  This allows you to modify pointer variables during
10368
debugging.  (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
10369
pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
10370
through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
10371
returned a pointer.)
10372
 
10373
@item
10374
C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
10375
non-printable characters.  @value{GDBN} prints out strings with these
10376
escape sequences embedded.  Single non-printable characters are
10377
printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
10378
 
10379
@item
10380
The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
10381
argument.
10382
 
10383
@item
10384
All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
10385
@end itemize
10386
 
10387
@node M2 Checks
10388
@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
10389
@cindex Modula-2 checks
10390
 
10391
@quotation
10392
@emph{Warning:} in this release, @value{GDBN} does not yet perform type or
10393
range checking.
10394
@end quotation
10395
@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
10396
 
10397
@value{GDBN} considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
10398
 
10399
@itemize @bullet
10400
@item
10401
They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
10402
@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
10403
 
10404
@item
10405
They have been declared on the same line.  (Note:  This is true of the
10406
@sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
10407
@end itemize
10408
 
10409
As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
10410
whose types are not equivalent is an error.
10411
 
10412
Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
10413
index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures.
10414
 
10415
@node M2 Scope
10416
@subsubsection The Scope Operators @code{::} and @code{.}
10417
@cindex scope
10418
@cindex @code{.}, Modula-2 scope operator
10419
@cindex colon, doubled as scope operator
10420
@ifinfo
10421
@vindex colon-colon@r{, in Modula-2}
10422
@c Info cannot handle :: but TeX can.
10423
@end ifinfo
10424
@iftex
10425
@vindex ::@r{, in Modula-2}
10426
@end iftex
10427
 
10428
There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
10429
(@code{.}) and the @value{GDBN} scope operator (@code{::}).  The two have
10430
similar syntax:
10431
 
10432
@smallexample
10433
 
10434
@var{module} . @var{id}
10435
@var{scope} :: @var{id}
10436
@end smallexample
10437
 
10438
@noindent
10439
where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
10440
@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared
10441
identifier within your program, except another module.
10442
 
10443
Using the @code{::} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the scope
10444
specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}.  If it is not
10445
found in the specified scope, then @value{GDBN} searches all scopes
10446
enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
10447
 
10448
Using the @code{.} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the current scope for
10449
the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
10450
definition module specified by @var{module}.  With this operator, it is
10451
an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
10452
module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
10453
@var{module}.
10454
 
10455
@node GDB/M2
10456
@subsubsection @value{GDBN} and Modula-2
10457
 
10458
Some @value{GDBN} commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
10459
Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
10460
specifically to C and C@t{++}: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
10461
@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}.  The first four
10462
apply to C@t{++}, and the last to the C @code{union} type, which has no direct
10463
analogue in Modula-2.
10464
 
10465
The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available
10466
with any language, is not useful with Modula-2.  Its
10467
intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
10468
created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C@t{++}.  However, because an
10469
address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
10470
@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful.
10471
 
10472
@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
10473
In @value{GDBN} scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
10474
interpreted as the beginning of a comment.  Use @code{<>} instead.
10475
 
10476
@node Ada
10477
@subsection Ada
10478
@cindex Ada
10479
 
10480
The extensions made to @value{GDBN} for Ada only support
10481
output from the @sc{gnu} Ada (GNAT) compiler.
10482
Other Ada compilers are not currently supported, and
10483
attempting to debug executables produced by them is most likely
10484
to be difficult.
10485
 
10486
 
10487
@cindex expressions in Ada
10488
@menu
10489
* Ada Mode Intro::              General remarks on the Ada syntax
10490
                                   and semantics supported by Ada mode
10491
                                   in @value{GDBN}.
10492
* Omissions from Ada::          Restrictions on the Ada expression syntax.
10493
* Additions to Ada::            Extensions of the Ada expression syntax.
10494
* Stopping Before Main Program:: Debugging the program during elaboration.
10495
* Ada Glitches::                Known peculiarities of Ada mode.
10496
@end menu
10497
 
10498
@node Ada Mode Intro
10499
@subsubsection Introduction
10500
@cindex Ada mode, general
10501
 
10502
The Ada mode of @value{GDBN} supports a fairly large subset of Ada expression
10503
syntax, with some extensions.
10504
The philosophy behind the design of this subset is
10505
 
10506
@itemize @bullet
10507
@item
10508
That @value{GDBN} should provide basic literals and access to operations for
10509
arithmetic, dereferencing, field selection, indexing, and subprogram calls,
10510
leaving more sophisticated computations to subprograms written into the
10511
program (which therefore may be called from @value{GDBN}).
10512
 
10513
@item
10514
That type safety and strict adherence to Ada language restrictions
10515
are not particularly important to the @value{GDBN} user.
10516
 
10517
@item
10518
That brevity is important to the @value{GDBN} user.
10519
@end itemize
10520
 
10521
Thus, for brevity, the debugger acts as if there were
10522
implicit @code{with} and @code{use} clauses in effect for all user-written
10523
packages, making it unnecessary to fully qualify most names with
10524
their packages, regardless of context.  Where this causes ambiguity,
10525
@value{GDBN} asks the user's intent.
10526
 
10527
The debugger will start in Ada mode if it detects an Ada main program.
10528
As for other languages, it will enter Ada mode when stopped in a program that
10529
was translated from an Ada source file.
10530
 
10531
While in Ada mode, you may use `@t{--}' for comments.  This is useful
10532
mostly for documenting command files.  The standard @value{GDBN} comment
10533
(@samp{#}) still works at the beginning of a line in Ada mode, but not in the
10534
middle (to allow based literals).
10535
 
10536
The debugger supports limited overloading.  Given a subprogram call in which
10537
the function symbol has multiple definitions, it will use the number of
10538
actual parameters and some information about their types to attempt to narrow
10539
the set of definitions.  It also makes very limited use of context, preferring
10540
procedures to functions in the context of the @code{call} command, and
10541
functions to procedures elsewhere.
10542
 
10543
@node Omissions from Ada
10544
@subsubsection Omissions from Ada
10545
@cindex Ada, omissions from
10546
 
10547
Here are the notable omissions from the subset:
10548
 
10549
@itemize @bullet
10550
@item
10551
Only a subset of the attributes are supported:
10552
 
10553
@itemize @minus
10554
@item
10555
@t{'First}, @t{'Last}, and @t{'Length}
10556
 on array objects (not on types and subtypes).
10557
 
10558
@item
10559
@t{'Min} and @t{'Max}.
10560
 
10561
@item
10562
@t{'Pos} and @t{'Val}.
10563
 
10564
@item
10565
@t{'Tag}.
10566
 
10567
@item
10568
@t{'Range} on array objects (not subtypes), but only as the right
10569
operand of the membership (@code{in}) operator.
10570
 
10571
@item
10572
@t{'Access}, @t{'Unchecked_Access}, and
10573
@t{'Unrestricted_Access} (a GNAT extension).
10574
 
10575
@item
10576
@t{'Address}.
10577
@end itemize
10578
 
10579
@item
10580
The names in
10581
@code{Characters.Latin_1} are not available and
10582
concatenation is not implemented.  Thus, escape characters in strings are
10583
not currently available.
10584
 
10585
@item
10586
Equality tests (@samp{=} and @samp{/=}) on arrays test for bitwise
10587
equality of representations.  They will generally work correctly
10588
for strings and arrays whose elements have integer or enumeration types.
10589
They may not work correctly for arrays whose element
10590
types have user-defined equality, for arrays of real values
10591
(in particular, IEEE-conformant floating point, because of negative
10592
zeroes and NaNs), and for arrays whose elements contain unused bits with
10593
indeterminate values.
10594
 
10595
@item
10596
The other component-by-component array operations (@code{and}, @code{or},
10597
@code{xor}, @code{not}, and relational tests other than equality)
10598
are not implemented.
10599
 
10600
@item
10601
@cindex array aggregates (Ada)
10602
@cindex record aggregates (Ada)
10603
@cindex aggregates (Ada)
10604
There is limited support for array and record aggregates.  They are
10605
permitted only on the right sides of assignments, as in these examples:
10606
 
10607
@smallexample
10608
set An_Array := (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)
10609
set An_Array := (1, others => 0)
10610
set An_Array := (0|4 => 1, 1..3 => 2, 5 => 6)
10611
set A_2D_Array := ((1, 2, 3), (4, 5, 6), (7, 8, 9))
10612
set A_Record := (1, "Peter", True);
10613
set A_Record := (Name => "Peter", Id => 1, Alive => True)
10614
@end smallexample
10615
 
10616
Changing a
10617
discriminant's value by assigning an aggregate has an
10618
undefined effect if that discriminant is used within the record.
10619
However, you can first modify discriminants by directly assigning to
10620
them (which normally would not be allowed in Ada), and then performing an
10621
aggregate assignment.  For example, given a variable @code{A_Rec}
10622
declared to have a type such as:
10623
 
10624
@smallexample
10625
type Rec (Len : Small_Integer := 0) is record
10626
    Id : Integer;
10627
    Vals : IntArray (1 .. Len);
10628
end record;
10629
@end smallexample
10630
 
10631
you can assign a value with a different size of @code{Vals} with two
10632
assignments:
10633
 
10634
@smallexample
10635
set A_Rec.Len := 4
10636
set A_Rec := (Id => 42, Vals => (1, 2, 3, 4))
10637
@end smallexample
10638
 
10639
As this example also illustrates, @value{GDBN} is very loose about the usual
10640
rules concerning aggregates.  You may leave out some of the
10641
components of an array or record aggregate (such as the @code{Len}
10642
component in the assignment to @code{A_Rec} above); they will retain their
10643
original values upon assignment.  You may freely use dynamic values as
10644
indices in component associations.  You may even use overlapping or
10645
redundant component associations, although which component values are
10646
assigned in such cases is not defined.
10647
 
10648
@item
10649
Calls to dispatching subprograms are not implemented.
10650
 
10651
@item
10652
The overloading algorithm is much more limited (i.e., less selective)
10653
than that of real Ada.  It makes only limited use of the context in
10654
which a subexpression appears to resolve its meaning, and it is much
10655
looser in its rules for allowing type matches.  As a result, some
10656
function calls will be ambiguous, and the user will be asked to choose
10657
the proper resolution.
10658
 
10659
@item
10660
The @code{new} operator is not implemented.
10661
 
10662
@item
10663
Entry calls are not implemented.
10664
 
10665
@item
10666
Aside from printing, arithmetic operations on the native VAX floating-point
10667
formats are not supported.
10668
 
10669
@item
10670
It is not possible to slice a packed array.
10671
@end itemize
10672
 
10673
@node Additions to Ada
10674
@subsubsection Additions to Ada
10675
@cindex Ada, deviations from
10676
 
10677
As it does for other languages, @value{GDBN} makes certain generic
10678
extensions to Ada (@pxref{Expressions}):
10679
 
10680
@itemize @bullet
10681
@item
10682
If the expression @var{E} is a variable residing in memory (typically
10683
a local variable or array element) and @var{N} is a positive integer,
10684
then @code{@var{E}@@@var{N}} displays the values of @var{E} and the
10685
@var{N}-1 adjacent variables following it in memory as an array.  In
10686
Ada, this operator is generally not necessary, since its prime use is
10687
in displaying parts of an array, and slicing will usually do this in
10688
Ada.  However, there are occasional uses when debugging programs in
10689
which certain debugging information has been optimized away.
10690
 
10691
@item
10692
@code{@var{B}::@var{var}} means ``the variable named @var{var} that
10693
appears in function or file @var{B}.''  When @var{B} is a file name,
10694
you must typically surround it in single quotes.
10695
 
10696
@item
10697
The expression @code{@{@var{type}@} @var{addr}} means ``the variable of type
10698
@var{type} that appears at address @var{addr}.''
10699
 
10700
@item
10701
A name starting with @samp{$} is a convenience variable
10702
(@pxref{Convenience Vars}) or a machine register (@pxref{Registers}).
10703
@end itemize
10704
 
10705
In addition, @value{GDBN} provides a few other shortcuts and outright
10706
additions specific to Ada:
10707
 
10708
@itemize @bullet
10709
@item
10710
The assignment statement is allowed as an expression, returning
10711
its right-hand operand as its value.  Thus, you may enter
10712
 
10713
@smallexample
10714
set x := y + 3
10715
print A(tmp := y + 1)
10716
@end smallexample
10717
 
10718
@item
10719
The semicolon is allowed as an ``operator,''  returning as its value
10720
the value of its right-hand operand.
10721
This allows, for example,
10722
complex conditional breaks:
10723
 
10724
@smallexample
10725
break f
10726
condition 1 (report(i); k += 1; A(k) > 100)
10727
@end smallexample
10728
 
10729
@item
10730
Rather than use catenation and symbolic character names to introduce special
10731
characters into strings, one may instead use a special bracket notation,
10732
which is also used to print strings.  A sequence of characters of the form
10733
@samp{["@var{XX}"]} within a string or character literal denotes the
10734
(single) character whose numeric encoding is @var{XX} in hexadecimal.  The
10735
sequence of characters @samp{["""]} also denotes a single quotation mark
10736
in strings.   For example,
10737
@smallexample
10738
   "One line.["0a"]Next line.["0a"]"
10739
@end smallexample
10740
@noindent
10741
contains an ASCII newline character (@code{Ada.Characters.Latin_1.LF})
10742
after each period.
10743
 
10744
@item
10745
The subtype used as a prefix for the attributes @t{'Pos}, @t{'Min}, and
10746
@t{'Max} is optional (and is ignored in any case).  For example, it is valid
10747
to write
10748
 
10749
@smallexample
10750
print 'max(x, y)
10751
@end smallexample
10752
 
10753
@item
10754
When printing arrays, @value{GDBN} uses positional notation when the
10755
array has a lower bound of 1, and uses a modified named notation otherwise.
10756
For example, a one-dimensional array of three integers with a lower bound
10757
of 3 might print as
10758
 
10759
@smallexample
10760
(3 => 10, 17, 1)
10761
@end smallexample
10762
 
10763
@noindent
10764
That is, in contrast to valid Ada, only the first component has a @code{=>}
10765
clause.
10766
 
10767
@item
10768
You may abbreviate attributes in expressions with any unique,
10769
multi-character subsequence of
10770
their names (an exact match gets preference).
10771
For example, you may use @t{a'len}, @t{a'gth}, or @t{a'lh}
10772
in place of  @t{a'length}.
10773
 
10774
@item
10775
@cindex quoting Ada internal identifiers
10776
Since Ada is case-insensitive, the debugger normally maps identifiers you type
10777
to lower case.  The GNAT compiler uses upper-case characters for
10778
some of its internal identifiers, which are normally of no interest to users.
10779
For the rare occasions when you actually have to look at them,
10780
enclose them in angle brackets to avoid the lower-case mapping.
10781
For example,
10782
@smallexample
10783
@value{GDBP} print <JMPBUF_SAVE>[0]
10784
@end smallexample
10785
 
10786
@item
10787
Printing an object of class-wide type or dereferencing an
10788
access-to-class-wide value will display all the components of the object's
10789
specific type (as indicated by its run-time tag).  Likewise, component
10790
selection on such a value will operate on the specific type of the
10791
object.
10792
 
10793
@end itemize
10794
 
10795
@node Stopping Before Main Program
10796
@subsubsection Stopping at the Very Beginning
10797
 
10798
@cindex breakpointing Ada elaboration code
10799
It is sometimes necessary to debug the program during elaboration, and
10800
before reaching the main procedure.
10801
As defined in the Ada Reference
10802
Manual, the elaboration code is invoked from a procedure called
10803
@code{adainit}.  To run your program up to the beginning of
10804
elaboration, simply use the following two commands:
10805
@code{tbreak adainit} and @code{run}.
10806
 
10807
@node Ada Glitches
10808
@subsubsection Known Peculiarities of Ada Mode
10809
@cindex Ada, problems
10810
 
10811
Besides the omissions listed previously (@pxref{Omissions from Ada}),
10812
we know of several problems with and limitations of Ada mode in
10813
@value{GDBN},
10814
some of which will be fixed with planned future releases of the debugger
10815
and the GNU Ada compiler.
10816
 
10817
@itemize @bullet
10818
@item
10819
Currently, the debugger
10820
has insufficient information to determine whether certain pointers represent
10821
pointers to objects or the objects themselves.
10822
Thus, the user may have to tack an extra @code{.all} after an expression
10823
to get it printed properly.
10824
 
10825
@item
10826
Static constants that the compiler chooses not to materialize as objects in
10827
storage are invisible to the debugger.
10828
 
10829
@item
10830
Named parameter associations in function argument lists are ignored (the
10831
argument lists are treated as positional).
10832
 
10833
@item
10834
Many useful library packages are currently invisible to the debugger.
10835
 
10836
@item
10837
Fixed-point arithmetic, conversions, input, and output is carried out using
10838
floating-point arithmetic, and may give results that only approximate those on
10839
the host machine.
10840
 
10841
@item
10842
The type of the @t{'Address} attribute may not be @code{System.Address}.
10843
 
10844
@item
10845
The GNAT compiler never generates the prefix @code{Standard} for any of
10846
the standard symbols defined by the Ada language.  @value{GDBN} knows about
10847
this: it will strip the prefix from names when you use it, and will never
10848
look for a name you have so qualified among local symbols, nor match against
10849
symbols in other packages or subprograms.  If you have
10850
defined entities anywhere in your program other than parameters and
10851
local variables whose simple names match names in @code{Standard},
10852
GNAT's lack of qualification here can cause confusion.  When this happens,
10853
you can usually resolve the confusion
10854
by qualifying the problematic names with package
10855
@code{Standard} explicitly.
10856
@end itemize
10857
 
10858
@node Unsupported Languages
10859
@section Unsupported Languages
10860
 
10861
@cindex unsupported languages
10862
@cindex minimal language
10863
In addition to the other fully-supported programming languages,
10864
@value{GDBN} also provides a pseudo-language, called @code{minimal}.
10865
It does not represent a real programming language, but provides a set
10866
of capabilities close to what the C or assembly languages provide.
10867
This should allow most simple operations to be performed while debugging
10868
an application that uses a language currently not supported by @value{GDBN}.
10869
 
10870
If the language is set to @code{auto}, @value{GDBN} will automatically
10871
select this language if the current frame corresponds to an unsupported
10872
language.
10873
 
10874
@node Symbols
10875
@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
10876
 
10877
The commands described in this chapter allow you to inquire about the
10878
symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
10879
program.  This information is inherent in the text of your program and
10880
does not change as your program executes.  @value{GDBN} finds it in your
10881
program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started @value{GDBN}
10882
(@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing Files}), or by one of the
10883
file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
10884
 
10885
@cindex symbol names
10886
@cindex names of symbols
10887
@cindex quoting names
10888
Occasionally, you may need to refer to symbols that contain unusual
10889
characters, which @value{GDBN} ordinarily treats as word delimiters.  The
10890
most frequent case is in referring to static variables in other
10891
source files (@pxref{Variables,,Program Variables}).  File names
10892
are recorded in object files as debugging symbols, but @value{GDBN} would
10893
ordinarily parse a typical file name, like @file{foo.c}, as the three words
10894
@samp{foo} @samp{.} @samp{c}.  To allow @value{GDBN} to recognize
10895
@samp{foo.c} as a single symbol, enclose it in single quotes; for example,
10896
 
10897
@smallexample
10898
p 'foo.c'::x
10899
@end smallexample
10900
 
10901
@noindent
10902
looks up the value of @code{x} in the scope of the file @file{foo.c}.
10903
 
10904
@table @code
10905
@cindex case-insensitive symbol names
10906
@cindex case sensitivity in symbol names
10907
@kindex set case-sensitive
10908
@item set case-sensitive on
10909
@itemx set case-sensitive off
10910
@itemx set case-sensitive auto
10911
Normally, when @value{GDBN} looks up symbols, it matches their names
10912
with case sensitivity determined by the current source language.
10913
Occasionally, you may wish to control that.  The command @code{set
10914
case-sensitive} lets you do that by specifying @code{on} for
10915
case-sensitive matches or @code{off} for case-insensitive ones.  If
10916
you specify @code{auto}, case sensitivity is reset to the default
10917
suitable for the source language.  The default is case-sensitive
10918
matches for all languages except for Fortran, for which the default is
10919
case-insensitive matches.
10920
 
10921
@kindex show case-sensitive
10922
@item show case-sensitive
10923
This command shows the current setting of case sensitivity for symbols
10924
lookups.
10925
 
10926
@kindex info address
10927
@cindex address of a symbol
10928
@item info address @var{symbol}
10929
Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored.  For a register
10930
variable, this says which register it is kept in.  For a non-register
10931
local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
10932
is always stored.
10933
 
10934
Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
10935
at all for a register variable, and for a stack local variable prints
10936
the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
10937
 
10938
@kindex info symbol
10939
@cindex symbol from address
10940
@cindex closest symbol and offset for an address
10941
@item info symbol @var{addr}
10942
Print the name of a symbol which is stored at the address @var{addr}.
10943
If no symbol is stored exactly at @var{addr}, @value{GDBN} prints the
10944
nearest symbol and an offset from it:
10945
 
10946
@smallexample
10947
(@value{GDBP}) info symbol 0x54320
10948
_initialize_vx + 396 in section .text
10949
@end smallexample
10950
 
10951
@noindent
10952
This is the opposite of the @code{info address} command.  You can use
10953
it to find out the name of a variable or a function given its address.
10954
 
10955
@kindex whatis
10956
@item whatis [@var{arg}]
10957
Print the data type of @var{arg}, which can be either an expression or
10958
a data type.  With no argument, print the data type of @code{$}, the
10959
last value in the value history.  If @var{arg} is an expression, it is
10960
not actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
10961
assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.  If
10962
@var{arg} is a type name, it may be the name of a type or typedef, or
10963
for C code it may have the form @samp{class @var{class-name}},
10964
@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
10965
@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.
10966
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
10967
 
10968
@kindex ptype
10969
@item ptype [@var{arg}]
10970
@code{ptype} accepts the same arguments as @code{whatis}, but prints a
10971
detailed description of the type, instead of just the name of the type.
10972
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
10973
 
10974
For example, for this variable declaration:
10975
 
10976
@smallexample
10977
struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
10978
@end smallexample
10979
 
10980
@noindent
10981
the two commands give this output:
10982
 
10983
@smallexample
10984
@group
10985
(@value{GDBP}) whatis v
10986
type = struct complex
10987
(@value{GDBP}) ptype v
10988
type = struct complex @{
10989
    double real;
10990
    double imag;
10991
@}
10992
@end group
10993
@end smallexample
10994
 
10995
@noindent
10996
As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to
10997
the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
10998
 
10999
@cindex incomplete type
11000
Sometimes, programs use opaque data types or incomplete specifications
11001
of complex data structure.  If the debug information included in the
11002
program does not allow @value{GDBN} to display a full declaration of
11003
the data type, it will say @samp{<incomplete type>}.  For example,
11004
given these declarations:
11005
 
11006
@smallexample
11007
    struct foo;
11008
    struct foo *fooptr;
11009
@end smallexample
11010
 
11011
@noindent
11012
but no definition for @code{struct foo} itself, @value{GDBN} will say:
11013
 
11014
@smallexample
11015
  (@value{GDBP}) ptype foo
11016
  $1 = <incomplete type>
11017
@end smallexample
11018
 
11019
@noindent
11020
``Incomplete type'' is C terminology for data types that are not
11021
completely specified.
11022
 
11023
@kindex info types
11024
@item info types @var{regexp}
11025
@itemx info types
11026
Print a brief description of all types whose names match the regular
11027
expression @var{regexp} (or all types in your program, if you supply
11028
no argument).  Each complete typename is matched as though it were a
11029
complete line; thus, @samp{i type value} gives information on all
11030
types in your program whose names include the string @code{value}, but
11031
@samp{i type ^value$} gives information only on types whose complete
11032
name is @code{value}.
11033
 
11034
This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
11035
@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
11036
lists all source files where a type is defined.
11037
 
11038
@kindex info scope
11039
@cindex local variables
11040
@item info scope @var{location}
11041
List all the variables local to a particular scope.  This command
11042
accepts a @var{location} argument---a function name, a source line, or
11043
an address preceded by a @samp{*}, and prints all the variables local
11044
to the scope defined by that location.  (@xref{Specify Location}, for
11045
details about supported forms of @var{location}.)  For example:
11046
 
11047
@smallexample
11048
(@value{GDBP}) @b{info scope command_line_handler}
11049
Scope for command_line_handler:
11050
Symbol rl is an argument at stack/frame offset 8, length 4.
11051
Symbol linebuffer is in static storage at address 0x150a18, length 4.
11052
Symbol linelength is in static storage at address 0x150a1c, length 4.
11053
Symbol p is a local variable in register $esi, length 4.
11054
Symbol p1 is a local variable in register $ebx, length 4.
11055
Symbol nline is a local variable in register $edx, length 4.
11056
Symbol repeat is a local variable at frame offset -8, length 4.
11057
@end smallexample
11058
 
11059
@noindent
11060
This command is especially useful for determining what data to collect
11061
during a @dfn{trace experiment}, see @ref{Tracepoint Actions,
11062
collect}.
11063
 
11064
@kindex info source
11065
@item info source
11066
Show information about the current source file---that is, the source file for
11067
the function containing the current point of execution:
11068
@itemize @bullet
11069
@item
11070
the name of the source file, and the directory containing it,
11071
@item
11072
the directory it was compiled in,
11073
@item
11074
its length, in lines,
11075
@item
11076
which programming language it is written in,
11077
@item
11078
whether the executable includes debugging information for that file, and
11079
if so, what format the information is in (e.g., STABS, Dwarf 2, etc.), and
11080
@item
11081
whether the debugging information includes information about
11082
preprocessor macros.
11083
@end itemize
11084
 
11085
 
11086
@kindex info sources
11087
@item info sources
11088
Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is
11089
debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
11090
have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
11091
 
11092
@kindex info functions
11093
@item info functions
11094
Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
11095
 
11096
@item info functions @var{regexp}
11097
Print the names and data types of all defined functions
11098
whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
11099
Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
11100
include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
11101
start with @code{step}.  If a function name contains characters
11102
that conflict with the regular expression language (e.g.@:
11103
@samp{operator*()}), they may be quoted with a backslash.
11104
 
11105
@kindex info variables
11106
@item info variables
11107
Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
11108
outside of functions (i.e.@: excluding local variables).
11109
 
11110
@item info variables @var{regexp}
11111
Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
11112
variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
11113
@var{regexp}.
11114
 
11115
@kindex info classes
11116
@cindex Objective-C, classes and selectors
11117
@item info classes
11118
@itemx info classes @var{regexp}
11119
Display all Objective-C classes in your program, or
11120
(with the @var{regexp} argument) all those matching a particular regular
11121
expression.
11122
 
11123
@kindex info selectors
11124
@item info selectors
11125
@itemx info selectors @var{regexp}
11126
Display all Objective-C selectors in your program, or
11127
(with the @var{regexp} argument) all those matching a particular regular
11128
expression.
11129
 
11130
@ignore
11131
This was never implemented.
11132
@kindex info methods
11133
@item info methods
11134
@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
11135
The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
11136
methods within C@t{++} program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
11137
specific set of methods found in the various C@t{++} classes.  Many
11138
C@t{++} classes provide a large number of methods.  Thus, the output
11139
from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use.  The
11140
@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
11141
which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
11142
@end ignore
11143
 
11144
@cindex reloading symbols
11145
Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
11146
be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.  For example,
11147
in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file and keep on
11148
running.  If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow
11149
@value{GDBN} to reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:
11150
 
11151
@table @code
11152
@kindex set symbol-reloading
11153
@item set symbol-reloading on
11154
Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
11155
object file with a particular name is seen again.
11156
 
11157
@item set symbol-reloading off
11158
Do not replace symbol definitions when encountering object files of the
11159
same name more than once.  This is the default state; if you are not
11160
running on a system that permits automatic relinking of modules, you
11161
should leave @code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise @value{GDBN}
11162
may discard symbols when linking large programs, that may contain
11163
several modules (from different directories or libraries) with the same
11164
name.
11165
 
11166
@kindex show symbol-reloading
11167
@item show symbol-reloading
11168
Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
11169
@end table
11170
 
11171
@cindex opaque data types
11172
@kindex set opaque-type-resolution
11173
@item set opaque-type-resolution on
11174
Tell @value{GDBN} to resolve opaque types.  An opaque type is a type
11175
declared as a pointer to a @code{struct}, @code{class}, or
11176
@code{union}---for example, @code{struct MyType *}---that is used in one
11177
source file although the full declaration of @code{struct MyType} is in
11178
another source file.  The default is on.
11179
 
11180
A change in the setting of this subcommand will not take effect until
11181
the next time symbols for a file are loaded.
11182
 
11183
@item set opaque-type-resolution off
11184
Tell @value{GDBN} not to resolve opaque types.  In this case, the type
11185
is printed as follows:
11186
@smallexample
11187
@{<no data fields>@}
11188
@end smallexample
11189
 
11190
@kindex show opaque-type-resolution
11191
@item show opaque-type-resolution
11192
Show whether opaque types are resolved or not.
11193
 
11194
@kindex maint print symbols
11195
@cindex symbol dump
11196
@kindex maint print psymbols
11197
@cindex partial symbol dump
11198
@item maint print symbols @var{filename}
11199
@itemx maint print psymbols @var{filename}
11200
@itemx maint print msymbols @var{filename}
11201
Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
11202
These commands are used to debug the @value{GDBN} symbol-reading code.  Only
11203
symbols with debugging data are included.  If you use @samp{maint print
11204
symbols}, @value{GDBN} includes all the symbols for which it has already
11205
collected full details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for
11206
only those files whose symbols @value{GDBN} has read.  You can use the
11207
command @code{info sources} to find out which files these are.  If you
11208
use @samp{maint print psymbols} instead, the dump shows information about
11209
symbols that @value{GDBN} only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in
11210
files that @value{GDBN} has skimmed, but not yet read completely.  Finally,
11211
@samp{maint print msymbols} dumps just the minimal symbol information
11212
required for each object file from which @value{GDBN} has read some symbols.
11213
@xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}, for a discussion of how
11214
@value{GDBN} reads symbols (in the description of @code{symbol-file}).
11215
 
11216
@kindex maint info symtabs
11217
@kindex maint info psymtabs
11218
@cindex listing @value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables
11219
@cindex symbol tables, listing @value{GDBN}'s internal
11220
@cindex full symbol tables, listing @value{GDBN}'s internal
11221
@cindex partial symbol tables, listing @value{GDBN}'s internal
11222
@item maint info symtabs @r{[} @var{regexp} @r{]}
11223
@itemx maint info psymtabs @r{[} @var{regexp} @r{]}
11224
 
11225
List the @code{struct symtab} or @code{struct partial_symtab}
11226
structures whose names match @var{regexp}.  If @var{regexp} is not
11227
given, list them all.  The output includes expressions which you can
11228
copy into a @value{GDBN} debugging this one to examine a particular
11229
structure in more detail.  For example:
11230
 
11231
@smallexample
11232
(@value{GDBP}) maint info psymtabs dwarf2read
11233
@{ objfile /home/gnu/build/gdb/gdb
11234
  ((struct objfile *) 0x82e69d0)
11235
  @{ psymtab /home/gnu/src/gdb/dwarf2read.c
11236
    ((struct partial_symtab *) 0x8474b10)
11237
    readin no
11238
    fullname (null)
11239
    text addresses 0x814d3c8 -- 0x8158074
11240
    globals (* (struct partial_symbol **) 0x8507a08 @@ 9)
11241
    statics (* (struct partial_symbol **) 0x40e95b78 @@ 2882)
11242
    dependencies (none)
11243
  @}
11244
@}
11245
(@value{GDBP}) maint info symtabs
11246
(@value{GDBP})
11247
@end smallexample
11248
@noindent
11249
We see that there is one partial symbol table whose filename contains
11250
the string @samp{dwarf2read}, belonging to the @samp{gdb} executable;
11251
and we see that @value{GDBN} has not read in any symtabs yet at all.
11252
If we set a breakpoint on a function, that will cause @value{GDBN} to
11253
read the symtab for the compilation unit containing that function:
11254
 
11255
@smallexample
11256
(@value{GDBP}) break dwarf2_psymtab_to_symtab
11257
Breakpoint 1 at 0x814e5da: file /home/gnu/src/gdb/dwarf2read.c,
11258
line 1574.
11259
(@value{GDBP}) maint info symtabs
11260
@{ objfile /home/gnu/build/gdb/gdb
11261
  ((struct objfile *) 0x82e69d0)
11262
  @{ symtab /home/gnu/src/gdb/dwarf2read.c
11263
    ((struct symtab *) 0x86c1f38)
11264
    dirname (null)
11265
    fullname (null)
11266
    blockvector ((struct blockvector *) 0x86c1bd0) (primary)
11267
    linetable ((struct linetable *) 0x8370fa0)
11268
    debugformat DWARF 2
11269
  @}
11270
@}
11271
(@value{GDBP})
11272
@end smallexample
11273
@end table
11274
 
11275
 
11276
@node Altering
11277
@chapter Altering Execution
11278
 
11279
Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to
11280
find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
11281
correct results in the rest of the run.  You can find the answer by
11282
experiment, using the @value{GDBN} features for altering execution of the
11283
program.
11284
 
11285
For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
11286
locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different
11287
address, or even return prematurely from a function.
11288
 
11289
@menu
11290
* Assignment::                  Assignment to variables
11291
* Jumping::                     Continuing at a different address
11292
* Signaling::                   Giving your program a signal
11293
* Returning::                   Returning from a function
11294
* Calling::                     Calling your program's functions
11295
* Patching::                    Patching your program
11296
@end menu
11297
 
11298
@node Assignment
11299
@section Assignment to Variables
11300
 
11301
@cindex assignment
11302
@cindex setting variables
11303
To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
11304
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.  For example,
11305
 
11306
@smallexample
11307
print x=4
11308
@end smallexample
11309
 
11310
@noindent
11311
stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the
11312
value of the assignment expression (which is 4).
11313
@xref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages}, for more
11314
information on operators in supported languages.
11315
 
11316
@kindex set variable
11317
@cindex variables, setting
11318
If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
11319
@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command.  @code{set} is
11320
really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is
11321
not printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History,
11322
,Value History}).  The expression is evaluated only for its effects.
11323
 
11324
If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
11325
appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
11326
variable} command instead of just @code{set}.  This command is identical
11327
to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands.  For example, if your
11328
program has a variable @code{width}, you get an error if you try to set
11329
a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, because @value{GDBN} has the
11330
command @code{set width}:
11331
 
11332
@smallexample
11333
(@value{GDBP}) whatis width
11334
type = double
11335
(@value{GDBP}) p width
11336
$4 = 13
11337
(@value{GDBP}) set width=47
11338
Invalid syntax in expression.
11339
@end smallexample
11340
 
11341
@noindent
11342
The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}.  In
11343
order to actually set the program's variable @code{width}, use
11344
 
11345
@smallexample
11346
(@value{GDBP}) set var width=47
11347
@end smallexample
11348
 
11349
Because the @code{set} command has many subcommands that can conflict
11350
with the names of program variables, it is a good idea to use the
11351
@code{set variable} command instead of just @code{set}.  For example, if
11352
your program has a variable @code{g}, you run into problems if you try
11353
to set a new value with just @samp{set g=4}, because @value{GDBN} has
11354
the command @code{set gnutarget}, abbreviated @code{set g}:
11355
 
11356
@smallexample
11357
@group
11358
(@value{GDBP}) whatis g
11359
type = double
11360
(@value{GDBP}) p g
11361
$1 = 1
11362
(@value{GDBP}) set g=4
11363
(@value{GDBP}) p g
11364
$2 = 1
11365
(@value{GDBP}) r
11366
The program being debugged has been started already.
11367
Start it from the beginning? (y or n) y
11368
Starting program: /home/smith/cc_progs/a.out
11369
"/home/smith/cc_progs/a.out": can't open to read symbols:
11370
                                 Invalid bfd target.
11371
(@value{GDBP}) show g
11372
The current BFD target is "=4".
11373
@end group
11374
@end smallexample
11375
 
11376
@noindent
11377
The program variable @code{g} did not change, and you silently set the
11378
@code{gnutarget} to an invalid value.  In order to set the variable
11379
@code{g}, use
11380
 
11381
@smallexample
11382
(@value{GDBP}) set var g=4
11383
@end smallexample
11384
 
11385
@value{GDBN} allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can
11386
freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa,
11387
and you can convert any structure to any other structure that is the
11388
same length or shorter.
11389
@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
11390
@comment        /doc@cygnus.com 18dec1990
11391
 
11392
To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
11393
construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
11394
(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).  For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
11395
to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
11396
and representation in memory), and
11397
 
11398
@smallexample
11399
set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
11400
@end smallexample
11401
 
11402
@noindent
11403
stores the value 4 into that memory location.
11404
 
11405
@node Jumping
11406
@section Continuing at a Different Address
11407
 
11408
Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where
11409
it stopped, with the @code{continue} command.  You can instead continue at
11410
an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
11411
 
11412
@table @code
11413
@kindex jump
11414
@item jump @var{linespec}
11415
@itemx jump @var{location}
11416
Resume execution at line @var{linespec} or at address given by
11417
@var{location}.  Execution stops again immediately if there is a
11418
breakpoint there.  @xref{Specify Location}, for a description of the
11419
different forms of @var{linespec} and @var{location}.  It is common
11420
practice to use the @code{tbreak} command in conjunction with
11421
@code{jump}.  @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
11422
 
11423
The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
11424
the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
11425
register other than the program counter.  If line @var{linespec} is in
11426
a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
11427
be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
11428
of local variables.  For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
11429
confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
11430
executing.  However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
11431
well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program.
11432
@end table
11433
 
11434
@c Doesn't work on HP-UX; have to set $pcoqh and $pcoqt.
11435
On many systems, you can get much the same effect as the @code{jump}
11436
command by storing a new value into the register @code{$pc}.  The
11437
difference is that this does not start your program running; it only
11438
changes the address of where it @emph{will} run when you continue.  For
11439
example,
11440
 
11441
@smallexample
11442
set $pc = 0x485
11443
@end smallexample
11444
 
11445
@noindent
11446
makes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command execute at
11447
address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped.
11448
@xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.
11449
 
11450
The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back
11451
up---perhaps with more breakpoints set---over a portion of a program
11452
that has already executed, in order to examine its execution in more
11453
detail.
11454
 
11455
@c @group
11456
@node Signaling
11457
@section Giving your Program a Signal
11458
@cindex deliver a signal to a program
11459
 
11460
@table @code
11461
@kindex signal
11462
@item signal @var{signal}
11463
Resume execution where your program stopped, but immediately give it the
11464
signal @var{signal}.  @var{signal} can be the name or the number of a
11465
signal.  For example, on many systems @code{signal 2} and @code{signal
11466
SIGINT} are both ways of sending an interrupt signal.
11467
 
11468
Alternatively, if @var{signal} is zero, continue execution without
11469
giving a signal.  This is useful when your program stopped on account of
11470
a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
11471
@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
11472
signal.
11473
 
11474
@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
11475
after executing the command.
11476
@end table
11477
@c @end group
11478
 
11479
Invoking the @code{signal} command is not the same as invoking the
11480
@code{kill} utility from the shell.  Sending a signal with @code{kill}
11481
causes @value{GDBN} to decide what to do with the signal depending on
11482
the signal handling tables (@pxref{Signals}).  The @code{signal} command
11483
passes the signal directly to your program.
11484
 
11485
 
11486
@node Returning
11487
@section Returning from a Function
11488
 
11489
@table @code
11490
@cindex returning from a function
11491
@kindex return
11492
@item return
11493
@itemx return @var{expression}
11494
You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
11495
command.  If you give an
11496
@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
11497
value.
11498
@end table
11499
 
11500
When you use @code{return}, @value{GDBN} discards the selected stack frame
11501
(and all frames within it).  You can think of this as making the
11502
discarded frame return prematurely.  If you wish to specify a value to
11503
be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
11504
 
11505
This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a
11506
Frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the
11507
innermost remaining frame.  That frame becomes selected.  The
11508
specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values
11509
of functions.
11510
 
11511
The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
11512
program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
11513
returned.  In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing
11514
and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}) resumes execution until the
11515
selected stack frame returns naturally.
11516
 
11517
@node Calling
11518
@section Calling Program Functions
11519
 
11520
@table @code
11521
@cindex calling functions
11522
@cindex inferior functions, calling
11523
@item print @var{expr}
11524
Evaluate the expression @var{expr} and display the resulting value.
11525
@var{expr} may include calls to functions in the program being
11526
debugged.
11527
 
11528
@kindex call
11529
@item call @var{expr}
11530
Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
11531
returned values.
11532
 
11533
You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
11534
execute a function from your program that does not return anything
11535
(a.k.a.@: @dfn{a void function}), but without cluttering the output
11536
with @code{void} returned values that @value{GDBN} will otherwise
11537
print.  If the result is not void, it is printed and saved in the
11538
value history.
11539
@end table
11540
 
11541
It is possible for the function you call via the @code{print} or
11542
@code{call} command to generate a signal (e.g., if there's a bug in
11543
the function, or if you passed it incorrect arguments).  What happens
11544
in that case is controlled by the @code{set unwindonsignal} command.
11545
 
11546
@table @code
11547
@item set unwindonsignal
11548
@kindex set unwindonsignal
11549
@cindex unwind stack in called functions
11550
@cindex call dummy stack unwinding
11551
Set unwinding of the stack if a signal is received while in a function
11552
that @value{GDBN} called in the program being debugged.  If set to on,
11553
@value{GDBN} unwinds the stack it created for the call and restores
11554
the context to what it was before the call.  If set to off (the
11555
default), @value{GDBN} stops in the frame where the signal was
11556
received.
11557
 
11558
@item show unwindonsignal
11559
@kindex show unwindonsignal
11560
Show the current setting of stack unwinding in the functions called by
11561
@value{GDBN}.
11562
@end table
11563
 
11564
@cindex weak alias functions
11565
Sometimes, a function you wish to call is actually a @dfn{weak alias}
11566
for another function.  In such case, @value{GDBN} might not pick up
11567
the type information, including the types of the function arguments,
11568
which causes @value{GDBN} to call the inferior function incorrectly.
11569
As a result, the called function will function erroneously and may
11570
even crash.  A solution to that is to use the name of the aliased
11571
function instead.
11572
 
11573
@node Patching
11574
@section Patching Programs
11575
 
11576
@cindex patching binaries
11577
@cindex writing into executables
11578
@cindex writing into corefiles
11579
 
11580
By default, @value{GDBN} opens the file containing your program's
11581
executable code (or the corefile) read-only.  This prevents accidental
11582
alterations to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally
11583
patching your program's binary.
11584
 
11585
If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
11586
explicitly with the @code{set write} command.  For example, you might
11587
want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
11588
repairs.
11589
 
11590
@table @code
11591
@kindex set write
11592
@item set write on
11593
@itemx set write off
11594
If you specify @samp{set write on}, @value{GDBN} opens executable and
11595
core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
11596
off} (the default), @value{GDBN} opens them read-only.
11597
 
11598
If you have already loaded a file, you must load it again (using the
11599
@code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after changing @code{set
11600
write}, for your new setting to take effect.
11601
 
11602
@item show write
11603
@kindex show write
11604
Display whether executable files and core files are opened for writing
11605
as well as reading.
11606
@end table
11607
 
11608
@node GDB Files
11609
@chapter @value{GDBN} Files
11610
 
11611
@value{GDBN} needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged,
11612
both in order to read its symbol table and in order to start your
11613
program.  To debug a core dump of a previous run, you must also tell
11614
@value{GDBN} the name of the core dump file.
11615
 
11616
@menu
11617
* Files::                       Commands to specify files
11618
* Separate Debug Files::        Debugging information in separate files
11619
* Symbol Errors::               Errors reading symbol files
11620
@end menu
11621
 
11622
@node Files
11623
@section Commands to Specify Files
11624
 
11625
@cindex symbol table
11626
@cindex core dump file
11627
 
11628
You may want to specify executable and core dump file names.  The usual
11629
way to do this is at start-up time, using the arguments to
11630
@value{GDBN}'s start-up commands (@pxref{Invocation, , Getting In and
11631
Out of @value{GDBN}}).
11632
 
11633
Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
11634
@value{GDBN} session.  Or you may run @value{GDBN} and forget to
11635
specify a file you want to use.  Or you are debugging a remote target
11636
via @code{gdbserver} (@pxref{Server, file, Using the @code{gdbserver}
11637
Program}).  In these situations the @value{GDBN} commands to specify
11638
new files are useful.
11639
 
11640
@table @code
11641
@cindex executable file
11642
@kindex file
11643
@item file @var{filename}
11644
Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged.  It is read for its
11645
symbols and for the contents of pure memory.  It is also the program
11646
executed when you use the @code{run} command.  If you do not specify a
11647
directory and the file is not found in the @value{GDBN} working directory,
11648
@value{GDBN} uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of
11649
directories to search, just as the shell does when looking for a program
11650
to run.  You can change the value of this variable, for both @value{GDBN}
11651
and your program, using the @code{path} command.
11652
 
11653
@cindex unlinked object files
11654
@cindex patching object files
11655
You can load unlinked object @file{.o} files into @value{GDBN} using
11656
the @code{file} command.  You will not be able to ``run'' an object
11657
file, but you can disassemble functions and inspect variables.  Also,
11658
if the underlying BFD functionality supports it, you could use
11659
@kbd{gdb -write} to patch object files using this technique.  Note
11660
that @value{GDBN} can neither interpret nor modify relocations in this
11661
case, so branches and some initialized variables will appear to go to
11662
the wrong place.  But this feature is still handy from time to time.
11663
 
11664
@item file
11665
@code{file} with no argument makes @value{GDBN} discard any information it
11666
has on both executable file and the symbol table.
11667
 
11668
@kindex exec-file
11669
@item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
11670
Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
11671
in @var{filename}.  @value{GDBN} searches the environment variable @code{PATH}
11672
if necessary to locate your program.  Omitting @var{filename} means to
11673
discard information on the executable file.
11674
 
11675
@kindex symbol-file
11676
@item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
11677
Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}.  @code{PATH} is
11678
searched when necessary.  Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
11679
table and program to run from the same file.
11680
 
11681
@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out @value{GDBN} information on your
11682
program's symbol table.
11683
 
11684
The @code{symbol-file} command causes @value{GDBN} to forget the contents of
11685
some breakpoints and auto-display expressions.  This is because they may
11686
contain pointers to the internal data recording symbols and data types,
11687
which are part of the old symbol table data being discarded inside
11688
@value{GDBN}.
11689
 
11690
@code{symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
11691
executing it once.
11692
 
11693
When @value{GDBN} is configured for a particular environment, it
11694
understands debugging information in whatever format is the standard
11695
generated for that environment; you may use either a @sc{gnu} compiler, or
11696
other compilers that adhere to the local conventions.
11697
Best results are usually obtained from @sc{gnu} compilers; for example,
11698
using @code{@value{NGCC}} you can generate debugging information for
11699
optimized code.
11700
 
11701
For most kinds of object files, with the exception of old SVR3 systems
11702
using COFF, the @code{symbol-file} command does not normally read the
11703
symbol table in full right away.  Instead, it scans the symbol table
11704
quickly to find which source files and which symbols are present.  The
11705
details are read later, one source file at a time, as they are needed.
11706
 
11707
The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make @value{GDBN}
11708
start up faster.  For the most part, it is invisible except for
11709
occasional pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source
11710
file are being read.  (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these
11711
pauses into messages if desired.  @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional
11712
Warnings and Messages}.)
11713
 
11714
We have not implemented the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.  When the
11715
symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} reads the
11716
symbol table data in full right away.  Note that ``stabs-in-COFF''
11717
still does the two-stage strategy, since the debug info is actually
11718
in stabs format.
11719
 
11720
@kindex readnow
11721
@cindex reading symbols immediately
11722
@cindex symbols, reading immediately
11723
@item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]}
11724
@itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]}
11725
You can override the @value{GDBN} two-stage strategy for reading symbol
11726
tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that
11727
load symbol table information, if you want to be sure @value{GDBN} has the
11728
entire symbol table available.
11729
 
11730
@c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in
11731
@c flux.  13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in
11732
@c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing
11733
@c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now
11734
@c only current dir is used.  FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy
11735
@c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol
11736
@c files.
11737
 
11738
@kindex core-file
11739
@item core-file @r{[}@var{filename}@r{]}
11740
@itemx core
11741
Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
11742
of memory''.  Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
11743
address space of the process that generated them; @value{GDBN} can access the
11744
executable file itself for other parts.
11745
 
11746
@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
11747
to be used.
11748
 
11749
Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
11750
under @value{GDBN}.  So, if you have been running your program and you
11751
wish to debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which
11752
the program is running.  To do this, use the @code{kill} command
11753
(@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the Child Process}).
11754
 
11755
@kindex add-symbol-file
11756
@cindex dynamic linking
11757
@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
11758
@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]}
11759
@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @r{-s}@var{section} @var{address} @dots{}
11760
The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table
11761
information from the file @var{filename}.  You would use this command
11762
when @var{filename} has been dynamically loaded (by some other means)
11763
into the program that is running.  @var{address} should be the memory
11764
address at which the file has been loaded; @value{GDBN} cannot figure
11765
this out for itself.  You can additionally specify an arbitrary number
11766
of @samp{@r{-s}@var{section} @var{address}} pairs, to give an explicit
11767
section name and base address for that section.  You can specify any
11768
@var{address} as an expression.
11769
 
11770
The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
11771
originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command.  You can use the
11772
@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data
11773
thus read keeps adding to the old.  To discard all old symbol data
11774
instead, use the @code{symbol-file} command without any arguments.
11775
 
11776
@cindex relocatable object files, reading symbols from
11777
@cindex object files, relocatable, reading symbols from
11778
@cindex reading symbols from relocatable object files
11779
@cindex symbols, reading from relocatable object files
11780
@cindex @file{.o} files, reading symbols from
11781
Although @var{filename} is typically a shared library file, an
11782
executable file, or some other object file which has been fully
11783
relocated for loading into a process, you can also load symbolic
11784
information from relocatable @file{.o} files, as long as:
11785
 
11786
@itemize @bullet
11787
@item
11788
the file's symbolic information refers only to linker symbols defined in
11789
that file, not to symbols defined by other object files,
11790
@item
11791
every section the file's symbolic information refers to has actually
11792
been loaded into the inferior, as it appears in the file, and
11793
@item
11794
you can determine the address at which every section was loaded, and
11795
provide these to the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
11796
@end itemize
11797
 
11798
@noindent
11799
Some embedded operating systems, like Sun Chorus and VxWorks, can load
11800
relocatable files into an already running program; such systems
11801
typically make the requirements above easy to meet.  However, it's
11802
important to recognize that many native systems use complex link
11803
procedures (@code{.linkonce} section factoring and C@t{++} constructor table
11804
assembly, for example) that make the requirements difficult to meet.  In
11805
general, one cannot assume that using @code{add-symbol-file} to read a
11806
relocatable object file's symbolic information will have the same effect
11807
as linking the relocatable object file into the program in the normal
11808
way.
11809
 
11810
@code{add-symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
11811
 
11812
@kindex add-symbol-file-from-memory
11813
@cindex @code{syscall DSO}
11814
@cindex load symbols from memory
11815
@item add-symbol-file-from-memory @var{address}
11816
Load symbols from the given @var{address} in a dynamically loaded
11817
object file whose image is mapped directly into the inferior's memory.
11818
For example, the Linux kernel maps a @code{syscall DSO} into each
11819
process's address space; this DSO provides kernel-specific code for
11820
some system calls.  The argument can be any expression whose
11821
evaluation yields the address of the file's shared object file header.
11822
For this command to work, you must have used @code{symbol-file} or
11823
@code{exec-file} commands in advance.
11824
 
11825
@kindex add-shared-symbol-files
11826
@kindex assf
11827
@item add-shared-symbol-files @var{library-file}
11828
@itemx assf @var{library-file}
11829
The @code{add-shared-symbol-files} command can currently be used only
11830
in the Cygwin build of @value{GDBN} on MS-Windows OS, where it is an
11831
alias for the @code{dll-symbols} command (@pxref{Cygwin Native}).
11832
@value{GDBN} automatically looks for shared libraries, however if
11833
@value{GDBN} does not find yours, you can invoke
11834
@code{add-shared-symbol-files}.  It takes one argument: the shared
11835
library's file name.  @code{assf} is a shorthand alias for
11836
@code{add-shared-symbol-files}.
11837
 
11838
@kindex section
11839
@item section @var{section} @var{addr}
11840
The @code{section} command changes the base address of the named
11841
@var{section} of the exec file to @var{addr}.  This can be used if the
11842
exec file does not contain section addresses, (such as in the
11843
@code{a.out} format), or when the addresses specified in the file
11844
itself are wrong.  Each section must be changed separately.  The
11845
@code{info files} command, described below, lists all the sections and
11846
their addresses.
11847
 
11848
@kindex info files
11849
@kindex info target
11850
@item info files
11851
@itemx info target
11852
@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print the
11853
current target (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}),
11854
including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in
11855
use by @value{GDBN}, and the files from which symbols were loaded.  The
11856
command @code{help target} lists all possible targets rather than
11857
current ones.
11858
 
11859
@kindex maint info sections
11860
@item maint info sections
11861
Another command that can give you extra information about program sections
11862
is @code{maint info sections}.  In addition to the section information
11863
displayed by @code{info files}, this command displays the flags and file
11864
offset of each section in the executable and core dump files.  In addition,
11865
@code{maint info sections} provides the following command options (which
11866
may be arbitrarily combined):
11867
 
11868
@table @code
11869
@item ALLOBJ
11870
Display sections for all loaded object files, including shared libraries.
11871
@item @var{sections}
11872
Display info only for named @var{sections}.
11873
@item @var{section-flags}
11874
Display info only for sections for which @var{section-flags} are true.
11875
The section flags that @value{GDBN} currently knows about are:
11876
@table @code
11877
@item ALLOC
11878
Section will have space allocated in the process when loaded.
11879
Set for all sections except those containing debug information.
11880
@item LOAD
11881
Section will be loaded from the file into the child process memory.
11882
Set for pre-initialized code and data, clear for @code{.bss} sections.
11883
@item RELOC
11884
Section needs to be relocated before loading.
11885
@item READONLY
11886
Section cannot be modified by the child process.
11887
@item CODE
11888
Section contains executable code only.
11889
@item DATA
11890
Section contains data only (no executable code).
11891
@item ROM
11892
Section will reside in ROM.
11893
@item CONSTRUCTOR
11894
Section contains data for constructor/destructor lists.
11895
@item HAS_CONTENTS
11896
Section is not empty.
11897
@item NEVER_LOAD
11898
An instruction to the linker to not output the section.
11899
@item COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY
11900
A notification to the linker that the section contains
11901
COFF shared library information.
11902
@item IS_COMMON
11903
Section contains common symbols.
11904
@end table
11905
@end table
11906
@kindex set trust-readonly-sections
11907
@cindex read-only sections
11908
@item set trust-readonly-sections on
11909
Tell @value{GDBN} that readonly sections in your object file
11910
really are read-only (i.e.@: that their contents will not change).
11911
In that case, @value{GDBN} can fetch values from these sections
11912
out of the object file, rather than from the target program.
11913
For some targets (notably embedded ones), this can be a significant
11914
enhancement to debugging performance.
11915
 
11916
The default is off.
11917
 
11918
@item set trust-readonly-sections off
11919
Tell @value{GDBN} not to trust readonly sections.  This means that
11920
the contents of the section might change while the program is running,
11921
and must therefore be fetched from the target when needed.
11922
 
11923
@item show trust-readonly-sections
11924
Show the current setting of trusting readonly sections.
11925
@end table
11926
 
11927
All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
11928
as arguments.  @value{GDBN} always converts the file name to an absolute file
11929
name and remembers it that way.
11930
 
11931
@cindex shared libraries
11932
@anchor{Shared Libraries}
11933
@value{GDBN} supports @sc{gnu}/Linux, MS-Windows, HP-UX, SunOS, SVr4, Irix,
11934
and IBM RS/6000 AIX shared libraries.
11935
 
11936
On MS-Windows @value{GDBN} must be linked with the Expat library to support
11937
shared libraries.  @xref{Expat}.
11938
 
11939
@value{GDBN} automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries
11940
when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file.
11941
(Before you issue the @code{run} command, @value{GDBN} does not understand
11942
references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are
11943
debugging a core file).
11944
 
11945
On HP-UX, if the program loads a library explicitly, @value{GDBN}
11946
automatically loads the symbols at the time of the @code{shl_load} call.
11947
 
11948
@c FIXME: some @value{GDBN} release may permit some refs to undef
11949
@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared
11950
@c FIXME...lib; check this from time to time when updating manual
11951
 
11952
There are times, however, when you may wish to not automatically load
11953
symbol definitions from shared libraries, such as when they are
11954
particularly large or there are many of them.
11955
 
11956
To control the automatic loading of shared library symbols, use the
11957
commands:
11958
 
11959
@table @code
11960
@kindex set auto-solib-add
11961
@item set auto-solib-add @var{mode}
11962
If @var{mode} is @code{on}, symbols from all shared object libraries
11963
will be loaded automatically when the inferior begins execution, you
11964
attach to an independently started inferior, or when the dynamic linker
11965
informs @value{GDBN} that a new library has been loaded.  If @var{mode}
11966
is @code{off}, symbols must be loaded manually, using the
11967
@code{sharedlibrary} command.  The default value is @code{on}.
11968
 
11969
@cindex memory used for symbol tables
11970
If your program uses lots of shared libraries with debug info that
11971
takes large amounts of memory, you can decrease the @value{GDBN}
11972
memory footprint by preventing it from automatically loading the
11973
symbols from shared libraries.  To that end, type @kbd{set
11974
auto-solib-add off} before running the inferior, then load each
11975
library whose debug symbols you do need with @kbd{sharedlibrary
11976
@var{regexp}}, where @var{regexp} is a regular expression that matches
11977
the libraries whose symbols you want to be loaded.
11978
 
11979
@kindex show auto-solib-add
11980
@item show auto-solib-add
11981
Display the current autoloading mode.
11982
@end table
11983
 
11984
@cindex load shared library
11985
To explicitly load shared library symbols, use the @code{sharedlibrary}
11986
command:
11987
 
11988
@table @code
11989
@kindex info sharedlibrary
11990
@kindex info share
11991
@item info share
11992
@itemx info sharedlibrary
11993
Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
11994
 
11995
@kindex sharedlibrary
11996
@kindex share
11997
@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
11998
@itemx share @var{regex}
11999
Load shared object library symbols for files matching a
12000
Unix regular expression.
12001
As with files loaded automatically, it only loads shared libraries
12002
required by your program for a core file or after typing @code{run}.  If
12003
@var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries required by your program are
12004
loaded.
12005
 
12006
@item nosharedlibrary
12007
@kindex nosharedlibrary
12008
@cindex unload symbols from shared libraries
12009
Unload all shared object library symbols.  This discards all symbols
12010
that have been loaded from all shared libraries.  Symbols from shared
12011
libraries that were loaded by explicit user requests are not
12012
discarded.
12013
@end table
12014
 
12015
Sometimes you may wish that @value{GDBN} stops and gives you control
12016
when any of shared library events happen.  Use the @code{set
12017
stop-on-solib-events} command for this:
12018
 
12019
@table @code
12020
@item set stop-on-solib-events
12021
@kindex set stop-on-solib-events
12022
This command controls whether @value{GDBN} should give you control
12023
when the dynamic linker notifies it about some shared library event.
12024
The most common event of interest is loading or unloading of a new
12025
shared library.
12026
 
12027
@item show stop-on-solib-events
12028
@kindex show stop-on-solib-events
12029
Show whether @value{GDBN} stops and gives you control when shared
12030
library events happen.
12031
@end table
12032
 
12033
Shared libraries are also supported in many cross or remote debugging
12034
configurations.  A copy of the target's libraries need to be present on the
12035
host system; they need to be the same as the target libraries, although the
12036
copies on the target can be stripped as long as the copies on the host are
12037
not.
12038
 
12039
@cindex where to look for shared libraries
12040
For remote debugging, you need to tell @value{GDBN} where the target
12041
libraries are, so that it can load the correct copies---otherwise, it
12042
may try to load the host's libraries.  @value{GDBN} has two variables
12043
to specify the search directories for target libraries.
12044
 
12045
@table @code
12046
@cindex prefix for shared library file names
12047
@cindex system root, alternate
12048
@kindex set solib-absolute-prefix
12049
@kindex set sysroot
12050
@item set sysroot @var{path}
12051
Use @var{path} as the system root for the program being debugged.  Any
12052
absolute shared library paths will be prefixed with @var{path}; many
12053
runtime loaders store the absolute paths to the shared library in the
12054
target program's memory.  If you use @code{set sysroot} to find shared
12055
libraries, they need to be laid out in the same way that they are on
12056
the target, with e.g.@: a @file{/lib} and @file{/usr/lib} hierarchy
12057
under @var{path}.
12058
 
12059
The @code{set solib-absolute-prefix} command is an alias for @code{set
12060
sysroot}.
12061
 
12062
@cindex default system root
12063
@cindex @samp{--with-sysroot}
12064
You can set the default system root by using the configure-time
12065
@samp{--with-sysroot} option.  If the system root is inside
12066
@value{GDBN}'s configured binary prefix (set with @samp{--prefix} or
12067
@samp{--exec-prefix}), then the default system root will be updated
12068
automatically if the installed @value{GDBN} is moved to a new
12069
location.
12070
 
12071
@kindex show sysroot
12072
@item show sysroot
12073
Display the current shared library prefix.
12074
 
12075
@kindex set solib-search-path
12076
@item set solib-search-path @var{path}
12077
If this variable is set, @var{path} is a colon-separated list of
12078
directories to search for shared libraries.  @samp{solib-search-path}
12079
is used after @samp{sysroot} fails to locate the library, or if the
12080
path to the library is relative instead of absolute.  If you want to
12081
use @samp{solib-search-path} instead of @samp{sysroot}, be sure to set
12082
@samp{sysroot} to a nonexistent directory to prevent @value{GDBN} from
12083
finding your host's libraries.  @samp{sysroot} is preferred; setting
12084
it to a nonexistent directory may interfere with automatic loading
12085
of shared library symbols.
12086
 
12087
@kindex show solib-search-path
12088
@item show solib-search-path
12089
Display the current shared library search path.
12090
@end table
12091
 
12092
 
12093
@node Separate Debug Files
12094
@section Debugging Information in Separate Files
12095
@cindex separate debugging information files
12096
@cindex debugging information in separate files
12097
@cindex @file{.debug} subdirectories
12098
@cindex debugging information directory, global
12099
@cindex global debugging information directory
12100
@cindex build ID, and separate debugging files
12101
@cindex @file{.build-id} directory
12102
 
12103
@value{GDBN} allows you to put a program's debugging information in a
12104
file separate from the executable itself, in a way that allows
12105
@value{GDBN} to find and load the debugging information automatically.
12106
Since debugging information can be very large---sometimes larger
12107
than the executable code itself---some systems distribute debugging
12108
information for their executables in separate files, which users can
12109
install only when they need to debug a problem.
12110
 
12111
@value{GDBN} supports two ways of specifying the separate debug info
12112
file:
12113
 
12114
@itemize @bullet
12115
@item
12116
The executable contains a @dfn{debug link} that specifies the name of
12117
the separate debug info file.  The separate debug file's name is
12118
usually @file{@var{executable}.debug}, where @var{executable} is the
12119
name of the corresponding executable file without leading directories
12120
(e.g., @file{ls.debug} for @file{/usr/bin/ls}).  In addition, the
12121
debug link specifies a CRC32 checksum for the debug file, which
12122
@value{GDBN} uses to validate that the executable and the debug file
12123
came from the same build.
12124
 
12125
@item
12126
The executable contains a @dfn{build ID}, a unique bit string that is
12127
also present in the corresponding debug info file.  (This is supported
12128
only on some operating systems, notably those which use the ELF format
12129
for binary files and the @sc{gnu} Binutils.)  For more details about
12130
this feature, see the description of the @option{--build-id}
12131
command-line option in @ref{Options, , Command Line Options, ld.info,
12132
The GNU Linker}.  The debug info file's name is not specified
12133
explicitly by the build ID, but can be computed from the build ID, see
12134
below.
12135
@end itemize
12136
 
12137
Depending on the way the debug info file is specified, @value{GDBN}
12138
uses two different methods of looking for the debug file:
12139
 
12140
@itemize @bullet
12141
@item
12142
For the ``debug link'' method, @value{GDBN} looks up the named file in
12143
the directory of the executable file, then in a subdirectory of that
12144
directory named @file{.debug}, and finally under the global debug
12145
directory, in a subdirectory whose name is identical to the leading
12146
directories of the executable's absolute file name.
12147
 
12148
@item
12149
For the ``build ID'' method, @value{GDBN} looks in the
12150
@file{.build-id} subdirectory of the global debug directory for a file
12151
named @file{@var{nn}/@var{nnnnnnnn}.debug}, where @var{nn} are the
12152
first 2 hex characters of the build ID bit string, and @var{nnnnnnnn}
12153
are the rest of the bit string.  (Real build ID strings are 32 or more
12154
hex characters, not 10.)
12155
@end itemize
12156
 
12157
So, for example, suppose you ask @value{GDBN} to debug
12158
@file{/usr/bin/ls}, which has a debug link that specifies the
12159
file @file{ls.debug}, and a build ID whose value in hex is
12160
@code{abcdef1234}.  If the global debug directory is
12161
@file{/usr/lib/debug}, then @value{GDBN} will look for the following
12162
debug information files, in the indicated order:
12163
 
12164
@itemize @minus
12165
@item
12166
@file{/usr/lib/debug/.build-id/ab/cdef1234.debug}
12167
@item
12168
@file{/usr/bin/ls.debug}
12169
@item
12170
@file{/usr/bin/.debug/ls.debug}
12171
@item
12172
@file{/usr/lib/debug/usr/bin/ls.debug}.
12173
@end itemize
12174
 
12175
You can set the global debugging info directory's name, and view the
12176
name @value{GDBN} is currently using.
12177
 
12178
@table @code
12179
 
12180
@kindex set debug-file-directory
12181
@item set debug-file-directory @var{directory}
12182
Set the directory which @value{GDBN} searches for separate debugging
12183
information files to @var{directory}.
12184
 
12185
@kindex show debug-file-directory
12186
@item show debug-file-directory
12187
Show the directory @value{GDBN} searches for separate debugging
12188
information files.
12189
 
12190
@end table
12191
 
12192
@cindex @code{.gnu_debuglink} sections
12193
@cindex debug link sections
12194
A debug link is a special section of the executable file named
12195
@code{.gnu_debuglink}.  The section must contain:
12196
 
12197
@itemize
12198
@item
12199
A filename, with any leading directory components removed, followed by
12200
a zero byte,
12201
@item
12202
zero to three bytes of padding, as needed to reach the next four-byte
12203
boundary within the section, and
12204
@item
12205
a four-byte CRC checksum, stored in the same endianness used for the
12206
executable file itself.  The checksum is computed on the debugging
12207
information file's full contents by the function given below, passing
12208
zero as the @var{crc} argument.
12209
@end itemize
12210
 
12211
Any executable file format can carry a debug link, as long as it can
12212
contain a section named @code{.gnu_debuglink} with the contents
12213
described above.
12214
 
12215
@cindex @code{.note.gnu.build-id} sections
12216
@cindex build ID sections
12217
The build ID is a special section in the executable file (and in other
12218
ELF binary files that @value{GDBN} may consider).  This section is
12219
often named @code{.note.gnu.build-id}, but that name is not mandatory.
12220
It contains unique identification for the built files---the ID remains
12221
the same across multiple builds of the same build tree.  The default
12222
algorithm SHA1 produces 160 bits (40 hexadecimal characters) of the
12223
content for the build ID string.  The same section with an identical
12224
value is present in the original built binary with symbols, in its
12225
stripped variant, and in the separate debugging information file.
12226
 
12227
The debugging information file itself should be an ordinary
12228
executable, containing a full set of linker symbols, sections, and
12229
debugging information.  The sections of the debugging information file
12230
should have the same names, addresses, and sizes as the original file,
12231
but they need not contain any data---much like a @code{.bss} section
12232
in an ordinary executable.
12233
 
12234
The @sc{gnu} binary utilities (Binutils) package includes the
12235
@samp{objcopy} utility that can produce
12236
the separated executable / debugging information file pairs using the
12237
following commands:
12238
 
12239
@smallexample
12240
@kbd{objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.debug}
12241
@kbd{strip -g foo}
12242
@end smallexample
12243
 
12244
@noindent
12245
These commands remove the debugging
12246
information from the executable file @file{foo} and place it in the file
12247
@file{foo.debug}.  You can use the first, second or both methods to link the
12248
two files:
12249
 
12250
@itemize @bullet
12251
@item
12252
The debug link method needs the following additional command to also leave
12253
behind a debug link in @file{foo}:
12254
 
12255
@smallexample
12256
@kbd{objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.debug foo}
12257
@end smallexample
12258
 
12259
Ulrich Drepper's @file{elfutils} package, starting with version 0.53, contains
12260
a version of the @code{strip} command such that the command @kbd{strip foo -f
12261
foo.debug} has the same functionality as the two @code{objcopy} commands and
12262
the @code{ln -s} command above, together.
12263
 
12264
@item
12265
Build ID gets embedded into the main executable using @code{ld --build-id} or
12266
the @value{NGCC} counterpart @code{gcc -Wl,--build-id}.  Build ID support plus
12267
compatibility fixes for debug files separation are present in @sc{gnu} binary
12268
utilities (Binutils) package since version 2.18.
12269
@end itemize
12270
 
12271
@noindent
12272
 
12273
Since there are many different ways to compute CRC's for the debug
12274
link (different polynomials, reversals, byte ordering, etc.), the
12275
simplest way to describe the CRC used in @code{.gnu_debuglink}
12276
sections is to give the complete code for a function that computes it:
12277
 
12278
@kindex gnu_debuglink_crc32
12279
@smallexample
12280
unsigned long
12281
gnu_debuglink_crc32 (unsigned long crc,
12282
                     unsigned char *buf, size_t len)
12283
@{
12284
  static const unsigned long crc32_table[256] =
12285
    @{
12286
      0x00000000, 0x77073096, 0xee0e612c, 0x990951ba, 0x076dc419,
12287
      0x706af48f, 0xe963a535, 0x9e6495a3, 0x0edb8832, 0x79dcb8a4,
12288
      0xe0d5e91e, 0x97d2d988, 0x09b64c2b, 0x7eb17cbd, 0xe7b82d07,
12289
      0x90bf1d91, 0x1db71064, 0x6ab020f2, 0xf3b97148, 0x84be41de,
12290
      0x1adad47d, 0x6ddde4eb, 0xf4d4b551, 0x83d385c7, 0x136c9856,
12291
      0x646ba8c0, 0xfd62f97a, 0x8a65c9ec, 0x14015c4f, 0x63066cd9,
12292
      0xfa0f3d63, 0x8d080df5, 0x3b6e20c8, 0x4c69105e, 0xd56041e4,
12293
      0xa2677172, 0x3c03e4d1, 0x4b04d447, 0xd20d85fd, 0xa50ab56b,
12294
      0x35b5a8fa, 0x42b2986c, 0xdbbbc9d6, 0xacbcf940, 0x32d86ce3,
12295
      0x45df5c75, 0xdcd60dcf, 0xabd13d59, 0x26d930ac, 0x51de003a,
12296
      0xc8d75180, 0xbfd06116, 0x21b4f4b5, 0x56b3c423, 0xcfba9599,
12297
      0xb8bda50f, 0x2802b89e, 0x5f058808, 0xc60cd9b2, 0xb10be924,
12298
      0x2f6f7c87, 0x58684c11, 0xc1611dab, 0xb6662d3d, 0x76dc4190,
12299
      0x01db7106, 0x98d220bc, 0xefd5102a, 0x71b18589, 0x06b6b51f,
12300
      0x9fbfe4a5, 0xe8b8d433, 0x7807c9a2, 0x0f00f934, 0x9609a88e,
12301
      0xe10e9818, 0x7f6a0dbb, 0x086d3d2d, 0x91646c97, 0xe6635c01,
12302
      0x6b6b51f4, 0x1c6c6162, 0x856530d8, 0xf262004e, 0x6c0695ed,
12303
      0x1b01a57b, 0x8208f4c1, 0xf50fc457, 0x65b0d9c6, 0x12b7e950,
12304
      0x8bbeb8ea, 0xfcb9887c, 0x62dd1ddf, 0x15da2d49, 0x8cd37cf3,
12305
      0xfbd44c65, 0x4db26158, 0x3ab551ce, 0xa3bc0074, 0xd4bb30e2,
12306
      0x4adfa541, 0x3dd895d7, 0xa4d1c46d, 0xd3d6f4fb, 0x4369e96a,
12307
      0x346ed9fc, 0xad678846, 0xda60b8d0, 0x44042d73, 0x33031de5,
12308
      0xaa0a4c5f, 0xdd0d7cc9, 0x5005713c, 0x270241aa, 0xbe0b1010,
12309
      0xc90c2086, 0x5768b525, 0x206f85b3, 0xb966d409, 0xce61e49f,
12310
      0x5edef90e, 0x29d9c998, 0xb0d09822, 0xc7d7a8b4, 0x59b33d17,
12311
      0x2eb40d81, 0xb7bd5c3b, 0xc0ba6cad, 0xedb88320, 0x9abfb3b6,
12312
      0x03b6e20c, 0x74b1d29a, 0xead54739, 0x9dd277af, 0x04db2615,
12313
      0x73dc1683, 0xe3630b12, 0x94643b84, 0x0d6d6a3e, 0x7a6a5aa8,
12314
      0xe40ecf0b, 0x9309ff9d, 0x0a00ae27, 0x7d079eb1, 0xf00f9344,
12315
      0x8708a3d2, 0x1e01f268, 0x6906c2fe, 0xf762575d, 0x806567cb,
12316
      0x196c3671, 0x6e6b06e7, 0xfed41b76, 0x89d32be0, 0x10da7a5a,
12317
      0x67dd4acc, 0xf9b9df6f, 0x8ebeeff9, 0x17b7be43, 0x60b08ed5,
12318
      0xd6d6a3e8, 0xa1d1937e, 0x38d8c2c4, 0x4fdff252, 0xd1bb67f1,
12319
      0xa6bc5767, 0x3fb506dd, 0x48b2364b, 0xd80d2bda, 0xaf0a1b4c,
12320
      0x36034af6, 0x41047a60, 0xdf60efc3, 0xa867df55, 0x316e8eef,
12321
      0x4669be79, 0xcb61b38c, 0xbc66831a, 0x256fd2a0, 0x5268e236,
12322
      0xcc0c7795, 0xbb0b4703, 0x220216b9, 0x5505262f, 0xc5ba3bbe,
12323
      0xb2bd0b28, 0x2bb45a92, 0x5cb36a04, 0xc2d7ffa7, 0xb5d0cf31,
12324
      0x2cd99e8b, 0x5bdeae1d, 0x9b64c2b0, 0xec63f226, 0x756aa39c,
12325
      0x026d930a, 0x9c0906a9, 0xeb0e363f, 0x72076785, 0x05005713,
12326
      0x95bf4a82, 0xe2b87a14, 0x7bb12bae, 0x0cb61b38, 0x92d28e9b,
12327
      0xe5d5be0d, 0x7cdcefb7, 0x0bdbdf21, 0x86d3d2d4, 0xf1d4e242,
12328
      0x68ddb3f8, 0x1fda836e, 0x81be16cd, 0xf6b9265b, 0x6fb077e1,
12329
      0x18b74777, 0x88085ae6, 0xff0f6a70, 0x66063bca, 0x11010b5c,
12330
      0x8f659eff, 0xf862ae69, 0x616bffd3, 0x166ccf45, 0xa00ae278,
12331
      0xd70dd2ee, 0x4e048354, 0x3903b3c2, 0xa7672661, 0xd06016f7,
12332
      0x4969474d, 0x3e6e77db, 0xaed16a4a, 0xd9d65adc, 0x40df0b66,
12333
      0x37d83bf0, 0xa9bcae53, 0xdebb9ec5, 0x47b2cf7f, 0x30b5ffe9,
12334
      0xbdbdf21c, 0xcabac28a, 0x53b39330, 0x24b4a3a6, 0xbad03605,
12335
      0xcdd70693, 0x54de5729, 0x23d967bf, 0xb3667a2e, 0xc4614ab8,
12336
      0x5d681b02, 0x2a6f2b94, 0xb40bbe37, 0xc30c8ea1, 0x5a05df1b,
12337
      0x2d02ef8d
12338
    @};
12339
  unsigned char *end;
12340
 
12341
  crc = ~crc & 0xffffffff;
12342
  for (end = buf + len; buf < end; ++buf)
12343
    crc = crc32_table[(crc ^ *buf) & 0xff] ^ (crc >> 8);
12344
  return ~crc & 0xffffffff;
12345
@}
12346
@end smallexample
12347
 
12348
@noindent
12349
This computation does not apply to the ``build ID'' method.
12350
 
12351
 
12352
@node Symbol Errors
12353
@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
12354
 
12355
While reading a symbol file, @value{GDBN} occasionally encounters problems,
12356
such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler
12357
output.  By default, @value{GDBN} does not notify you of such problems, since
12358
they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people
12359
debugging compilers.  If you are interested in seeing information
12360
about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask @value{GDBN} to print
12361
only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
12362
times the problem occurs; or you can ask @value{GDBN} to print more messages,
12363
to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set
12364
complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
12365
Messages}).
12366
 
12367
The messages currently printed, and their meanings, include:
12368
 
12369
@table @code
12370
@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
12371
 
12372
The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
12373
(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements).  This
12374
error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
12375
in its outer scope blocks.
12376
 
12377
@value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
12378
the same scope as the outer block.  In the error message, @var{symbol}
12379
may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
12380
function.
12381
 
12382
@item block at @var{address} out of order
12383
 
12384
The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
12385
order of increasing addresses.  This error indicates that it does not
12386
do so.
12387
 
12388
@value{GDBN} does not circumvent this problem, and has trouble
12389
locating symbols in the source file whose symbols it is reading.  (You
12390
can often determine what source file is affected by specifying
12391
@code{set verbose on}.  @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
12392
Messages}.)
12393
 
12394
@item bad block start address patched
12395
 
12396
The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
12397
smaller than the address of the preceding source line.  This is known
12398
to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
12399
 
12400
@value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
12401
starting on the previous source line.
12402
 
12403
@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
12404
 
12405
@cindex foo
12406
Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
12407
larger than the size of the string table.
12408
 
12409
@value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
12410
name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
12411
with this name.
12412
 
12413
@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
12414
 
12415
The symbol information contains new data types that @value{GDBN} does
12416
not yet know how to read.  @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the
12417
uncomprehended information, in hexadecimal.
12418
 
12419
@value{GDBN} circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information.
12420
This usually allows you to debug your program, though certain symbols
12421
are not accessible.  If you encounter such a problem and feel like
12422
debugging it, you can debug @code{@value{GDBP}} with itself, breakpoint
12423
on @code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab}
12424
and examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
12425
 
12426
@item stub type has NULL name
12427
 
12428
@value{GDBN} could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
12429
 
12430
@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
12431
The symbol information for a C@t{++} member function is missing some
12432
information that recent versions of the compiler should have output for
12433
it.
12434
 
12435
@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
12436
 
12437
@value{GDBN} could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
12438
 
12439
@end table
12440
 
12441
@node Targets
12442
@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
12443
 
12444
@cindex debugging target
12445
A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
12446
 
12447
Often, @value{GDBN} runs in the same host environment as your program;
12448
in that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when
12449
you use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands.  When you need more
12450
flexibility---for example, running @value{GDBN} on a physically separate
12451
host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a
12452
realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target}
12453
command to specify one of the target types configured for @value{GDBN}
12454
(@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for Managing Targets}).
12455
 
12456
@cindex target architecture
12457
It is possible to build @value{GDBN} for several different @dfn{target
12458
architectures}.  When @value{GDBN} is built like that, you can choose
12459
one of the available architectures with the @kbd{set architecture}
12460
command.
12461
 
12462
@table @code
12463
@kindex set architecture
12464
@kindex show architecture
12465
@item set architecture @var{arch}
12466
This command sets the current target architecture to @var{arch}.  The
12467
value of @var{arch} can be @code{"auto"}, in addition to one of the
12468
supported architectures.
12469
 
12470
@item show architecture
12471
Show the current target architecture.
12472
 
12473
@item set processor
12474
@itemx processor
12475
@kindex set processor
12476
@kindex show processor
12477
These are alias commands for, respectively, @code{set architecture}
12478
and @code{show architecture}.
12479
@end table
12480
 
12481
@menu
12482
* Active Targets::              Active targets
12483
* Target Commands::             Commands for managing targets
12484
* Byte Order::                  Choosing target byte order
12485
@end menu
12486
 
12487
@node Active Targets
12488
@section Active Targets
12489
 
12490
@cindex stacking targets
12491
@cindex active targets
12492
@cindex multiple targets
12493
 
12494
There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
12495
executable files.  @value{GDBN} can work concurrently on up to three
12496
active targets, one in each class.  This allows you to (for example)
12497
start a process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on
12498
a core file.
12499
 
12500
For example, if you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
12501
@code{a.out} is the only active target.  If you designate a core file as
12502
well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
12503
@value{GDBN} has two active targets and uses them in tandem, looking
12504
first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
12505
requests for memory addresses.  (Typically, these two classes of target
12506
are complementary, since core files contain only a program's
12507
read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
12508
executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
12509
 
12510
When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
12511
target as well.  When a process target is active, all @value{GDBN}
12512
commands requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in
12513
an active core file or executable file target are obscured while the
12514
process target is active.
12515
 
12516
Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a new
12517
core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify
12518
Files}).  To specify as a target a process that is already running, use
12519
the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an Already-running
12520
Process}).
12521
 
12522
@node Target Commands
12523
@section Commands for Managing Targets
12524
 
12525
@table @code
12526
@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
12527
Connects the @value{GDBN} host environment to a target machine or
12528
process.  A target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging
12529
facilities.  You use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or
12530
protocol of the target machine.
12531
 
12532
Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
12533
typically include things like device names or host names to connect
12534
with, process numbers, and baud rates.
12535
 
12536
The @code{target} command does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
12537
after executing the command.
12538
 
12539
@kindex help target
12540
@item help target
12541
Displays the names of all targets available.  To display targets
12542
currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
12543
(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
12544
 
12545
@item help target @var{name}
12546
Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
12547
select it.
12548
 
12549
@kindex set gnutarget
12550
@item set gnutarget @var{args}
12551
@value{GDBN} uses its own library BFD to read your files.  @value{GDBN}
12552
knows whether it is reading an @dfn{executable},
12553
a @dfn{core}, or a @dfn{.o} file; however, you can specify the file format
12554
with the @code{set gnutarget} command.  Unlike most @code{target} commands,
12555
with @code{gnutarget} the @code{target} refers to a program, not a machine.
12556
 
12557
@quotation
12558
@emph{Warning:} To specify a file format with @code{set gnutarget},
12559
you must know the actual BFD name.
12560
@end quotation
12561
 
12562
@noindent
12563
@xref{Files, , Commands to Specify Files}.
12564
 
12565
@kindex show gnutarget
12566
@item show gnutarget
12567
Use the @code{show gnutarget} command to display what file format
12568
@code{gnutarget} is set to read.  If you have not set @code{gnutarget},
12569
@value{GDBN} will determine the file format for each file automatically,
12570
and @code{show gnutarget} displays @samp{The current BDF target is "auto"}.
12571
@end table
12572
 
12573
@cindex common targets
12574
Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB
12575
configuration):
12576
 
12577
@table @code
12578
@kindex target
12579
@item target exec @var{program}
12580
@cindex executable file target
12581
An executable file.  @samp{target exec @var{program}} is the same as
12582
@samp{exec-file @var{program}}.
12583
 
12584
@item target core @var{filename}
12585
@cindex core dump file target
12586
A core dump file.  @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
12587
@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
12588
 
12589
@item target remote @var{medium}
12590
@cindex remote target
12591
A remote system connected to @value{GDBN} via a serial line or network
12592
connection.  This command tells @value{GDBN} to use its own remote
12593
protocol over @var{medium} for debugging.  @xref{Remote Debugging}.
12594
 
12595
For example, if you have a board connected to @file{/dev/ttya} on the
12596
machine running @value{GDBN}, you could say:
12597
 
12598
@smallexample
12599
target remote /dev/ttya
12600
@end smallexample
12601
 
12602
@code{target remote} supports the @code{load} command.  This is only
12603
useful if you have some other way of getting the stub to the target
12604
system, and you can put it somewhere in memory where it won't get
12605
clobbered by the download.
12606
 
12607
@item target sim
12608
@cindex built-in simulator target
12609
Builtin CPU simulator.  @value{GDBN} includes simulators for most architectures.
12610
In general,
12611
@smallexample
12612
        target sim
12613
        load
12614
        run
12615
@end smallexample
12616
@noindent
12617
works; however, you cannot assume that a specific memory map, device
12618
drivers, or even basic I/O is available, although some simulators do
12619
provide these.  For info about any processor-specific simulator details,
12620
see the appropriate section in @ref{Embedded Processors, ,Embedded
12621
Processors}.
12622
 
12623
@end table
12624
 
12625
Some configurations may include these targets as well:
12626
 
12627
@table @code
12628
 
12629
@item target nrom @var{dev}
12630
@cindex NetROM ROM emulator target
12631
NetROM ROM emulator.  This target only supports downloading.
12632
 
12633
@end table
12634
 
12635
Different targets are available on different configurations of @value{GDBN};
12636
your configuration may have more or fewer targets.
12637
 
12638
Many remote targets require you to download the executable's code once
12639
you've successfully established a connection.  You may wish to control
12640
various aspects of this process.
12641
 
12642
@table @code
12643
 
12644
@item set hash
12645
@kindex set hash@r{, for remote monitors}
12646
@cindex hash mark while downloading
12647
This command controls whether a hash mark @samp{#} is displayed while
12648
downloading a file to the remote monitor.  If on, a hash mark is
12649
displayed after each S-record is successfully downloaded to the
12650
monitor.
12651
 
12652
@item show hash
12653
@kindex show hash@r{, for remote monitors}
12654
Show the current status of displaying the hash mark.
12655
 
12656
@item set debug monitor
12657
@kindex set debug monitor
12658
@cindex display remote monitor communications
12659
Enable or disable display of communications messages between
12660
@value{GDBN} and the remote monitor.
12661
 
12662
@item show debug monitor
12663
@kindex show debug monitor
12664
Show the current status of displaying communications between
12665
@value{GDBN} and the remote monitor.
12666
@end table
12667
 
12668
@table @code
12669
 
12670
@kindex load @var{filename}
12671
@item load @var{filename}
12672
Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
12673
@value{GDBN}, the @code{load} command may be available.  Where it exists, it
12674
is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
12675
on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
12676
@code{load} also records the @var{filename} symbol table in @value{GDBN}, like
12677
the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
12678
 
12679
If your @value{GDBN} does not have a @code{load} command, attempting to
12680
execute it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your
12681
target is @dots{}}''
12682
 
12683
The file is loaded at whatever address is specified in the executable.
12684
For some object file formats, you can specify the load address when you
12685
link the program; for other formats, like a.out, the object file format
12686
specifies a fixed address.
12687
@c FIXME! This would be a good place for an xref to the GNU linker doc.
12688
 
12689
Depending on the remote side capabilities, @value{GDBN} may be able to
12690
load programs into flash memory.
12691
 
12692
@code{load} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
12693
@end table
12694
 
12695
@node Byte Order
12696
@section Choosing Target Byte Order
12697
 
12698
@cindex choosing target byte order
12699
@cindex target byte order
12700
 
12701
Some types of processors, such as the MIPS, PowerPC, and Renesas SH,
12702
offer the ability to run either big-endian or little-endian byte
12703
orders.  Usually the executable or symbol will include a bit to
12704
designate the endian-ness, and you will not need to worry about
12705
which to use.  However, you may still find it useful to adjust
12706
@value{GDBN}'s idea of processor endian-ness manually.
12707
 
12708
@table @code
12709
@kindex set endian
12710
@item set endian big
12711
Instruct @value{GDBN} to assume the target is big-endian.
12712
 
12713
@item set endian little
12714
Instruct @value{GDBN} to assume the target is little-endian.
12715
 
12716
@item set endian auto
12717
Instruct @value{GDBN} to use the byte order associated with the
12718
executable.
12719
 
12720
@item show endian
12721
Display @value{GDBN}'s current idea of the target byte order.
12722
 
12723
@end table
12724
 
12725
Note that these commands merely adjust interpretation of symbolic
12726
data on the host, and that they have absolutely no effect on the
12727
target system.
12728
 
12729
 
12730
@node Remote Debugging
12731
@chapter Debugging Remote Programs
12732
@cindex remote debugging
12733
 
12734
If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run
12735
@value{GDBN} in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging.
12736
For example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel,
12737
or on a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
12738
powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
12739
 
12740
Some configurations of @value{GDBN} have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
12741
to make this work with particular debugging targets.  In addition,
12742
@value{GDBN} comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to @value{GDBN},
12743
but not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
12744
write the remote stubs---the code that runs on the remote system to
12745
communicate with @value{GDBN}.
12746
 
12747
Other remote targets may be available in your
12748
configuration of @value{GDBN}; use @code{help target} to list them.
12749
 
12750
@menu
12751
* Connecting::                  Connecting to a remote target
12752
* File Transfer::               Sending files to a remote system
12753
* Server::                      Using the gdbserver program
12754
* Remote Configuration::        Remote configuration
12755
* Remote Stub::                 Implementing a remote stub
12756
@end menu
12757
 
12758
@node Connecting
12759
@section Connecting to a Remote Target
12760
 
12761
On the @value{GDBN} host machine, you will need an unstripped copy of
12762
your program, since @value{GDBN} needs symbol and debugging information.
12763
Start up @value{GDBN} as usual, using the name of the local copy of your
12764
program as the first argument.
12765
 
12766
@cindex @code{target remote}
12767
@value{GDBN} can communicate with the target over a serial line, or
12768
over an @acronym{IP} network using @acronym{TCP} or @acronym{UDP}.  In
12769
each case, @value{GDBN} uses the same protocol for debugging your
12770
program; only the medium carrying the debugging packets varies.  The
12771
@code{target remote} command establishes a connection to the target.
12772
Its arguments indicate which medium to use:
12773
 
12774
@table @code
12775
 
12776
@item target remote @var{serial-device}
12777
@cindex serial line, @code{target remote}
12778
Use @var{serial-device} to communicate with the target.  For example,
12779
to use a serial line connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}:
12780
 
12781
@smallexample
12782
target remote /dev/ttyb
12783
@end smallexample
12784
 
12785
If you're using a serial line, you may want to give @value{GDBN} the
12786
@w{@samp{--baud}} option, or use the @code{set remotebaud} command
12787
(@pxref{Remote Configuration, set remotebaud}) before the
12788
@code{target} command.
12789
 
12790
@item target remote @code{@var{host}:@var{port}}
12791
@itemx target remote @code{tcp:@var{host}:@var{port}}
12792
@cindex @acronym{TCP} port, @code{target remote}
12793
Debug using a @acronym{TCP} connection to @var{port} on @var{host}.
12794
The @var{host} may be either a host name or a numeric @acronym{IP}
12795
address; @var{port} must be a decimal number.  The @var{host} could be
12796
the target machine itself, if it is directly connected to the net, or
12797
it might be a terminal server which in turn has a serial line to the
12798
target.
12799
 
12800
For example, to connect to port 2828 on a terminal server named
12801
@code{manyfarms}:
12802
 
12803
@smallexample
12804
target remote manyfarms:2828
12805
@end smallexample
12806
 
12807
If your remote target is actually running on the same machine as your
12808
debugger session (e.g.@: a simulator for your target running on the
12809
same host), you can omit the hostname.  For example, to connect to
12810
port 1234 on your local machine:
12811
 
12812
@smallexample
12813
target remote :1234
12814
@end smallexample
12815
@noindent
12816
 
12817
Note that the colon is still required here.
12818
 
12819
@item target remote @code{udp:@var{host}:@var{port}}
12820
@cindex @acronym{UDP} port, @code{target remote}
12821
Debug using @acronym{UDP} packets to @var{port} on @var{host}.  For example, to
12822
connect to @acronym{UDP} port 2828 on a terminal server named @code{manyfarms}:
12823
 
12824
@smallexample
12825
target remote udp:manyfarms:2828
12826
@end smallexample
12827
 
12828
When using a @acronym{UDP} connection for remote debugging, you should
12829
keep in mind that the `U' stands for ``Unreliable''.  @acronym{UDP}
12830
can silently drop packets on busy or unreliable networks, which will
12831
cause havoc with your debugging session.
12832
 
12833
@item target remote | @var{command}
12834
@cindex pipe, @code{target remote} to
12835
Run @var{command} in the background and communicate with it using a
12836
pipe.  The @var{command} is a shell command, to be parsed and expanded
12837
by the system's command shell, @code{/bin/sh}; it should expect remote
12838
protocol packets on its standard input, and send replies on its
12839
standard output.  You could use this to run a stand-alone simulator
12840
that speaks the remote debugging protocol, to make net connections
12841
using programs like @code{ssh}, or for other similar tricks.
12842
 
12843
If @var{command} closes its standard output (perhaps by exiting),
12844
@value{GDBN} will try to send it a @code{SIGTERM} signal.  (If the
12845
program has already exited, this will have no effect.)
12846
 
12847
@end table
12848
 
12849
Once the connection has been established, you can use all the usual
12850
commands to examine and change data and to step and continue the
12851
remote program.
12852
 
12853
@cindex interrupting remote programs
12854
@cindex remote programs, interrupting
12855
Whenever @value{GDBN} is waiting for the remote program, if you type the
12856
interrupt character (often @kbd{Ctrl-c}), @value{GDBN} attempts to stop the
12857
program.  This may or may not succeed, depending in part on the hardware
12858
and the serial drivers the remote system uses.  If you type the
12859
interrupt character once again, @value{GDBN} displays this prompt:
12860
 
12861
@smallexample
12862
Interrupted while waiting for the program.
12863
Give up (and stop debugging it)?  (y or n)
12864
@end smallexample
12865
 
12866
If you type @kbd{y}, @value{GDBN} abandons the remote debugging session.
12867
(If you decide you want to try again later, you can use @samp{target
12868
remote} again to connect once more.)  If you type @kbd{n}, @value{GDBN}
12869
goes back to waiting.
12870
 
12871
@table @code
12872
@kindex detach (remote)
12873
@item detach
12874
When you have finished debugging the remote program, you can use the
12875
@code{detach} command to release it from @value{GDBN} control.
12876
Detaching from the target normally resumes its execution, but the results
12877
will depend on your particular remote stub.  After the @code{detach}
12878
command, @value{GDBN} is free to connect to another target.
12879
 
12880
@kindex disconnect
12881
@item disconnect
12882
The @code{disconnect} command behaves like @code{detach}, except that
12883
the target is generally not resumed.  It will wait for @value{GDBN}
12884
(this instance or another one) to connect and continue debugging.  After
12885
the @code{disconnect} command, @value{GDBN} is again free to connect to
12886
another target.
12887
 
12888
@cindex send command to remote monitor
12889
@cindex extend @value{GDBN} for remote targets
12890
@cindex add new commands for external monitor
12891
@kindex monitor
12892
@item monitor @var{cmd}
12893
This command allows you to send arbitrary commands directly to the
12894
remote monitor.  Since @value{GDBN} doesn't care about the commands it
12895
sends like this, this command is the way to extend @value{GDBN}---you
12896
can add new commands that only the external monitor will understand
12897
and implement.
12898
@end table
12899
 
12900
@node File Transfer
12901
@section Sending files to a remote system
12902
@cindex remote target, file transfer
12903
@cindex file transfer
12904
@cindex sending files to remote systems
12905
 
12906
Some remote targets offer the ability to transfer files over the same
12907
connection used to communicate with @value{GDBN}.  This is convenient
12908
for targets accessible through other means, e.g.@: @sc{gnu}/Linux systems
12909
running @code{gdbserver} over a network interface.  For other targets,
12910
e.g.@: embedded devices with only a single serial port, this may be
12911
the only way to upload or download files.
12912
 
12913
Not all remote targets support these commands.
12914
 
12915
@table @code
12916
@kindex remote put
12917
@item remote put @var{hostfile} @var{targetfile}
12918
Copy file @var{hostfile} from the host system (the machine running
12919
@value{GDBN}) to @var{targetfile} on the target system.
12920
 
12921
@kindex remote get
12922
@item remote get @var{targetfile} @var{hostfile}
12923
Copy file @var{targetfile} from the target system to @var{hostfile}
12924
on the host system.
12925
 
12926
@kindex remote delete
12927
@item remote delete @var{targetfile}
12928
Delete @var{targetfile} from the target system.
12929
 
12930
@end table
12931
 
12932
@node Server
12933
@section Using the @code{gdbserver} Program
12934
 
12935
@kindex gdbserver
12936
@cindex remote connection without stubs
12937
@code{gdbserver} is a control program for Unix-like systems, which
12938
allows you to connect your program with a remote @value{GDBN} via
12939
@code{target remote}---but without linking in the usual debugging stub.
12940
 
12941
@code{gdbserver} is not a complete replacement for the debugging stubs,
12942
because it requires essentially the same operating-system facilities
12943
that @value{GDBN} itself does.  In fact, a system that can run
12944
@code{gdbserver} to connect to a remote @value{GDBN} could also run
12945
@value{GDBN} locally!  @code{gdbserver} is sometimes useful nevertheless,
12946
because it is a much smaller program than @value{GDBN} itself.  It is
12947
also easier to port than all of @value{GDBN}, so you may be able to get
12948
started more quickly on a new system by using @code{gdbserver}.
12949
Finally, if you develop code for real-time systems, you may find that
12950
the tradeoffs involved in real-time operation make it more convenient to
12951
do as much development work as possible on another system, for example
12952
by cross-compiling.  You can use @code{gdbserver} to make a similar
12953
choice for debugging.
12954
 
12955
@value{GDBN} and @code{gdbserver} communicate via either a serial line
12956
or a TCP connection, using the standard @value{GDBN} remote serial
12957
protocol.
12958
 
12959
@quotation
12960
@emph{Warning:} @code{gdbserver} does not have any built-in security.
12961
Do not run @code{gdbserver} connected to any public network; a
12962
@value{GDBN} connection to @code{gdbserver} provides access to the
12963
target system with the same privileges as the user running
12964
@code{gdbserver}.
12965
@end quotation
12966
 
12967
@subsection Running @code{gdbserver}
12968
@cindex arguments, to @code{gdbserver}
12969
 
12970
Run @code{gdbserver} on the target system.  You need a copy of the
12971
program you want to debug, including any libraries it requires.
12972
@code{gdbserver} does not need your program's symbol table, so you can
12973
strip the program if necessary to save space.  @value{GDBN} on the host
12974
system does all the symbol handling.
12975
 
12976
To use the server, you must tell it how to communicate with @value{GDBN};
12977
the name of your program; and the arguments for your program.  The usual
12978
syntax is:
12979
 
12980
@smallexample
12981
target> gdbserver @var{comm} @var{program} [ @var{args} @dots{} ]
12982
@end smallexample
12983
 
12984
@var{comm} is either a device name (to use a serial line) or a TCP
12985
hostname and portnumber.  For example, to debug Emacs with the argument
12986
@samp{foo.txt} and communicate with @value{GDBN} over the serial port
12987
@file{/dev/com1}:
12988
 
12989
@smallexample
12990
target> gdbserver /dev/com1 emacs foo.txt
12991
@end smallexample
12992
 
12993
@code{gdbserver} waits passively for the host @value{GDBN} to communicate
12994
with it.
12995
 
12996
To use a TCP connection instead of a serial line:
12997
 
12998
@smallexample
12999
target> gdbserver host:2345 emacs foo.txt
13000
@end smallexample
13001
 
13002
The only difference from the previous example is the first argument,
13003
specifying that you are communicating with the host @value{GDBN} via
13004
TCP.  The @samp{host:2345} argument means that @code{gdbserver} is to
13005
expect a TCP connection from machine @samp{host} to local TCP port 2345.
13006
(Currently, the @samp{host} part is ignored.)  You can choose any number
13007
you want for the port number as long as it does not conflict with any
13008
TCP ports already in use on the target system (for example, @code{23} is
13009
reserved for @code{telnet}).@footnote{If you choose a port number that
13010
conflicts with another service, @code{gdbserver} prints an error message
13011
and exits.}  You must use the same port number with the host @value{GDBN}
13012
@code{target remote} command.
13013
 
13014
@subsubsection Attaching to a Running Program
13015
 
13016
On some targets, @code{gdbserver} can also attach to running programs.
13017
This is accomplished via the @code{--attach} argument.  The syntax is:
13018
 
13019
@smallexample
13020
target> gdbserver --attach @var{comm} @var{pid}
13021
@end smallexample
13022
 
13023
@var{pid} is the process ID of a currently running process.  It isn't necessary
13024
to point @code{gdbserver} at a binary for the running process.
13025
 
13026
@pindex pidof
13027
@cindex attach to a program by name
13028
You can debug processes by name instead of process ID if your target has the
13029
@code{pidof} utility:
13030
 
13031
@smallexample
13032
target> gdbserver --attach @var{comm} `pidof @var{program}`
13033
@end smallexample
13034
 
13035
In case more than one copy of @var{program} is running, or @var{program}
13036
has multiple threads, most versions of @code{pidof} support the
13037
@code{-s} option to only return the first process ID.
13038
 
13039
@subsubsection Multi-Process Mode for @code{gdbserver}
13040
@cindex gdbserver, multiple processes
13041
@cindex multiple processes with gdbserver
13042
 
13043
When you connect to @code{gdbserver} using @code{target remote},
13044
@code{gdbserver} debugs the specified program only once.  When the
13045
program exits, or you detach from it, @value{GDBN} closes the connection
13046
and @code{gdbserver} exits.
13047
 
13048
If you connect using @kbd{target extended-remote}, @code{gdbserver}
13049
enters multi-process mode.  When the debugged program exits, or you
13050
detach from it, @value{GDBN} stays connected to @code{gdbserver} even
13051
though no program is running.  The @code{run} and @code{attach}
13052
commands instruct @code{gdbserver} to run or attach to a new program.
13053
The @code{run} command uses @code{set remote exec-file} (@pxref{set
13054
remote exec-file}) to select the program to run.  Command line
13055
arguments are supported, except for wildcard expansion and I/O
13056
redirection (@pxref{Arguments}).
13057
 
13058
To start @code{gdbserver} without supplying an initial command to run
13059
or process ID to attach, use the @option{--multi} command line option.
13060
Then you can connect using @kbd{target extended-remote} and start
13061
the program you want to debug.
13062
 
13063
@code{gdbserver} does not automatically exit in multi-process mode.
13064
You can terminate it by using @code{monitor exit}
13065
(@pxref{Monitor Commands for gdbserver}).
13066
 
13067
@subsubsection Other Command-Line Arguments for @code{gdbserver}
13068
 
13069
You can include @option{--debug} on the @code{gdbserver} command line.
13070
@code{gdbserver} will display extra status information about the debugging
13071
process.  This option is intended for @code{gdbserver} development and
13072
for bug reports to the developers.
13073
 
13074
@subsection Connecting to @code{gdbserver}
13075
 
13076
Run @value{GDBN} on the host system.
13077
 
13078
First make sure you have the necessary symbol files.  Load symbols for
13079
your application using the @code{file} command before you connect.  Use
13080
@code{set sysroot} to locate target libraries (unless your @value{GDBN}
13081
was compiled with the correct sysroot using @code{--with-sysroot}).
13082
 
13083
The symbol file and target libraries must exactly match the executable
13084
and libraries on the target, with one exception: the files on the host
13085
system should not be stripped, even if the files on the target system
13086
are.  Mismatched or missing files will lead to confusing results
13087
during debugging.  On @sc{gnu}/Linux targets, mismatched or missing
13088
files may also prevent @code{gdbserver} from debugging multi-threaded
13089
programs.
13090
 
13091
Connect to your target (@pxref{Connecting,,Connecting to a Remote Target}).
13092
For TCP connections, you must start up @code{gdbserver} prior to using
13093
the @code{target remote} command.  Otherwise you may get an error whose
13094
text depends on the host system, but which usually looks something like
13095
@samp{Connection refused}.  Don't use the @code{load}
13096
command in @value{GDBN} when using @code{gdbserver}, since the program is
13097
already on the target.
13098
 
13099
@subsection Monitor Commands for @code{gdbserver}
13100
@cindex monitor commands, for @code{gdbserver}
13101
@anchor{Monitor Commands for gdbserver}
13102
 
13103
During a @value{GDBN} session using @code{gdbserver}, you can use the
13104
@code{monitor} command to send special requests to @code{gdbserver}.
13105
Here are the available commands.
13106
 
13107
@table @code
13108
@item monitor help
13109
List the available monitor commands.
13110
 
13111
@item monitor set debug 0
13112
@itemx monitor set debug 1
13113
Disable or enable general debugging messages.
13114
 
13115
@item monitor set remote-debug 0
13116
@itemx monitor set remote-debug 1
13117
Disable or enable specific debugging messages associated with the remote
13118
protocol (@pxref{Remote Protocol}).
13119
 
13120
@item monitor exit
13121
Tell gdbserver to exit immediately.  This command should be followed by
13122
@code{disconnect} to close the debugging session.  @code{gdbserver} will
13123
detach from any attached processes and kill any processes it created.
13124
Use @code{monitor exit} to terminate @code{gdbserver} at the end
13125
of a multi-process mode debug session.
13126
 
13127
@end table
13128
 
13129
@node Remote Configuration
13130
@section Remote Configuration
13131
 
13132
@kindex set remote
13133
@kindex show remote
13134
This section documents the configuration options available when
13135
debugging remote programs.  For the options related to the File I/O
13136
extensions of the remote protocol, see @ref{system,
13137
system-call-allowed}.
13138
 
13139
@table @code
13140
@item set remoteaddresssize @var{bits}
13141
@cindex address size for remote targets
13142
@cindex bits in remote address
13143
Set the maximum size of address in a memory packet to the specified
13144
number of bits.  @value{GDBN} will mask off the address bits above
13145
that number, when it passes addresses to the remote target.  The
13146
default value is the number of bits in the target's address.
13147
 
13148
@item show remoteaddresssize
13149
Show the current value of remote address size in bits.
13150
 
13151
@item set remotebaud @var{n}
13152
@cindex baud rate for remote targets
13153
Set the baud rate for the remote serial I/O to @var{n} baud.  The
13154
value is used to set the speed of the serial port used for debugging
13155
remote targets.
13156
 
13157
@item show remotebaud
13158
Show the current speed of the remote connection.
13159
 
13160
@item set remotebreak
13161
@cindex interrupt remote programs
13162
@cindex BREAK signal instead of Ctrl-C
13163
@anchor{set remotebreak}
13164
If set to on, @value{GDBN} sends a @code{BREAK} signal to the remote
13165
when you type @kbd{Ctrl-c} to interrupt the program running
13166
on the remote.  If set to off, @value{GDBN} sends the @samp{Ctrl-C}
13167
character instead.  The default is off, since most remote systems
13168
expect to see @samp{Ctrl-C} as the interrupt signal.
13169
 
13170
@item show remotebreak
13171
Show whether @value{GDBN} sends @code{BREAK} or @samp{Ctrl-C} to
13172
interrupt the remote program.
13173
 
13174
@item set remoteflow on
13175
@itemx set remoteflow off
13176
@kindex set remoteflow
13177
Enable or disable hardware flow control (@code{RTS}/@code{CTS})
13178
on the serial port used to communicate to the remote target.
13179
 
13180
@item show remoteflow
13181
@kindex show remoteflow
13182
Show the current setting of hardware flow control.
13183
 
13184
@item set remotelogbase @var{base}
13185
Set the base (a.k.a.@: radix) of logging serial protocol
13186
communications to @var{base}.  Supported values of @var{base} are:
13187
@code{ascii}, @code{octal}, and @code{hex}.  The default is
13188
@code{ascii}.
13189
 
13190
@item show remotelogbase
13191
Show the current setting of the radix for logging remote serial
13192
protocol.
13193
 
13194
@item set remotelogfile @var{file}
13195
@cindex record serial communications on file
13196
Record remote serial communications on the named @var{file}.  The
13197
default is not to record at all.
13198
 
13199
@item show remotelogfile.
13200
Show the current setting  of the file name on which to record the
13201
serial communications.
13202
 
13203
@item set remotetimeout @var{num}
13204
@cindex timeout for serial communications
13205
@cindex remote timeout
13206
Set the timeout limit to wait for the remote target to respond to
13207
@var{num} seconds.  The default is 2 seconds.
13208
 
13209
@item show remotetimeout
13210
Show the current number of seconds to wait for the remote target
13211
responses.
13212
 
13213
@cindex limit hardware breakpoints and watchpoints
13214
@cindex remote target, limit break- and watchpoints
13215
@anchor{set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit}
13216
@anchor{set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit}
13217
@item set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit @var{limit}
13218
@itemx set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit @var{limit}
13219
Restrict @value{GDBN} to using @var{limit} remote hardware breakpoint or
13220
watchpoints.  A limit of -1, the default, is treated as unlimited.
13221
 
13222
@item set remote exec-file @var{filename}
13223
@itemx show remote exec-file
13224
@anchor{set remote exec-file}
13225
@cindex executable file, for remote target
13226
Select the file used for @code{run} with @code{target
13227
extended-remote}.  This should be set to a filename valid on the
13228
target system.  If it is not set, the target will use a default
13229
filename (e.g.@: the last program run).
13230
@end table
13231
 
13232
@cindex remote packets, enabling and disabling
13233
The @value{GDBN} remote protocol autodetects the packets supported by
13234
your debugging stub.  If you need to override the autodetection, you
13235
can use these commands to enable or disable individual packets.  Each
13236
packet can be set to @samp{on} (the remote target supports this
13237
packet), @samp{off} (the remote target does not support this packet),
13238
or @samp{auto} (detect remote target support for this packet).  They
13239
all default to @samp{auto}.  For more information about each packet,
13240
see @ref{Remote Protocol}.
13241
 
13242
During normal use, you should not have to use any of these commands.
13243
If you do, that may be a bug in your remote debugging stub, or a bug
13244
in @value{GDBN}.  You may want to report the problem to the
13245
@value{GDBN} developers.
13246
 
13247
For each packet @var{name}, the command to enable or disable the
13248
packet is @code{set remote @var{name}-packet}.  The available settings
13249
are:
13250
 
13251
@multitable @columnfractions 0.28 0.32 0.25
13252
@item Command Name
13253
@tab Remote Packet
13254
@tab Related Features
13255
 
13256
@item @code{fetch-register}
13257
@tab @code{p}
13258
@tab @code{info registers}
13259
 
13260
@item @code{set-register}
13261
@tab @code{P}
13262
@tab @code{set}
13263
 
13264
@item @code{binary-download}
13265
@tab @code{X}
13266
@tab @code{load}, @code{set}
13267
 
13268
@item @code{read-aux-vector}
13269
@tab @code{qXfer:auxv:read}
13270
@tab @code{info auxv}
13271
 
13272
@item @code{symbol-lookup}
13273
@tab @code{qSymbol}
13274
@tab Detecting multiple threads
13275
 
13276
@item @code{attach}
13277
@tab @code{vAttach}
13278
@tab @code{attach}
13279
 
13280
@item @code{verbose-resume}
13281
@tab @code{vCont}
13282
@tab Stepping or resuming multiple threads
13283
 
13284
@item @code{run}
13285
@tab @code{vRun}
13286
@tab @code{run}
13287
 
13288
@item @code{software-breakpoint}
13289
@tab @code{Z0}
13290
@tab @code{break}
13291
 
13292
@item @code{hardware-breakpoint}
13293
@tab @code{Z1}
13294
@tab @code{hbreak}
13295
 
13296
@item @code{write-watchpoint}
13297
@tab @code{Z2}
13298
@tab @code{watch}
13299
 
13300
@item @code{read-watchpoint}
13301
@tab @code{Z3}
13302
@tab @code{rwatch}
13303
 
13304
@item @code{access-watchpoint}
13305
@tab @code{Z4}
13306
@tab @code{awatch}
13307
 
13308
@item @code{target-features}
13309
@tab @code{qXfer:features:read}
13310
@tab @code{set architecture}
13311
 
13312
@item @code{library-info}
13313
@tab @code{qXfer:libraries:read}
13314
@tab @code{info sharedlibrary}
13315
 
13316
@item @code{memory-map}
13317
@tab @code{qXfer:memory-map:read}
13318
@tab @code{info mem}
13319
 
13320
@item @code{read-spu-object}
13321
@tab @code{qXfer:spu:read}
13322
@tab @code{info spu}
13323
 
13324
@item @code{write-spu-object}
13325
@tab @code{qXfer:spu:write}
13326
@tab @code{info spu}
13327
 
13328
@item @code{get-thread-local-@*storage-address}
13329
@tab @code{qGetTLSAddr}
13330
@tab Displaying @code{__thread} variables
13331
 
13332
@item @code{supported-packets}
13333
@tab @code{qSupported}
13334
@tab Remote communications parameters
13335
 
13336
@item @code{pass-signals}
13337
@tab @code{QPassSignals}
13338
@tab @code{handle @var{signal}}
13339
 
13340
@item @code{hostio-close-packet}
13341
@tab @code{vFile:close}
13342
@tab @code{remote get}, @code{remote put}
13343
 
13344
@item @code{hostio-open-packet}
13345
@tab @code{vFile:open}
13346
@tab @code{remote get}, @code{remote put}
13347
 
13348
@item @code{hostio-pread-packet}
13349
@tab @code{vFile:pread}
13350
@tab @code{remote get}, @code{remote put}
13351
 
13352
@item @code{hostio-pwrite-packet}
13353
@tab @code{vFile:pwrite}
13354
@tab @code{remote get}, @code{remote put}
13355
 
13356
@item @code{hostio-unlink-packet}
13357
@tab @code{vFile:unlink}
13358
@tab @code{remote delete}
13359
@end multitable
13360
 
13361
@node Remote Stub
13362
@section Implementing a Remote Stub
13363
 
13364
@cindex debugging stub, example
13365
@cindex remote stub, example
13366
@cindex stub example, remote debugging
13367
The stub files provided with @value{GDBN} implement the target side of the
13368
communication protocol, and the @value{GDBN} side is implemented in the
13369
@value{GDBN} source file @file{remote.c}.  Normally, you can simply allow
13370
these subroutines to communicate, and ignore the details.  (If you're
13371
implementing your own stub file, you can still ignore the details: start
13372
with one of the existing stub files.  @file{sparc-stub.c} is the best
13373
organized, and therefore the easiest to read.)
13374
 
13375
@cindex remote serial debugging, overview
13376
To debug a program running on another machine (the debugging
13377
@dfn{target} machine), you must first arrange for all the usual
13378
prerequisites for the program to run by itself.  For example, for a C
13379
program, you need:
13380
 
13381
@enumerate
13382
@item
13383
A startup routine to set up the C runtime environment; these usually
13384
have a name like @file{crt0}.  The startup routine may be supplied by
13385
your hardware supplier, or you may have to write your own.
13386
 
13387
@item
13388
A C subroutine library to support your program's
13389
subroutine calls, notably managing input and output.
13390
 
13391
@item
13392
A way of getting your program to the other machine---for example, a
13393
download program.  These are often supplied by the hardware
13394
manufacturer, but you may have to write your own from hardware
13395
documentation.
13396
@end enumerate
13397
 
13398
The next step is to arrange for your program to use a serial port to
13399
communicate with the machine where @value{GDBN} is running (the @dfn{host}
13400
machine).  In general terms, the scheme looks like this:
13401
 
13402
@table @emph
13403
@item On the host,
13404
@value{GDBN} already understands how to use this protocol; when everything
13405
else is set up, you can simply use the @samp{target remote} command
13406
(@pxref{Targets,,Specifying a Debugging Target}).
13407
 
13408
@item On the target,
13409
you must link with your program a few special-purpose subroutines that
13410
implement the @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol.  The file containing these
13411
subroutines is called  a @dfn{debugging stub}.
13412
 
13413
On certain remote targets, you can use an auxiliary program
13414
@code{gdbserver} instead of linking a stub into your program.
13415
@xref{Server,,Using the @code{gdbserver} Program}, for details.
13416
@end table
13417
 
13418
The debugging stub is specific to the architecture of the remote
13419
machine; for example, use @file{sparc-stub.c} to debug programs on
13420
@sc{sparc} boards.
13421
 
13422
@cindex remote serial stub list
13423
These working remote stubs are distributed with @value{GDBN}:
13424
 
13425
@table @code
13426
 
13427
@item i386-stub.c
13428
@cindex @file{i386-stub.c}
13429
@cindex Intel
13430
@cindex i386
13431
For Intel 386 and compatible architectures.
13432
 
13433
@item m68k-stub.c
13434
@cindex @file{m68k-stub.c}
13435
@cindex Motorola 680x0
13436
@cindex m680x0
13437
For Motorola 680x0 architectures.
13438
 
13439
@item sh-stub.c
13440
@cindex @file{sh-stub.c}
13441
@cindex Renesas
13442
@cindex SH
13443
For Renesas SH architectures.
13444
 
13445
@item sparc-stub.c
13446
@cindex @file{sparc-stub.c}
13447
@cindex Sparc
13448
For @sc{sparc} architectures.
13449
 
13450
@item sparcl-stub.c
13451
@cindex @file{sparcl-stub.c}
13452
@cindex Fujitsu
13453
@cindex SparcLite
13454
For Fujitsu @sc{sparclite} architectures.
13455
 
13456
@end table
13457
 
13458
The @file{README} file in the @value{GDBN} distribution may list other
13459
recently added stubs.
13460
 
13461
@menu
13462
* Stub Contents::       What the stub can do for you
13463
* Bootstrapping::       What you must do for the stub
13464
* Debug Session::       Putting it all together
13465
@end menu
13466
 
13467
@node Stub Contents
13468
@subsection What the Stub Can Do for You
13469
 
13470
@cindex remote serial stub
13471
The debugging stub for your architecture supplies these three
13472
subroutines:
13473
 
13474
@table @code
13475
@item set_debug_traps
13476
@findex set_debug_traps
13477
@cindex remote serial stub, initialization
13478
This routine arranges for @code{handle_exception} to run when your
13479
program stops.  You must call this subroutine explicitly near the
13480
beginning of your program.
13481
 
13482
@item handle_exception
13483
@findex handle_exception
13484
@cindex remote serial stub, main routine
13485
This is the central workhorse, but your program never calls it
13486
explicitly---the setup code arranges for @code{handle_exception} to
13487
run when a trap is triggered.
13488
 
13489
@code{handle_exception} takes control when your program stops during
13490
execution (for example, on a breakpoint), and mediates communications
13491
with @value{GDBN} on the host machine.  This is where the communications
13492
protocol is implemented; @code{handle_exception} acts as the @value{GDBN}
13493
representative on the target machine.  It begins by sending summary
13494
information on the state of your program, then continues to execute,
13495
retrieving and transmitting any information @value{GDBN} needs, until you
13496
execute a @value{GDBN} command that makes your program resume; at that point,
13497
@code{handle_exception} returns control to your own code on the target
13498
machine.
13499
 
13500
@item breakpoint
13501
@cindex @code{breakpoint} subroutine, remote
13502
Use this auxiliary subroutine to make your program contain a
13503
breakpoint.  Depending on the particular situation, this may be the only
13504
way for @value{GDBN} to get control.  For instance, if your target
13505
machine has some sort of interrupt button, you won't need to call this;
13506
pressing the interrupt button transfers control to
13507
@code{handle_exception}---in effect, to @value{GDBN}.  On some machines,
13508
simply receiving characters on the serial port may also trigger a trap;
13509
again, in that situation, you don't need to call @code{breakpoint} from
13510
your own program---simply running @samp{target remote} from the host
13511
@value{GDBN} session gets control.
13512
 
13513
Call @code{breakpoint} if none of these is true, or if you simply want
13514
to make certain your program stops at a predetermined point for the
13515
start of your debugging session.
13516
@end table
13517
 
13518
@node Bootstrapping
13519
@subsection What You Must Do for the Stub
13520
 
13521
@cindex remote stub, support routines
13522
The debugging stubs that come with @value{GDBN} are set up for a particular
13523
chip architecture, but they have no information about the rest of your
13524
debugging target machine.
13525
 
13526
First of all you need to tell the stub how to communicate with the
13527
serial port.
13528
 
13529
@table @code
13530
@item int getDebugChar()
13531
@findex getDebugChar
13532
Write this subroutine to read a single character from the serial port.
13533
It may be identical to @code{getchar} for your target system; a
13534
different name is used to allow you to distinguish the two if you wish.
13535
 
13536
@item void putDebugChar(int)
13537
@findex putDebugChar
13538
Write this subroutine to write a single character to the serial port.
13539
It may be identical to @code{putchar} for your target system; a
13540
different name is used to allow you to distinguish the two if you wish.
13541
@end table
13542
 
13543
@cindex control C, and remote debugging
13544
@cindex interrupting remote targets
13545
If you want @value{GDBN} to be able to stop your program while it is
13546
running, you need to use an interrupt-driven serial driver, and arrange
13547
for it to stop when it receives a @code{^C} (@samp{\003}, the control-C
13548
character).  That is the character which @value{GDBN} uses to tell the
13549
remote system to stop.
13550
 
13551
Getting the debugging target to return the proper status to @value{GDBN}
13552
probably requires changes to the standard stub; one quick and dirty way
13553
is to just execute a breakpoint instruction (the ``dirty'' part is that
13554
@value{GDBN} reports a @code{SIGTRAP} instead of a @code{SIGINT}).
13555
 
13556
Other routines you need to supply are:
13557
 
13558
@table @code
13559
@item void exceptionHandler (int @var{exception_number}, void *@var{exception_address})
13560
@findex exceptionHandler
13561
Write this function to install @var{exception_address} in the exception
13562
handling tables.  You need to do this because the stub does not have any
13563
way of knowing what the exception handling tables on your target system
13564
are like (for example, the processor's table might be in @sc{rom},
13565
containing entries which point to a table in @sc{ram}).
13566
@var{exception_number} is the exception number which should be changed;
13567
its meaning is architecture-dependent (for example, different numbers
13568
might represent divide by zero, misaligned access, etc).  When this
13569
exception occurs, control should be transferred directly to
13570
@var{exception_address}, and the processor state (stack, registers,
13571
and so on) should be just as it is when a processor exception occurs.  So if
13572
you want to use a jump instruction to reach @var{exception_address}, it
13573
should be a simple jump, not a jump to subroutine.
13574
 
13575
For the 386, @var{exception_address} should be installed as an interrupt
13576
gate so that interrupts are masked while the handler runs.  The gate
13577
should be at privilege level 0 (the most privileged level).  The
13578
@sc{sparc} and 68k stubs are able to mask interrupts themselves without
13579
help from @code{exceptionHandler}.
13580
 
13581
@item void flush_i_cache()
13582
@findex flush_i_cache
13583
On @sc{sparc} and @sc{sparclite} only, write this subroutine to flush the
13584
instruction cache, if any, on your target machine.  If there is no
13585
instruction cache, this subroutine may be a no-op.
13586
 
13587
On target machines that have instruction caches, @value{GDBN} requires this
13588
function to make certain that the state of your program is stable.
13589
@end table
13590
 
13591
@noindent
13592
You must also make sure this library routine is available:
13593
 
13594
@table @code
13595
@item void *memset(void *, int, int)
13596
@findex memset
13597
This is the standard library function @code{memset} that sets an area of
13598
memory to a known value.  If you have one of the free versions of
13599
@code{libc.a}, @code{memset} can be found there; otherwise, you must
13600
either obtain it from your hardware manufacturer, or write your own.
13601
@end table
13602
 
13603
If you do not use the GNU C compiler, you may need other standard
13604
library subroutines as well; this varies from one stub to another,
13605
but in general the stubs are likely to use any of the common library
13606
subroutines which @code{@value{NGCC}} generates as inline code.
13607
 
13608
 
13609
@node Debug Session
13610
@subsection Putting it All Together
13611
 
13612
@cindex remote serial debugging summary
13613
In summary, when your program is ready to debug, you must follow these
13614
steps.
13615
 
13616
@enumerate
13617
@item
13618
Make sure you have defined the supporting low-level routines
13619
(@pxref{Bootstrapping,,What You Must Do for the Stub}):
13620
@display
13621
@code{getDebugChar}, @code{putDebugChar},
13622
@code{flush_i_cache}, @code{memset}, @code{exceptionHandler}.
13623
@end display
13624
 
13625
@item
13626
Insert these lines near the top of your program:
13627
 
13628
@smallexample
13629
set_debug_traps();
13630
breakpoint();
13631
@end smallexample
13632
 
13633
@item
13634
For the 680x0 stub only, you need to provide a variable called
13635
@code{exceptionHook}.  Normally you just use:
13636
 
13637
@smallexample
13638
void (*exceptionHook)() = 0;
13639
@end smallexample
13640
 
13641
@noindent
13642
but if before calling @code{set_debug_traps}, you set it to point to a
13643
function in your program, that function is called when
13644
@code{@value{GDBN}} continues after stopping on a trap (for example, bus
13645
error).  The function indicated by @code{exceptionHook} is called with
13646
one parameter: an @code{int} which is the exception number.
13647
 
13648
@item
13649
Compile and link together: your program, the @value{GDBN} debugging stub for
13650
your target architecture, and the supporting subroutines.
13651
 
13652
@item
13653
Make sure you have a serial connection between your target machine and
13654
the @value{GDBN} host, and identify the serial port on the host.
13655
 
13656
@item
13657
@c The "remote" target now provides a `load' command, so we should
13658
@c document that.  FIXME.
13659
Download your program to your target machine (or get it there by
13660
whatever means the manufacturer provides), and start it.
13661
 
13662
@item
13663
Start @value{GDBN} on the host, and connect to the target
13664
(@pxref{Connecting,,Connecting to a Remote Target}).
13665
 
13666
@end enumerate
13667
 
13668
@node Configurations
13669
@chapter Configuration-Specific Information
13670
 
13671
While nearly all @value{GDBN} commands are available for all native and
13672
cross versions of the debugger, there are some exceptions.  This chapter
13673
describes things that are only available in certain configurations.
13674
 
13675
There are three major categories of configurations: native
13676
configurations, where the host and target are the same, embedded
13677
operating system configurations, which are usually the same for several
13678
different processor architectures, and bare embedded processors, which
13679
are quite different from each other.
13680
 
13681
@menu
13682
* Native::
13683
* Embedded OS::
13684
* Embedded Processors::
13685
* Architectures::
13686
@end menu
13687
 
13688
@node Native
13689
@section Native
13690
 
13691
This section describes details specific to particular native
13692
configurations.
13693
 
13694
@menu
13695
* HP-UX::                       HP-UX
13696
* BSD libkvm Interface::        Debugging BSD kernel memory images
13697
* SVR4 Process Information::    SVR4 process information
13698
* DJGPP Native::                Features specific to the DJGPP port
13699
* Cygwin Native::               Features specific to the Cygwin port
13700
* Hurd Native::                 Features specific to @sc{gnu} Hurd
13701
* Neutrino::                    Features specific to QNX Neutrino
13702
@end menu
13703
 
13704
@node HP-UX
13705
@subsection HP-UX
13706
 
13707
On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that
13708
begins with a dollar sign, @value{GDBN} searches for a user or system
13709
name first, before it searches for a convenience variable.
13710
 
13711
 
13712
@node BSD libkvm Interface
13713
@subsection BSD libkvm Interface
13714
 
13715
@cindex libkvm
13716
@cindex kernel memory image
13717
@cindex kernel crash dump
13718
 
13719
BSD-derived systems (FreeBSD/NetBSD/OpenBSD) have a kernel memory
13720
interface that provides a uniform interface for accessing kernel virtual
13721
memory images, including live systems and crash dumps.  @value{GDBN}
13722
uses this interface to allow you to debug live kernels and kernel crash
13723
dumps on many native BSD configurations.  This is implemented as a
13724
special @code{kvm} debugging target.  For debugging a live system, load
13725
the currently running kernel into @value{GDBN} and connect to the
13726
@code{kvm} target:
13727
 
13728
@smallexample
13729
(@value{GDBP}) @b{target kvm}
13730
@end smallexample
13731
 
13732
For debugging crash dumps, provide the file name of the crash dump as an
13733
argument:
13734
 
13735
@smallexample
13736
(@value{GDBP}) @b{target kvm /var/crash/bsd.0}
13737
@end smallexample
13738
 
13739
Once connected to the @code{kvm} target, the following commands are
13740
available:
13741
 
13742
@table @code
13743
@kindex kvm
13744
@item kvm pcb
13745
Set current context from the @dfn{Process Control Block} (PCB) address.
13746
 
13747
@item kvm proc
13748
Set current context from proc address.  This command isn't available on
13749
modern FreeBSD systems.
13750
@end table
13751
 
13752
@node SVR4 Process Information
13753
@subsection SVR4 Process Information
13754
@cindex /proc
13755
@cindex examine process image
13756
@cindex process info via @file{/proc}
13757
 
13758
Many versions of SVR4 and compatible systems provide a facility called
13759
@samp{/proc} that can be used to examine the image of a running
13760
process using file-system subroutines.  If @value{GDBN} is configured
13761
for an operating system with this facility, the command @code{info
13762
proc} is available to report information about the process running
13763
your program, or about any process running on your system.  @code{info
13764
proc} works only on SVR4 systems that include the @code{procfs} code.
13765
This includes, as of this writing, @sc{gnu}/Linux, OSF/1 (Digital
13766
Unix), Solaris, Irix, and Unixware, but not HP-UX, for example.
13767
 
13768
@table @code
13769
@kindex info proc
13770
@cindex process ID
13771
@item info proc
13772
@itemx info proc @var{process-id}
13773
Summarize available information about any running process.  If a
13774
process ID is specified by @var{process-id}, display information about
13775
that process; otherwise display information about the program being
13776
debugged.  The summary includes the debugged process ID, the command
13777
line used to invoke it, its current working directory, and its
13778
executable file's absolute file name.
13779
 
13780
On some systems, @var{process-id} can be of the form
13781
@samp{[@var{pid}]/@var{tid}} which specifies a certain thread ID
13782
within a process.  If the optional @var{pid} part is missing, it means
13783
a thread from the process being debugged (the leading @samp{/} still
13784
needs to be present, or else @value{GDBN} will interpret the number as
13785
a process ID rather than a thread ID).
13786
 
13787
@item info proc mappings
13788
@cindex memory address space mappings
13789
Report the memory address space ranges accessible in the program, with
13790
information on whether the process has read, write, or execute access
13791
rights to each range.  On @sc{gnu}/Linux systems, each memory range
13792
includes the object file which is mapped to that range, instead of the
13793
memory access rights to that range.
13794
 
13795
@item info proc stat
13796
@itemx info proc status
13797
@cindex process detailed status information
13798
These subcommands are specific to @sc{gnu}/Linux systems.  They show
13799
the process-related information, including the user ID and group ID;
13800
how many threads are there in the process; its virtual memory usage;
13801
the signals that are pending, blocked, and ignored; its TTY; its
13802
consumption of system and user time; its stack size; its @samp{nice}
13803
value; etc.  For more information, see the @samp{proc} man page
13804
(type @kbd{man 5 proc} from your shell prompt).
13805
 
13806
@item info proc all
13807
Show all the information about the process described under all of the
13808
above @code{info proc} subcommands.
13809
 
13810
@ignore
13811
@comment These sub-options of 'info proc' were not included when
13812
@comment procfs.c was re-written.  Keep their descriptions around
13813
@comment against the day when someone finds the time to put them back in.
13814
@kindex info proc times
13815
@item info proc times
13816
Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and
13817
its children.
13818
 
13819
@kindex info proc id
13820
@item info proc id
13821
Report on the process IDs related to your program: its own process ID,
13822
the ID of its parent, the process group ID, and the session ID.
13823
@end ignore
13824
 
13825
@item set procfs-trace
13826
@kindex set procfs-trace
13827
@cindex @code{procfs} API calls
13828
This command enables and disables tracing of @code{procfs} API calls.
13829
 
13830
@item show procfs-trace
13831
@kindex show procfs-trace
13832
Show the current state of @code{procfs} API call tracing.
13833
 
13834
@item set procfs-file @var{file}
13835
@kindex set procfs-file
13836
Tell @value{GDBN} to write @code{procfs} API trace to the named
13837
@var{file}.  @value{GDBN} appends the trace info to the previous
13838
contents of the file.  The default is to display the trace on the
13839
standard output.
13840
 
13841
@item show procfs-file
13842
@kindex show procfs-file
13843
Show the file to which @code{procfs} API trace is written.
13844
 
13845
@item proc-trace-entry
13846
@itemx proc-trace-exit
13847
@itemx proc-untrace-entry
13848
@itemx proc-untrace-exit
13849
@kindex proc-trace-entry
13850
@kindex proc-trace-exit
13851
@kindex proc-untrace-entry
13852
@kindex proc-untrace-exit
13853
These commands enable and disable tracing of entries into and exits
13854
from the @code{syscall} interface.
13855
 
13856
@item info pidlist
13857
@kindex info pidlist
13858
@cindex process list, QNX Neutrino
13859
For QNX Neutrino only, this command displays the list of all the
13860
processes and all the threads within each process.
13861
 
13862
@item info meminfo
13863
@kindex info meminfo
13864
@cindex mapinfo list, QNX Neutrino
13865
For QNX Neutrino only, this command displays the list of all mapinfos.
13866
@end table
13867
 
13868
@node DJGPP Native
13869
@subsection Features for Debugging @sc{djgpp} Programs
13870
@cindex @sc{djgpp} debugging
13871
@cindex native @sc{djgpp} debugging
13872
@cindex MS-DOS-specific commands
13873
 
13874
@cindex DPMI
13875
@sc{djgpp} is a port of the @sc{gnu} development tools to MS-DOS and
13876
MS-Windows.  @sc{djgpp} programs are 32-bit protected-mode programs
13877
that use the @dfn{DPMI} (DOS Protected-Mode Interface) API to run on
13878
top of real-mode DOS systems and their emulations.
13879
 
13880
@value{GDBN} supports native debugging of @sc{djgpp} programs, and
13881
defines a few commands specific to the @sc{djgpp} port.  This
13882
subsection describes those commands.
13883
 
13884
@table @code
13885
@kindex info dos
13886
@item info dos
13887
This is a prefix of @sc{djgpp}-specific commands which print
13888
information about the target system and important OS structures.
13889
 
13890
@kindex sysinfo
13891
@cindex MS-DOS system info
13892
@cindex free memory information (MS-DOS)
13893
@item info dos sysinfo
13894
This command displays assorted information about the underlying
13895
platform: the CPU type and features, the OS version and flavor, the
13896
DPMI version, and the available conventional and DPMI memory.
13897
 
13898
@cindex GDT
13899
@cindex LDT
13900
@cindex IDT
13901
@cindex segment descriptor tables
13902
@cindex descriptor tables display
13903
@item info dos gdt
13904
@itemx info dos ldt
13905
@itemx info dos idt
13906
These 3 commands display entries from, respectively, Global, Local,
13907
and Interrupt Descriptor Tables (GDT, LDT, and IDT).  The descriptor
13908
tables are data structures which store a descriptor for each segment
13909
that is currently in use.  The segment's selector is an index into a
13910
descriptor table; the table entry for that index holds the
13911
descriptor's base address and limit, and its attributes and access
13912
rights.
13913
 
13914
A typical @sc{djgpp} program uses 3 segments: a code segment, a data
13915
segment (used for both data and the stack), and a DOS segment (which
13916
allows access to DOS/BIOS data structures and absolute addresses in
13917
conventional memory).  However, the DPMI host will usually define
13918
additional segments in order to support the DPMI environment.
13919
 
13920
@cindex garbled pointers
13921
These commands allow to display entries from the descriptor tables.
13922
Without an argument, all entries from the specified table are
13923
displayed.  An argument, which should be an integer expression, means
13924
display a single entry whose index is given by the argument.  For
13925
example, here's a convenient way to display information about the
13926
debugged program's data segment:
13927
 
13928
@smallexample
13929
@exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos ldt $ds}
13930
@exdent @code{0x13f: base=0x11970000 limit=0x0009ffff 32-Bit Data (Read/Write, Exp-up)}
13931
@end smallexample
13932
 
13933
@noindent
13934
This comes in handy when you want to see whether a pointer is outside
13935
the data segment's limit (i.e.@: @dfn{garbled}).
13936
 
13937
@cindex page tables display (MS-DOS)
13938
@item info dos pde
13939
@itemx info dos pte
13940
These two commands display entries from, respectively, the Page
13941
Directory and the Page Tables.  Page Directories and Page Tables are
13942
data structures which control how virtual memory addresses are mapped
13943
into physical addresses.  A Page Table includes an entry for every
13944
page of memory that is mapped into the program's address space; there
13945
may be several Page Tables, each one holding up to 4096 entries.  A
13946
Page Directory has up to 4096 entries, one each for every Page Table
13947
that is currently in use.
13948
 
13949
Without an argument, @kbd{info dos pde} displays the entire Page
13950
Directory, and @kbd{info dos pte} displays all the entries in all of
13951
the Page Tables.  An argument, an integer expression, given to the
13952
@kbd{info dos pde} command means display only that entry from the Page
13953
Directory table.  An argument given to the @kbd{info dos pte} command
13954
means display entries from a single Page Table, the one pointed to by
13955
the specified entry in the Page Directory.
13956
 
13957
@cindex direct memory access (DMA) on MS-DOS
13958
These commands are useful when your program uses @dfn{DMA} (Direct
13959
Memory Access), which needs physical addresses to program the DMA
13960
controller.
13961
 
13962
These commands are supported only with some DPMI servers.
13963
 
13964
@cindex physical address from linear address
13965
@item info dos address-pte @var{addr}
13966
This command displays the Page Table entry for a specified linear
13967
address.  The argument @var{addr} is a linear address which should
13968
already have the appropriate segment's base address added to it,
13969
because this command accepts addresses which may belong to @emph{any}
13970
segment.  For example, here's how to display the Page Table entry for
13971
the page where a variable @code{i} is stored:
13972
 
13973
@smallexample
13974
@exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos address-pte __djgpp_base_address + (char *)&i}
13975
@exdent @code{Page Table entry for address 0x11a00d30:}
13976
@exdent @code{Base=0x02698000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0xd30}
13977
@end smallexample
13978
 
13979
@noindent
13980
This says that @code{i} is stored at offset @code{0xd30} from the page
13981
whose physical base address is @code{0x02698000}, and shows all the
13982
attributes of that page.
13983
 
13984
Note that you must cast the addresses of variables to a @code{char *},
13985
since otherwise the value of @code{__djgpp_base_address}, the base
13986
address of all variables and functions in a @sc{djgpp} program, will
13987
be added using the rules of C pointer arithmetics: if @code{i} is
13988
declared an @code{int}, @value{GDBN} will add 4 times the value of
13989
@code{__djgpp_base_address} to the address of @code{i}.
13990
 
13991
Here's another example, it displays the Page Table entry for the
13992
transfer buffer:
13993
 
13994
@smallexample
13995
@exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos address-pte *((unsigned *)&_go32_info_block + 3)}
13996
@exdent @code{Page Table entry for address 0x29110:}
13997
@exdent @code{Base=0x00029000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0x110}
13998
@end smallexample
13999
 
14000
@noindent
14001
(The @code{+ 3} offset is because the transfer buffer's address is the
14002
3rd member of the @code{_go32_info_block} structure.)  The output
14003
clearly shows that this DPMI server maps the addresses in conventional
14004
memory 1:1, i.e.@: the physical (@code{0x00029000} + @code{0x110}) and
14005
linear (@code{0x29110}) addresses are identical.
14006
 
14007
This command is supported only with some DPMI servers.
14008
@end table
14009
 
14010
@cindex DOS serial data link, remote debugging
14011
In addition to native debugging, the DJGPP port supports remote
14012
debugging via a serial data link.  The following commands are specific
14013
to remote serial debugging in the DJGPP port of @value{GDBN}.
14014
 
14015
@table @code
14016
@kindex set com1base
14017
@kindex set com1irq
14018
@kindex set com2base
14019
@kindex set com2irq
14020
@kindex set com3base
14021
@kindex set com3irq
14022
@kindex set com4base
14023
@kindex set com4irq
14024
@item set com1base @var{addr}
14025
This command sets the base I/O port address of the @file{COM1} serial
14026
port.
14027
 
14028
@item set com1irq @var{irq}
14029
This command sets the @dfn{Interrupt Request} (@code{IRQ}) line to use
14030
for the @file{COM1} serial port.
14031
 
14032
There are similar commands @samp{set com2base}, @samp{set com3irq},
14033
etc.@: for setting the port address and the @code{IRQ} lines for the
14034
other 3 COM ports.
14035
 
14036
@kindex show com1base
14037
@kindex show com1irq
14038
@kindex show com2base
14039
@kindex show com2irq
14040
@kindex show com3base
14041
@kindex show com3irq
14042
@kindex show com4base
14043
@kindex show com4irq
14044
The related commands @samp{show com1base}, @samp{show com1irq} etc.@:
14045
display the current settings of the base address and the @code{IRQ}
14046
lines used by the COM ports.
14047
 
14048
@item info serial
14049
@kindex info serial
14050
@cindex DOS serial port status
14051
This command prints the status of the 4 DOS serial ports.  For each
14052
port, it prints whether it's active or not, its I/O base address and
14053
IRQ number, whether it uses a 16550-style FIFO, its baudrate, and the
14054
counts of various errors encountered so far.
14055
@end table
14056
 
14057
 
14058
@node Cygwin Native
14059
@subsection Features for Debugging MS Windows PE Executables
14060
@cindex MS Windows debugging
14061
@cindex native Cygwin debugging
14062
@cindex Cygwin-specific commands
14063
 
14064
@value{GDBN} supports native debugging of MS Windows programs, including
14065
DLLs with and without symbolic debugging information.  There are various
14066
additional Cygwin-specific commands, described in this section.
14067
Working with DLLs that have no debugging symbols is described in
14068
@ref{Non-debug DLL Symbols}.
14069
 
14070
@table @code
14071
@kindex info w32
14072
@item info w32
14073
This is a prefix of MS Windows-specific commands which print
14074
information about the target system and important OS structures.
14075
 
14076
@item info w32 selector
14077
This command displays information returned by
14078
the Win32 API @code{GetThreadSelectorEntry} function.
14079
It takes an optional argument that is evaluated to
14080
a long value to give the information about this given selector.
14081
Without argument, this command displays information
14082
about the six segment registers.
14083
 
14084
@kindex info dll
14085
@item info dll
14086
This is a Cygwin-specific alias of @code{info shared}.
14087
 
14088
@kindex dll-symbols
14089
@item dll-symbols
14090
This command loads symbols from a dll similarly to
14091
add-sym command but without the need to specify a base address.
14092
 
14093
@kindex set cygwin-exceptions
14094
@cindex debugging the Cygwin DLL
14095
@cindex Cygwin DLL, debugging
14096
@item set cygwin-exceptions @var{mode}
14097
If @var{mode} is @code{on}, @value{GDBN} will break on exceptions that
14098
happen inside the Cygwin DLL.  If @var{mode} is @code{off},
14099
@value{GDBN} will delay recognition of exceptions, and may ignore some
14100
exceptions which seem to be caused by internal Cygwin DLL
14101
``bookkeeping''.  This option is meant primarily for debugging the
14102
Cygwin DLL itself; the default value is @code{off} to avoid annoying
14103
@value{GDBN} users with false @code{SIGSEGV} signals.
14104
 
14105
@kindex show cygwin-exceptions
14106
@item show cygwin-exceptions
14107
Displays whether @value{GDBN} will break on exceptions that happen
14108
inside the Cygwin DLL itself.
14109
 
14110
@kindex set new-console
14111
@item set new-console @var{mode}
14112
If @var{mode} is @code{on} the debuggee will
14113
be started in a new console on next start.
14114
If @var{mode} is @code{off}i, the debuggee will
14115
be started in the same console as the debugger.
14116
 
14117
@kindex show new-console
14118
@item show new-console
14119
Displays whether a new console is used
14120
when the debuggee is started.
14121
 
14122
@kindex set new-group
14123
@item set new-group @var{mode}
14124
This boolean value controls whether the debuggee should
14125
start a new group or stay in the same group as the debugger.
14126
This affects the way the Windows OS handles
14127
@samp{Ctrl-C}.
14128
 
14129
@kindex show new-group
14130
@item show new-group
14131
Displays current value of new-group boolean.
14132
 
14133
@kindex set debugevents
14134
@item set debugevents
14135
This boolean value adds debug output concerning kernel events related
14136
to the debuggee seen by the debugger.  This includes events that
14137
signal thread and process creation and exit, DLL loading and
14138
unloading, console interrupts, and debugging messages produced by the
14139
Windows @code{OutputDebugString} API call.
14140
 
14141
@kindex set debugexec
14142
@item set debugexec
14143
This boolean value adds debug output concerning execute events
14144
(such as resume thread) seen by the debugger.
14145
 
14146
@kindex set debugexceptions
14147
@item set debugexceptions
14148
This boolean value adds debug output concerning exceptions in the
14149
debuggee seen by the debugger.
14150
 
14151
@kindex set debugmemory
14152
@item set debugmemory
14153
This boolean value adds debug output concerning debuggee memory reads
14154
and writes by the debugger.
14155
 
14156
@kindex set shell
14157
@item set shell
14158
This boolean values specifies whether the debuggee is called
14159
via a shell or directly (default value is on).
14160
 
14161
@kindex show shell
14162
@item show shell
14163
Displays if the debuggee will be started with a shell.
14164
 
14165
@end table
14166
 
14167
@menu
14168
* Non-debug DLL Symbols::  Support for DLLs without debugging symbols
14169
@end menu
14170
 
14171
@node Non-debug DLL Symbols
14172
@subsubsection Support for DLLs without Debugging Symbols
14173
@cindex DLLs with no debugging symbols
14174
@cindex Minimal symbols and DLLs
14175
 
14176
Very often on windows, some of the DLLs that your program relies on do
14177
not include symbolic debugging information (for example,
14178
@file{kernel32.dll}).  When @value{GDBN} doesn't recognize any debugging
14179
symbols in a DLL, it relies on the minimal amount of symbolic
14180
information contained in the DLL's export table.  This section
14181
describes working with such symbols, known internally to @value{GDBN} as
14182
``minimal symbols''.
14183
 
14184
Note that before the debugged program has started execution, no DLLs
14185
will have been loaded.  The easiest way around this problem is simply to
14186
start the program --- either by setting a breakpoint or letting the
14187
program run once to completion.  It is also possible to force
14188
@value{GDBN} to load a particular DLL before starting the executable ---
14189
see the shared library information in @ref{Files}, or the
14190
@code{dll-symbols} command in @ref{Cygwin Native}.  Currently,
14191
explicitly loading symbols from a DLL with no debugging information will
14192
cause the symbol names to be duplicated in @value{GDBN}'s lookup table,
14193
which may adversely affect symbol lookup performance.
14194
 
14195
@subsubsection DLL Name Prefixes
14196
 
14197
In keeping with the naming conventions used by the Microsoft debugging
14198
tools, DLL export symbols are made available with a prefix based on the
14199
DLL name, for instance @code{KERNEL32!CreateFileA}.  The plain name is
14200
also entered into the symbol table, so @code{CreateFileA} is often
14201
sufficient. In some cases there will be name clashes within a program
14202
(particularly if the executable itself includes full debugging symbols)
14203
necessitating the use of the fully qualified name when referring to the
14204
contents of the DLL. Use single-quotes around the name to avoid the
14205
exclamation mark (``!'')  being interpreted as a language operator.
14206
 
14207
Note that the internal name of the DLL may be all upper-case, even
14208
though the file name of the DLL is lower-case, or vice-versa. Since
14209
symbols within @value{GDBN} are @emph{case-sensitive} this may cause
14210
some confusion. If in doubt, try the @code{info functions} and
14211
@code{info variables} commands or even @code{maint print msymbols}
14212
(@pxref{Symbols}). Here's an example:
14213
 
14214
@smallexample
14215
(@value{GDBP}) info function CreateFileA
14216
All functions matching regular expression "CreateFileA":
14217
 
14218
Non-debugging symbols:
14219
0x77e885f4  CreateFileA
14220
0x77e885f4  KERNEL32!CreateFileA
14221
@end smallexample
14222
 
14223
@smallexample
14224
(@value{GDBP}) info function !
14225
All functions matching regular expression "!":
14226
 
14227
Non-debugging symbols:
14228
0x6100114c  cygwin1!__assert
14229
0x61004034  cygwin1!_dll_crt0@@0
14230
0x61004240  cygwin1!dll_crt0(per_process *)
14231
[etc...]
14232
@end smallexample
14233
 
14234
@subsubsection Working with Minimal Symbols
14235
 
14236
Symbols extracted from a DLL's export table do not contain very much
14237
type information. All that @value{GDBN} can do is guess whether a symbol
14238
refers to a function or variable depending on the linker section that
14239
contains the symbol. Also note that the actual contents of the memory
14240
contained in a DLL are not available unless the program is running. This
14241
means that you cannot examine the contents of a variable or disassemble
14242
a function within a DLL without a running program.
14243
 
14244
Variables are generally treated as pointers and dereferenced
14245
automatically. For this reason, it is often necessary to prefix a
14246
variable name with the address-of operator (``&'') and provide explicit
14247
type information in the command. Here's an example of the type of
14248
problem:
14249
 
14250
@smallexample
14251
(@value{GDBP}) print 'cygwin1!__argv'
14252
$1 = 268572168
14253
@end smallexample
14254
 
14255
@smallexample
14256
(@value{GDBP}) x 'cygwin1!__argv'
14257
0x10021610:      "\230y\""
14258
@end smallexample
14259
 
14260
And two possible solutions:
14261
 
14262
@smallexample
14263
(@value{GDBP}) print ((char **)'cygwin1!__argv')[0]
14264
$2 = 0x22fd98 "/cygdrive/c/mydirectory/myprogram"
14265
@end smallexample
14266
 
14267
@smallexample
14268
(@value{GDBP}) x/2x &'cygwin1!__argv'
14269
0x610c0aa8 <cygwin1!__argv>:    0x10021608      0x00000000
14270
(@value{GDBP}) x/x 0x10021608
14271
0x10021608:     0x0022fd98
14272
(@value{GDBP}) x/s 0x0022fd98
14273
0x22fd98:        "/cygdrive/c/mydirectory/myprogram"
14274
@end smallexample
14275
 
14276
Setting a break point within a DLL is possible even before the program
14277
starts execution. However, under these circumstances, @value{GDBN} can't
14278
examine the initial instructions of the function in order to skip the
14279
function's frame set-up code. You can work around this by using ``*&''
14280
to set the breakpoint at a raw memory address:
14281
 
14282
@smallexample
14283
(@value{GDBP}) break *&'python22!PyOS_Readline'
14284
Breakpoint 1 at 0x1e04eff0
14285
@end smallexample
14286
 
14287
The author of these extensions is not entirely convinced that setting a
14288
break point within a shared DLL like @file{kernel32.dll} is completely
14289
safe.
14290
 
14291
@node Hurd Native
14292
@subsection Commands Specific to @sc{gnu} Hurd Systems
14293
@cindex @sc{gnu} Hurd debugging
14294
 
14295
This subsection describes @value{GDBN} commands specific to the
14296
@sc{gnu} Hurd native debugging.
14297
 
14298
@table @code
14299
@item set signals
14300
@itemx set sigs
14301
@kindex set signals@r{, Hurd command}
14302
@kindex set sigs@r{, Hurd command}
14303
This command toggles the state of inferior signal interception by
14304
@value{GDBN}.  Mach exceptions, such as breakpoint traps, are not
14305
affected by this command.  @code{sigs} is a shorthand alias for
14306
@code{signals}.
14307
 
14308
@item show signals
14309
@itemx show sigs
14310
@kindex show signals@r{, Hurd command}
14311
@kindex show sigs@r{, Hurd command}
14312
Show the current state of intercepting inferior's signals.
14313
 
14314
@item set signal-thread
14315
@itemx set sigthread
14316
@kindex set signal-thread
14317
@kindex set sigthread
14318
This command tells @value{GDBN} which thread is the @code{libc} signal
14319
thread.  That thread is run when a signal is delivered to a running
14320
process.  @code{set sigthread} is the shorthand alias of @code{set
14321
signal-thread}.
14322
 
14323
@item show signal-thread
14324
@itemx show sigthread
14325
@kindex show signal-thread
14326
@kindex show sigthread
14327
These two commands show which thread will run when the inferior is
14328
delivered a signal.
14329
 
14330
@item set stopped
14331
@kindex set stopped@r{, Hurd command}
14332
This commands tells @value{GDBN} that the inferior process is stopped,
14333
as with the @code{SIGSTOP} signal.  The stopped process can be
14334
continued by delivering a signal to it.
14335
 
14336
@item show stopped
14337
@kindex show stopped@r{, Hurd command}
14338
This command shows whether @value{GDBN} thinks the debuggee is
14339
stopped.
14340
 
14341
@item set exceptions
14342
@kindex set exceptions@r{, Hurd command}
14343
Use this command to turn off trapping of exceptions in the inferior.
14344
When exception trapping is off, neither breakpoints nor
14345
single-stepping will work.  To restore the default, set exception
14346
trapping on.
14347
 
14348
@item show exceptions
14349
@kindex show exceptions@r{, Hurd command}
14350
Show the current state of trapping exceptions in the inferior.
14351
 
14352
@item set task pause
14353
@kindex set task@r{, Hurd commands}
14354
@cindex task attributes (@sc{gnu} Hurd)
14355
@cindex pause current task (@sc{gnu} Hurd)
14356
This command toggles task suspension when @value{GDBN} has control.
14357
Setting it to on takes effect immediately, and the task is suspended
14358
whenever @value{GDBN} gets control.  Setting it to off will take
14359
effect the next time the inferior is continued.  If this option is set
14360
to off, you can use @code{set thread default pause on} or @code{set
14361
thread pause on} (see below) to pause individual threads.
14362
 
14363
@item show task pause
14364
@kindex show task@r{, Hurd commands}
14365
Show the current state of task suspension.
14366
 
14367
@item set task detach-suspend-count
14368
@cindex task suspend count
14369
@cindex detach from task, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14370
This command sets the suspend count the task will be left with when
14371
@value{GDBN} detaches from it.
14372
 
14373
@item show task detach-suspend-count
14374
Show the suspend count the task will be left with when detaching.
14375
 
14376
@item set task exception-port
14377
@itemx set task excp
14378
@cindex task exception port, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14379
This command sets the task exception port to which @value{GDBN} will
14380
forward exceptions.  The argument should be the value of the @dfn{send
14381
rights} of the task.  @code{set task excp} is a shorthand alias.
14382
 
14383
@item set noninvasive
14384
@cindex noninvasive task options
14385
This command switches @value{GDBN} to a mode that is the least
14386
invasive as far as interfering with the inferior is concerned.  This
14387
is the same as using @code{set task pause}, @code{set exceptions}, and
14388
@code{set signals} to values opposite to the defaults.
14389
 
14390
@item info send-rights
14391
@itemx info receive-rights
14392
@itemx info port-rights
14393
@itemx info port-sets
14394
@itemx info dead-names
14395
@itemx info ports
14396
@itemx info psets
14397
@cindex send rights, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14398
@cindex receive rights, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14399
@cindex port rights, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14400
@cindex port sets, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14401
@cindex dead names, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14402
These commands display information about, respectively, send rights,
14403
receive rights, port rights, port sets, and dead names of a task.
14404
There are also shorthand aliases: @code{info ports} for @code{info
14405
port-rights} and @code{info psets} for @code{info port-sets}.
14406
 
14407
@item set thread pause
14408
@kindex set thread@r{, Hurd command}
14409
@cindex thread properties, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14410
@cindex pause current thread (@sc{gnu} Hurd)
14411
This command toggles current thread suspension when @value{GDBN} has
14412
control.  Setting it to on takes effect immediately, and the current
14413
thread is suspended whenever @value{GDBN} gets control.  Setting it to
14414
off will take effect the next time the inferior is continued.
14415
Normally, this command has no effect, since when @value{GDBN} has
14416
control, the whole task is suspended.  However, if you used @code{set
14417
task pause off} (see above), this command comes in handy to suspend
14418
only the current thread.
14419
 
14420
@item show thread pause
14421
@kindex show thread@r{, Hurd command}
14422
This command shows the state of current thread suspension.
14423
 
14424
@item set thread run
14425
This command sets whether the current thread is allowed to run.
14426
 
14427
@item show thread run
14428
Show whether the current thread is allowed to run.
14429
 
14430
@item set thread detach-suspend-count
14431
@cindex thread suspend count, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14432
@cindex detach from thread, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14433
This command sets the suspend count @value{GDBN} will leave on a
14434
thread when detaching.  This number is relative to the suspend count
14435
found by @value{GDBN} when it notices the thread; use @code{set thread
14436
takeover-suspend-count} to force it to an absolute value.
14437
 
14438
@item show thread detach-suspend-count
14439
Show the suspend count @value{GDBN} will leave on the thread when
14440
detaching.
14441
 
14442
@item set thread exception-port
14443
@itemx set thread excp
14444
Set the thread exception port to which to forward exceptions.  This
14445
overrides the port set by @code{set task exception-port} (see above).
14446
@code{set thread excp} is the shorthand alias.
14447
 
14448
@item set thread takeover-suspend-count
14449
Normally, @value{GDBN}'s thread suspend counts are relative to the
14450
value @value{GDBN} finds when it notices each thread.  This command
14451
changes the suspend counts to be absolute instead.
14452
 
14453
@item set thread default
14454
@itemx show thread default
14455
@cindex thread default settings, @sc{gnu} Hurd
14456
Each of the above @code{set thread} commands has a @code{set thread
14457
default} counterpart (e.g., @code{set thread default pause}, @code{set
14458
thread default exception-port}, etc.).  The @code{thread default}
14459
variety of commands sets the default thread properties for all
14460
threads; you can then change the properties of individual threads with
14461
the non-default commands.
14462
@end table
14463
 
14464
 
14465
@node Neutrino
14466
@subsection QNX Neutrino
14467
@cindex QNX Neutrino
14468
 
14469
@value{GDBN} provides the following commands specific to the QNX
14470
Neutrino target:
14471
 
14472
@table @code
14473
@item set debug nto-debug
14474
@kindex set debug nto-debug
14475
When set to on, enables debugging messages specific to the QNX
14476
Neutrino support.
14477
 
14478
@item show debug nto-debug
14479
@kindex show debug nto-debug
14480
Show the current state of QNX Neutrino messages.
14481
@end table
14482
 
14483
 
14484
@node Embedded OS
14485
@section Embedded Operating Systems
14486
 
14487
This section describes configurations involving the debugging of
14488
embedded operating systems that are available for several different
14489
architectures.
14490
 
14491
@menu
14492
* VxWorks::                     Using @value{GDBN} with VxWorks
14493
@end menu
14494
 
14495
@value{GDBN} includes the ability to debug programs running on
14496
various real-time operating systems.
14497
 
14498
@node VxWorks
14499
@subsection Using @value{GDBN} with VxWorks
14500
 
14501
@cindex VxWorks
14502
 
14503
@table @code
14504
 
14505
@kindex target vxworks
14506
@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
14507
A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP.  The argument @var{machinename}
14508
is the target system's machine name or IP address.
14509
 
14510
@end table
14511
 
14512
On VxWorks, @code{load} links @var{filename} dynamically on the
14513
current target system as well as adding its symbols in @value{GDBN}.
14514
 
14515
@value{GDBN} enables developers to spawn and debug tasks running on networked
14516
VxWorks targets from a Unix host.  Already-running tasks spawned from
14517
the VxWorks shell can also be debugged.  @value{GDBN} uses code that runs on
14518
both the Unix host and on the VxWorks target.  The program
14519
@code{@value{GDBP}} is installed and executed on the Unix host.  (It may be
14520
installed with the name @code{vxgdb}, to distinguish it from a
14521
@value{GDBN} for debugging programs on the host itself.)
14522
 
14523
@table @code
14524
@item VxWorks-timeout @var{args}
14525
@kindex vxworks-timeout
14526
All VxWorks-based targets now support the option @code{vxworks-timeout}.
14527
This option is set by the user, and  @var{args} represents the number of
14528
seconds @value{GDBN} waits for responses to rpc's.  You might use this if
14529
your VxWorks target is a slow software simulator or is on the far side
14530
of a thin network line.
14531
@end table
14532
 
14533
The following information on connecting to VxWorks was current when
14534
this manual was produced; newer releases of VxWorks may use revised
14535
procedures.
14536
 
14537
@findex INCLUDE_RDB
14538
To use @value{GDBN} with VxWorks, you must rebuild your VxWorks kernel
14539
to include the remote debugging interface routines in the VxWorks
14540
library @file{rdb.a}.  To do this, define @code{INCLUDE_RDB} in the
14541
VxWorks configuration file @file{configAll.h} and rebuild your VxWorks
14542
kernel.  The resulting kernel contains @file{rdb.a}, and spawns the
14543
source debugging task @code{tRdbTask} when VxWorks is booted.  For more
14544
information on configuring and remaking VxWorks, see the manufacturer's
14545
manual.
14546
@c VxWorks, see the @cite{VxWorks Programmer's Guide}.
14547
 
14548
Once you have included @file{rdb.a} in your VxWorks system image and set
14549
your Unix execution search path to find @value{GDBN}, you are ready to
14550
run @value{GDBN}.  From your Unix host, run @code{@value{GDBP}} (or
14551
@code{vxgdb}, depending on your installation).
14552
 
14553
@value{GDBN} comes up showing the prompt:
14554
 
14555
@smallexample
14556
(vxgdb)
14557
@end smallexample
14558
 
14559
@menu
14560
* VxWorks Connection::          Connecting to VxWorks
14561
* VxWorks Download::            VxWorks download
14562
* VxWorks Attach::              Running tasks
14563
@end menu
14564
 
14565
@node VxWorks Connection
14566
@subsubsection Connecting to VxWorks
14567
 
14568
The @value{GDBN} command @code{target} lets you connect to a VxWorks target on the
14569
network.  To connect to a target whose host name is ``@code{tt}'', type:
14570
 
14571
@smallexample
14572
(vxgdb) target vxworks tt
14573
@end smallexample
14574
 
14575
@need 750
14576
@value{GDBN} displays messages like these:
14577
 
14578
@smallexample
14579
Attaching remote machine across net...
14580
Connected to tt.
14581
@end smallexample
14582
 
14583
@need 1000
14584
@value{GDBN} then attempts to read the symbol tables of any object modules
14585
loaded into the VxWorks target since it was last booted.  @value{GDBN} locates
14586
these files by searching the directories listed in the command search
14587
path (@pxref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}); if it fails
14588
to find an object file, it displays a message such as:
14589
 
14590
@smallexample
14591
prog.o: No such file or directory.
14592
@end smallexample
14593
 
14594
When this happens, add the appropriate directory to the search path with
14595
the @value{GDBN} command @code{path}, and execute the @code{target}
14596
command again.
14597
 
14598
@node VxWorks Download
14599
@subsubsection VxWorks Download
14600
 
14601
@cindex download to VxWorks
14602
If you have connected to the VxWorks target and you want to debug an
14603
object that has not yet been loaded, you can use the @value{GDBN}
14604
@code{load} command to download a file from Unix to VxWorks
14605
incrementally.  The object file given as an argument to the @code{load}
14606
command is actually opened twice: first by the VxWorks target in order
14607
to download the code, then by @value{GDBN} in order to read the symbol
14608
table.  This can lead to problems if the current working directories on
14609
the two systems differ.  If both systems have NFS mounted the same
14610
filesystems, you can avoid these problems by using absolute paths.
14611
Otherwise, it is simplest to set the working directory on both systems
14612
to the directory in which the object file resides, and then to reference
14613
the file by its name, without any path.  For instance, a program
14614
@file{prog.o} may reside in @file{@var{vxpath}/vw/demo/rdb} in VxWorks
14615
and in @file{@var{hostpath}/vw/demo/rdb} on the host.  To load this
14616
program, type this on VxWorks:
14617
 
14618
@smallexample
14619
-> cd "@var{vxpath}/vw/demo/rdb"
14620
@end smallexample
14621
 
14622
@noindent
14623
Then, in @value{GDBN}, type:
14624
 
14625
@smallexample
14626
(vxgdb) cd @var{hostpath}/vw/demo/rdb
14627
(vxgdb) load prog.o
14628
@end smallexample
14629
 
14630
@value{GDBN} displays a response similar to this:
14631
 
14632
@smallexample
14633
Reading symbol data from wherever/vw/demo/rdb/prog.o... done.
14634
@end smallexample
14635
 
14636
You can also use the @code{load} command to reload an object module
14637
after editing and recompiling the corresponding source file.  Note that
14638
this makes @value{GDBN} delete all currently-defined breakpoints,
14639
auto-displays, and convenience variables, and to clear the value
14640
history.  (This is necessary in order to preserve the integrity of
14641
debugger's data structures that reference the target system's symbol
14642
table.)
14643
 
14644
@node VxWorks Attach
14645
@subsubsection Running Tasks
14646
 
14647
@cindex running VxWorks tasks
14648
You can also attach to an existing task using the @code{attach} command as
14649
follows:
14650
 
14651
@smallexample
14652
(vxgdb) attach @var{task}
14653
@end smallexample
14654
 
14655
@noindent
14656
where @var{task} is the VxWorks hexadecimal task ID.  The task can be running
14657
or suspended when you attach to it.  Running tasks are suspended at
14658
the time of attachment.
14659
 
14660
@node Embedded Processors
14661
@section Embedded Processors
14662
 
14663
This section goes into details specific to particular embedded
14664
configurations.
14665
 
14666
@cindex send command to simulator
14667
Whenever a specific embedded processor has a simulator, @value{GDBN}
14668
allows to send an arbitrary command to the simulator.
14669
 
14670
@table @code
14671
@item sim @var{command}
14672
@kindex sim@r{, a command}
14673
Send an arbitrary @var{command} string to the simulator.  Consult the
14674
documentation for the specific simulator in use for information about
14675
acceptable commands.
14676
@end table
14677
 
14678
 
14679
@menu
14680
* ARM::                         ARM RDI
14681
* M32R/D::                      Renesas M32R/D
14682
* M68K::                        Motorola M68K
14683
* MIPS Embedded::               MIPS Embedded
14684
* OpenRISC 1000::               OpenRisc 1000
14685
* PA::                          HP PA Embedded
14686
* PowerPC Embedded::            PowerPC Embedded
14687
* Sparclet::                    Tsqware Sparclet
14688
* Sparclite::                   Fujitsu Sparclite
14689
* Z8000::                       Zilog Z8000
14690
* AVR::                         Atmel AVR
14691
* CRIS::                        CRIS
14692
* Super-H::                     Renesas Super-H
14693
@end menu
14694
 
14695
@node ARM
14696
@subsection ARM
14697
@cindex ARM RDI
14698
 
14699
@table @code
14700
@kindex target rdi
14701
@item target rdi @var{dev}
14702
ARM Angel monitor, via RDI library interface to ADP protocol.  You may
14703
use this target to communicate with both boards running the Angel
14704
monitor, or with the EmbeddedICE JTAG debug device.
14705
 
14706
@kindex target rdp
14707
@item target rdp @var{dev}
14708
ARM Demon monitor.
14709
 
14710
@end table
14711
 
14712
@value{GDBN} provides the following ARM-specific commands:
14713
 
14714
@table @code
14715
@item set arm disassembler
14716
@kindex set arm
14717
This commands selects from a list of disassembly styles.  The
14718
@code{"std"} style is the standard style.
14719
 
14720
@item show arm disassembler
14721
@kindex show arm
14722
Show the current disassembly style.
14723
 
14724
@item set arm apcs32
14725
@cindex ARM 32-bit mode
14726
This command toggles ARM operation mode between 32-bit and 26-bit.
14727
 
14728
@item show arm apcs32
14729
Display the current usage of the ARM 32-bit mode.
14730
 
14731
@item set arm fpu @var{fputype}
14732
This command sets the ARM floating-point unit (FPU) type.  The
14733
argument @var{fputype} can be one of these:
14734
 
14735
@table @code
14736
@item auto
14737
Determine the FPU type by querying the OS ABI.
14738
@item softfpa
14739
Software FPU, with mixed-endian doubles on little-endian ARM
14740
processors.
14741
@item fpa
14742
GCC-compiled FPA co-processor.
14743
@item softvfp
14744
Software FPU with pure-endian doubles.
14745
@item vfp
14746
VFP co-processor.
14747
@end table
14748
 
14749
@item show arm fpu
14750
Show the current type of the FPU.
14751
 
14752
@item set arm abi
14753
This command forces @value{GDBN} to use the specified ABI.
14754
 
14755
@item show arm abi
14756
Show the currently used ABI.
14757
 
14758
@item set debug arm
14759
Toggle whether to display ARM-specific debugging messages from the ARM
14760
target support subsystem.
14761
 
14762
@item show debug arm
14763
Show whether ARM-specific debugging messages are enabled.
14764
@end table
14765
 
14766
The following commands are available when an ARM target is debugged
14767
using the RDI interface:
14768
 
14769
@table @code
14770
@item rdilogfile @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
14771
@kindex rdilogfile
14772
@cindex ADP (Angel Debugger Protocol) logging
14773
Set the filename for the ADP (Angel Debugger Protocol) packet log.
14774
With an argument, sets the log file to the specified @var{file}.  With
14775
no argument, show the current log file name.  The default log file is
14776
@file{rdi.log}.
14777
 
14778
@item rdilogenable @r{[}@var{arg}@r{]}
14779
@kindex rdilogenable
14780
Control logging of ADP packets.  With an argument of 1 or @code{"yes"}
14781
enables logging, with an argument 0 or @code{"no"} disables it.  With
14782
no arguments displays the current setting.  When logging is enabled,
14783
ADP packets exchanged between @value{GDBN} and the RDI target device
14784
are logged to a file.
14785
 
14786
@item set rdiromatzero
14787
@kindex set rdiromatzero
14788
@cindex ROM at zero address, RDI
14789
Tell @value{GDBN} whether the target has ROM at address 0.  If on,
14790
vector catching is disabled, so that zero address can be used.  If off
14791
(the default), vector catching is enabled.  For this command to take
14792
effect, it needs to be invoked prior to the @code{target rdi} command.
14793
 
14794
@item show rdiromatzero
14795
@kindex show rdiromatzero
14796
Show the current setting of ROM at zero address.
14797
 
14798
@item set rdiheartbeat
14799
@kindex set rdiheartbeat
14800
@cindex RDI heartbeat
14801
Enable or disable RDI heartbeat packets.  It is not recommended to
14802
turn on this option, since it confuses ARM and EPI JTAG interface, as
14803
well as the Angel monitor.
14804
 
14805
@item show rdiheartbeat
14806
@kindex show rdiheartbeat
14807
Show the setting of RDI heartbeat packets.
14808
@end table
14809
 
14810
 
14811
@node M32R/D
14812
@subsection Renesas M32R/D and M32R/SDI
14813
 
14814
@table @code
14815
@kindex target m32r
14816
@item target m32r @var{dev}
14817
Renesas M32R/D ROM monitor.
14818
 
14819
@kindex target m32rsdi
14820
@item target m32rsdi @var{dev}
14821
Renesas M32R SDI server, connected via parallel port to the board.
14822
@end table
14823
 
14824
The following @value{GDBN} commands are specific to the M32R monitor:
14825
 
14826
@table @code
14827
@item set download-path @var{path}
14828
@kindex set download-path
14829
@cindex find downloadable @sc{srec} files (M32R)
14830
Set the default path for finding downloadable @sc{srec} files.
14831
 
14832
@item show download-path
14833
@kindex show download-path
14834
Show the default path for downloadable @sc{srec} files.
14835
 
14836
@item set board-address @var{addr}
14837
@kindex set board-address
14838
@cindex M32-EVA target board address
14839
Set the IP address for the M32R-EVA target board.
14840
 
14841
@item show board-address
14842
@kindex show board-address
14843
Show the current IP address of the target board.
14844
 
14845
@item set server-address @var{addr}
14846
@kindex set server-address
14847
@cindex download server address (M32R)
14848
Set the IP address for the download server, which is the @value{GDBN}'s
14849
host machine.
14850
 
14851
@item show server-address
14852
@kindex show server-address
14853
Display the IP address of the download server.
14854
 
14855
@item upload @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
14856
@kindex upload@r{, M32R}
14857
Upload the specified @sc{srec} @var{file} via the monitor's Ethernet
14858
upload capability.  If no @var{file} argument is given, the current
14859
executable file is uploaded.
14860
 
14861
@item tload @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
14862
@kindex tload@r{, M32R}
14863
Test the @code{upload} command.
14864
@end table
14865
 
14866
The following commands are available for M32R/SDI:
14867
 
14868
@table @code
14869
@item sdireset
14870
@kindex sdireset
14871
@cindex reset SDI connection, M32R
14872
This command resets the SDI connection.
14873
 
14874
@item sdistatus
14875
@kindex sdistatus
14876
This command shows the SDI connection status.
14877
 
14878
@item debug_chaos
14879
@kindex debug_chaos
14880
@cindex M32R/Chaos debugging
14881
Instructs the remote that M32R/Chaos debugging is to be used.
14882
 
14883
@item use_debug_dma
14884
@kindex use_debug_dma
14885
Instructs the remote to use the DEBUG_DMA method of accessing memory.
14886
 
14887
@item use_mon_code
14888
@kindex use_mon_code
14889
Instructs the remote to use the MON_CODE method of accessing memory.
14890
 
14891
@item use_ib_break
14892
@kindex use_ib_break
14893
Instructs the remote to set breakpoints by IB break.
14894
 
14895
@item use_dbt_break
14896
@kindex use_dbt_break
14897
Instructs the remote to set breakpoints by DBT.
14898
@end table
14899
 
14900
@node M68K
14901
@subsection M68k
14902
 
14903
The Motorola m68k configuration includes ColdFire support, and a
14904
target command for the following ROM monitor.
14905
 
14906
@table @code
14907
 
14908
@kindex target dbug
14909
@item target dbug @var{dev}
14910
dBUG ROM monitor for Motorola ColdFire.
14911
 
14912
@end table
14913
 
14914
@node MIPS Embedded
14915
@subsection MIPS Embedded
14916
 
14917
@cindex MIPS boards
14918
@value{GDBN} can use the MIPS remote debugging protocol to talk to a
14919
MIPS board attached to a serial line.  This is available when
14920
you configure @value{GDBN} with @samp{--target=mips-idt-ecoff}.
14921
 
14922
@need 1000
14923
Use these @value{GDBN} commands to specify the connection to your target board:
14924
 
14925
@table @code
14926
@item target mips @var{port}
14927
@kindex target mips @var{port}
14928
To run a program on the board, start up @code{@value{GDBP}} with the
14929
name of your program as the argument.  To connect to the board, use the
14930
command @samp{target mips @var{port}}, where @var{port} is the name of
14931
the serial port connected to the board.  If the program has not already
14932
been downloaded to the board, you may use the @code{load} command to
14933
download it.  You can then use all the usual @value{GDBN} commands.
14934
 
14935
For example, this sequence connects to the target board through a serial
14936
port, and loads and runs a program called @var{prog} through the
14937
debugger:
14938
 
14939
@smallexample
14940
host$ @value{GDBP} @var{prog}
14941
@value{GDBN} is free software and @dots{}
14942
(@value{GDBP}) target mips /dev/ttyb
14943
(@value{GDBP}) load @var{prog}
14944
(@value{GDBP}) run
14945
@end smallexample
14946
 
14947
@item target mips @var{hostname}:@var{portnumber}
14948
On some @value{GDBN} host configurations, you can specify a TCP
14949
connection (for instance, to a serial line managed by a terminal
14950
concentrator) instead of a serial port, using the syntax
14951
@samp{@var{hostname}:@var{portnumber}}.
14952
 
14953
@item target pmon @var{port}
14954
@kindex target pmon @var{port}
14955
PMON ROM monitor.
14956
 
14957
@item target ddb @var{port}
14958
@kindex target ddb @var{port}
14959
NEC's DDB variant of PMON for Vr4300.
14960
 
14961
@item target lsi @var{port}
14962
@kindex target lsi @var{port}
14963
LSI variant of PMON.
14964
 
14965
@kindex target r3900
14966
@item target r3900 @var{dev}
14967
Densan DVE-R3900 ROM monitor for Toshiba R3900 Mips.
14968
 
14969
@kindex target array
14970
@item target array @var{dev}
14971
Array Tech LSI33K RAID controller board.
14972
 
14973
@end table
14974
 
14975
 
14976
@noindent
14977
@value{GDBN} also supports these special commands for MIPS targets:
14978
 
14979
@table @code
14980
@item set mipsfpu double
14981
@itemx set mipsfpu single
14982
@itemx set mipsfpu none
14983
@itemx set mipsfpu auto
14984
@itemx show mipsfpu
14985
@kindex set mipsfpu
14986
@kindex show mipsfpu
14987
@cindex MIPS remote floating point
14988
@cindex floating point, MIPS remote
14989
If your target board does not support the MIPS floating point
14990
coprocessor, you should use the command @samp{set mipsfpu none} (if you
14991
need this, you may wish to put the command in your @value{GDBN} init
14992
file).  This tells @value{GDBN} how to find the return value of
14993
functions which return floating point values.  It also allows
14994
@value{GDBN} to avoid saving the floating point registers when calling
14995
functions on the board.  If you are using a floating point coprocessor
14996
with only single precision floating point support, as on the @sc{r4650}
14997
processor, use the command @samp{set mipsfpu single}.  The default
14998
double precision floating point coprocessor may be selected using
14999
@samp{set mipsfpu double}.
15000
 
15001
In previous versions the only choices were double precision or no
15002
floating point, so @samp{set mipsfpu on} will select double precision
15003
and @samp{set mipsfpu off} will select no floating point.
15004
 
15005
As usual, you can inquire about the @code{mipsfpu} variable with
15006
@samp{show mipsfpu}.
15007
 
15008
@item set timeout @var{seconds}
15009
@itemx set retransmit-timeout @var{seconds}
15010
@itemx show timeout
15011
@itemx show retransmit-timeout
15012
@cindex @code{timeout}, MIPS protocol
15013
@cindex @code{retransmit-timeout}, MIPS protocol
15014
@kindex set timeout
15015
@kindex show timeout
15016
@kindex set retransmit-timeout
15017
@kindex show retransmit-timeout
15018
You can control the timeout used while waiting for a packet, in the MIPS
15019
remote protocol, with the @code{set timeout @var{seconds}} command.  The
15020
default is 5 seconds.  Similarly, you can control the timeout used while
15021
waiting for an acknowledgement of a packet with the @code{set
15022
retransmit-timeout @var{seconds}} command.  The default is 3 seconds.
15023
You can inspect both values with @code{show timeout} and @code{show
15024
retransmit-timeout}.  (These commands are @emph{only} available when
15025
@value{GDBN} is configured for @samp{--target=mips-idt-ecoff}.)
15026
 
15027
The timeout set by @code{set timeout} does not apply when @value{GDBN}
15028
is waiting for your program to stop.  In that case, @value{GDBN} waits
15029
forever because it has no way of knowing how long the program is going
15030
to run before stopping.
15031
 
15032
@item set syn-garbage-limit @var{num}
15033
@kindex set syn-garbage-limit@r{, MIPS remote}
15034
@cindex synchronize with remote MIPS target
15035
Limit the maximum number of characters @value{GDBN} should ignore when
15036
it tries to synchronize with the remote target.  The default is 10
15037
characters.  Setting the limit to -1 means there's no limit.
15038
 
15039
@item show syn-garbage-limit
15040
@kindex show syn-garbage-limit@r{, MIPS remote}
15041
Show the current limit on the number of characters to ignore when
15042
trying to synchronize with the remote system.
15043
 
15044
@item set monitor-prompt @var{prompt}
15045
@kindex set monitor-prompt@r{, MIPS remote}
15046
@cindex remote monitor prompt
15047
Tell @value{GDBN} to expect the specified @var{prompt} string from the
15048
remote monitor.  The default depends on the target:
15049
@table @asis
15050
@item pmon target
15051
@samp{PMON}
15052
@item ddb target
15053
@samp{NEC010}
15054
@item lsi target
15055
@samp{PMON>}
15056
@end table
15057
 
15058
@item show monitor-prompt
15059
@kindex show monitor-prompt@r{, MIPS remote}
15060
Show the current strings @value{GDBN} expects as the prompt from the
15061
remote monitor.
15062
 
15063
@item set monitor-warnings
15064
@kindex set monitor-warnings@r{, MIPS remote}
15065
Enable or disable monitor warnings about hardware breakpoints.  This
15066
has effect only for the @code{lsi} target.  When on, @value{GDBN} will
15067
display warning messages whose codes are returned by the @code{lsi}
15068
PMON monitor for breakpoint commands.
15069
 
15070
@item show monitor-warnings
15071
@kindex show monitor-warnings@r{, MIPS remote}
15072
Show the current setting of printing monitor warnings.
15073
 
15074
@item pmon @var{command}
15075
@kindex pmon@r{, MIPS remote}
15076
@cindex send PMON command
15077
This command allows sending an arbitrary @var{command} string to the
15078
monitor.  The monitor must be in debug mode for this to work.
15079
@end table
15080
 
15081
@node OpenRISC 1000
15082
@subsection OpenRISC 1000
15083
@cindex OpenRISC 1000
15084
 
15085
@cindex or1k boards
15086
See OR1k Architecture document (@uref{www.opencores.org}) for more information
15087
about platform and commands.
15088
 
15089
@table @code
15090
 
15091
@kindex target jtag
15092
@item target jtag jtag://@var{host}:@var{port}
15093
 
15094
Connects to remote JTAG server.
15095
JTAG remote server can be either an or1ksim or JTAG server,
15096
connected via parallel port to the board.
15097
 
15098
Example: @code{target jtag jtag://localhost:9999}
15099
 
15100
@kindex or1ksim
15101
@item or1ksim @var{command}
15102
If connected to @code{or1ksim} OpenRISC 1000 Architectural
15103
Simulator, proprietary commands can be executed.
15104
 
15105
@kindex info or1k spr
15106
@item info or1k spr
15107
Displays spr groups.
15108
 
15109
@item info or1k spr @var{group}
15110
@itemx info or1k spr @var{groupno}
15111
Displays register names in selected group.
15112
 
15113
@item info or1k spr @var{group} @var{register}
15114
@itemx info or1k spr @var{register}
15115
@itemx info or1k spr @var{groupno} @var{registerno}
15116
@itemx info or1k spr @var{registerno}
15117
Shows information about specified spr register.
15118
 
15119
@kindex spr
15120
@item spr @var{group} @var{register} @var{value}
15121
@itemx spr @var{register @var{value}}
15122
@itemx spr @var{groupno} @var{registerno @var{value}}
15123
@itemx spr @var{registerno @var{value}}
15124
Writes @var{value} to specified spr register.
15125
@end table
15126
 
15127
Some implementations of OpenRISC 1000 Architecture also have hardware trace.
15128
It is very similar to @value{GDBN} trace, except it does not interfere with normal
15129
program execution and is thus much faster.  Hardware breakpoints/watchpoint
15130
triggers can be set using:
15131
@table @code
15132
@item $LEA/$LDATA
15133
Load effective address/data
15134
@item $SEA/$SDATA
15135
Store effective address/data
15136
@item $AEA/$ADATA
15137
Access effective address ($SEA or $LEA) or data ($SDATA/$LDATA)
15138
@item $FETCH
15139
Fetch data
15140
@end table
15141
 
15142
When triggered, it can capture low level data, like: @code{PC}, @code{LSEA},
15143
@code{LDATA}, @code{SDATA}, @code{READSPR}, @code{WRITESPR}, @code{INSTR}.
15144
 
15145
@code{htrace} commands:
15146
@cindex OpenRISC 1000 htrace
15147
@table @code
15148
@kindex hwatch
15149
@item hwatch @var{conditional}
15150
Set hardware watchpoint on combination of Load/Store Effective Address(es)
15151
or Data.  For example:
15152
 
15153
@code{hwatch ($LEA == my_var) && ($LDATA < 50) || ($SEA == my_var) && ($SDATA >= 50)}
15154
 
15155
@code{hwatch ($LEA == my_var) && ($LDATA < 50) || ($SEA == my_var) && ($SDATA >= 50)}
15156
 
15157
@kindex htrace
15158
@item htrace info
15159
Display information about current HW trace configuration.
15160
 
15161
@item htrace trigger @var{conditional}
15162
Set starting criteria for HW trace.
15163
 
15164
@item htrace qualifier @var{conditional}
15165
Set acquisition qualifier for HW trace.
15166
 
15167
@item htrace stop @var{conditional}
15168
Set HW trace stopping criteria.
15169
 
15170
@item htrace record [@var{data}]*
15171
Selects the data to be recorded, when qualifier is met and HW trace was
15172
triggered.
15173
 
15174
@item htrace enable
15175
@itemx htrace disable
15176
Enables/disables the HW trace.
15177
 
15178
@item htrace rewind [@var{filename}]
15179
Clears currently recorded trace data.
15180
 
15181
If filename is specified, new trace file is made and any newly collected data
15182
will be written there.
15183
 
15184
@item htrace print [@var{start} [@var{len}]]
15185
Prints trace buffer, using current record configuration.
15186
 
15187
@item htrace mode continuous
15188
Set continuous trace mode.
15189
 
15190
@item htrace mode suspend
15191
Set suspend trace mode.
15192
 
15193
@end table
15194
 
15195
@node PowerPC Embedded
15196
@subsection PowerPC Embedded
15197
 
15198
@value{GDBN} provides the following PowerPC-specific commands:
15199
 
15200
@table @code
15201
@kindex set powerpc
15202
@item set powerpc soft-float
15203
@itemx show powerpc soft-float
15204
Force @value{GDBN} to use (or not use) a software floating point calling
15205
convention.  By default, @value{GDBN} selects the calling convention based
15206
on the selected architecture and the provided executable file.
15207
 
15208
@item set powerpc vector-abi
15209
@itemx show powerpc vector-abi
15210
Force @value{GDBN} to use the specified calling convention for vector
15211
arguments and return values.  The valid options are @samp{auto};
15212
@samp{generic}, to avoid vector registers even if they are present;
15213
@samp{altivec}, to use AltiVec registers; and @samp{spe} to use SPE
15214
registers.  By default, @value{GDBN} selects the calling convention
15215
based on the selected architecture and the provided executable file.
15216
 
15217
@kindex target dink32
15218
@item target dink32 @var{dev}
15219
DINK32 ROM monitor.
15220
 
15221
@kindex target ppcbug
15222
@item target ppcbug @var{dev}
15223
@kindex target ppcbug1
15224
@item target ppcbug1 @var{dev}
15225
PPCBUG ROM monitor for PowerPC.
15226
 
15227
@kindex target sds
15228
@item target sds @var{dev}
15229
SDS monitor, running on a PowerPC board (such as Motorola's ADS).
15230
@end table
15231
 
15232
@cindex SDS protocol
15233
The following commands specific to the SDS protocol are supported
15234
by @value{GDBN}:
15235
 
15236
@table @code
15237
@item set sdstimeout @var{nsec}
15238
@kindex set sdstimeout
15239
Set the timeout for SDS protocol reads to be @var{nsec} seconds.  The
15240
default is 2 seconds.
15241
 
15242
@item show sdstimeout
15243
@kindex show sdstimeout
15244
Show the current value of the SDS timeout.
15245
 
15246
@item sds @var{command}
15247
@kindex sds@r{, a command}
15248
Send the specified @var{command} string to the SDS monitor.
15249
@end table
15250
 
15251
 
15252
@node PA
15253
@subsection HP PA Embedded
15254
 
15255
@table @code
15256
 
15257
@kindex target op50n
15258
@item target op50n @var{dev}
15259
OP50N monitor, running on an OKI HPPA board.
15260
 
15261
@kindex target w89k
15262
@item target w89k @var{dev}
15263
W89K monitor, running on a Winbond HPPA board.
15264
 
15265
@end table
15266
 
15267
@node Sparclet
15268
@subsection Tsqware Sparclet
15269
 
15270
@cindex Sparclet
15271
 
15272
@value{GDBN} enables developers to debug tasks running on
15273
Sparclet targets from a Unix host.
15274
@value{GDBN} uses code that runs on
15275
both the Unix host and on the Sparclet target.  The program
15276
@code{@value{GDBP}} is installed and executed on the Unix host.
15277
 
15278
@table @code
15279
@item remotetimeout @var{args}
15280
@kindex remotetimeout
15281
@value{GDBN} supports the option @code{remotetimeout}.
15282
This option is set by the user, and  @var{args} represents the number of
15283
seconds @value{GDBN} waits for responses.
15284
@end table
15285
 
15286
@cindex compiling, on Sparclet
15287
When compiling for debugging, include the options @samp{-g} to get debug
15288
information and @samp{-Ttext} to relocate the program to where you wish to
15289
load it on the target.  You may also want to add the options @samp{-n} or
15290
@samp{-N} in order to reduce the size of the sections.  Example:
15291
 
15292
@smallexample
15293
sparclet-aout-gcc prog.c -Ttext 0x12010000 -g -o prog -N
15294
@end smallexample
15295
 
15296
You can use @code{objdump} to verify that the addresses are what you intended:
15297
 
15298
@smallexample
15299
sparclet-aout-objdump --headers --syms prog
15300
@end smallexample
15301
 
15302
@cindex running, on Sparclet
15303
Once you have set
15304
your Unix execution search path to find @value{GDBN}, you are ready to
15305
run @value{GDBN}.  From your Unix host, run @code{@value{GDBP}}
15306
(or @code{sparclet-aout-gdb}, depending on your installation).
15307
 
15308
@value{GDBN} comes up showing the prompt:
15309
 
15310
@smallexample
15311
(gdbslet)
15312
@end smallexample
15313
 
15314
@menu
15315
* Sparclet File::                Setting the file to debug
15316
* Sparclet Connection::          Connecting to Sparclet
15317
* Sparclet Download::            Sparclet download
15318
* Sparclet Execution::           Running and debugging
15319
@end menu
15320
 
15321
@node Sparclet File
15322
@subsubsection Setting File to Debug
15323
 
15324
The @value{GDBN} command @code{file} lets you choose with program to debug.
15325
 
15326
@smallexample
15327
(gdbslet) file prog
15328
@end smallexample
15329
 
15330
@need 1000
15331
@value{GDBN} then attempts to read the symbol table of @file{prog}.
15332
@value{GDBN} locates
15333
the file by searching the directories listed in the command search
15334
path.
15335
If the file was compiled with debug information (option @samp{-g}), source
15336
files will be searched as well.
15337
@value{GDBN} locates
15338
the source files by searching the directories listed in the directory search
15339
path (@pxref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}).
15340
If it fails
15341
to find a file, it displays a message such as:
15342
 
15343
@smallexample
15344
prog: No such file or directory.
15345
@end smallexample
15346
 
15347
When this happens, add the appropriate directories to the search paths with
15348
the @value{GDBN} commands @code{path} and @code{dir}, and execute the
15349
@code{target} command again.
15350
 
15351
@node Sparclet Connection
15352
@subsubsection Connecting to Sparclet
15353
 
15354
The @value{GDBN} command @code{target} lets you connect to a Sparclet target.
15355
To connect to a target on serial port ``@code{ttya}'', type:
15356
 
15357
@smallexample
15358
(gdbslet) target sparclet /dev/ttya
15359
Remote target sparclet connected to /dev/ttya
15360
main () at ../prog.c:3
15361
@end smallexample
15362
 
15363
@need 750
15364
@value{GDBN} displays messages like these:
15365
 
15366
@smallexample
15367
Connected to ttya.
15368
@end smallexample
15369
 
15370
@node Sparclet Download
15371
@subsubsection Sparclet Download
15372
 
15373
@cindex download to Sparclet
15374
Once connected to the Sparclet target,
15375
you can use the @value{GDBN}
15376
@code{load} command to download the file from the host to the target.
15377
The file name and load offset should be given as arguments to the @code{load}
15378
command.
15379
Since the file format is aout, the program must be loaded to the starting
15380
address.  You can use @code{objdump} to find out what this value is.  The load
15381
offset is an offset which is added to the VMA (virtual memory address)
15382
of each of the file's sections.
15383
For instance, if the program
15384
@file{prog} was linked to text address 0x1201000, with data at 0x12010160
15385
and bss at 0x12010170, in @value{GDBN}, type:
15386
 
15387
@smallexample
15388
(gdbslet) load prog 0x12010000
15389
Loading section .text, size 0xdb0 vma 0x12010000
15390
@end smallexample
15391
 
15392
If the code is loaded at a different address then what the program was linked
15393
to, you may need to use the @code{section} and @code{add-symbol-file} commands
15394
to tell @value{GDBN} where to map the symbol table.
15395
 
15396
@node Sparclet Execution
15397
@subsubsection Running and Debugging
15398
 
15399
@cindex running and debugging Sparclet programs
15400
You can now begin debugging the task using @value{GDBN}'s execution control
15401
commands, @code{b}, @code{step}, @code{run}, etc.  See the @value{GDBN}
15402
manual for the list of commands.
15403
 
15404
@smallexample
15405
(gdbslet) b main
15406
Breakpoint 1 at 0x12010000: file prog.c, line 3.
15407
(gdbslet) run
15408
Starting program: prog
15409
Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xeffff21c) at prog.c:3
15410
3        char *symarg = 0;
15411
(gdbslet) step
15412
4        char *execarg = "hello!";
15413
(gdbslet)
15414
@end smallexample
15415
 
15416
@node Sparclite
15417
@subsection Fujitsu Sparclite
15418
 
15419
@table @code
15420
 
15421
@kindex target sparclite
15422
@item target sparclite @var{dev}
15423
Fujitsu sparclite boards, used only for the purpose of loading.
15424
You must use an additional command to debug the program.
15425
For example: target remote @var{dev} using @value{GDBN} standard
15426
remote protocol.
15427
 
15428
@end table
15429
 
15430
@node Z8000
15431
@subsection Zilog Z8000
15432
 
15433
@cindex Z8000
15434
@cindex simulator, Z8000
15435
@cindex Zilog Z8000 simulator
15436
 
15437
When configured for debugging Zilog Z8000 targets, @value{GDBN} includes
15438
a Z8000 simulator.
15439
 
15440
For the Z8000 family, @samp{target sim} simulates either the Z8002 (the
15441
unsegmented variant of the Z8000 architecture) or the Z8001 (the
15442
segmented variant).  The simulator recognizes which architecture is
15443
appropriate by inspecting the object code.
15444
 
15445
@table @code
15446
@item target sim @var{args}
15447
@kindex sim
15448
@kindex target sim@r{, with Z8000}
15449
Debug programs on a simulated CPU.  If the simulator supports setup
15450
options, specify them via @var{args}.
15451
@end table
15452
 
15453
@noindent
15454
After specifying this target, you can debug programs for the simulated
15455
CPU in the same style as programs for your host computer; use the
15456
@code{file} command to load a new program image, the @code{run} command
15457
to run your program, and so on.
15458
 
15459
As well as making available all the usual machine registers
15460
(@pxref{Registers, ,Registers}), the Z8000 simulator provides three
15461
additional items of information as specially named registers:
15462
 
15463
@table @code
15464
 
15465
@item cycles
15466
Counts clock-ticks in the simulator.
15467
 
15468
@item insts
15469
Counts instructions run in the simulator.
15470
 
15471
@item time
15472
Execution time in 60ths of a second.
15473
 
15474
@end table
15475
 
15476
You can refer to these values in @value{GDBN} expressions with the usual
15477
conventions; for example, @w{@samp{b fputc if $cycles>5000}} sets a
15478
conditional breakpoint that suspends only after at least 5000
15479
simulated clock ticks.
15480
 
15481
@node AVR
15482
@subsection Atmel AVR
15483
@cindex AVR
15484
 
15485
When configured for debugging the Atmel AVR, @value{GDBN} supports the
15486
following AVR-specific commands:
15487
 
15488
@table @code
15489
@item info io_registers
15490
@kindex info io_registers@r{, AVR}
15491
@cindex I/O registers (Atmel AVR)
15492
This command displays information about the AVR I/O registers.  For
15493
each register, @value{GDBN} prints its number and value.
15494
@end table
15495
 
15496
@node CRIS
15497
@subsection CRIS
15498
@cindex CRIS
15499
 
15500
When configured for debugging CRIS, @value{GDBN} provides the
15501
following CRIS-specific commands:
15502
 
15503
@table @code
15504
@item set cris-version @var{ver}
15505
@cindex CRIS version
15506
Set the current CRIS version to @var{ver}, either @samp{10} or @samp{32}.
15507
The CRIS version affects register names and sizes.  This command is useful in
15508
case autodetection of the CRIS version fails.
15509
 
15510
@item show cris-version
15511
Show the current CRIS version.
15512
 
15513
@item set cris-dwarf2-cfi
15514
@cindex DWARF-2 CFI and CRIS
15515
Set the usage of DWARF-2 CFI for CRIS debugging.  The default is @samp{on}.
15516
Change to @samp{off} when using @code{gcc-cris} whose version is below
15517
@code{R59}.
15518
 
15519
@item show cris-dwarf2-cfi
15520
Show the current state of using DWARF-2 CFI.
15521
 
15522
@item set cris-mode @var{mode}
15523
@cindex CRIS mode
15524
Set the current CRIS mode to @var{mode}.  It should only be changed when
15525
debugging in guru mode, in which case it should be set to
15526
@samp{guru} (the default is @samp{normal}).
15527
 
15528
@item show cris-mode
15529
Show the current CRIS mode.
15530
@end table
15531
 
15532
@node Super-H
15533
@subsection Renesas Super-H
15534
@cindex Super-H
15535
 
15536
For the Renesas Super-H processor, @value{GDBN} provides these
15537
commands:
15538
 
15539
@table @code
15540
@item regs
15541
@kindex regs@r{, Super-H}
15542
Show the values of all Super-H registers.
15543
@end table
15544
 
15545
 
15546
@node Architectures
15547
@section Architectures
15548
 
15549
This section describes characteristics of architectures that affect
15550
all uses of @value{GDBN} with the architecture, both native and cross.
15551
 
15552
@menu
15553
* i386::
15554
* A29K::
15555
* Alpha::
15556
* MIPS::
15557
* HPPA::               HP PA architecture
15558
* SPU::                Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture
15559
* PowerPC::
15560
@end menu
15561
 
15562
@node i386
15563
@subsection x86 Architecture-specific Issues
15564
 
15565
@table @code
15566
@item set struct-convention @var{mode}
15567
@kindex set struct-convention
15568
@cindex struct return convention
15569
@cindex struct/union returned in registers
15570
Set the convention used by the inferior to return @code{struct}s and
15571
@code{union}s from functions to @var{mode}.  Possible values of
15572
@var{mode} are @code{"pcc"}, @code{"reg"}, and @code{"default"} (the
15573
default).  @code{"default"} or @code{"pcc"} means that @code{struct}s
15574
are returned on the stack, while @code{"reg"} means that a
15575
@code{struct} or a @code{union} whose size is 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes will
15576
be returned in a register.
15577
 
15578
@item show struct-convention
15579
@kindex show struct-convention
15580
Show the current setting of the convention to return @code{struct}s
15581
from functions.
15582
@end table
15583
 
15584
@node A29K
15585
@subsection A29K
15586
 
15587
@table @code
15588
 
15589
@kindex set rstack_high_address
15590
@cindex AMD 29K register stack
15591
@cindex register stack, AMD29K
15592
@item set rstack_high_address @var{address}
15593
On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate
15594
@dfn{register stack}.  There is no way for @value{GDBN} to determine the
15595
extent of this stack.  Normally, @value{GDBN} just assumes that the
15596
stack is ``large enough''.  This may result in @value{GDBN} referencing
15597
memory locations that do not exist.  If necessary, you can get around
15598
this problem by specifying the ending address of the register stack with
15599
the @code{set rstack_high_address} command.  The argument should be an
15600
address, which you probably want to precede with @samp{0x} to specify in
15601
hexadecimal.
15602
 
15603
@kindex show rstack_high_address
15604
@item show rstack_high_address
15605
Display the current limit of the register stack, on AMD 29000 family
15606
processors.
15607
 
15608
@end table
15609
 
15610
@node Alpha
15611
@subsection Alpha
15612
 
15613
See the following section.
15614
 
15615
@node MIPS
15616
@subsection MIPS
15617
 
15618
@cindex stack on Alpha
15619
@cindex stack on MIPS
15620
@cindex Alpha stack
15621
@cindex MIPS stack
15622
Alpha- and MIPS-based computers use an unusual stack frame, which
15623
sometimes requires @value{GDBN} to search backward in the object code to
15624
find the beginning of a function.
15625
 
15626
@cindex response time, MIPS debugging
15627
To improve response time (especially for embedded applications, where
15628
@value{GDBN} may be restricted to a slow serial line for this search)
15629
you may want to limit the size of this search, using one of these
15630
commands:
15631
 
15632
@table @code
15633
@cindex @code{heuristic-fence-post} (Alpha, MIPS)
15634
@item set heuristic-fence-post @var{limit}
15635
Restrict @value{GDBN} to examining at most @var{limit} bytes in its
15636
search for the beginning of a function.  A value of @var{0} (the
15637
default) means there is no limit.  However, except for @var{0}, the
15638
larger the limit the more bytes @code{heuristic-fence-post} must search
15639
and therefore the longer it takes to run.  You should only need to use
15640
this command when debugging a stripped executable.
15641
 
15642
@item show heuristic-fence-post
15643
Display the current limit.
15644
@end table
15645
 
15646
@noindent
15647
These commands are available @emph{only} when @value{GDBN} is configured
15648
for debugging programs on Alpha or MIPS processors.
15649
 
15650
Several MIPS-specific commands are available when debugging MIPS
15651
programs:
15652
 
15653
@table @code
15654
@item set mips abi @var{arg}
15655
@kindex set mips abi
15656
@cindex set ABI for MIPS
15657
Tell @value{GDBN} which MIPS ABI is used by the inferior.  Possible
15658
values of @var{arg} are:
15659
 
15660
@table @samp
15661
@item auto
15662
The default ABI associated with the current binary (this is the
15663
default).
15664
@item o32
15665
@item o64
15666
@item n32
15667
@item n64
15668
@item eabi32
15669
@item eabi64
15670
@item auto
15671
@end table
15672
 
15673
@item show mips abi
15674
@kindex show mips abi
15675
Show the MIPS ABI used by @value{GDBN} to debug the inferior.
15676
 
15677
@item set mipsfpu
15678
@itemx show mipsfpu
15679
@xref{MIPS Embedded, set mipsfpu}.
15680
 
15681
@item set mips mask-address @var{arg}
15682
@kindex set mips mask-address
15683
@cindex MIPS addresses, masking
15684
This command determines whether the most-significant 32 bits of 64-bit
15685
MIPS addresses are masked off.  The argument @var{arg} can be
15686
@samp{on}, @samp{off}, or @samp{auto}.  The latter is the default
15687
setting, which lets @value{GDBN} determine the correct value.
15688
 
15689
@item show mips mask-address
15690
@kindex show mips mask-address
15691
Show whether the upper 32 bits of MIPS addresses are masked off or
15692
not.
15693
 
15694
@item set remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs
15695
@kindex set remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs
15696
This command controls compatibility with 64-bit MIPS targets that
15697
transfer data in 32-bit quantities.  If you have an old MIPS 64 target
15698
that transfers 32 bits for some registers, like @sc{sr} and @sc{fsr},
15699
and 64 bits for other registers, set this option to @samp{on}.
15700
 
15701
@item show remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs
15702
@kindex show remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs
15703
Show the current setting of compatibility with older MIPS 64 targets.
15704
 
15705
@item set debug mips
15706
@kindex set debug mips
15707
This command turns on and off debugging messages for the MIPS-specific
15708
target code in @value{GDBN}.
15709
 
15710
@item show debug mips
15711
@kindex show debug mips
15712
Show the current setting of MIPS debugging messages.
15713
@end table
15714
 
15715
 
15716
@node HPPA
15717
@subsection HPPA
15718
@cindex HPPA support
15719
 
15720
When @value{GDBN} is debugging the HP PA architecture, it provides the
15721
following special commands:
15722
 
15723
@table @code
15724
@item set debug hppa
15725
@kindex set debug hppa
15726
This command determines whether HPPA architecture-specific debugging
15727
messages are to be displayed.
15728
 
15729
@item show debug hppa
15730
Show whether HPPA debugging messages are displayed.
15731
 
15732
@item maint print unwind @var{address}
15733
@kindex maint print unwind@r{, HPPA}
15734
This command displays the contents of the unwind table entry at the
15735
given @var{address}.
15736
 
15737
@end table
15738
 
15739
 
15740
@node SPU
15741
@subsection Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture
15742
@cindex Cell Broadband Engine
15743
@cindex SPU
15744
 
15745
When @value{GDBN} is debugging the Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture,
15746
it provides the following special commands:
15747
 
15748
@table @code
15749
@item info spu event
15750
@kindex info spu
15751
Display SPU event facility status.  Shows current event mask
15752
and pending event status.
15753
 
15754
@item info spu signal
15755
Display SPU signal notification facility status.  Shows pending
15756
signal-control word and signal notification mode of both signal
15757
notification channels.
15758
 
15759
@item info spu mailbox
15760
Display SPU mailbox facility status.  Shows all pending entries,
15761
in order of processing, in each of the SPU Write Outbound,
15762
SPU Write Outbound Interrupt, and SPU Read Inbound mailboxes.
15763
 
15764
@item info spu dma
15765
Display MFC DMA status.  Shows all pending commands in the MFC
15766
DMA queue.  For each entry, opcode, tag, class IDs, effective
15767
and local store addresses and transfer size are shown.
15768
 
15769
@item info spu proxydma
15770
Display MFC Proxy-DMA status.  Shows all pending commands in the MFC
15771
Proxy-DMA queue.  For each entry, opcode, tag, class IDs, effective
15772
and local store addresses and transfer size are shown.
15773
 
15774
@end table
15775
 
15776
@node PowerPC
15777
@subsection PowerPC
15778
@cindex PowerPC architecture
15779
 
15780
When @value{GDBN} is debugging the PowerPC architecture, it provides a set of
15781
pseudo-registers to enable inspection of 128-bit wide Decimal Floating Point
15782
numbers stored in the floating point registers. These values must be stored
15783
in two consecutive registers, always starting at an even register like
15784
@code{f0} or @code{f2}.
15785
 
15786
The pseudo-registers go from @code{$dl0} through @code{$dl15}, and are formed
15787
by joining the even/odd register pairs @code{f0} and @code{f1} for @code{$dl0},
15788
@code{f2} and @code{f3} for @code{$dl1} and so on.
15789
 
15790
 
15791
@node Controlling GDB
15792
@chapter Controlling @value{GDBN}
15793
 
15794
You can alter the way @value{GDBN} interacts with you by using the
15795
@code{set} command.  For commands controlling how @value{GDBN} displays
15796
data, see @ref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.  Other settings are
15797
described here.
15798
 
15799
@menu
15800
* Prompt::                      Prompt
15801
* Editing::                     Command editing
15802
* Command History::             Command history
15803
* Screen Size::                 Screen size
15804
* Numbers::                     Numbers
15805
* ABI::                         Configuring the current ABI
15806
* Messages/Warnings::           Optional warnings and messages
15807
* Debugging Output::            Optional messages about internal happenings
15808
@end menu
15809
 
15810
@node Prompt
15811
@section Prompt
15812
 
15813
@cindex prompt
15814
 
15815
@value{GDBN} indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
15816
called the @dfn{prompt}.  This string is normally @samp{(@value{GDBP})}.  You
15817
can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command.  For
15818
instance, when debugging @value{GDBN} with @value{GDBN}, it is useful to change
15819
the prompt in one of the @value{GDBN} sessions so that you can always tell
15820
which one you are talking to.
15821
 
15822
@emph{Note:}  @code{set prompt} does not add a space for you after the
15823
prompt you set.  This allows you to set a prompt which ends in a space
15824
or a prompt that does not.
15825
 
15826
@table @code
15827
@kindex set prompt
15828
@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
15829
Directs @value{GDBN} to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
15830
 
15831
@kindex show prompt
15832
@item show prompt
15833
Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
15834
@end table
15835
 
15836
@node Editing
15837
@section Command Editing
15838
@cindex readline
15839
@cindex command line editing
15840
 
15841
@value{GDBN} reads its input commands via the @dfn{Readline} interface.  This
15842
@sc{gnu} library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
15843
command line interface to the user.  Advantages are @sc{gnu} Emacs-style
15844
or @dfn{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
15845
substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
15846
debugging sessions.
15847
 
15848
You may control the behavior of command line editing in @value{GDBN} with the
15849
command @code{set}.
15850
 
15851
@table @code
15852
@kindex set editing
15853
@cindex editing
15854
@item set editing
15855
@itemx set editing on
15856
Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
15857
 
15858
@item set editing off
15859
Disable command line editing.
15860
 
15861
@kindex show editing
15862
@item show editing
15863
Show whether command line editing is enabled.
15864
@end table
15865
 
15866
@xref{Command Line Editing}, for more details about the Readline
15867
interface.  Users unfamiliar with @sc{gnu} Emacs or @code{vi} are
15868
encouraged to read that chapter.
15869
 
15870
@node Command History
15871
@section Command History
15872
@cindex command history
15873
 
15874
@value{GDBN} can keep track of the commands you type during your
15875
debugging sessions, so that you can be certain of precisely what
15876
happened.  Use these commands to manage the @value{GDBN} command
15877
history facility.
15878
 
15879
@value{GDBN} uses the @sc{gnu} History library, a part of the Readline
15880
package, to provide the history facility.  @xref{Using History
15881
Interactively}, for the detailed description of the History library.
15882
 
15883
To issue a command to @value{GDBN} without affecting certain aspects of
15884
the state which is seen by users, prefix it with @samp{server }
15885
(@pxref{Server Prefix}).  This
15886
means that this command will not affect the command history, nor will it
15887
affect @value{GDBN}'s notion of which command to repeat if @key{RET} is
15888
pressed on a line by itself.
15889
 
15890
@cindex @code{server}, command prefix
15891
The server prefix does not affect the recording of values into the value
15892
history; to print a value without recording it into the value history,
15893
use the @code{output} command instead of the @code{print} command.
15894
 
15895
Here is the description of @value{GDBN} commands related to command
15896
history.
15897
 
15898
@table @code
15899
@cindex history substitution
15900
@cindex history file
15901
@kindex set history filename
15902
@cindex @env{GDBHISTFILE}, environment variable
15903
@item set history filename @var{fname}
15904
Set the name of the @value{GDBN} command history file to @var{fname}.
15905
This is the file where @value{GDBN} reads an initial command history
15906
list, and where it writes the command history from this session when it
15907
exits.  You can access this list through history expansion or through
15908
the history command editing characters listed below.  This file defaults
15909
to the value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
15910
@file{./.gdb_history} (@file{./_gdb_history} on MS-DOS) if this variable
15911
is not set.
15912
 
15913
@cindex save command history
15914
@kindex set history save
15915
@item set history save
15916
@itemx set history save on
15917
Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
15918
@code{set history filename} command.  By default, this option is disabled.
15919
 
15920
@item set history save off
15921
Stop recording command history in a file.
15922
 
15923
@cindex history size
15924
@kindex set history size
15925
@cindex @env{HISTSIZE}, environment variable
15926
@item set history size @var{size}
15927
Set the number of commands which @value{GDBN} keeps in its history list.
15928
This defaults to the value of the environment variable
15929
@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
15930
@end table
15931
 
15932
History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
15933
@xref{Event Designators}, for more details.
15934
 
15935
@cindex history expansion, turn on/off
15936
Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
15937
is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
15938
@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
15939
follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
15940
a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded.  The readline
15941
history facilities do not attempt substitution on the strings
15942
@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
15943
 
15944
The commands to control history expansion are:
15945
 
15946
@table @code
15947
@item set history expansion on
15948
@itemx set history expansion
15949
@kindex set history expansion
15950
Enable history expansion.  History expansion is off by default.
15951
 
15952
@item set history expansion off
15953
Disable history expansion.
15954
 
15955
@c @group
15956
@kindex show history
15957
@item show history
15958
@itemx show history filename
15959
@itemx show history save
15960
@itemx show history size
15961
@itemx show history expansion
15962
These commands display the state of the @value{GDBN} history parameters.
15963
@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
15964
@c @end group
15965
@end table
15966
 
15967
@table @code
15968
@kindex show commands
15969
@cindex show last commands
15970
@cindex display command history
15971
@item show commands
15972
Display the last ten commands in the command history.
15973
 
15974
@item show commands @var{n}
15975
Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
15976
 
15977
@item show commands +
15978
Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
15979
@end table
15980
 
15981
@node Screen Size
15982
@section Screen Size
15983
@cindex size of screen
15984
@cindex pauses in output
15985
 
15986
Certain commands to @value{GDBN} may produce large amounts of
15987
information output to the screen.  To help you read all of it,
15988
@value{GDBN} pauses and asks you for input at the end of each page of
15989
output.  Type @key{RET} when you want to continue the output, or @kbd{q}
15990
to discard the remaining output.  Also, the screen width setting
15991
determines when to wrap lines of output.  Depending on what is being
15992
printed, @value{GDBN} tries to break the line at a readable place,
15993
rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
15994
 
15995
Normally @value{GDBN} knows the size of the screen from the terminal
15996
driver software.  For example, on Unix @value{GDBN} uses the termcap data base
15997
together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
15998
@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings.  If this is not correct,
15999
you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
16000
width} commands:
16001
 
16002
@table @code
16003
@kindex set height
16004
@kindex set width
16005
@kindex show width
16006
@kindex show height
16007
@item set height @var{lpp}
16008
@itemx show height
16009
@itemx set width @var{cpl}
16010
@itemx show width
16011
These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
16012
a screen width of @var{cpl} characters.  The associated @code{show}
16013
commands display the current settings.
16014
 
16015
If you specify a height of zero lines, @value{GDBN} does not pause during
16016
output no matter how long the output is.  This is useful if output is to a
16017
file or to an editor buffer.
16018
 
16019
Likewise, you can specify @samp{set width 0} to prevent @value{GDBN}
16020
from wrapping its output.
16021
 
16022
@item set pagination on
16023
@itemx set pagination off
16024
@kindex set pagination
16025
Turn the output pagination on or off; the default is on.  Turning
16026
pagination off is the alternative to @code{set height 0}.
16027
 
16028
@item show pagination
16029
@kindex show pagination
16030
Show the current pagination mode.
16031
@end table
16032
 
16033
@node Numbers
16034
@section Numbers
16035
@cindex number representation
16036
@cindex entering numbers
16037
 
16038
You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in
16039
@value{GDBN} by the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with
16040
@samp{0}, decimal numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers
16041
begin with @samp{0x}.  Numbers that neither begin with @samp{0} or
16042
@samp{0x}, nor end with a @samp{.} are, by default, entered in base
16043
10; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
16044
format is specified---is base 10.  You can change the default base for
16045
both input and output with the commands described below.
16046
 
16047
@table @code
16048
@kindex set input-radix
16049
@item set input-radix @var{base}
16050
Set the default base for numeric input.  Supported choices
16051
for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16.  @var{base} must itself be
16052
specified either unambiguously or using the current input radix; for
16053
example, any of
16054
 
16055
@smallexample
16056
set input-radix 012
16057
set input-radix 10.
16058
set input-radix 0xa
16059
@end smallexample
16060
 
16061
@noindent
16062
sets the input base to decimal.  On the other hand, @samp{set input-radix 10}
16063
leaves the input radix unchanged, no matter what it was, since
16064
@samp{10}, being without any leading or trailing signs of its base, is
16065
interpreted in the current radix.  Thus, if the current radix is 16,
16066
@samp{10} is interpreted in hex, i.e.@: as 16 decimal, which doesn't
16067
change the radix.
16068
 
16069
@kindex set output-radix
16070
@item set output-radix @var{base}
16071
Set the default base for numeric display.  Supported choices
16072
for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16.  @var{base} must itself be
16073
specified either unambiguously or using the current input radix.
16074
 
16075
@kindex show input-radix
16076
@item show input-radix
16077
Display the current default base for numeric input.
16078
 
16079
@kindex show output-radix
16080
@item show output-radix
16081
Display the current default base for numeric display.
16082
 
16083
@item set radix @r{[}@var{base}@r{]}
16084
@itemx show radix
16085
@kindex set radix
16086
@kindex show radix
16087
These commands set and show the default base for both input and output
16088
of numbers.  @code{set radix} sets the radix of input and output to
16089
the same base; without an argument, it resets the radix back to its
16090
default value of 10.
16091
 
16092
@end table
16093
 
16094
@node ABI
16095
@section Configuring the Current ABI
16096
 
16097
@value{GDBN} can determine the @dfn{ABI} (Application Binary Interface) of your
16098
application automatically.  However, sometimes you need to override its
16099
conclusions.  Use these commands to manage @value{GDBN}'s view of the
16100
current ABI.
16101
 
16102
@cindex OS ABI
16103
@kindex set osabi
16104
@kindex show osabi
16105
 
16106
One @value{GDBN} configuration can debug binaries for multiple operating
16107
system targets, either via remote debugging or native emulation.
16108
@value{GDBN} will autodetect the @dfn{OS ABI} (Operating System ABI) in use,
16109
but you can override its conclusion using the @code{set osabi} command.
16110
One example where this is useful is in debugging of binaries which use
16111
an alternate C library (e.g.@: @sc{uClibc} for @sc{gnu}/Linux) which does
16112
not have the same identifying marks that the standard C library for your
16113
platform provides.
16114
 
16115
@table @code
16116
@item show osabi
16117
Show the OS ABI currently in use.
16118
 
16119
@item set osabi
16120
With no argument, show the list of registered available OS ABI's.
16121
 
16122
@item set osabi @var{abi}
16123
Set the current OS ABI to @var{abi}.
16124
@end table
16125
 
16126
@cindex float promotion
16127
 
16128
Generally, the way that an argument of type @code{float} is passed to a
16129
function depends on whether the function is prototyped.  For a prototyped
16130
(i.e.@: ANSI/ISO style) function, @code{float} arguments are passed unchanged,
16131
according to the architecture's convention for @code{float}.  For unprototyped
16132
(i.e.@: K&R style) functions, @code{float} arguments are first promoted to type
16133
@code{double} and then passed.
16134
 
16135
Unfortunately, some forms of debug information do not reliably indicate whether
16136
a function is prototyped.  If @value{GDBN} calls a function that is not marked
16137
as prototyped, it consults @kbd{set coerce-float-to-double}.
16138
 
16139
@table @code
16140
@kindex set coerce-float-to-double
16141
@item set coerce-float-to-double
16142
@itemx set coerce-float-to-double on
16143
Arguments of type @code{float} will be promoted to @code{double} when passed
16144
to an unprototyped function.  This is the default setting.
16145
 
16146
@item set coerce-float-to-double off
16147
Arguments of type @code{float} will be passed directly to unprototyped
16148
functions.
16149
 
16150
@kindex show coerce-float-to-double
16151
@item show coerce-float-to-double
16152
Show the current setting of promoting @code{float} to @code{double}.
16153
@end table
16154
 
16155
@kindex set cp-abi
16156
@kindex show cp-abi
16157
@value{GDBN} needs to know the ABI used for your program's C@t{++}
16158
objects.  The correct C@t{++} ABI depends on which C@t{++} compiler was
16159
used to build your application.  @value{GDBN} only fully supports
16160
programs with a single C@t{++} ABI; if your program contains code using
16161
multiple C@t{++} ABI's or if @value{GDBN} can not identify your
16162
program's ABI correctly, you can tell @value{GDBN} which ABI to use.
16163
Currently supported ABI's include ``gnu-v2'', for @code{g++} versions
16164
before 3.0, ``gnu-v3'', for @code{g++} versions 3.0 and later, and
16165
``hpaCC'' for the HP ANSI C@t{++} compiler.  Other C@t{++} compilers may
16166
use the ``gnu-v2'' or ``gnu-v3'' ABI's as well.  The default setting is
16167
``auto''.
16168
 
16169
@table @code
16170
@item show cp-abi
16171
Show the C@t{++} ABI currently in use.
16172
 
16173
@item set cp-abi
16174
With no argument, show the list of supported C@t{++} ABI's.
16175
 
16176
@item set cp-abi @var{abi}
16177
@itemx set cp-abi auto
16178
Set the current C@t{++} ABI to @var{abi}, or return to automatic detection.
16179
@end table
16180
 
16181
@node Messages/Warnings
16182
@section Optional Warnings and Messages
16183
 
16184
@cindex verbose operation
16185
@cindex optional warnings
16186
By default, @value{GDBN} is silent about its inner workings.  If you are
16187
running on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose}
16188
command.  This makes @value{GDBN} tell you when it does a lengthy
16189
internal operation, so you will not think it has crashed.
16190
 
16191
Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those
16192
which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read;
16193
see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
16194
 
16195
@table @code
16196
@kindex set verbose
16197
@item set verbose on
16198
Enables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages.
16199
 
16200
@item set verbose off
16201
Disables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages.
16202
 
16203
@kindex show verbose
16204
@item show verbose
16205
Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
16206
@end table
16207
 
16208
By default, if @value{GDBN} encounters bugs in the symbol table of an
16209
object file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may
16210
find this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors Reading
16211
Symbol Files}).
16212
 
16213
@table @code
16214
 
16215
@kindex set complaints
16216
@item set complaints @var{limit}
16217
Permits @value{GDBN} to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of
16218
unusual symbols before becoming silent about the problem.  Set
16219
@var{limit} to zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number
16220
to prevent complaints from being suppressed.
16221
 
16222
@kindex show complaints
16223
@item show complaints
16224
Displays how many symbol complaints @value{GDBN} is permitted to produce.
16225
 
16226
@end table
16227
 
16228
By default, @value{GDBN} is cautious, and asks what sometimes seems to be a
16229
lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands.  For example, if
16230
you try to run a program which is already running:
16231
 
16232
@smallexample
16233
(@value{GDBP}) run
16234
The program being debugged has been started already.
16235
Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
16236
@end smallexample
16237
 
16238
If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
16239
commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
16240
 
16241
@table @code
16242
 
16243
@kindex set confirm
16244
@cindex flinching
16245
@cindex confirmation
16246
@cindex stupid questions
16247
@item set confirm off
16248
Disables confirmation requests.
16249
 
16250
@item set confirm on
16251
Enables confirmation requests (the default).
16252
 
16253
@kindex show confirm
16254
@item show confirm
16255
Displays state of confirmation requests.
16256
 
16257
@end table
16258
 
16259
@cindex command tracing
16260
If you need to debug user-defined commands or sourced files you may find it
16261
useful to enable @dfn{command tracing}.  In this mode each command will be
16262
printed as it is executed, prefixed with one or more @samp{+} symbols, the
16263
quantity denoting the call depth of each command.
16264
 
16265
@table @code
16266
@kindex set trace-commands
16267
@cindex command scripts, debugging
16268
@item set trace-commands on
16269
Enable command tracing.
16270
@item set trace-commands off
16271
Disable command tracing.
16272
@item show trace-commands
16273
Display the current state of command tracing.
16274
@end table
16275
 
16276
@node Debugging Output
16277
@section Optional Messages about Internal Happenings
16278
@cindex optional debugging messages
16279
 
16280
@value{GDBN} has commands that enable optional debugging messages from
16281
various @value{GDBN} subsystems; normally these commands are of
16282
interest to @value{GDBN} maintainers, or when reporting a bug.  This
16283
section documents those commands.
16284
 
16285
@table @code
16286
@kindex set exec-done-display
16287
@item set exec-done-display
16288
Turns on or off the notification of asynchronous commands'
16289
completion.  When on, @value{GDBN} will print a message when an
16290
asynchronous command finishes its execution.  The default is off.
16291
@kindex show exec-done-display
16292
@item show exec-done-display
16293
Displays the current setting of asynchronous command completion
16294
notification.
16295
@kindex set debug
16296
@cindex gdbarch debugging info
16297
@cindex architecture debugging info
16298
@item set debug arch
16299
Turns on or off display of gdbarch debugging info.  The default is off
16300
@kindex show debug
16301
@item show debug arch
16302
Displays the current state of displaying gdbarch debugging info.
16303
@item set debug aix-thread
16304
@cindex AIX threads
16305
Display debugging messages about inner workings of the AIX thread
16306
module.
16307
@item show debug aix-thread
16308
Show the current state of AIX thread debugging info display.
16309
@item set debug event
16310
@cindex event debugging info
16311
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} event debugging info.  The
16312
default is off.
16313
@item show debug event
16314
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} event debugging
16315
info.
16316
@item set debug expression
16317
@cindex expression debugging info
16318
Turns on or off display of debugging info about @value{GDBN}
16319
expression parsing.  The default is off.
16320
@item show debug expression
16321
Displays the current state of displaying debugging info about
16322
@value{GDBN} expression parsing.
16323
@item set debug frame
16324
@cindex frame debugging info
16325
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} frame debugging info.  The
16326
default is off.
16327
@item show debug frame
16328
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} frame debugging
16329
info.
16330
@item set debug infrun
16331
@cindex inferior debugging info
16332
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} debugging info for running the inferior.
16333
The default is off.  @file{infrun.c} contains GDB's runtime state machine used
16334
for implementing operations such as single-stepping the inferior.
16335
@item show debug infrun
16336
Displays the current state of @value{GDBN} inferior debugging.
16337
@item set debug lin-lwp
16338
@cindex @sc{gnu}/Linux LWP debug messages
16339
@cindex Linux lightweight processes
16340
Turns on or off debugging messages from the Linux LWP debug support.
16341
@item show debug lin-lwp
16342
Show the current state of Linux LWP debugging messages.
16343
@item set debug observer
16344
@cindex observer debugging info
16345
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} observer debugging.  This
16346
includes info such as the notification of observable events.
16347
@item show debug observer
16348
Displays the current state of observer debugging.
16349
@item set debug overload
16350
@cindex C@t{++} overload debugging info
16351
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} C@t{++} overload debugging
16352
info. This includes info such as ranking of functions, etc.  The default
16353
is off.
16354
@item show debug overload
16355
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} C@t{++} overload
16356
debugging info.
16357
@cindex packets, reporting on stdout
16358
@cindex serial connections, debugging
16359
@cindex debug remote protocol
16360
@cindex remote protocol debugging
16361
@cindex display remote packets
16362
@item set debug remote
16363
Turns on or off display of reports on all packets sent back and forth across
16364
the serial line to the remote machine.  The info is printed on the
16365
@value{GDBN} standard output stream. The default is off.
16366
@item show debug remote
16367
Displays the state of display of remote packets.
16368
@item set debug serial
16369
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} serial debugging info. The
16370
default is off.
16371
@item show debug serial
16372
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} serial debugging
16373
info.
16374
@item set debug solib-frv
16375
@cindex FR-V shared-library debugging
16376
Turns on or off debugging messages for FR-V shared-library code.
16377
@item show debug solib-frv
16378
Display the current state of FR-V shared-library code debugging
16379
messages.
16380
@item set debug target
16381
@cindex target debugging info
16382
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} target debugging info. This info
16383
includes what is going on at the target level of GDB, as it happens. The
16384
default is 0.  Set it to 1 to track events, and to 2 to also track the
16385
value of large memory transfers.  Changes to this flag do not take effect
16386
until the next time you connect to a target or use the @code{run} command.
16387
@item show debug target
16388
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} target debugging
16389
info.
16390
@item set debugvarobj
16391
@cindex variable object debugging info
16392
Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} variable object debugging
16393
info. The default is off.
16394
@item show debugvarobj
16395
Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} variable object
16396
debugging info.
16397
@item set debug xml
16398
@cindex XML parser debugging
16399
Turns on or off debugging messages for built-in XML parsers.
16400
@item show debug xml
16401
Displays the current state of XML debugging messages.
16402
@end table
16403
 
16404
@node Sequences
16405
@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
16406
 
16407
Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint
16408
Command Lists}), @value{GDBN} provides two ways to store sequences of
16409
commands for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command
16410
files.
16411
 
16412
@menu
16413
* Define::             How to define your own commands
16414
* Hooks::              Hooks for user-defined commands
16415
* Command Files::      How to write scripts of commands to be stored in a file
16416
* Output::             Commands for controlled output
16417
@end menu
16418
 
16419
@node Define
16420
@section User-defined Commands
16421
 
16422
@cindex user-defined command
16423
@cindex arguments, to user-defined commands
16424
A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of @value{GDBN} commands to
16425
which you assign a new name as a command.  This is done with the
16426
@code{define} command.  User commands may accept up to 10 arguments
16427
separated by whitespace.  Arguments are accessed within the user command
16428
via @code{$arg0@dots{}$arg9}.  A trivial example:
16429
 
16430
@smallexample
16431
define adder
16432
  print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2
16433
end
16434
@end smallexample
16435
 
16436
@noindent
16437
To execute the command use:
16438
 
16439
@smallexample
16440
adder 1 2 3
16441
@end smallexample
16442
 
16443
@noindent
16444
This defines the command @code{adder}, which prints the sum of
16445
its three arguments.  Note the arguments are text substitutions, so they may
16446
reference variables, use complex expressions, or even perform inferior
16447
functions calls.
16448
 
16449
@cindex argument count in user-defined commands
16450
@cindex how many arguments (user-defined commands)
16451
In addition, @code{$argc} may be used to find out how many arguments have
16452
been passed.  This expands to a number in the range 0@dots{}10.
16453
 
16454
@smallexample
16455
define adder
16456
  if $argc == 2
16457
    print $arg0 + $arg1
16458
  end
16459
  if $argc == 3
16460
    print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2
16461
  end
16462
end
16463
@end smallexample
16464
 
16465
@table @code
16466
 
16467
@kindex define
16468
@item define @var{commandname}
16469
Define a command named @var{commandname}.  If there is already a command
16470
by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
16471
 
16472
The definition of the command is made up of other @value{GDBN} command lines,
16473
which are given following the @code{define} command.  The end of these
16474
commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
16475
 
16476
@kindex document
16477
@kindex end@r{ (user-defined commands)}
16478
@item document @var{commandname}
16479
Document the user-defined command @var{commandname}, so that it can be
16480
accessed by @code{help}.  The command @var{commandname} must already be
16481
defined.  This command reads lines of documentation just as @code{define}
16482
reads the lines of the command definition, ending with @code{end}.
16483
After the @code{document} command is finished, @code{help} on command
16484
@var{commandname} displays the documentation you have written.
16485
 
16486
You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
16487
documentation of a command.  Redefining the command with @code{define}
16488
does not change the documentation.
16489
 
16490
@kindex dont-repeat
16491
@cindex don't repeat command
16492
@item dont-repeat
16493
Used inside a user-defined command, this tells @value{GDBN} that this
16494
command should not be repeated when the user hits @key{RET}
16495
(@pxref{Command Syntax, repeat last command}).
16496
 
16497
@kindex help user-defined
16498
@item help user-defined
16499
List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
16500
(if any) for each.
16501
 
16502
@kindex show user
16503
@item show user
16504
@itemx show user @var{commandname}
16505
Display the @value{GDBN} commands used to define @var{commandname} (but
16506
not its documentation).  If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
16507
definitions for all user-defined commands.
16508
 
16509
@cindex infinite recursion in user-defined commands
16510
@kindex show max-user-call-depth
16511
@kindex set max-user-call-depth
16512
@item show max-user-call-depth
16513
@itemx set max-user-call-depth
16514
The value of @code{max-user-call-depth} controls how many recursion
16515
levels are allowed in user-defined commands before @value{GDBN} suspects an
16516
infinite recursion and aborts the command.
16517
@end table
16518
 
16519
In addition to the above commands, user-defined commands frequently
16520
use control flow commands, described in @ref{Command Files}.
16521
 
16522
When user-defined commands are executed, the
16523
commands of the definition are not printed.  An error in any command
16524
stops execution of the user-defined command.
16525
 
16526
If used interactively, commands that would ask for confirmation proceed
16527
without asking when used inside a user-defined command.  Many @value{GDBN}
16528
commands that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the
16529
messages when used in a user-defined command.
16530
 
16531
@node Hooks
16532
@section User-defined Command Hooks
16533
@cindex command hooks
16534
@cindex hooks, for commands
16535
@cindex hooks, pre-command
16536
 
16537
@kindex hook
16538
You may define @dfn{hooks}, which are a special kind of user-defined
16539
command.  Whenever you run the command @samp{foo}, if the user-defined
16540
command @samp{hook-foo} exists, it is executed (with no arguments)
16541
before that command.
16542
 
16543
@cindex hooks, post-command
16544
@kindex hookpost
16545
A hook may also be defined which is run after the command you executed.
16546
Whenever you run the command @samp{foo}, if the user-defined command
16547
@samp{hookpost-foo} exists, it is executed (with no arguments) after
16548
that command.  Post-execution hooks may exist simultaneously with
16549
pre-execution hooks, for the same command.
16550
 
16551
It is valid for a hook to call the command which it hooks.  If this
16552
occurs, the hook is not re-executed, thereby avoiding infinite recursion.
16553
 
16554
@c It would be nice if hookpost could be passed a parameter indicating
16555
@c if the command it hooks executed properly or not.  FIXME!
16556
 
16557
@kindex stop@r{, a pseudo-command}
16558
In addition, a pseudo-command, @samp{stop} exists.  Defining
16559
(@samp{hook-stop}) makes the associated commands execute every time
16560
execution stops in your program: before breakpoint commands are run,
16561
displays are printed, or the stack frame is printed.
16562
 
16563
For example, to ignore @code{SIGALRM} signals while
16564
single-stepping, but treat them normally during normal execution,
16565
you could define:
16566
 
16567
@smallexample
16568
define hook-stop
16569
handle SIGALRM nopass
16570
end
16571
 
16572
define hook-run
16573
handle SIGALRM pass
16574
end
16575
 
16576
define hook-continue
16577
handle SIGALRM pass
16578
end
16579
@end smallexample
16580
 
16581
As a further example, to hook at the beginning and end of the @code{echo}
16582
command, and to add extra text to the beginning and end of the message,
16583
you could define:
16584
 
16585
@smallexample
16586
define hook-echo
16587
echo <<<---
16588
end
16589
 
16590
define hookpost-echo
16591
echo --->>>\n
16592
end
16593
 
16594
(@value{GDBP}) echo Hello World
16595
<<<---Hello World--->>>
16596
(@value{GDBP})
16597
 
16598
@end smallexample
16599
 
16600
You can define a hook for any single-word command in @value{GDBN}, but
16601
not for command aliases; you should define a hook for the basic command
16602
name, e.g.@:  @code{backtrace} rather than @code{bt}.
16603
@c FIXME!  So how does Joe User discover whether a command is an alias
16604
@c or not?
16605
If an error occurs during the execution of your hook, execution of
16606
@value{GDBN} commands stops and @value{GDBN} issues a prompt
16607
(before the command that you actually typed had a chance to run).
16608
 
16609
If you try to define a hook which does not match any known command, you
16610
get a warning from the @code{define} command.
16611
 
16612
@node Command Files
16613
@section Command Files
16614
 
16615
@cindex command files
16616
@cindex scripting commands
16617
A command file for @value{GDBN} is a text file made of lines that are
16618
@value{GDBN} commands.  Comments (lines starting with @kbd{#}) may
16619
also be included.  An empty line in a command file does nothing; it
16620
does not mean to repeat the last command, as it would from the
16621
terminal.
16622
 
16623
You can request the execution of a command file with the @code{source}
16624
command:
16625
 
16626
@table @code
16627
@kindex source
16628
@cindex execute commands from a file
16629
@item source [@code{-v}] @var{filename}
16630
Execute the command file @var{filename}.
16631
@end table
16632
 
16633
The lines in a command file are generally executed sequentially,
16634
unless the order of execution is changed by one of the
16635
@emph{flow-control commands} described below.  The commands are not
16636
printed as they are executed.  An error in any command terminates
16637
execution of the command file and control is returned to the console.
16638
 
16639
@value{GDBN} searches for @var{filename} in the current directory and then
16640
on the search path (specified with the @samp{directory} command).
16641
 
16642
If @code{-v}, for verbose mode, is given then @value{GDBN} displays
16643
each command as it is executed.  The option must be given before
16644
@var{filename}, and is interpreted as part of the filename anywhere else.
16645
 
16646
Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
16647
without asking when used in a command file.  Many @value{GDBN} commands that
16648
normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
16649
when called from command files.
16650
 
16651
@value{GDBN} also accepts command input from standard input.  In this
16652
mode, normal output goes to standard output and error output goes to
16653
standard error.  Errors in a command file supplied on standard input do
16654
not terminate execution of the command file---execution continues with
16655
the next command.
16656
 
16657
@smallexample
16658
gdb < cmds > log 2>&1
16659
@end smallexample
16660
 
16661
(The syntax above will vary depending on the shell used.) This example
16662
will execute commands from the file @file{cmds}. All output and errors
16663
would be directed to @file{log}.
16664
 
16665
Since commands stored on command files tend to be more general than
16666
commands typed interactively, they frequently need to deal with
16667
complicated situations, such as different or unexpected values of
16668
variables and symbols, changes in how the program being debugged is
16669
built, etc.  @value{GDBN} provides a set of flow-control commands to
16670
deal with these complexities.  Using these commands, you can write
16671
complex scripts that loop over data structures, execute commands
16672
conditionally, etc.
16673
 
16674
@table @code
16675
@kindex if
16676
@kindex else
16677
@item if
16678
@itemx else
16679
This command allows to include in your script conditionally executed
16680
commands. The @code{if} command takes a single argument, which is an
16681
expression to evaluate.  It is followed by a series of commands that
16682
are executed only if the expression is true (its value is nonzero).
16683
There can then optionally be an @code{else} line, followed by a series
16684
of commands that are only executed if the expression was false.  The
16685
end of the list is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
16686
 
16687
@kindex while
16688
@item while
16689
This command allows to write loops.  Its syntax is similar to
16690
@code{if}: the command takes a single argument, which is an expression
16691
to evaluate, and must be followed by the commands to execute, one per
16692
line, terminated by an @code{end}.  These commands are called the
16693
@dfn{body} of the loop.  The commands in the body of @code{while} are
16694
executed repeatedly as long as the expression evaluates to true.
16695
 
16696
@kindex loop_break
16697
@item loop_break
16698
This command exits the @code{while} loop in whose body it is included.
16699
Execution of the script continues after that @code{while}s @code{end}
16700
line.
16701
 
16702
@kindex loop_continue
16703
@item loop_continue
16704
This command skips the execution of the rest of the body of commands
16705
in the @code{while} loop in whose body it is included.  Execution
16706
branches to the beginning of the @code{while} loop, where it evaluates
16707
the controlling expression.
16708
 
16709
@kindex end@r{ (if/else/while commands)}
16710
@item end
16711
Terminate the block of commands that are the body of @code{if},
16712
@code{else}, or @code{while} flow-control commands.
16713
@end table
16714
 
16715
 
16716
@node Output
16717
@section Commands for Controlled Output
16718
 
16719
During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
16720
@value{GDBN} output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
16721
explicitly printed by the commands in the definition.  This section
16722
describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
16723
want.
16724
 
16725
@table @code
16726
@kindex echo
16727
@item echo @var{text}
16728
@c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
16729
@c because it is not in ANSI.
16730
Print @var{text}.  Nonprinting characters can be included in
16731
@var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a
16732
newline.  @strong{No newline is printed unless you specify one.}
16733
In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed
16734
by a space stands for a space.  This is useful for displaying a
16735
string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and
16736
trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments.
16737
To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command
16738
@samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}.
16739
 
16740
A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
16741
the command onto subsequent lines.  For example,
16742
 
16743
@smallexample
16744
echo This is some text\n\
16745
which is continued\n\
16746
onto several lines.\n
16747
@end smallexample
16748
 
16749
produces the same output as
16750
 
16751
@smallexample
16752
echo This is some text\n
16753
echo which is continued\n
16754
echo onto several lines.\n
16755
@end smallexample
16756
 
16757
@kindex output
16758
@item output @var{expression}
16759
Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
16760
newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }.  The value is not entered in the
16761
value history either.  @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information
16762
on expressions.
16763
 
16764
@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
16765
Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}.  You can use
16766
the same formats as for @code{print}.  @xref{Output Formats,,Output
16767
Formats}, for more information.
16768
 
16769
@kindex printf
16770
@item printf @var{template}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
16771
Print the values of one or more @var{expressions} under the control of
16772
the string @var{template}.  To print several values, make
16773
@var{expressions} be a comma-separated list of individual expressions,
16774
which may be either numbers or pointers.  Their values are printed as
16775
specified by @var{template}, exactly as a C program would do by
16776
executing the code below:
16777
 
16778
@smallexample
16779
printf (@var{template}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
16780
@end smallexample
16781
 
16782
As in @code{C} @code{printf}, ordinary characters in @var{template}
16783
are printed verbatim, while @dfn{conversion specification} introduced
16784
by the @samp{%} character cause subsequent @var{expressions} to be
16785
evaluated, their values converted and formatted according to type and
16786
style information encoded in the conversion specifications, and then
16787
printed.
16788
 
16789
For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
16790
 
16791
@smallexample
16792
printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
16793
@end smallexample
16794
 
16795
@code{printf} supports all the standard @code{C} conversion
16796
specifications, including the flags and modifiers between the @samp{%}
16797
character and the conversion letter, with the following exceptions:
16798
 
16799
@itemize @bullet
16800
@item
16801
The argument-ordering modifiers, such as @samp{2$}, are not supported.
16802
 
16803
@item
16804
The modifier @samp{*} is not supported for specifying precision or
16805
width.
16806
 
16807
@item
16808
The @samp{'} flag (for separation of digits into groups according to
16809
@code{LC_NUMERIC'}) is not supported.
16810
 
16811
@item
16812
The type modifiers @samp{hh}, @samp{j}, @samp{t}, and @samp{z} are not
16813
supported.
16814
 
16815
@item
16816
The conversion letter @samp{n} (as in @samp{%n}) is not supported.
16817
 
16818
@item
16819
The conversion letters @samp{a} and @samp{A} are not supported.
16820
@end itemize
16821
 
16822
@noindent
16823
Note that the @samp{ll} type modifier is supported only if the
16824
underlying @code{C} implementation used to build @value{GDBN} supports
16825
the @code{long long int} type, and the @samp{L} type modifier is
16826
supported only if @code{long double} type is available.
16827
 
16828
As in @code{C}, @code{printf} supports simple backslash-escape
16829
sequences, such as @code{\n}, @samp{\t}, @samp{\\}, @samp{\"},
16830
@samp{\a}, and @samp{\f}, that consist of backslash followed by a
16831
single character.  Octal and hexadecimal escape sequences are not
16832
supported.
16833
 
16834
Additionally, @code{printf} supports conversion specifications for DFP
16835
(@dfn{Decimal Floating Point}) types using the following length modifiers
16836
together with a floating point specifier.
16837
letters:
16838
 
16839
@itemize @bullet
16840
@item
16841
@samp{H} for printing @code{Decimal32} types.
16842
 
16843
@item
16844
@samp{D} for printing @code{Decimal64} types.
16845
 
16846
@item
16847
@samp{DD} for printing @code{Decimal128} types.
16848
@end itemize
16849
 
16850
If the underlying @code{C} implementation used to build @value{GDBN} has
16851
support for the three length modifiers for DFP types, other modifiers
16852
such as width and precision will also be available for @value{GDBN} to use.
16853
 
16854
In case there is no such @code{C} support, no additional modifiers will be
16855
available and the value will be printed in the standard way.
16856
 
16857
Here's an example of printing DFP types using the above conversion letters:
16858
@smallexample
16859
printf "D32: %Hf - D64: %Df - D128: %DDf\n",1.2345df,1.2E10dd,1.2E1dl
16860
@end smallexample
16861
 
16862
@end table
16863
 
16864
@node Interpreters
16865
@chapter Command Interpreters
16866
@cindex command interpreters
16867
 
16868
@value{GDBN} supports multiple command interpreters, and some command
16869
infrastructure to allow users or user interface writers to switch
16870
between interpreters or run commands in other interpreters.
16871
 
16872
@value{GDBN} currently supports two command interpreters, the console
16873
interpreter (sometimes called the command-line interpreter or @sc{cli})
16874
and the machine interface interpreter (or @sc{gdb/mi}).  This manual
16875
describes both of these interfaces in great detail.
16876
 
16877
By default, @value{GDBN} will start with the console interpreter.
16878
However, the user may choose to start @value{GDBN} with another
16879
interpreter by specifying the @option{-i} or @option{--interpreter}
16880
startup options.  Defined interpreters include:
16881
 
16882
@table @code
16883
@item console
16884
@cindex console interpreter
16885
The traditional console or command-line interpreter.  This is the most often
16886
used interpreter with @value{GDBN}. With no interpreter specified at runtime,
16887
@value{GDBN} will use this interpreter.
16888
 
16889
@item mi
16890
@cindex mi interpreter
16891
The newest @sc{gdb/mi} interface (currently @code{mi2}).  Used primarily
16892
by programs wishing to use @value{GDBN} as a backend for a debugger GUI
16893
or an IDE.  For more information, see @ref{GDB/MI, ,The @sc{gdb/mi}
16894
Interface}.
16895
 
16896
@item mi2
16897
@cindex mi2 interpreter
16898
The current @sc{gdb/mi} interface.
16899
 
16900
@item mi1
16901
@cindex mi1 interpreter
16902
The @sc{gdb/mi} interface included in @value{GDBN} 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.
16903
 
16904
@end table
16905
 
16906
@cindex invoke another interpreter
16907
The interpreter being used by @value{GDBN} may not be dynamically
16908
switched at runtime.  Although possible, this could lead to a very
16909
precarious situation.  Consider an IDE using @sc{gdb/mi}.  If a user
16910
enters the command "interpreter-set console" in a console view,
16911
@value{GDBN} would switch to using the console interpreter, rendering
16912
the IDE inoperable!
16913
 
16914
@kindex interpreter-exec
16915
Although you may only choose a single interpreter at startup, you may execute
16916
commands in any interpreter from the current interpreter using the appropriate
16917
command.  If you are running the console interpreter, simply use the
16918
@code{interpreter-exec} command:
16919
 
16920
@smallexample
16921
interpreter-exec mi "-data-list-register-names"
16922
@end smallexample
16923
 
16924
@sc{gdb/mi} has a similar command, although it is only available in versions of
16925
@value{GDBN} which support @sc{gdb/mi} version 2 (or greater).
16926
 
16927
@node TUI
16928
@chapter @value{GDBN} Text User Interface
16929
@cindex TUI
16930
@cindex Text User Interface
16931
 
16932
@menu
16933
* TUI Overview::                TUI overview
16934
* TUI Keys::                    TUI key bindings
16935
* TUI Single Key Mode::         TUI single key mode
16936
* TUI Commands::                TUI-specific commands
16937
* TUI Configuration::           TUI configuration variables
16938
@end menu
16939
 
16940
The @value{GDBN} Text User Interface (TUI) is a terminal
16941
interface which uses the @code{curses} library to show the source
16942
file, the assembly output, the program registers and @value{GDBN}
16943
commands in separate text windows.  The TUI mode is supported only
16944
on platforms where a suitable version of the @code{curses} library
16945
is available.
16946
 
16947
@pindex @value{GDBTUI}
16948
The TUI mode is enabled by default when you invoke @value{GDBN} as
16949
either @samp{@value{GDBTUI}} or @samp{@value{GDBP} -tui}.
16950
You can also switch in and out of TUI mode while @value{GDBN} runs by
16951
using various TUI commands and key bindings, such as @kbd{C-x C-a}.
16952
@xref{TUI Keys, ,TUI Key Bindings}.
16953
 
16954
@node TUI Overview
16955
@section TUI Overview
16956
 
16957
In TUI mode, @value{GDBN} can display several text windows:
16958
 
16959
@table @emph
16960
@item command
16961
This window is the @value{GDBN} command window with the @value{GDBN}
16962
prompt and the @value{GDBN} output.  The @value{GDBN} input is still
16963
managed using readline.
16964
 
16965
@item source
16966
The source window shows the source file of the program.  The current
16967
line and active breakpoints are displayed in this window.
16968
 
16969
@item assembly
16970
The assembly window shows the disassembly output of the program.
16971
 
16972
@item register
16973
This window shows the processor registers.  Registers are highlighted
16974
when their values change.
16975
@end table
16976
 
16977
The source and assembly windows show the current program position
16978
by highlighting the current line and marking it with a @samp{>} marker.
16979
Breakpoints are indicated with two markers.  The first marker
16980
indicates the breakpoint type:
16981
 
16982
@table @code
16983
@item B
16984
Breakpoint which was hit at least once.
16985
 
16986
@item b
16987
Breakpoint which was never hit.
16988
 
16989
@item H
16990
Hardware breakpoint which was hit at least once.
16991
 
16992
@item h
16993
Hardware breakpoint which was never hit.
16994
@end table
16995
 
16996
The second marker indicates whether the breakpoint is enabled or not:
16997
 
16998
@table @code
16999
@item +
17000
Breakpoint is enabled.
17001
 
17002
@item -
17003
Breakpoint is disabled.
17004
@end table
17005
 
17006
The source, assembly and register windows are updated when the current
17007
thread changes, when the frame changes, or when the program counter
17008
changes.
17009
 
17010
These windows are not all visible at the same time.  The command
17011
window is always visible.  The others can be arranged in several
17012
layouts:
17013
 
17014
@itemize @bullet
17015
@item
17016
source only,
17017
 
17018
@item
17019
assembly only,
17020
 
17021
@item
17022
source and assembly,
17023
 
17024
@item
17025
source and registers, or
17026
 
17027
@item
17028
assembly and registers.
17029
@end itemize
17030
 
17031
A status line above the command window shows the following information:
17032
 
17033
@table @emph
17034
@item target
17035
Indicates the current @value{GDBN} target.
17036
(@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}).
17037
 
17038
@item process
17039
Gives the current process or thread number.
17040
When no process is being debugged, this field is set to @code{No process}.
17041
 
17042
@item function
17043
Gives the current function name for the selected frame.
17044
The name is demangled if demangling is turned on (@pxref{Print Settings}).
17045
When there is no symbol corresponding to the current program counter,
17046
the string @code{??} is displayed.
17047
 
17048
@item line
17049
Indicates the current line number for the selected frame.
17050
When the current line number is not known, the string @code{??} is displayed.
17051
 
17052
@item pc
17053
Indicates the current program counter address.
17054
@end table
17055
 
17056
@node TUI Keys
17057
@section TUI Key Bindings
17058
@cindex TUI key bindings
17059
 
17060
The TUI installs several key bindings in the readline keymaps
17061
(@pxref{Command Line Editing}).  The following key bindings
17062
are installed for both TUI mode and the @value{GDBN} standard mode.
17063
 
17064
@table @kbd
17065
@kindex C-x C-a
17066
@item C-x C-a
17067
@kindex C-x a
17068
@itemx C-x a
17069
@kindex C-x A
17070
@itemx C-x A
17071
Enter or leave the TUI mode.  When leaving the TUI mode,
17072
the curses window management stops and @value{GDBN} operates using
17073
its standard mode, writing on the terminal directly.  When reentering
17074
the TUI mode, control is given back to the curses windows.
17075
The screen is then refreshed.
17076
 
17077
@kindex C-x 1
17078
@item C-x 1
17079
Use a TUI layout with only one window.  The layout will
17080
either be @samp{source} or @samp{assembly}.  When the TUI mode
17081
is not active, it will switch to the TUI mode.
17082
 
17083
Think of this key binding as the Emacs @kbd{C-x 1} binding.
17084
 
17085
@kindex C-x 2
17086
@item C-x 2
17087
Use a TUI layout with at least two windows.  When the current
17088
layout already has two windows, the next layout with two windows is used.
17089
When a new layout is chosen, one window will always be common to the
17090
previous layout and the new one.
17091
 
17092
Think of it as the Emacs @kbd{C-x 2} binding.
17093
 
17094
@kindex C-x o
17095
@item C-x o
17096
Change the active window.  The TUI associates several key bindings
17097
(like scrolling and arrow keys) with the active window.  This command
17098
gives the focus to the next TUI window.
17099
 
17100
Think of it as the Emacs @kbd{C-x o} binding.
17101
 
17102
@kindex C-x s
17103
@item C-x s
17104
Switch in and out of the TUI SingleKey mode that binds single
17105
keys to @value{GDBN} commands (@pxref{TUI Single Key Mode}).
17106
@end table
17107
 
17108
The following key bindings only work in the TUI mode:
17109
 
17110
@table @asis
17111
@kindex PgUp
17112
@item @key{PgUp}
17113
Scroll the active window one page up.
17114
 
17115
@kindex PgDn
17116
@item @key{PgDn}
17117
Scroll the active window one page down.
17118
 
17119
@kindex Up
17120
@item @key{Up}
17121
Scroll the active window one line up.
17122
 
17123
@kindex Down
17124
@item @key{Down}
17125
Scroll the active window one line down.
17126
 
17127
@kindex Left
17128
@item @key{Left}
17129
Scroll the active window one column left.
17130
 
17131
@kindex Right
17132
@item @key{Right}
17133
Scroll the active window one column right.
17134
 
17135
@kindex C-L
17136
@item @kbd{C-L}
17137
Refresh the screen.
17138
@end table
17139
 
17140
Because the arrow keys scroll the active window in the TUI mode, they
17141
are not available for their normal use by readline unless the command
17142
window has the focus.  When another window is active, you must use
17143
other readline key bindings such as @kbd{C-p}, @kbd{C-n}, @kbd{C-b}
17144
and @kbd{C-f} to control the command window.
17145
 
17146
@node TUI Single Key Mode
17147
@section TUI Single Key Mode
17148
@cindex TUI single key mode
17149
 
17150
The TUI also provides a @dfn{SingleKey} mode, which binds several
17151
frequently used @value{GDBN} commands to single keys.  Type @kbd{C-x s} to
17152
switch into this mode, where the following key bindings are used:
17153
 
17154
@table @kbd
17155
@kindex c @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17156
@item c
17157
continue
17158
 
17159
@kindex d @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17160
@item d
17161
down
17162
 
17163
@kindex f @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17164
@item f
17165
finish
17166
 
17167
@kindex n @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17168
@item n
17169
next
17170
 
17171
@kindex q @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17172
@item q
17173
exit the SingleKey mode.
17174
 
17175
@kindex r @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17176
@item r
17177
run
17178
 
17179
@kindex s @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17180
@item s
17181
step
17182
 
17183
@kindex u @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17184
@item u
17185
up
17186
 
17187
@kindex v @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17188
@item v
17189
info locals
17190
 
17191
@kindex w @r{(SingleKey TUI key)}
17192
@item w
17193
where
17194
@end table
17195
 
17196
Other keys temporarily switch to the @value{GDBN} command prompt.
17197
The key that was pressed is inserted in the editing buffer so that
17198
it is possible to type most @value{GDBN} commands without interaction
17199
with the TUI SingleKey mode.  Once the command is entered the TUI
17200
SingleKey mode is restored.  The only way to permanently leave
17201
this mode is by typing @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x s}.
17202
 
17203
 
17204
@node TUI Commands
17205
@section TUI-specific Commands
17206
@cindex TUI commands
17207
 
17208
The TUI has specific commands to control the text windows.
17209
These commands are always available, even when @value{GDBN} is not in
17210
the TUI mode.  When @value{GDBN} is in the standard mode, most
17211
of these commands will automatically switch to the TUI mode.
17212
 
17213
@table @code
17214
@item info win
17215
@kindex info win
17216
List and give the size of all displayed windows.
17217
 
17218
@item layout next
17219
@kindex layout
17220
Display the next layout.
17221
 
17222
@item layout prev
17223
Display the previous layout.
17224
 
17225
@item layout src
17226
Display the source window only.
17227
 
17228
@item layout asm
17229
Display the assembly window only.
17230
 
17231
@item layout split
17232
Display the source and assembly window.
17233
 
17234
@item layout regs
17235
Display the register window together with the source or assembly window.
17236
 
17237
@item focus next
17238
@kindex focus
17239
Make the next window active for scrolling.
17240
 
17241
@item focus prev
17242
Make the previous window active for scrolling.
17243
 
17244
@item focus src
17245
Make the source window active for scrolling.
17246
 
17247
@item focus asm
17248
Make the assembly window active for scrolling.
17249
 
17250
@item focus regs
17251
Make the register window active for scrolling.
17252
 
17253
@item focus cmd
17254
Make the command window active for scrolling.
17255
 
17256
@item refresh
17257
@kindex refresh
17258
Refresh the screen.  This is similar to typing @kbd{C-L}.
17259
 
17260
@item tui reg float
17261
@kindex tui reg
17262
Show the floating point registers in the register window.
17263
 
17264
@item tui reg general
17265
Show the general registers in the register window.
17266
 
17267
@item tui reg next
17268
Show the next register group.  The list of register groups as well as
17269
their order is target specific.  The predefined register groups are the
17270
following: @code{general}, @code{float}, @code{system}, @code{vector},
17271
@code{all}, @code{save}, @code{restore}.
17272
 
17273
@item tui reg system
17274
Show the system registers in the register window.
17275
 
17276
@item update
17277
@kindex update
17278
Update the source window and the current execution point.
17279
 
17280
@item winheight @var{name} +@var{count}
17281
@itemx winheight @var{name} -@var{count}
17282
@kindex winheight
17283
Change the height of the window @var{name} by @var{count}
17284
lines.  Positive counts increase the height, while negative counts
17285
decrease it.
17286
 
17287
@item tabset @var{nchars}
17288
@kindex tabset
17289
Set the width of tab stops to be @var{nchars} characters.
17290
@end table
17291
 
17292
@node TUI Configuration
17293
@section TUI Configuration Variables
17294
@cindex TUI configuration variables
17295
 
17296
Several configuration variables control the appearance of TUI windows.
17297
 
17298
@table @code
17299
@item set tui border-kind @var{kind}
17300
@kindex set tui border-kind
17301
Select the border appearance for the source, assembly and register windows.
17302
The possible values are the following:
17303
@table @code
17304
@item space
17305
Use a space character to draw the border.
17306
 
17307
@item ascii
17308
Use @sc{ascii} characters @samp{+}, @samp{-} and @samp{|} to draw the border.
17309
 
17310
@item acs
17311
Use the Alternate Character Set to draw the border.  The border is
17312
drawn using character line graphics if the terminal supports them.
17313
@end table
17314
 
17315
@item set tui border-mode @var{mode}
17316
@kindex set tui border-mode
17317
@itemx set tui active-border-mode @var{mode}
17318
@kindex set tui active-border-mode
17319
Select the display attributes for the borders of the inactive windows
17320
or the active window.  The @var{mode} can be one of the following:
17321
@table @code
17322
@item normal
17323
Use normal attributes to display the border.
17324
 
17325
@item standout
17326
Use standout mode.
17327
 
17328
@item reverse
17329
Use reverse video mode.
17330
 
17331
@item half
17332
Use half bright mode.
17333
 
17334
@item half-standout
17335
Use half bright and standout mode.
17336
 
17337
@item bold
17338
Use extra bright or bold mode.
17339
 
17340
@item bold-standout
17341
Use extra bright or bold and standout mode.
17342
@end table
17343
@end table
17344
 
17345
@node Emacs
17346
@chapter Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs
17347
 
17348
@cindex Emacs
17349
@cindex @sc{gnu} Emacs
17350
A special interface allows you to use @sc{gnu} Emacs to view (and
17351
edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
17352
@value{GDBN}.
17353
 
17354
To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs.  Give the
17355
executable file you want to debug as an argument.  This command starts
17356
@value{GDBN} as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
17357
created Emacs buffer.
17358
@c (Do not use the @code{-tui} option to run @value{GDBN} from Emacs.)
17359
 
17360
Running @value{GDBN} under Emacs can be just like running @value{GDBN} normally except for two
17361
things:
17362
 
17363
@itemize @bullet
17364
@item
17365
All ``terminal'' input and output goes through an Emacs buffer, called
17366
the GUD buffer.
17367
 
17368
This applies both to @value{GDBN} commands and their output, and to the input
17369
and output done by the program you are debugging.
17370
 
17371
This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
17372
commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
17373
in this way.
17374
 
17375
All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
17376
with your program.  In particular, you can send signals the usual
17377
way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
17378
stop.
17379
 
17380
@item
17381
@value{GDBN} displays source code through Emacs.
17382
 
17383
Each time @value{GDBN} displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
17384
source file for that frame and puts an arrow (@samp{=>}) at the
17385
left margin of the current line.  Emacs uses a separate buffer for
17386
source display, and splits the screen to show both your @value{GDBN} session
17387
and the source.
17388
 
17389
Explicit @value{GDBN} @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
17390
usual, but you probably have no reason to use them from Emacs.
17391
@end itemize
17392
 
17393
We call this @dfn{text command mode}.  Emacs 22.1, and later, also uses
17394
a graphical mode, enabled by default, which provides further buffers
17395
that can control the execution and describe the state of your program.
17396
@xref{GDB Graphical Interface,,, Emacs, The @sc{gnu} Emacs Manual}.
17397
 
17398
If you specify an absolute file name when prompted for the @kbd{M-x
17399
gdb} argument, then Emacs sets your current working directory to where
17400
your program resides.  If you only specify the file name, then Emacs
17401
sets your current working directory to to the directory associated
17402
with the previous buffer.  In this case, @value{GDBN} may find your
17403
program by searching your environment's @code{PATH} variable, but on
17404
some operating systems it might not find the source.  So, although the
17405
@value{GDBN} input and output session proceeds normally, the auxiliary
17406
buffer does not display the current source and line of execution.
17407
 
17408
The initial working directory of @value{GDBN} is printed on the top
17409
line of the GUD buffer and this serves as a default for the commands
17410
that specify files for @value{GDBN} to operate on.  @xref{Files,
17411
,Commands to Specify Files}.
17412
 
17413
By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}.  If you
17414
need to call @value{GDBN} by a different name (for example, if you
17415
keep several configurations around, with different names) you can
17416
customize the Emacs variable @code{gud-gdb-command-name} to run the
17417
one you want.
17418
 
17419
In the GUD buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
17420
addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
17421
 
17422
@table @kbd
17423
@item C-h m
17424
Describe the features of Emacs' GUD Mode.
17425
 
17426
@item C-c C-s
17427
Execute to another source line, like the @value{GDBN} @code{step} command; also
17428
update the display window to show the current file and location.
17429
 
17430
@item C-c C-n
17431
Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
17432
calls, like the @value{GDBN} @code{next} command.  Then update the display window
17433
to show the current file and location.
17434
 
17435
@item C-c C-i
17436
Execute one instruction, like the @value{GDBN} @code{stepi} command; update
17437
display window accordingly.
17438
 
17439
@item C-c C-f
17440
Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the @value{GDBN}
17441
@code{finish} command.
17442
 
17443
@item C-c C-r
17444
Continue execution of your program, like the @value{GDBN} @code{continue}
17445
command.
17446
 
17447
@item C-c <
17448
Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
17449
(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, Emacs, The @sc{gnu} Emacs Manual}),
17450
like the @value{GDBN} @code{up} command.
17451
 
17452
@item C-c >
17453
Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
17454
@value{GDBN} @code{down} command.
17455
@end table
17456
 
17457
In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x @key{SPC}} (@code{gud-break})
17458
tells @value{GDBN} to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
17459
 
17460
In text command mode, if you type @kbd{M-x speedbar}, Emacs displays a
17461
separate frame which shows a backtrace when the GUD buffer is current.
17462
Move point to any frame in the stack and type @key{RET} to make it
17463
become the current frame and display the associated source in the
17464
source buffer.  Alternatively, click @kbd{Mouse-2} to make the
17465
selected frame become the current one.  In graphical mode, the
17466
speedbar displays watch expressions.
17467
 
17468
If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
17469
it back is to type the command @code{f} in the @value{GDBN} buffer, to
17470
request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this recreates
17471
the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
17472
frame.
17473
 
17474
The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
17475
which are visiting the source files in the usual way.  You can edit
17476
the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that @value{GDBN}
17477
communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers.  If you add or
17478
delete lines from the text, the line numbers that @value{GDBN} knows cease
17479
to correspond properly with the code.
17480
 
17481
A more detailed description of Emacs' interaction with @value{GDBN} is
17482
given in the Emacs manual (@pxref{Debuggers,,, Emacs, The @sc{gnu}
17483
Emacs Manual}).
17484
 
17485
@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard.  Reactivate
17486
@c if/when v19 does something similar. ---doc@cygnus.com 19dec1990
17487
@ignore
17488
@kindex Emacs Epoch environment
17489
@kindex Epoch
17490
@kindex inspect
17491
 
17492
Version 18 of @sc{gnu} Emacs has a built-in window system
17493
called the @code{epoch}
17494
environment.  Users of this environment can use a new command,
17495
@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
17496
each value is printed in its own window.
17497
@end ignore
17498
 
17499
 
17500
@node GDB/MI
17501
@chapter The @sc{gdb/mi} Interface
17502
 
17503
@unnumberedsec Function and Purpose
17504
 
17505
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, its purpose
17506
@sc{gdb/mi} is a line based machine oriented text interface to
17507
@value{GDBN} and is activated by specifying using the
17508
@option{--interpreter} command line option (@pxref{Mode Options}).  It
17509
is specifically intended to support the development of systems which
17510
use the debugger as just one small component of a larger system.
17511
 
17512
This chapter is a specification of the @sc{gdb/mi} interface.  It is written
17513
in the form of a reference manual.
17514
 
17515
Note that @sc{gdb/mi} is still under construction, so some of the
17516
features described below are incomplete and subject to change
17517
(@pxref{GDB/MI Development and Front Ends, , @sc{gdb/mi} Development and Front Ends}).
17518
 
17519
@unnumberedsec Notation and Terminology
17520
 
17521
@cindex notational conventions, for @sc{gdb/mi}
17522
This chapter uses the following notation:
17523
 
17524
@itemize @bullet
17525
@item
17526
@code{|} separates two alternatives.
17527
 
17528
@item
17529
@code{[ @var{something} ]} indicates that @var{something} is optional:
17530
it may or may not be given.
17531
 
17532
@item
17533
@code{( @var{group} )*} means that @var{group} inside the parentheses
17534
may repeat zero or more times.
17535
 
17536
@item
17537
@code{( @var{group} )+} means that @var{group} inside the parentheses
17538
may repeat one or more times.
17539
 
17540
@item
17541
@code{"@var{string}"} means a literal @var{string}.
17542
@end itemize
17543
 
17544
@ignore
17545
@heading Dependencies
17546
@end ignore
17547
 
17548
@menu
17549
* GDB/MI Command Syntax::
17550
* GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI::
17551
* GDB/MI Development and Front Ends::
17552
* GDB/MI Output Records::
17553
* GDB/MI Simple Examples::
17554
* GDB/MI Command Description Format::
17555
* GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands::
17556
* GDB/MI Program Context::
17557
* GDB/MI Thread Commands::
17558
* GDB/MI Program Execution::
17559
* GDB/MI Stack Manipulation::
17560
* GDB/MI Variable Objects::
17561
* GDB/MI Data Manipulation::
17562
* GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands::
17563
* GDB/MI Symbol Query::
17564
* GDB/MI File Commands::
17565
@ignore
17566
* GDB/MI Kod Commands::
17567
* GDB/MI Memory Overlay Commands::
17568
* GDB/MI Signal Handling Commands::
17569
@end ignore
17570
* GDB/MI Target Manipulation::
17571
* GDB/MI File Transfer Commands::
17572
* GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands::
17573
@end menu
17574
 
17575
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
17576
@node GDB/MI Command Syntax
17577
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Command Syntax
17578
 
17579
@menu
17580
* GDB/MI Input Syntax::
17581
* GDB/MI Output Syntax::
17582
@end menu
17583
 
17584
@node GDB/MI Input Syntax
17585
@subsection @sc{gdb/mi} Input Syntax
17586
 
17587
@cindex input syntax for @sc{gdb/mi}
17588
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, input syntax
17589
@table @code
17590
@item @var{command} @expansion{}
17591
@code{@var{cli-command} | @var{mi-command}}
17592
 
17593
@item @var{cli-command} @expansion{}
17594
@code{[ @var{token} ] @var{cli-command} @var{nl}}, where
17595
@var{cli-command} is any existing @value{GDBN} CLI command.
17596
 
17597
@item @var{mi-command} @expansion{}
17598
@code{[ @var{token} ] "-" @var{operation} ( " " @var{option} )*
17599
@code{[} " --" @code{]} ( " " @var{parameter} )* @var{nl}}
17600
 
17601
@item @var{token} @expansion{}
17602
"any sequence of digits"
17603
 
17604
@item @var{option} @expansion{}
17605
@code{"-" @var{parameter} [ " " @var{parameter} ]}
17606
 
17607
@item @var{parameter} @expansion{}
17608
@code{@var{non-blank-sequence} | @var{c-string}}
17609
 
17610
@item @var{operation} @expansion{}
17611
@emph{any of the operations described in this chapter}
17612
 
17613
@item @var{non-blank-sequence} @expansion{}
17614
@emph{anything, provided it doesn't contain special characters such as
17615
"-", @var{nl}, """ and of course " "}
17616
 
17617
@item @var{c-string} @expansion{}
17618
@code{""" @var{seven-bit-iso-c-string-content} """}
17619
 
17620
@item @var{nl} @expansion{}
17621
@code{CR | CR-LF}
17622
@end table
17623
 
17624
@noindent
17625
Notes:
17626
 
17627
@itemize @bullet
17628
@item
17629
The CLI commands are still handled by the @sc{mi} interpreter; their
17630
output is described below.
17631
 
17632
@item
17633
The @code{@var{token}}, when present, is passed back when the command
17634
finishes.
17635
 
17636
@item
17637
Some @sc{mi} commands accept optional arguments as part of the parameter
17638
list.  Each option is identified by a leading @samp{-} (dash) and may be
17639
followed by an optional argument parameter.  Options occur first in the
17640
parameter list and can be delimited from normal parameters using
17641
@samp{--} (this is useful when some parameters begin with a dash).
17642
@end itemize
17643
 
17644
Pragmatics:
17645
 
17646
@itemize @bullet
17647
@item
17648
We want easy access to the existing CLI syntax (for debugging).
17649
 
17650
@item
17651
We want it to be easy to spot a @sc{mi} operation.
17652
@end itemize
17653
 
17654
@node GDB/MI Output Syntax
17655
@subsection @sc{gdb/mi} Output Syntax
17656
 
17657
@cindex output syntax of @sc{gdb/mi}
17658
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, output syntax
17659
The output from @sc{gdb/mi} consists of zero or more out-of-band records
17660
followed, optionally, by a single result record.  This result record
17661
is for the most recent command.  The sequence of output records is
17662
terminated by @samp{(gdb)}.
17663
 
17664
If an input command was prefixed with a @code{@var{token}} then the
17665
corresponding output for that command will also be prefixed by that same
17666
@var{token}.
17667
 
17668
@table @code
17669
@item @var{output} @expansion{}
17670
@code{( @var{out-of-band-record} )* [ @var{result-record} ] "(gdb)" @var{nl}}
17671
 
17672
@item @var{result-record} @expansion{}
17673
@code{ [ @var{token} ] "^" @var{result-class} ( "," @var{result} )* @var{nl}}
17674
 
17675
@item @var{out-of-band-record} @expansion{}
17676
@code{@var{async-record} | @var{stream-record}}
17677
 
17678
@item @var{async-record} @expansion{}
17679
@code{@var{exec-async-output} | @var{status-async-output} | @var{notify-async-output}}
17680
 
17681
@item @var{exec-async-output} @expansion{}
17682
@code{[ @var{token} ] "*" @var{async-output}}
17683
 
17684
@item @var{status-async-output} @expansion{}
17685
@code{[ @var{token} ] "+" @var{async-output}}
17686
 
17687
@item @var{notify-async-output} @expansion{}
17688
@code{[ @var{token} ] "=" @var{async-output}}
17689
 
17690
@item @var{async-output} @expansion{}
17691
@code{@var{async-class} ( "," @var{result} )* @var{nl}}
17692
 
17693
@item @var{result-class} @expansion{}
17694
@code{"done" | "running" | "connected" | "error" | "exit"}
17695
 
17696
@item @var{async-class} @expansion{}
17697
@code{"stopped" | @var{others}} (where @var{others} will be added
17698
depending on the needs---this is still in development).
17699
 
17700
@item @var{result} @expansion{}
17701
@code{ @var{variable} "=" @var{value}}
17702
 
17703
@item @var{variable} @expansion{}
17704
@code{ @var{string} }
17705
 
17706
@item @var{value} @expansion{}
17707
@code{ @var{const} | @var{tuple} | @var{list} }
17708
 
17709
@item @var{const} @expansion{}
17710
@code{@var{c-string}}
17711
 
17712
@item @var{tuple} @expansion{}
17713
@code{ "@{@}" | "@{" @var{result} ( "," @var{result} )* "@}" }
17714
 
17715
@item @var{list} @expansion{}
17716
@code{ "[]" | "[" @var{value} ( "," @var{value} )* "]" | "["
17717
@var{result} ( "," @var{result} )* "]" }
17718
 
17719
@item @var{stream-record} @expansion{}
17720
@code{@var{console-stream-output} | @var{target-stream-output} | @var{log-stream-output}}
17721
 
17722
@item @var{console-stream-output} @expansion{}
17723
@code{"~" @var{c-string}}
17724
 
17725
@item @var{target-stream-output} @expansion{}
17726
@code{"@@" @var{c-string}}
17727
 
17728
@item @var{log-stream-output} @expansion{}
17729
@code{"&" @var{c-string}}
17730
 
17731
@item @var{nl} @expansion{}
17732
@code{CR | CR-LF}
17733
 
17734
@item @var{token} @expansion{}
17735
@emph{any sequence of digits}.
17736
@end table
17737
 
17738
@noindent
17739
Notes:
17740
 
17741
@itemize @bullet
17742
@item
17743
All output sequences end in a single line containing a period.
17744
 
17745
@item
17746
The @code{@var{token}} is from the corresponding request.  If an execution
17747
command is interrupted by the @samp{-exec-interrupt} command, the
17748
@var{token} associated with the @samp{*stopped} message is the one of the
17749
original execution command, not the one of the interrupt command.
17750
 
17751
@item
17752
@cindex status output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17753
@var{status-async-output} contains on-going status information about the
17754
progress of a slow operation.  It can be discarded.  All status output is
17755
prefixed by @samp{+}.
17756
 
17757
@item
17758
@cindex async output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17759
@var{exec-async-output} contains asynchronous state change on the target
17760
(stopped, started, disappeared).  All async output is prefixed by
17761
@samp{*}.
17762
 
17763
@item
17764
@cindex notify output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17765
@var{notify-async-output} contains supplementary information that the
17766
client should handle (e.g., a new breakpoint information).  All notify
17767
output is prefixed by @samp{=}.
17768
 
17769
@item
17770
@cindex console output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17771
@var{console-stream-output} is output that should be displayed as is in the
17772
console.  It is the textual response to a CLI command.  All the console
17773
output is prefixed by @samp{~}.
17774
 
17775
@item
17776
@cindex target output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17777
@var{target-stream-output} is the output produced by the target program.
17778
All the target output is prefixed by @samp{@@}.
17779
 
17780
@item
17781
@cindex log output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17782
@var{log-stream-output} is output text coming from @value{GDBN}'s internals, for
17783
instance messages that should be displayed as part of an error log.  All
17784
the log output is prefixed by @samp{&}.
17785
 
17786
@item
17787
@cindex list output in @sc{gdb/mi}
17788
New @sc{gdb/mi} commands should only output @var{lists} containing
17789
@var{values}.
17790
 
17791
 
17792
@end itemize
17793
 
17794
@xref{GDB/MI Stream Records, , @sc{gdb/mi} Stream Records}, for more
17795
details about the various output records.
17796
 
17797
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
17798
@node GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI
17799
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Compatibility with CLI
17800
 
17801
@cindex compatibility, @sc{gdb/mi} and CLI
17802
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, compatibility with CLI
17803
 
17804
For the developers convenience CLI commands can be entered directly,
17805
but there may be some unexpected behaviour.  For example, commands
17806
that query the user will behave as if the user replied yes, breakpoint
17807
command lists are not executed and some CLI commands, such as
17808
@code{if}, @code{when} and @code{define}, prompt for further input with
17809
@samp{>}, which is not valid MI output.
17810
 
17811
This feature may be removed at some stage in the future and it is
17812
recommended that front ends use the @code{-interpreter-exec} command
17813
(@pxref{-interpreter-exec}).
17814
 
17815
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
17816
@node GDB/MI Development and Front Ends
17817
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Development and Front Ends
17818
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi} development
17819
 
17820
The application which takes the MI output and presents the state of the
17821
program being debugged to the user is called a @dfn{front end}.
17822
 
17823
Although @sc{gdb/mi} is still incomplete, it is currently being used
17824
by a variety of front ends to @value{GDBN}.  This makes it difficult
17825
to introduce new functionality without breaking existing usage.  This
17826
section tries to minimize the problems by describing how the protocol
17827
might change.
17828
 
17829
Some changes in MI need not break a carefully designed front end, and
17830
for these the MI version will remain unchanged.  The following is a
17831
list of changes that may occur within one level, so front ends should
17832
parse MI output in a way that can handle them:
17833
 
17834
@itemize @bullet
17835
@item
17836
New MI commands may be added.
17837
 
17838
@item
17839
New fields may be added to the output of any MI command.
17840
 
17841
@item
17842
The range of values for fields with specified values, e.g.,
17843
@code{in_scope} (@pxref{-var-update}) may be extended.
17844
 
17845
@c The format of field's content e.g type prefix, may change so parse it
17846
@c   at your own risk.  Yes, in general?
17847
 
17848
@c The order of fields may change?  Shouldn't really matter but it might
17849
@c resolve inconsistencies.
17850
@end itemize
17851
 
17852
If the changes are likely to break front ends, the MI version level
17853
will be increased by one.  This will allow the front end to parse the
17854
output according to the MI version.  Apart from mi0, new versions of
17855
@value{GDBN} will not support old versions of MI and it will be the
17856
responsibility of the front end to work with the new one.
17857
 
17858
@c Starting with mi3, add a new command -mi-version that prints the MI
17859
@c version?
17860
 
17861
The best way to avoid unexpected changes in MI that might break your front
17862
end is to make your project known to @value{GDBN} developers and
17863
follow development on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
17864
@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.  There is also the mailing list
17865
@email{dmi-discuss@@lists.freestandards.org}, hosted by the Free Standards
17866
Group, which has the aim of creating a more general MI protocol
17867
called Debugger Machine Interface (DMI) that will become a standard
17868
for all debuggers, not just @value{GDBN}.
17869
@cindex mailing lists
17870
 
17871
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
17872
@node GDB/MI Output Records
17873
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Output Records
17874
 
17875
@menu
17876
* GDB/MI Result Records::
17877
* GDB/MI Stream Records::
17878
* GDB/MI Out-of-band Records::
17879
@end menu
17880
 
17881
@node GDB/MI Result Records
17882
@subsection @sc{gdb/mi} Result Records
17883
 
17884
@cindex result records in @sc{gdb/mi}
17885
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, result records
17886
In addition to a number of out-of-band notifications, the response to a
17887
@sc{gdb/mi} command includes one of the following result indications:
17888
 
17889
@table @code
17890
@findex ^done
17891
@item "^done" [ "," @var{results} ]
17892
The synchronous operation was successful, @code{@var{results}} are the return
17893
values.
17894
 
17895
@item "^running"
17896
@findex ^running
17897
@c Is this one correct?  Should it be an out-of-band notification?
17898
The asynchronous operation was successfully started.  The target is
17899
running.
17900
 
17901
@item "^connected"
17902
@findex ^connected
17903
@value{GDBN} has connected to a remote target.
17904
 
17905
@item "^error" "," @var{c-string}
17906
@findex ^error
17907
The operation failed.  The @code{@var{c-string}} contains the corresponding
17908
error message.
17909
 
17910
@item "^exit"
17911
@findex ^exit
17912
@value{GDBN} has terminated.
17913
 
17914
@end table
17915
 
17916
@node GDB/MI Stream Records
17917
@subsection @sc{gdb/mi} Stream Records
17918
 
17919
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, stream records
17920
@cindex stream records in @sc{gdb/mi}
17921
@value{GDBN} internally maintains a number of output streams: the console, the
17922
target, and the log.  The output intended for each of these streams is
17923
funneled through the @sc{gdb/mi} interface using @dfn{stream records}.
17924
 
17925
Each stream record begins with a unique @dfn{prefix character} which
17926
identifies its stream (@pxref{GDB/MI Output Syntax, , @sc{gdb/mi} Output
17927
Syntax}).  In addition to the prefix, each stream record contains a
17928
@code{@var{string-output}}.  This is either raw text (with an implicit new
17929
line) or a quoted C string (which does not contain an implicit newline).
17930
 
17931
@table @code
17932
@item "~" @var{string-output}
17933
The console output stream contains text that should be displayed in the
17934
CLI console window.  It contains the textual responses to CLI commands.
17935
 
17936
@item "@@" @var{string-output}
17937
The target output stream contains any textual output from the running
17938
target.  This is only present when GDB's event loop is truly
17939
asynchronous, which is currently only the case for remote targets.
17940
 
17941
@item "&" @var{string-output}
17942
The log stream contains debugging messages being produced by @value{GDBN}'s
17943
internals.
17944
@end table
17945
 
17946
@node GDB/MI Out-of-band Records
17947
@subsection @sc{gdb/mi} Out-of-band Records
17948
 
17949
@cindex out-of-band records in @sc{gdb/mi}
17950
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, out-of-band records
17951
@dfn{Out-of-band} records are used to notify the @sc{gdb/mi} client of
17952
additional changes that have occurred.  Those changes can either be a
17953
consequence of @sc{gdb/mi} (e.g., a breakpoint modified) or a result of
17954
target activity (e.g., target stopped).
17955
 
17956
The following is a preliminary list of possible out-of-band records.
17957
In particular, the @var{exec-async-output} records.
17958
 
17959
@table @code
17960
@item *stopped,reason="@var{reason}"
17961
@end table
17962
 
17963
@var{reason} can be one of the following:
17964
 
17965
@table @code
17966
@item breakpoint-hit
17967
A breakpoint was reached.
17968
@item watchpoint-trigger
17969
A watchpoint was triggered.
17970
@item read-watchpoint-trigger
17971
A read watchpoint was triggered.
17972
@item access-watchpoint-trigger
17973
An access watchpoint was triggered.
17974
@item function-finished
17975
An -exec-finish or similar CLI command was accomplished.
17976
@item location-reached
17977
An -exec-until or similar CLI command was accomplished.
17978
@item watchpoint-scope
17979
A watchpoint has gone out of scope.
17980
@item end-stepping-range
17981
An -exec-next, -exec-next-instruction, -exec-step, -exec-step-instruction or
17982
similar CLI command was accomplished.
17983
@item exited-signalled
17984
The inferior exited because of a signal.
17985
@item exited
17986
The inferior exited.
17987
@item exited-normally
17988
The inferior exited normally.
17989
@item signal-received
17990
A signal was received by the inferior.
17991
@end table
17992
 
17993
 
17994
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
17995
@node GDB/MI Simple Examples
17996
@section Simple Examples of @sc{gdb/mi} Interaction
17997
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, simple examples
17998
 
17999
This subsection presents several simple examples of interaction using
18000
the @sc{gdb/mi} interface.  In these examples, @samp{->} means that the
18001
following line is passed to @sc{gdb/mi} as input, while @samp{<-} means
18002
the output received from @sc{gdb/mi}.
18003
 
18004
Note the line breaks shown in the examples are here only for
18005
readability, they don't appear in the real output.
18006
 
18007
@subheading Setting a Breakpoint
18008
 
18009
Setting a breakpoint generates synchronous output which contains detailed
18010
information of the breakpoint.
18011
 
18012
@smallexample
18013
-> -break-insert main
18014
<- ^done,bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",
18015
    enabled="y",addr="0x08048564",func="main",file="myprog.c",
18016
    fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="68",times="0"@}
18017
<- (gdb)
18018
@end smallexample
18019
 
18020
@subheading Program Execution
18021
 
18022
Program execution generates asynchronous records and MI gives the
18023
reason that execution stopped.
18024
 
18025
@smallexample
18026
-> -exec-run
18027
<- ^running
18028
<- (gdb)
18029
<- *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",thread-id="0",
18030
   frame=@{addr="0x08048564",func="main",
18031
   args=[@{name="argc",value="1"@},@{name="argv",value="0xbfc4d4d4"@}],
18032
   file="myprog.c",fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="68"@}
18033
<- (gdb)
18034
-> -exec-continue
18035
<- ^running
18036
<- (gdb)
18037
<- *stopped,reason="exited-normally"
18038
<- (gdb)
18039
@end smallexample
18040
 
18041
@subheading Quitting @value{GDBN}
18042
 
18043
Quitting @value{GDBN} just prints the result class @samp{^exit}.
18044
 
18045
@smallexample
18046
-> (gdb)
18047
<- -gdb-exit
18048
<- ^exit
18049
@end smallexample
18050
 
18051
@subheading A Bad Command
18052
 
18053
Here's what happens if you pass a non-existent command:
18054
 
18055
@smallexample
18056
-> -rubbish
18057
<- ^error,msg="Undefined MI command: rubbish"
18058
<- (gdb)
18059
@end smallexample
18060
 
18061
 
18062
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
18063
@node GDB/MI Command Description Format
18064
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Command Description Format
18065
 
18066
The remaining sections describe blocks of commands.  Each block of
18067
commands is laid out in a fashion similar to this section.
18068
 
18069
@subheading Motivation
18070
 
18071
The motivation for this collection of commands.
18072
 
18073
@subheading Introduction
18074
 
18075
A brief introduction to this collection of commands as a whole.
18076
 
18077
@subheading Commands
18078
 
18079
For each command in the block, the following is described:
18080
 
18081
@subsubheading Synopsis
18082
 
18083
@smallexample
18084
 -command @var{args}@dots{}
18085
@end smallexample
18086
 
18087
@subsubheading Result
18088
 
18089
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18090
 
18091
The corresponding @value{GDBN} CLI command(s), if any.
18092
 
18093
@subsubheading Example
18094
 
18095
Example(s) formatted for readability.  Some of the described commands  have
18096
not been implemented yet and these are labeled N.A.@: (not available).
18097
 
18098
 
18099
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
18100
@node GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands
18101
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Breakpoint Commands
18102
 
18103
@cindex breakpoint commands for @sc{gdb/mi}
18104
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, breakpoint commands
18105
This section documents @sc{gdb/mi} commands for manipulating
18106
breakpoints.
18107
 
18108
@subheading The @code{-break-after} Command
18109
@findex -break-after
18110
 
18111
@subsubheading Synopsis
18112
 
18113
@smallexample
18114
 -break-after @var{number} @var{count}
18115
@end smallexample
18116
 
18117
The breakpoint number @var{number} is not in effect until it has been
18118
hit @var{count} times.  To see how this is reflected in the output of
18119
the @samp{-break-list} command, see the description of the
18120
@samp{-break-list} command below.
18121
 
18122
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18123
 
18124
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{ignore}.
18125
 
18126
@subsubheading Example
18127
 
18128
@smallexample
18129
(gdb)
18130
-break-insert main
18131
^done,bkpt=@{number="1",addr="0x000100d0",file="hello.c",
18132
fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",line="5",times="0"@}
18133
(gdb)
18134
-break-after 1 3
18135
~
18136
^done
18137
(gdb)
18138
-break-list
18139
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
18140
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18141
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18142
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18143
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18144
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18145
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18146
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18147
addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
18148
line="5",times="0",ignore="3"@}]@}
18149
(gdb)
18150
@end smallexample
18151
 
18152
@ignore
18153
@subheading The @code{-break-catch} Command
18154
@findex -break-catch
18155
 
18156
@subheading The @code{-break-commands} Command
18157
@findex -break-commands
18158
@end ignore
18159
 
18160
 
18161
@subheading The @code{-break-condition} Command
18162
@findex -break-condition
18163
 
18164
@subsubheading Synopsis
18165
 
18166
@smallexample
18167
 -break-condition @var{number} @var{expr}
18168
@end smallexample
18169
 
18170
Breakpoint @var{number} will stop the program only if the condition in
18171
@var{expr} is true.  The condition becomes part of the
18172
@samp{-break-list} output (see the description of the @samp{-break-list}
18173
command below).
18174
 
18175
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18176
 
18177
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{condition}.
18178
 
18179
@subsubheading Example
18180
 
18181
@smallexample
18182
(gdb)
18183
-break-condition 1 1
18184
^done
18185
(gdb)
18186
-break-list
18187
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
18188
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18189
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18190
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18191
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18192
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18193
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18194
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18195
addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
18196
line="5",cond="1",times="0",ignore="3"@}]@}
18197
(gdb)
18198
@end smallexample
18199
 
18200
@subheading The @code{-break-delete} Command
18201
@findex -break-delete
18202
 
18203
@subsubheading Synopsis
18204
 
18205
@smallexample
18206
 -break-delete ( @var{breakpoint} )+
18207
@end smallexample
18208
 
18209
Delete the breakpoint(s) whose number(s) are specified in the argument
18210
list.  This is obviously reflected in the breakpoint list.
18211
 
18212
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18213
 
18214
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{delete}.
18215
 
18216
@subsubheading Example
18217
 
18218
@smallexample
18219
(gdb)
18220
-break-delete 1
18221
^done
18222
(gdb)
18223
-break-list
18224
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
18225
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18226
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18227
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18228
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18229
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18230
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18231
body=[]@}
18232
(gdb)
18233
@end smallexample
18234
 
18235
@subheading The @code{-break-disable} Command
18236
@findex -break-disable
18237
 
18238
@subsubheading Synopsis
18239
 
18240
@smallexample
18241
 -break-disable ( @var{breakpoint} )+
18242
@end smallexample
18243
 
18244
Disable the named @var{breakpoint}(s).  The field @samp{enabled} in the
18245
break list is now set to @samp{n} for the named @var{breakpoint}(s).
18246
 
18247
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18248
 
18249
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{disable}.
18250
 
18251
@subsubheading Example
18252
 
18253
@smallexample
18254
(gdb)
18255
-break-disable 2
18256
^done
18257
(gdb)
18258
-break-list
18259
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
18260
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18261
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18262
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18263
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18264
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18265
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18266
body=[bkpt=@{number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="n",
18267
addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
18268
line="5",times="0"@}]@}
18269
(gdb)
18270
@end smallexample
18271
 
18272
@subheading The @code{-break-enable} Command
18273
@findex -break-enable
18274
 
18275
@subsubheading Synopsis
18276
 
18277
@smallexample
18278
 -break-enable ( @var{breakpoint} )+
18279
@end smallexample
18280
 
18281
Enable (previously disabled) @var{breakpoint}(s).
18282
 
18283
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18284
 
18285
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{enable}.
18286
 
18287
@subsubheading Example
18288
 
18289
@smallexample
18290
(gdb)
18291
-break-enable 2
18292
^done
18293
(gdb)
18294
-break-list
18295
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
18296
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18297
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18298
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18299
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18300
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18301
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18302
body=[bkpt=@{number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18303
addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
18304
line="5",times="0"@}]@}
18305
(gdb)
18306
@end smallexample
18307
 
18308
@subheading The @code{-break-info} Command
18309
@findex -break-info
18310
 
18311
@subsubheading Synopsis
18312
 
18313
@smallexample
18314
 -break-info @var{breakpoint}
18315
@end smallexample
18316
 
18317
@c REDUNDANT???
18318
Get information about a single breakpoint.
18319
 
18320
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18321
 
18322
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info break @var{breakpoint}}.
18323
 
18324
@subsubheading Example
18325
N.A.
18326
 
18327
@subheading The @code{-break-insert} Command
18328
@findex -break-insert
18329
 
18330
@subsubheading Synopsis
18331
 
18332
@smallexample
18333
 -break-insert [ -t ] [ -h ] [ -f ]
18334
    [ -c @var{condition} ] [ -i @var{ignore-count} ]
18335
    [ -p @var{thread} ] [ @var{location} ]
18336
@end smallexample
18337
 
18338
@noindent
18339
If specified, @var{location}, can be one of:
18340
 
18341
@itemize @bullet
18342
@item function
18343
@c @item +offset
18344
@c @item -offset
18345
@c @item linenum
18346
@item filename:linenum
18347
@item filename:function
18348
@item *address
18349
@end itemize
18350
 
18351
The possible optional parameters of this command are:
18352
 
18353
@table @samp
18354
@item -t
18355
Insert a temporary breakpoint.
18356
@item -h
18357
Insert a hardware breakpoint.
18358
@item -c @var{condition}
18359
Make the breakpoint conditional on @var{condition}.
18360
@item -i @var{ignore-count}
18361
Initialize the @var{ignore-count}.
18362
@item -f
18363
If @var{location} cannot be parsed (for example if it
18364
refers to unknown files or functions), create a pending
18365
breakpoint. Without this flag, @value{GDBN} will report
18366
an error, and won't create a breakpoint, if @var{location}
18367
cannot be parsed.
18368
@end table
18369
 
18370
@subsubheading Result
18371
 
18372
The result is in the form:
18373
 
18374
@smallexample
18375
^done,bkpt=@{number="@var{number}",type="@var{type}",disp="del"|"keep",
18376
enabled="y"|"n",addr="@var{hex}",func="@var{funcname}",file="@var{filename}",
18377
fullname="@var{full_filename}",line="@var{lineno}",[thread="@var{threadno},]
18378
times="@var{times}"@}
18379
@end smallexample
18380
 
18381
@noindent
18382
where @var{number} is the @value{GDBN} number for this breakpoint,
18383
@var{funcname} is the name of the function where the breakpoint was
18384
inserted, @var{filename} is the name of the source file which contains
18385
this function, @var{lineno} is the source line number within that file
18386
and @var{times} the number of times that the breakpoint has been hit
18387
(always 0 for -break-insert but may be greater for -break-info or -break-list
18388
which use the same output).
18389
 
18390
Note: this format is open to change.
18391
@c An out-of-band breakpoint instead of part of the result?
18392
 
18393
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18394
 
18395
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{break}, @samp{tbreak},
18396
@samp{hbreak}, @samp{thbreak}, and @samp{rbreak}.
18397
 
18398
@subsubheading Example
18399
 
18400
@smallexample
18401
(gdb)
18402
-break-insert main
18403
^done,bkpt=@{number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",
18404
fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="4",times="0"@}
18405
(gdb)
18406
-break-insert -t foo
18407
^done,bkpt=@{number="2",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c",
18408
fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="11",times="0"@}
18409
(gdb)
18410
-break-list
18411
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
18412
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18413
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18414
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18415
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18416
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18417
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18418
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18419
addr="0x0001072c", func="main",file="recursive2.c",
18420
fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,"line="4",times="0"@},
18421
bkpt=@{number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="del",enabled="y",
18422
addr="0x00010774",func="foo",file="recursive2.c",
18423
fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"@}]@}
18424
(gdb)
18425
-break-insert -r foo.*
18426
~int foo(int, int);
18427
^done,bkpt=@{number="3",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c,
18428
"fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"@}
18429
(gdb)
18430
@end smallexample
18431
 
18432
@subheading The @code{-break-list} Command
18433
@findex -break-list
18434
 
18435
@subsubheading Synopsis
18436
 
18437
@smallexample
18438
 -break-list
18439
@end smallexample
18440
 
18441
Displays the list of inserted breakpoints, showing the following fields:
18442
 
18443
@table @samp
18444
@item Number
18445
number of the breakpoint
18446
@item Type
18447
type of the breakpoint: @samp{breakpoint} or @samp{watchpoint}
18448
@item Disposition
18449
should the breakpoint be deleted or disabled when it is hit: @samp{keep}
18450
or @samp{nokeep}
18451
@item Enabled
18452
is the breakpoint enabled or no: @samp{y} or @samp{n}
18453
@item Address
18454
memory location at which the breakpoint is set
18455
@item What
18456
logical location of the breakpoint, expressed by function name, file
18457
name, line number
18458
@item Times
18459
number of times the breakpoint has been hit
18460
@end table
18461
 
18462
If there are no breakpoints or watchpoints, the @code{BreakpointTable}
18463
@code{body} field is an empty list.
18464
 
18465
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18466
 
18467
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info break}.
18468
 
18469
@subsubheading Example
18470
 
18471
@smallexample
18472
(gdb)
18473
-break-list
18474
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
18475
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18476
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18477
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18478
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18479
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18480
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18481
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18482
addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",line="5",times="0"@},
18483
bkpt=@{number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18484
addr="0x00010114",func="foo",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
18485
line="13",times="0"@}]@}
18486
(gdb)
18487
@end smallexample
18488
 
18489
Here's an example of the result when there are no breakpoints:
18490
 
18491
@smallexample
18492
(gdb)
18493
-break-list
18494
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
18495
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18496
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18497
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18498
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18499
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18500
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18501
body=[]@}
18502
(gdb)
18503
@end smallexample
18504
 
18505
@subheading The @code{-break-watch} Command
18506
@findex -break-watch
18507
 
18508
@subsubheading Synopsis
18509
 
18510
@smallexample
18511
 -break-watch [ -a | -r ]
18512
@end smallexample
18513
 
18514
Create a watchpoint.  With the @samp{-a} option it will create an
18515
@dfn{access} watchpoint, i.e., a watchpoint that triggers either on a
18516
read from or on a write to the memory location.  With the @samp{-r}
18517
option, the watchpoint created is a @dfn{read} watchpoint, i.e., it will
18518
trigger only when the memory location is accessed for reading.  Without
18519
either of the options, the watchpoint created is a regular watchpoint,
18520
i.e., it will trigger when the memory location is accessed for writing.
18521
@xref{Set Watchpoints, , Setting Watchpoints}.
18522
 
18523
Note that @samp{-break-list} will report a single list of watchpoints and
18524
breakpoints inserted.
18525
 
18526
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18527
 
18528
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{watch}, @samp{awatch}, and
18529
@samp{rwatch}.
18530
 
18531
@subsubheading Example
18532
 
18533
Setting a watchpoint on a variable in the @code{main} function:
18534
 
18535
@smallexample
18536
(gdb)
18537
-break-watch x
18538
^done,wpt=@{number="2",exp="x"@}
18539
(gdb)
18540
-exec-continue
18541
^running
18542
(gdb)
18543
*stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt=@{number="2",exp="x"@},
18544
value=@{old="-268439212",new="55"@},
18545
frame=@{func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
18546
fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="5"@}
18547
(gdb)
18548
@end smallexample
18549
 
18550
Setting a watchpoint on a variable local to a function.  @value{GDBN} will stop
18551
the program execution twice: first for the variable changing value, then
18552
for the watchpoint going out of scope.
18553
 
18554
@smallexample
18555
(gdb)
18556
-break-watch C
18557
^done,wpt=@{number="5",exp="C"@}
18558
(gdb)
18559
-exec-continue
18560
^running
18561
(gdb)
18562
*stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",
18563
wpt=@{number="5",exp="C"@},value=@{old="-276895068",new="3"@},
18564
frame=@{func="callee4",args=[],
18565
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18566
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"@}
18567
(gdb)
18568
-exec-continue
18569
^running
18570
(gdb)
18571
*stopped,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="5",
18572
frame=@{func="callee3",args=[@{name="strarg",
18573
value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}],
18574
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18575
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"@}
18576
(gdb)
18577
@end smallexample
18578
 
18579
Listing breakpoints and watchpoints, at different points in the program
18580
execution.  Note that once the watchpoint goes out of scope, it is
18581
deleted.
18582
 
18583
@smallexample
18584
(gdb)
18585
-break-watch C
18586
^done,wpt=@{number="2",exp="C"@}
18587
(gdb)
18588
-break-list
18589
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
18590
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18591
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18592
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18593
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18594
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18595
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18596
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18597
addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
18598
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18599
fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c"line="8",times="1"@},
18600
bkpt=@{number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
18601
enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="0"@}]@}
18602
(gdb)
18603
-exec-continue
18604
^running
18605
(gdb)
18606
*stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt=@{number="2",exp="C"@},
18607
value=@{old="-276895068",new="3"@},
18608
frame=@{func="callee4",args=[],
18609
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18610
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"@}
18611
(gdb)
18612
-break-list
18613
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
18614
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18615
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18616
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18617
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18618
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18619
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18620
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18621
addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
18622
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18623
fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",times="1"@},
18624
bkpt=@{number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
18625
enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="-5"@}]@}
18626
(gdb)
18627
-exec-continue
18628
^running
18629
^done,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="2",
18630
frame=@{func="callee3",args=[@{name="strarg",
18631
value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}],
18632
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18633
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"@}
18634
(gdb)
18635
-break-list
18636
^done,BreakpointTable=@{nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
18637
hdr=[@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"@},
18638
@{width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"@},
18639
@{width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"@},
18640
@{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"@},
18641
@{width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"@},
18642
@{width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"@}],
18643
body=[bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
18644
addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
18645
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
18646
fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",
18647
times="1"@}]@}
18648
(gdb)
18649
@end smallexample
18650
 
18651
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
18652
@node GDB/MI Program Context
18653
@section @sc{gdb/mi}  Program Context
18654
 
18655
@subheading The @code{-exec-arguments} Command
18656
@findex -exec-arguments
18657
 
18658
 
18659
@subsubheading Synopsis
18660
 
18661
@smallexample
18662
 -exec-arguments @var{args}
18663
@end smallexample
18664
 
18665
Set the inferior program arguments, to be used in the next
18666
@samp{-exec-run}.
18667
 
18668
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18669
 
18670
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{set args}.
18671
 
18672
@subsubheading Example
18673
 
18674
@c FIXME!
18675
Don't have one around.
18676
 
18677
 
18678
@subheading The @code{-exec-show-arguments} Command
18679
@findex -exec-show-arguments
18680
 
18681
@subsubheading Synopsis
18682
 
18683
@smallexample
18684
 -exec-show-arguments
18685
@end smallexample
18686
 
18687
Print the arguments of the program.
18688
 
18689
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18690
 
18691
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{show args}.
18692
 
18693
@subsubheading Example
18694
N.A.
18695
 
18696
 
18697
@subheading The @code{-environment-cd} Command
18698
@findex -environment-cd
18699
 
18700
@subsubheading Synopsis
18701
 
18702
@smallexample
18703
 -environment-cd @var{pathdir}
18704
@end smallexample
18705
 
18706
Set @value{GDBN}'s working directory.
18707
 
18708
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18709
 
18710
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{cd}.
18711
 
18712
@subsubheading Example
18713
 
18714
@smallexample
18715
(gdb)
18716
-environment-cd /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
18717
^done
18718
(gdb)
18719
@end smallexample
18720
 
18721
 
18722
@subheading The @code{-environment-directory} Command
18723
@findex -environment-directory
18724
 
18725
@subsubheading Synopsis
18726
 
18727
@smallexample
18728
 -environment-directory [ -r ] [ @var{pathdir} ]+
18729
@end smallexample
18730
 
18731
Add directories @var{pathdir} to beginning of search path for source files.
18732
If the @samp{-r} option is used, the search path is reset to the default
18733
search path.  If directories @var{pathdir} are supplied in addition to the
18734
@samp{-r} option, the search path is first reset and then addition
18735
occurs as normal.
18736
Multiple directories may be specified, separated by blanks.  Specifying
18737
multiple directories in a single command
18738
results in the directories added to the beginning of the
18739
search path in the same order they were presented in the command.
18740
If blanks are needed as
18741
part of a directory name, double-quotes should be used around
18742
the name.  In the command output, the path will show up separated
18743
by the system directory-separator character.  The directory-separator
18744
character must not be used
18745
in any directory name.
18746
If no directories are specified, the current search path is displayed.
18747
 
18748
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18749
 
18750
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{dir}.
18751
 
18752
@subsubheading Example
18753
 
18754
@smallexample
18755
(gdb)
18756
-environment-directory /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
18757
^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
18758
(gdb)
18759
-environment-directory ""
18760
^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
18761
(gdb)
18762
-environment-directory -r /home/jjohnstn/src/gdb /usr/src
18763
^done,source-path="/home/jjohnstn/src/gdb:/usr/src:$cdir:$cwd"
18764
(gdb)
18765
-environment-directory -r
18766
^done,source-path="$cdir:$cwd"
18767
(gdb)
18768
@end smallexample
18769
 
18770
 
18771
@subheading The @code{-environment-path} Command
18772
@findex -environment-path
18773
 
18774
@subsubheading Synopsis
18775
 
18776
@smallexample
18777
 -environment-path [ -r ] [ @var{pathdir} ]+
18778
@end smallexample
18779
 
18780
Add directories @var{pathdir} to beginning of search path for object files.
18781
If the @samp{-r} option is used, the search path is reset to the original
18782
search path that existed at gdb start-up.  If directories @var{pathdir} are
18783
supplied in addition to the
18784
@samp{-r} option, the search path is first reset and then addition
18785
occurs as normal.
18786
Multiple directories may be specified, separated by blanks.  Specifying
18787
multiple directories in a single command
18788
results in the directories added to the beginning of the
18789
search path in the same order they were presented in the command.
18790
If blanks are needed as
18791
part of a directory name, double-quotes should be used around
18792
the name.  In the command output, the path will show up separated
18793
by the system directory-separator character.  The directory-separator
18794
character must not be used
18795
in any directory name.
18796
If no directories are specified, the current path is displayed.
18797
 
18798
 
18799
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18800
 
18801
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{path}.
18802
 
18803
@subsubheading Example
18804
 
18805
@smallexample
18806
(gdb)
18807
-environment-path
18808
^done,path="/usr/bin"
18809
(gdb)
18810
-environment-path /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb /bin
18811
^done,path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb:/bin:/usr/bin"
18812
(gdb)
18813
-environment-path -r /usr/local/bin
18814
^done,path="/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin"
18815
(gdb)
18816
@end smallexample
18817
 
18818
 
18819
@subheading The @code{-environment-pwd} Command
18820
@findex -environment-pwd
18821
 
18822
@subsubheading Synopsis
18823
 
18824
@smallexample
18825
 -environment-pwd
18826
@end smallexample
18827
 
18828
Show the current working directory.
18829
 
18830
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18831
 
18832
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{pwd}.
18833
 
18834
@subsubheading Example
18835
 
18836
@smallexample
18837
(gdb)
18838
-environment-pwd
18839
^done,cwd="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb"
18840
(gdb)
18841
@end smallexample
18842
 
18843
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
18844
@node GDB/MI Thread Commands
18845
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Thread Commands
18846
 
18847
 
18848
@subheading The @code{-thread-info} Command
18849
@findex -thread-info
18850
 
18851
@subsubheading Synopsis
18852
 
18853
@smallexample
18854
 -thread-info
18855
@end smallexample
18856
 
18857
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18858
 
18859
No equivalent.
18860
 
18861
@subsubheading Example
18862
N.A.
18863
 
18864
 
18865
@subheading The @code{-thread-list-all-threads} Command
18866
@findex -thread-list-all-threads
18867
 
18868
@subsubheading Synopsis
18869
 
18870
@smallexample
18871
 -thread-list-all-threads
18872
@end smallexample
18873
 
18874
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18875
 
18876
The equivalent @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info threads}.
18877
 
18878
@subsubheading Example
18879
N.A.
18880
 
18881
 
18882
@subheading The @code{-thread-list-ids} Command
18883
@findex -thread-list-ids
18884
 
18885
@subsubheading Synopsis
18886
 
18887
@smallexample
18888
 -thread-list-ids
18889
@end smallexample
18890
 
18891
Produces a list of the currently known @value{GDBN} thread ids.  At the
18892
end of the list it also prints the total number of such threads.
18893
 
18894
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18895
 
18896
Part of @samp{info threads} supplies the same information.
18897
 
18898
@subsubheading Example
18899
 
18900
No threads present, besides the main process:
18901
 
18902
@smallexample
18903
(gdb)
18904
-thread-list-ids
18905
^done,thread-ids=@{@},number-of-threads="0"
18906
(gdb)
18907
@end smallexample
18908
 
18909
 
18910
Several threads:
18911
 
18912
@smallexample
18913
(gdb)
18914
-thread-list-ids
18915
^done,thread-ids=@{thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"@},
18916
number-of-threads="3"
18917
(gdb)
18918
@end smallexample
18919
 
18920
 
18921
@subheading The @code{-thread-select} Command
18922
@findex -thread-select
18923
 
18924
@subsubheading Synopsis
18925
 
18926
@smallexample
18927
 -thread-select @var{threadnum}
18928
@end smallexample
18929
 
18930
Make @var{threadnum} the current thread.  It prints the number of the new
18931
current thread, and the topmost frame for that thread.
18932
 
18933
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18934
 
18935
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{thread}.
18936
 
18937
@subsubheading Example
18938
 
18939
@smallexample
18940
(gdb)
18941
-exec-next
18942
^running
18943
(gdb)
18944
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",thread-id="2",line="187",
18945
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/linux-dp.c"
18946
(gdb)
18947
-thread-list-ids
18948
^done,
18949
thread-ids=@{thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"@},
18950
number-of-threads="3"
18951
(gdb)
18952
-thread-select 3
18953
^done,new-thread-id="3",
18954
frame=@{level="0",func="vprintf",
18955
args=[@{name="format",value="0x8048e9c \"%*s%c %d %c\\n\""@},
18956
@{name="arg",value="0x2"@}],file="vprintf.c",line="31"@}
18957
(gdb)
18958
@end smallexample
18959
 
18960
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
18961
@node GDB/MI Program Execution
18962
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Program Execution
18963
 
18964
These are the asynchronous commands which generate the out-of-band
18965
record @samp{*stopped}.  Currently @value{GDBN} only really executes
18966
asynchronously with remote targets and this interaction is mimicked in
18967
other cases.
18968
 
18969
@subheading The @code{-exec-continue} Command
18970
@findex -exec-continue
18971
 
18972
@subsubheading Synopsis
18973
 
18974
@smallexample
18975
 -exec-continue
18976
@end smallexample
18977
 
18978
Resumes the execution of the inferior program until a breakpoint is
18979
encountered, or until the inferior exits.
18980
 
18981
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
18982
 
18983
The corresponding @value{GDBN} corresponding is @samp{continue}.
18984
 
18985
@subsubheading Example
18986
 
18987
@smallexample
18988
-exec-continue
18989
^running
18990
(gdb)
18991
@@Hello world
18992
*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="2",frame=@{func="foo",args=[],
18993
file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",line="13"@}
18994
(gdb)
18995
@end smallexample
18996
 
18997
 
18998
@subheading The @code{-exec-finish} Command
18999
@findex -exec-finish
19000
 
19001
@subsubheading Synopsis
19002
 
19003
@smallexample
19004
 -exec-finish
19005
@end smallexample
19006
 
19007
Resumes the execution of the inferior program until the current
19008
function is exited.  Displays the results returned by the function.
19009
 
19010
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19011
 
19012
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{finish}.
19013
 
19014
@subsubheading Example
19015
 
19016
Function returning @code{void}.
19017
 
19018
@smallexample
19019
-exec-finish
19020
^running
19021
(gdb)
19022
@@hello from foo
19023
*stopped,reason="function-finished",frame=@{func="main",args=[],
19024
file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",line="7"@}
19025
(gdb)
19026
@end smallexample
19027
 
19028
Function returning other than @code{void}.  The name of the internal
19029
@value{GDBN} variable storing the result is printed, together with the
19030
value itself.
19031
 
19032
@smallexample
19033
-exec-finish
19034
^running
19035
(gdb)
19036
*stopped,reason="function-finished",frame=@{addr="0x000107b0",func="foo",
19037
args=[@{name="a",value="1"],@{name="b",value="9"@}@},
19038
file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19039
gdb-result-var="$1",return-value="0"
19040
(gdb)
19041
@end smallexample
19042
 
19043
 
19044
@subheading The @code{-exec-interrupt} Command
19045
@findex -exec-interrupt
19046
 
19047
@subsubheading Synopsis
19048
 
19049
@smallexample
19050
 -exec-interrupt
19051
@end smallexample
19052
 
19053
Interrupts the background execution of the target.  Note how the token
19054
associated with the stop message is the one for the execution command
19055
that has been interrupted.  The token for the interrupt itself only
19056
appears in the @samp{^done} output.  If the user is trying to
19057
interrupt a non-running program, an error message will be printed.
19058
 
19059
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19060
 
19061
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{interrupt}.
19062
 
19063
@subsubheading Example
19064
 
19065
@smallexample
19066
(gdb)
19067
111-exec-continue
19068
111^running
19069
 
19070
(gdb)
19071
222-exec-interrupt
19072
222^done
19073
(gdb)
19074
111*stopped,signal-name="SIGINT",signal-meaning="Interrupt",
19075
frame=@{addr="0x00010140",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
19076
fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="13"@}
19077
(gdb)
19078
 
19079
(gdb)
19080
-exec-interrupt
19081
^error,msg="mi_cmd_exec_interrupt: Inferior not executing."
19082
(gdb)
19083
@end smallexample
19084
 
19085
 
19086
@subheading The @code{-exec-next} Command
19087
@findex -exec-next
19088
 
19089
@subsubheading Synopsis
19090
 
19091
@smallexample
19092
 -exec-next
19093
@end smallexample
19094
 
19095
Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the beginning
19096
of the next source line is reached.
19097
 
19098
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19099
 
19100
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{next}.
19101
 
19102
@subsubheading Example
19103
 
19104
@smallexample
19105
-exec-next
19106
^running
19107
(gdb)
19108
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="8",file="hello.c"
19109
(gdb)
19110
@end smallexample
19111
 
19112
 
19113
@subheading The @code{-exec-next-instruction} Command
19114
@findex -exec-next-instruction
19115
 
19116
@subsubheading Synopsis
19117
 
19118
@smallexample
19119
 -exec-next-instruction
19120
@end smallexample
19121
 
19122
Executes one machine instruction.  If the instruction is a function
19123
call, continues until the function returns.  If the program stops at an
19124
instruction in the middle of a source line, the address will be
19125
printed as well.
19126
 
19127
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19128
 
19129
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{nexti}.
19130
 
19131
@subsubheading Example
19132
 
19133
@smallexample
19134
(gdb)
19135
-exec-next-instruction
19136
^running
19137
 
19138
(gdb)
19139
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
19140
addr="0x000100d4",line="5",file="hello.c"
19141
(gdb)
19142
@end smallexample
19143
 
19144
 
19145
@subheading The @code{-exec-return} Command
19146
@findex -exec-return
19147
 
19148
@subsubheading Synopsis
19149
 
19150
@smallexample
19151
 -exec-return
19152
@end smallexample
19153
 
19154
Makes current function return immediately.  Doesn't execute the inferior.
19155
Displays the new current frame.
19156
 
19157
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19158
 
19159
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{return}.
19160
 
19161
@subsubheading Example
19162
 
19163
@smallexample
19164
(gdb)
19165
200-break-insert callee4
19166
200^done,bkpt=@{number="1",addr="0x00010734",
19167
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"@}
19168
(gdb)
19169
000-exec-run
19170
000^running
19171
(gdb)
19172
000*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",
19173
frame=@{func="callee4",args=[],
19174
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19175
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"@}
19176
(gdb)
19177
205-break-delete
19178
205^done
19179
(gdb)
19180
111-exec-return
19181
111^done,frame=@{level="0",func="callee3",
19182
args=[@{name="strarg",
19183
value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}],
19184
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19185
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"@}
19186
(gdb)
19187
@end smallexample
19188
 
19189
 
19190
@subheading The @code{-exec-run} Command
19191
@findex -exec-run
19192
 
19193
@subsubheading Synopsis
19194
 
19195
@smallexample
19196
 -exec-run
19197
@end smallexample
19198
 
19199
Starts execution of the inferior from the beginning.  The inferior
19200
executes until either a breakpoint is encountered or the program
19201
exits.  In the latter case the output will include an exit code, if
19202
the program has exited exceptionally.
19203
 
19204
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19205
 
19206
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{run}.
19207
 
19208
@subsubheading Examples
19209
 
19210
@smallexample
19211
(gdb)
19212
-break-insert main
19213
^done,bkpt=@{number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",line="4"@}
19214
(gdb)
19215
-exec-run
19216
^running
19217
(gdb)
19218
*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",
19219
frame=@{func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
19220
fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"@}
19221
(gdb)
19222
@end smallexample
19223
 
19224
@noindent
19225
Program exited normally:
19226
 
19227
@smallexample
19228
(gdb)
19229
-exec-run
19230
^running
19231
(gdb)
19232
x = 55
19233
*stopped,reason="exited-normally"
19234
(gdb)
19235
@end smallexample
19236
 
19237
@noindent
19238
Program exited exceptionally:
19239
 
19240
@smallexample
19241
(gdb)
19242
-exec-run
19243
^running
19244
(gdb)
19245
x = 55
19246
*stopped,reason="exited",exit-code="01"
19247
(gdb)
19248
@end smallexample
19249
 
19250
Another way the program can terminate is if it receives a signal such as
19251
@code{SIGINT}.  In this case, @sc{gdb/mi} displays this:
19252
 
19253
@smallexample
19254
(gdb)
19255
*stopped,reason="exited-signalled",signal-name="SIGINT",
19256
signal-meaning="Interrupt"
19257
@end smallexample
19258
 
19259
 
19260
@c @subheading -exec-signal
19261
 
19262
 
19263
@subheading The @code{-exec-step} Command
19264
@findex -exec-step
19265
 
19266
@subsubheading Synopsis
19267
 
19268
@smallexample
19269
 -exec-step
19270
@end smallexample
19271
 
19272
Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the beginning
19273
of the next source line is reached, if the next source line is not a
19274
function call.  If it is, stop at the first instruction of the called
19275
function.
19276
 
19277
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19278
 
19279
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{step}.
19280
 
19281
@subsubheading Example
19282
 
19283
Stepping into a function:
19284
 
19285
@smallexample
19286
-exec-step
19287
^running
19288
(gdb)
19289
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
19290
frame=@{func="foo",args=[@{name="a",value="10"@},
19291
@{name="b",value="0"@}],file="recursive2.c",
19292
fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"@}
19293
(gdb)
19294
@end smallexample
19295
 
19296
Regular stepping:
19297
 
19298
@smallexample
19299
-exec-step
19300
^running
19301
(gdb)
19302
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="14",file="recursive2.c"
19303
(gdb)
19304
@end smallexample
19305
 
19306
 
19307
@subheading The @code{-exec-step-instruction} Command
19308
@findex -exec-step-instruction
19309
 
19310
@subsubheading Synopsis
19311
 
19312
@smallexample
19313
 -exec-step-instruction
19314
@end smallexample
19315
 
19316
Resumes the inferior which executes one machine instruction.  The
19317
output, once @value{GDBN} has stopped, will vary depending on whether
19318
we have stopped in the middle of a source line or not.  In the former
19319
case, the address at which the program stopped will be printed as
19320
well.
19321
 
19322
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19323
 
19324
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{stepi}.
19325
 
19326
@subsubheading Example
19327
 
19328
@smallexample
19329
(gdb)
19330
-exec-step-instruction
19331
^running
19332
 
19333
(gdb)
19334
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
19335
frame=@{func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
19336
fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"@}
19337
(gdb)
19338
-exec-step-instruction
19339
^running
19340
 
19341
(gdb)
19342
*stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
19343
frame=@{addr="0x000100f4",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
19344
fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"@}
19345
(gdb)
19346
@end smallexample
19347
 
19348
 
19349
@subheading The @code{-exec-until} Command
19350
@findex -exec-until
19351
 
19352
@subsubheading Synopsis
19353
 
19354
@smallexample
19355
 -exec-until [ @var{location} ]
19356
@end smallexample
19357
 
19358
Executes the inferior until the @var{location} specified in the
19359
argument is reached.  If there is no argument, the inferior executes
19360
until a source line greater than the current one is reached.  The
19361
reason for stopping in this case will be @samp{location-reached}.
19362
 
19363
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19364
 
19365
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{until}.
19366
 
19367
@subsubheading Example
19368
 
19369
@smallexample
19370
(gdb)
19371
-exec-until recursive2.c:6
19372
^running
19373
(gdb)
19374
x = 55
19375
*stopped,reason="location-reached",frame=@{func="main",args=[],
19376
file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="6"@}
19377
(gdb)
19378
@end smallexample
19379
 
19380
@ignore
19381
@subheading -file-clear
19382
Is this going away????
19383
@end ignore
19384
 
19385
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
19386
@node GDB/MI Stack Manipulation
19387
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Stack Manipulation Commands
19388
 
19389
 
19390
@subheading The @code{-stack-info-frame} Command
19391
@findex -stack-info-frame
19392
 
19393
@subsubheading Synopsis
19394
 
19395
@smallexample
19396
 -stack-info-frame
19397
@end smallexample
19398
 
19399
Get info on the selected frame.
19400
 
19401
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19402
 
19403
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info frame} or @samp{frame}
19404
(without arguments).
19405
 
19406
@subsubheading Example
19407
 
19408
@smallexample
19409
(gdb)
19410
-stack-info-frame
19411
^done,frame=@{level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
19412
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19413
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"@}
19414
(gdb)
19415
@end smallexample
19416
 
19417
@subheading The @code{-stack-info-depth} Command
19418
@findex -stack-info-depth
19419
 
19420
@subsubheading Synopsis
19421
 
19422
@smallexample
19423
 -stack-info-depth [ @var{max-depth} ]
19424
@end smallexample
19425
 
19426
Return the depth of the stack.  If the integer argument @var{max-depth}
19427
is specified, do not count beyond @var{max-depth} frames.
19428
 
19429
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19430
 
19431
There's no equivalent @value{GDBN} command.
19432
 
19433
@subsubheading Example
19434
 
19435
For a stack with frame levels 0 through 11:
19436
 
19437
@smallexample
19438
(gdb)
19439
-stack-info-depth
19440
^done,depth="12"
19441
(gdb)
19442
-stack-info-depth 4
19443
^done,depth="4"
19444
(gdb)
19445
-stack-info-depth 12
19446
^done,depth="12"
19447
(gdb)
19448
-stack-info-depth 11
19449
^done,depth="11"
19450
(gdb)
19451
-stack-info-depth 13
19452
^done,depth="12"
19453
(gdb)
19454
@end smallexample
19455
 
19456
@subheading The @code{-stack-list-arguments} Command
19457
@findex -stack-list-arguments
19458
 
19459
@subsubheading Synopsis
19460
 
19461
@smallexample
19462
 -stack-list-arguments @var{show-values}
19463
    [ @var{low-frame} @var{high-frame} ]
19464
@end smallexample
19465
 
19466
Display a list of the arguments for the frames between @var{low-frame}
19467
and @var{high-frame} (inclusive).  If @var{low-frame} and
19468
@var{high-frame} are not provided, list the arguments for the whole
19469
call stack.  If the two arguments are equal, show the single frame
19470
at the corresponding level.  It is an error if @var{low-frame} is
19471
larger than the actual number of frames.  On the other hand,
19472
@var{high-frame} may be larger than the actual number of frames, in
19473
which case only existing frames will be returned.
19474
 
19475
The @var{show-values} argument must have a value of 0 or 1.  A value of
19476
 
19477
means that both names and values of the arguments are printed.
19478
 
19479
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19480
 
19481
@value{GDBN} does not have an equivalent command.  @code{gdbtk} has a
19482
@samp{gdb_get_args} command which partially overlaps with the
19483
functionality of @samp{-stack-list-arguments}.
19484
 
19485
@subsubheading Example
19486
 
19487
@smallexample
19488
(gdb)
19489
-stack-list-frames
19490
^done,
19491
stack=[
19492
frame=@{level="0",addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
19493
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19494
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"@},
19495
frame=@{level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
19496
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19497
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"@},
19498
frame=@{level="2",addr="0x0001078c",func="callee2",
19499
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19500
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="22"@},
19501
frame=@{level="3",addr="0x000107b4",func="callee1",
19502
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19503
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="27"@},
19504
frame=@{level="4",addr="0x000107e0",func="main",
19505
file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
19506
fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="32"@}]
19507
(gdb)
19508
-stack-list-arguments 0
19509
^done,
19510
stack-args=[
19511
frame=@{level="0",args=[]@},
19512
frame=@{level="1",args=[name="strarg"]@},
19513
frame=@{level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]@},
19514
frame=@{level="3",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg",name="fltarg"]@},
19515
frame=@{level="4",args=[]@}]
19516
(gdb)
19517
-stack-list-arguments 1
19518
^done,
19519
stack-args=[
19520
frame=@{level="0",args=[]@},
19521
frame=@{level="1",
19522
 args=[@{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}]@},
19523
frame=@{level="2",args=[
19524
@{name="intarg",value="2"@},
19525
@{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}]@},
19526
@{frame=@{level="3",args=[
19527
@{name="intarg",value="2"@},
19528
@{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@},
19529
@{name="fltarg",value="3.5"@}]@},
19530
frame=@{level="4",args=[]@}]
19531
(gdb)
19532
-stack-list-arguments 0 2 2
19533
^done,stack-args=[frame=@{level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]@}]
19534
(gdb)
19535
-stack-list-arguments 1 2 2
19536
^done,stack-args=[frame=@{level="2",
19537
args=[@{name="intarg",value="2"@},
19538
@{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""@}]@}]
19539
(gdb)
19540
@end smallexample
19541
 
19542
@c @subheading -stack-list-exception-handlers
19543
 
19544
 
19545
@subheading The @code{-stack-list-frames} Command
19546
@findex -stack-list-frames
19547
 
19548
@subsubheading Synopsis
19549
 
19550
@smallexample
19551
 -stack-list-frames [ @var{low-frame} @var{high-frame} ]
19552
@end smallexample
19553
 
19554
List the frames currently on the stack.  For each frame it displays the
19555
following info:
19556
 
19557
@table @samp
19558
@item @var{level}
19559
The frame number, 0 being the topmost frame, i.e., the innermost function.
19560
@item @var{addr}
19561
The @code{$pc} value for that frame.
19562
@item @var{func}
19563
Function name.
19564
@item @var{file}
19565
File name of the source file where the function lives.
19566
@item @var{line}
19567
Line number corresponding to the @code{$pc}.
19568
@end table
19569
 
19570
If invoked without arguments, this command prints a backtrace for the
19571
whole stack.  If given two integer arguments, it shows the frames whose
19572
levels are between the two arguments (inclusive).  If the two arguments
19573
are equal, it shows the single frame at the corresponding level.  It is
19574
an error if @var{low-frame} is larger than the actual number of
19575
frames.  On the other hand, @var{high-frame} may be larger than the
19576
actual number of frames, in which case only existing frames will be returned.
19577
 
19578
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19579
 
19580
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{backtrace} and @samp{where}.
19581
 
19582
@subsubheading Example
19583
 
19584
Full stack backtrace:
19585
 
19586
@smallexample
19587
(gdb)
19588
-stack-list-frames
19589
^done,stack=
19590
[frame=@{level="0",addr="0x0001076c",func="foo",
19591
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"@},
19592
frame=@{level="1",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19593
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19594
frame=@{level="2",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19595
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19596
frame=@{level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19597
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19598
frame=@{level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19599
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19600
frame=@{level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19601
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19602
frame=@{level="6",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19603
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19604
frame=@{level="7",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19605
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19606
frame=@{level="8",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19607
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19608
frame=@{level="9",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19609
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19610
frame=@{level="10",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19611
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19612
frame=@{level="11",addr="0x00010738",func="main",
19613
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"@}]
19614
(gdb)
19615
@end smallexample
19616
 
19617
Show frames between @var{low_frame} and @var{high_frame}:
19618
 
19619
@smallexample
19620
(gdb)
19621
-stack-list-frames 3 5
19622
^done,stack=
19623
[frame=@{level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19624
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19625
frame=@{level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19626
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@},
19627
frame=@{level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19628
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@}]
19629
(gdb)
19630
@end smallexample
19631
 
19632
Show a single frame:
19633
 
19634
@smallexample
19635
(gdb)
19636
-stack-list-frames 3 3
19637
^done,stack=
19638
[frame=@{level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
19639
  file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"@}]
19640
(gdb)
19641
@end smallexample
19642
 
19643
 
19644
@subheading The @code{-stack-list-locals} Command
19645
@findex -stack-list-locals
19646
 
19647
@subsubheading Synopsis
19648
 
19649
@smallexample
19650
 -stack-list-locals @var{print-values}
19651
@end smallexample
19652
 
19653
Display the local variable names for the selected frame.  If
19654
@var{print-values} is 0 or @code{--no-values}, print only the names of
19655
the variables; if it is 1 or @code{--all-values}, print also their
19656
values; and if it is 2 or @code{--simple-values}, print the name,
19657
type and value for simple data types and the name and type for arrays,
19658
structures and unions.  In this last case, a frontend can immediately
19659
display the value of simple data types and create variable objects for
19660
other data types when the user wishes to explore their values in
19661
more detail.
19662
 
19663
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19664
 
19665
@samp{info locals} in @value{GDBN}, @samp{gdb_get_locals} in @code{gdbtk}.
19666
 
19667
@subsubheading Example
19668
 
19669
@smallexample
19670
(gdb)
19671
-stack-list-locals 0
19672
^done,locals=[name="A",name="B",name="C"]
19673
(gdb)
19674
-stack-list-locals --all-values
19675
^done,locals=[@{name="A",value="1"@},@{name="B",value="2"@},
19676
  @{name="C",value="@{1, 2, 3@}"@}]
19677
-stack-list-locals --simple-values
19678
^done,locals=[@{name="A",type="int",value="1"@},
19679
  @{name="B",type="int",value="2"@},@{name="C",type="int [3]"@}]
19680
(gdb)
19681
@end smallexample
19682
 
19683
 
19684
@subheading The @code{-stack-select-frame} Command
19685
@findex -stack-select-frame
19686
 
19687
@subsubheading Synopsis
19688
 
19689
@smallexample
19690
 -stack-select-frame @var{framenum}
19691
@end smallexample
19692
 
19693
Change the selected frame.  Select a different frame @var{framenum} on
19694
the stack.
19695
 
19696
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
19697
 
19698
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{frame}, @samp{up},
19699
@samp{down}, @samp{select-frame}, @samp{up-silent}, and @samp{down-silent}.
19700
 
19701
@subsubheading Example
19702
 
19703
@smallexample
19704
(gdb)
19705
-stack-select-frame 2
19706
^done
19707
(gdb)
19708
@end smallexample
19709
 
19710
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
19711
@node GDB/MI Variable Objects
19712
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Variable Objects
19713
 
19714
@ignore
19715
 
19716
@subheading Motivation for Variable Objects in @sc{gdb/mi}
19717
 
19718
For the implementation of a variable debugger window (locals, watched
19719
expressions, etc.), we are proposing the adaptation of the existing code
19720
used by @code{Insight}.
19721
 
19722
The two main reasons for that are:
19723
 
19724
@enumerate 1
19725
@item
19726
It has been proven in practice (it is already on its second generation).
19727
 
19728
@item
19729
It will shorten development time (needless to say how important it is
19730
now).
19731
@end enumerate
19732
 
19733
The original interface was designed to be used by Tcl code, so it was
19734
slightly changed so it could be used through @sc{gdb/mi}.  This section
19735
describes the @sc{gdb/mi} operations that will be available and gives some
19736
hints about their use.
19737
 
19738
@emph{Note}: In addition to the set of operations described here, we
19739
expect the @sc{gui} implementation of a variable window to require, at
19740
least, the following operations:
19741
 
19742
@itemize @bullet
19743
@item @code{-gdb-show} @code{output-radix}
19744
@item @code{-stack-list-arguments}
19745
@item @code{-stack-list-locals}
19746
@item @code{-stack-select-frame}
19747
@end itemize
19748
 
19749
@end ignore
19750
 
19751
@subheading Introduction to Variable Objects
19752
 
19753
@cindex variable objects in @sc{gdb/mi}
19754
 
19755
Variable objects are "object-oriented" MI interface for examining and
19756
changing values of expressions.  Unlike some other MI interfaces that
19757
work with expressions, variable objects are specifically designed for
19758
simple and efficient presentation in the frontend.  A variable object
19759
is identified by string name.  When a variable object is created, the
19760
frontend specifies the expression for that variable object.  The
19761
expression can be a simple variable, or it can be an arbitrary complex
19762
expression, and can even involve CPU registers.  After creating a
19763
variable object, the frontend can invoke other variable object
19764
operations---for example to obtain or change the value of a variable
19765
object, or to change display format.
19766
 
19767
Variable objects have hierarchical tree structure.  Any variable object
19768
that corresponds to a composite type, such as structure in C, has
19769
a number of child variable objects, for example corresponding to each
19770
element of a structure.  A child variable object can itself have
19771
children, recursively.  Recursion ends when we reach
19772
leaf variable objects, which always have built-in types.  Child variable
19773
objects are created only by explicit request, so if a frontend
19774
is not interested in the children of a particular variable object, no
19775
child will be created.
19776
 
19777
For a leaf variable object it is possible to obtain its value as a
19778
string, or set the value from a string.  String value can be also
19779
obtained for a non-leaf variable object, but it's generally a string
19780
that only indicates the type of the object, and does not list its
19781
contents.  Assignment to a non-leaf variable object is not allowed.
19782
 
19783
A frontend does not need to read the values of all variable objects each time
19784
the program stops.  Instead, MI provides an update command that lists all
19785
variable objects whose values has changed since the last update
19786
operation.  This considerably reduces the amount of data that must
19787
be transferred to the frontend.  As noted above, children variable
19788
objects are created on demand, and only leaf variable objects have a
19789
real value.  As result, gdb will read target memory only for leaf
19790
variables that frontend has created.
19791
 
19792
The automatic update is not always desirable.  For example, a frontend
19793
might want to keep a value of some expression for future reference,
19794
and never update it.  For another example,  fetching memory is
19795
relatively slow for embedded targets, so a frontend might want
19796
to disable automatic update for the variables that are either not
19797
visible on the screen, or ``closed''.  This is possible using so
19798
called ``frozen variable objects''.  Such variable objects are never
19799
implicitly updated.
19800
 
19801
The following is the complete set of @sc{gdb/mi} operations defined to
19802
access this functionality:
19803
 
19804
@multitable @columnfractions .4 .6
19805
@item @strong{Operation}
19806
@tab @strong{Description}
19807
 
19808
@item @code{-var-create}
19809
@tab create a variable object
19810
@item @code{-var-delete}
19811
@tab delete the variable object and/or its children
19812
@item @code{-var-set-format}
19813
@tab set the display format of this variable
19814
@item @code{-var-show-format}
19815
@tab show the display format of this variable
19816
@item @code{-var-info-num-children}
19817
@tab tells how many children this object has
19818
@item @code{-var-list-children}
19819
@tab return a list of the object's children
19820
@item @code{-var-info-type}
19821
@tab show the type of this variable object
19822
@item @code{-var-info-expression}
19823
@tab print parent-relative expression that this variable object represents
19824
@item @code{-var-info-path-expression}
19825
@tab print full expression that this variable object represents
19826
@item @code{-var-show-attributes}
19827
@tab is this variable editable? does it exist here?
19828
@item @code{-var-evaluate-expression}
19829
@tab get the value of this variable
19830
@item @code{-var-assign}
19831
@tab set the value of this variable
19832
@item @code{-var-update}
19833
@tab update the variable and its children
19834
@item @code{-var-set-frozen}
19835
@tab set frozeness attribute
19836
@end multitable
19837
 
19838
In the next subsection we describe each operation in detail and suggest
19839
how it can be used.
19840
 
19841
@subheading Description And Use of Operations on Variable Objects
19842
 
19843
@subheading The @code{-var-create} Command
19844
@findex -var-create
19845
 
19846
@subsubheading Synopsis
19847
 
19848
@smallexample
19849
 -var-create @{@var{name} | "-"@}
19850
    @{@var{frame-addr} | "*"@} @var{expression}
19851
@end smallexample
19852
 
19853
This operation creates a variable object, which allows the monitoring of
19854
a variable, the result of an expression, a memory cell or a CPU
19855
register.
19856
 
19857
The @var{name} parameter is the string by which the object can be
19858
referenced.  It must be unique.  If @samp{-} is specified, the varobj
19859
system will generate a string ``varNNNNNN'' automatically.  It will be
19860
unique provided that one does not specify @var{name} on that format.
19861
The command fails if a duplicate name is found.
19862
 
19863
The frame under which the expression should be evaluated can be
19864
specified by @var{frame-addr}.  A @samp{*} indicates that the current
19865
frame should be used.
19866
 
19867
@var{expression} is any expression valid on the current language set (must not
19868
begin with a @samp{*}), or one of the following:
19869
 
19870
@itemize @bullet
19871
@item
19872
@samp{*@var{addr}}, where @var{addr} is the address of a memory cell
19873
 
19874
@item
19875
@samp{*@var{addr}-@var{addr}} --- a memory address range (TBD)
19876
 
19877
@item
19878
@samp{$@var{regname}} --- a CPU register name
19879
@end itemize
19880
 
19881
@subsubheading Result
19882
 
19883
This operation returns the name, number of children and the type of the
19884
object created.  Type is returned as a string as the ones generated by
19885
the @value{GDBN} CLI:
19886
 
19887
@smallexample
19888
 name="@var{name}",numchild="N",type="@var{type}"
19889
@end smallexample
19890
 
19891
 
19892
@subheading The @code{-var-delete} Command
19893
@findex -var-delete
19894
 
19895
@subsubheading Synopsis
19896
 
19897
@smallexample
19898
 -var-delete [ -c ] @var{name}
19899
@end smallexample
19900
 
19901
Deletes a previously created variable object and all of its children.
19902
With the @samp{-c} option, just deletes the children.
19903
 
19904
Returns an error if the object @var{name} is not found.
19905
 
19906
 
19907
@subheading The @code{-var-set-format} Command
19908
@findex -var-set-format
19909
 
19910
@subsubheading Synopsis
19911
 
19912
@smallexample
19913
 -var-set-format @var{name} @var{format-spec}
19914
@end smallexample
19915
 
19916
Sets the output format for the value of the object @var{name} to be
19917
@var{format-spec}.
19918
 
19919
The syntax for the @var{format-spec} is as follows:
19920
 
19921
@smallexample
19922
 @var{format-spec} @expansion{}
19923
 @{binary | decimal | hexadecimal | octal | natural@}
19924
@end smallexample
19925
 
19926
The natural format is the default format choosen automatically
19927
based on the variable type (like decimal for an @code{int}, hex
19928
for pointers, etc.).
19929
 
19930
For a variable with children, the format is set only on the
19931
variable itself, and the children are not affected.
19932
 
19933
@subheading The @code{-var-show-format} Command
19934
@findex -var-show-format
19935
 
19936
@subsubheading Synopsis
19937
 
19938
@smallexample
19939
 -var-show-format @var{name}
19940
@end smallexample
19941
 
19942
Returns the format used to display the value of the object @var{name}.
19943
 
19944
@smallexample
19945
 @var{format} @expansion{}
19946
 @var{format-spec}
19947
@end smallexample
19948
 
19949
 
19950
@subheading The @code{-var-info-num-children} Command
19951
@findex -var-info-num-children
19952
 
19953
@subsubheading Synopsis
19954
 
19955
@smallexample
19956
 -var-info-num-children @var{name}
19957
@end smallexample
19958
 
19959
Returns the number of children of a variable object @var{name}:
19960
 
19961
@smallexample
19962
 numchild=@var{n}
19963
@end smallexample
19964
 
19965
 
19966
@subheading The @code{-var-list-children} Command
19967
@findex -var-list-children
19968
 
19969
@subsubheading Synopsis
19970
 
19971
@smallexample
19972
 -var-list-children [@var{print-values}] @var{name}
19973
@end smallexample
19974
@anchor{-var-list-children}
19975
 
19976
Return a list of the children of the specified variable object and
19977
create variable objects for them, if they do not already exist.  With
19978
a single argument or if @var{print-values} has a value for of 0 or
19979
@code{--no-values}, print only the names of the variables; if
19980
@var{print-values} is 1 or @code{--all-values}, also print their
19981
values; and if it is 2 or @code{--simple-values} print the name and
19982
value for simple data types and just the name for arrays, structures
19983
and unions.
19984
 
19985
@subsubheading Example
19986
 
19987
@smallexample
19988
(gdb)
19989
 -var-list-children n
19990
 ^done,numchild=@var{n},children=[@{name=@var{name},
19991
 numchild=@var{n},type=@var{type}@},@r{(repeats N times)}]
19992
(gdb)
19993
 -var-list-children --all-values n
19994
 ^done,numchild=@var{n},children=[@{name=@var{name},
19995
 numchild=@var{n},value=@var{value},type=@var{type}@},@r{(repeats N times)}]
19996
@end smallexample
19997
 
19998
 
19999
@subheading The @code{-var-info-type} Command
20000
@findex -var-info-type
20001
 
20002
@subsubheading Synopsis
20003
 
20004
@smallexample
20005
 -var-info-type @var{name}
20006
@end smallexample
20007
 
20008
Returns the type of the specified variable @var{name}.  The type is
20009
returned as a string in the same format as it is output by the
20010
@value{GDBN} CLI:
20011
 
20012
@smallexample
20013
 type=@var{typename}
20014
@end smallexample
20015
 
20016
 
20017
@subheading The @code{-var-info-expression} Command
20018
@findex -var-info-expression
20019
 
20020
@subsubheading Synopsis
20021
 
20022
@smallexample
20023
 -var-info-expression @var{name}
20024
@end smallexample
20025
 
20026
Returns a string that is suitable for presenting this
20027
variable object in user interface.  The string is generally
20028
not valid expression in the current language, and cannot be evaluated.
20029
 
20030
For example, if @code{a} is an array, and variable object
20031
@code{A} was created for @code{a}, then we'll get this output:
20032
 
20033
@smallexample
20034
(gdb) -var-info-expression A.1
20035
^done,lang="C",exp="1"
20036
@end smallexample
20037
 
20038
@noindent
20039
Here, the values of @code{lang} can be @code{@{"C" | "C++" | "Java"@}}.
20040
 
20041
Note that the output of the @code{-var-list-children} command also
20042
includes those expressions, so the @code{-var-info-expression} command
20043
is of limited use.
20044
 
20045
@subheading The @code{-var-info-path-expression} Command
20046
@findex -var-info-path-expression
20047
 
20048
@subsubheading Synopsis
20049
 
20050
@smallexample
20051
 -var-info-path-expression @var{name}
20052
@end smallexample
20053
 
20054
Returns an expression that can be evaluated in the current
20055
context and will yield the same value that a variable object has.
20056
Compare this with the @code{-var-info-expression} command, which
20057
result can be used only for UI presentation.  Typical use of
20058
the @code{-var-info-path-expression} command is creating a
20059
watchpoint from a variable object.
20060
 
20061
For example, suppose @code{C} is a C@t{++} class, derived from class
20062
@code{Base}, and that the @code{Base} class has a member called
20063
@code{m_size}.  Assume a variable @code{c} is has the type of
20064
@code{C} and a variable object @code{C} was created for variable
20065
@code{c}.  Then, we'll get this output:
20066
@smallexample
20067
(gdb) -var-info-path-expression C.Base.public.m_size
20068
^done,path_expr=((Base)c).m_size)
20069
@end smallexample
20070
 
20071
@subheading The @code{-var-show-attributes} Command
20072
@findex -var-show-attributes
20073
 
20074
@subsubheading Synopsis
20075
 
20076
@smallexample
20077
 -var-show-attributes @var{name}
20078
@end smallexample
20079
 
20080
List attributes of the specified variable object @var{name}:
20081
 
20082
@smallexample
20083
 status=@var{attr} [ ( ,@var{attr} )* ]
20084
@end smallexample
20085
 
20086
@noindent
20087
where @var{attr} is @code{@{ @{ editable | noneditable @} | TBD @}}.
20088
 
20089
@subheading The @code{-var-evaluate-expression} Command
20090
@findex -var-evaluate-expression
20091
 
20092
@subsubheading Synopsis
20093
 
20094
@smallexample
20095
 -var-evaluate-expression @var{name}
20096
@end smallexample
20097
 
20098
Evaluates the expression that is represented by the specified variable
20099
object and returns its value as a string.  The format of the
20100
string can be changed using the @code{-var-set-format} command.
20101
 
20102
@smallexample
20103
 value=@var{value}
20104
@end smallexample
20105
 
20106
Note that one must invoke @code{-var-list-children} for a variable
20107
before the value of a child variable can be evaluated.
20108
 
20109
@subheading The @code{-var-assign} Command
20110
@findex -var-assign
20111
 
20112
@subsubheading Synopsis
20113
 
20114
@smallexample
20115
 -var-assign @var{name} @var{expression}
20116
@end smallexample
20117
 
20118
Assigns the value of @var{expression} to the variable object specified
20119
by @var{name}.  The object must be @samp{editable}.  If the variable's
20120
value is altered by the assign, the variable will show up in any
20121
subsequent @code{-var-update} list.
20122
 
20123
@subsubheading Example
20124
 
20125
@smallexample
20126
(gdb)
20127
-var-assign var1 3
20128
^done,value="3"
20129
(gdb)
20130
-var-update *
20131
^done,changelist=[@{name="var1",in_scope="true",type_changed="false"@}]
20132
(gdb)
20133
@end smallexample
20134
 
20135
@subheading The @code{-var-update} Command
20136
@findex -var-update
20137
 
20138
@subsubheading Synopsis
20139
 
20140
@smallexample
20141
 -var-update [@var{print-values}] @{@var{name} | "*"@}
20142
@end smallexample
20143
 
20144
Reevaluate the expressions corresponding to the variable object
20145
@var{name} and all its direct and indirect children, and return the
20146
list of variable objects whose values have changed; @var{name} must
20147
be a root variable object.  Here, ``changed'' means that the result of
20148
@code{-var-evaluate-expression} before and after the
20149
@code{-var-update} is different.  If @samp{*} is used as the variable
20150
object names, all existing variable objects are updated, except
20151
for frozen ones (@pxref{-var-set-frozen}).  The option
20152
@var{print-values} determines whether both names and values, or just
20153
names are printed.  The possible values of this options are the same
20154
as for @code{-var-list-children} (@pxref{-var-list-children}).  It is
20155
recommended to use the @samp{--all-values} option, to reduce the
20156
number of MI commands needed on each program stop.
20157
 
20158
 
20159
@subsubheading Example
20160
 
20161
@smallexample
20162
(gdb)
20163
-var-assign var1 3
20164
^done,value="3"
20165
(gdb)
20166
-var-update --all-values var1
20167
^done,changelist=[@{name="var1",value="3",in_scope="true",
20168
type_changed="false"@}]
20169
(gdb)
20170
@end smallexample
20171
 
20172
@anchor{-var-update}
20173
The field in_scope may take three values:
20174
 
20175
@table @code
20176
@item "true"
20177
The variable object's current value is valid.
20178
 
20179
@item "false"
20180
The variable object does not currently hold a valid value but it may
20181
hold one in the future if its associated expression comes back into
20182
scope.
20183
 
20184
@item "invalid"
20185
The variable object no longer holds a valid value.
20186
This can occur when the executable file being debugged has changed,
20187
either through recompilation or by using the @value{GDBN} @code{file}
20188
command.  The front end should normally choose to delete these variable
20189
objects.
20190
@end table
20191
 
20192
In the future new values may be added to this list so the front should
20193
be prepared for this possibility.  @xref{GDB/MI Development and Front Ends, ,@sc{GDB/MI} Development and Front Ends}.
20194
 
20195
@subheading The @code{-var-set-frozen} Command
20196
@findex -var-set-frozen
20197
@anchor{-var-set-frozen}
20198
 
20199
@subsubheading Synopsis
20200
 
20201
@smallexample
20202
 -var-set-frozen @var{name} @var{flag}
20203
@end smallexample
20204
 
20205
Set the frozenness flag on the variable object @var{name}.  The
20206
@var{flag} parameter should be either @samp{1} to make the variable
20207
frozen or @samp{0} to make it unfrozen.  If a variable object is
20208
frozen, then neither itself, nor any of its children, are
20209
implicitly updated by @code{-var-update} of
20210
a parent variable or by @code{-var-update *}.  Only
20211
@code{-var-update} of the variable itself will update its value and
20212
values of its children.  After a variable object is unfrozen, it is
20213
implicitly updated by all subsequent @code{-var-update} operations.
20214
Unfreezing a variable does not update it, only subsequent
20215
@code{-var-update} does.
20216
 
20217
@subsubheading Example
20218
 
20219
@smallexample
20220
(gdb)
20221
-var-set-frozen V 1
20222
^done
20223
(gdb)
20224
@end smallexample
20225
 
20226
 
20227
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
20228
@node GDB/MI Data Manipulation
20229
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Data Manipulation
20230
 
20231
@cindex data manipulation, in @sc{gdb/mi}
20232
@cindex @sc{gdb/mi}, data manipulation
20233
This section describes the @sc{gdb/mi} commands that manipulate data:
20234
examine memory and registers, evaluate expressions, etc.
20235
 
20236
@c REMOVED FROM THE INTERFACE.
20237
@c @subheading -data-assign
20238
@c Change the value of a program variable. Plenty of side effects.
20239
@c @subsubheading GDB Command
20240
@c set variable
20241
@c @subsubheading Example
20242
@c N.A.
20243
 
20244
@subheading The @code{-data-disassemble} Command
20245
@findex -data-disassemble
20246
 
20247
@subsubheading Synopsis
20248
 
20249
@smallexample
20250
 -data-disassemble
20251
    [ -s @var{start-addr} -e @var{end-addr} ]
20252
  | [ -f @var{filename} -l @var{linenum} [ -n @var{lines} ] ]
20253
  -- @var{mode}
20254
@end smallexample
20255
 
20256
@noindent
20257
Where:
20258
 
20259
@table @samp
20260
@item @var{start-addr}
20261
is the beginning address (or @code{$pc})
20262
@item @var{end-addr}
20263
is the end address
20264
@item @var{filename}
20265
is the name of the file to disassemble
20266
@item @var{linenum}
20267
is the line number to disassemble around
20268
@item @var{lines}
20269
is the number of disassembly lines to be produced.  If it is -1,
20270
the whole function will be disassembled, in case no @var{end-addr} is
20271
specified.  If @var{end-addr} is specified as a non-zero value, and
20272
@var{lines} is lower than the number of disassembly lines between
20273
@var{start-addr} and @var{end-addr}, only @var{lines} lines are
20274
displayed; if @var{lines} is higher than the number of lines between
20275
@var{start-addr} and @var{end-addr}, only the lines up to @var{end-addr}
20276
are displayed.
20277
@item @var{mode}
20278
is either 0 (meaning only disassembly) or 1 (meaning mixed source and
20279
disassembly).
20280
@end table
20281
 
20282
@subsubheading Result
20283
 
20284
The output for each instruction is composed of four fields:
20285
 
20286
@itemize @bullet
20287
@item Address
20288
@item Func-name
20289
@item Offset
20290
@item Instruction
20291
@end itemize
20292
 
20293
Note that whatever included in the instruction field, is not manipulated
20294
directly by @sc{gdb/mi}, i.e., it is not possible to adjust its format.
20295
 
20296
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20297
 
20298
There's no direct mapping from this command to the CLI.
20299
 
20300
@subsubheading Example
20301
 
20302
Disassemble from the current value of @code{$pc} to @code{$pc + 20}:
20303
 
20304
@smallexample
20305
(gdb)
20306
-data-disassemble -s $pc -e "$pc + 20" -- 0
20307
^done,
20308
asm_insns=[
20309
@{address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
20310
inst="mov  2, %o0"@},
20311
@{address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
20312
inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"@},
20313
@{address="0x000107c8",func-name="main",offset="12",
20314
inst="or  %o2, 0x140, %o1\t! 0x11940 <_lib_version+8>"@},
20315
@{address="0x000107cc",func-name="main",offset="16",
20316
inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"@},
20317
@{address="0x000107d0",func-name="main",offset="20",
20318
inst="or  %o2, 0x168, %o4\t! 0x11968 <_lib_version+48>"@}]
20319
(gdb)
20320
@end smallexample
20321
 
20322
Disassemble the whole @code{main} function.  Line 32 is part of
20323
@code{main}.
20324
 
20325
@smallexample
20326
-data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -- 0
20327
^done,asm_insns=[
20328
@{address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
20329
inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"@},
20330
@{address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
20331
inst="mov   2, %o0"@},
20332
@{address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
20333
inst="sethi %hi(0x11800), %o2"@},
20334
[@dots{}]
20335
@{address="0x0001081c",func-name="main",offset="96",inst="ret "@},
20336
@{address="0x00010820",func-name="main",offset="100",inst="restore "@}]
20337
(gdb)
20338
@end smallexample
20339
 
20340
Disassemble 3 instructions from the start of @code{main}:
20341
 
20342
@smallexample
20343
(gdb)
20344
-data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -n 3 -- 0
20345
^done,asm_insns=[
20346
@{address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
20347
inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"@},
20348
@{address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
20349
inst="mov  2, %o0"@},
20350
@{address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
20351
inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"@}]
20352
(gdb)
20353
@end smallexample
20354
 
20355
Disassemble 3 instructions from the start of @code{main} in mixed mode:
20356
 
20357
@smallexample
20358
(gdb)
20359
-data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -n 3 -- 1
20360
^done,asm_insns=[
20361
src_and_asm_line=@{line="31",
20362
file="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb/ \
20363
  testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line_asm_insn=[
20364
@{address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
20365
inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"@}]@},
20366
src_and_asm_line=@{line="32",
20367
file="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb/ \
20368
  testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line_asm_insn=[
20369
@{address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
20370
inst="mov  2, %o0"@},
20371
@{address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
20372
inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"@}]@}]
20373
(gdb)
20374
@end smallexample
20375
 
20376
 
20377
@subheading The @code{-data-evaluate-expression} Command
20378
@findex -data-evaluate-expression
20379
 
20380
@subsubheading Synopsis
20381
 
20382
@smallexample
20383
 -data-evaluate-expression @var{expr}
20384
@end smallexample
20385
 
20386
Evaluate @var{expr} as an expression.  The expression could contain an
20387
inferior function call.  The function call will execute synchronously.
20388
If the expression contains spaces, it must be enclosed in double quotes.
20389
 
20390
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20391
 
20392
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{print}, @samp{output}, and
20393
@samp{call}.  In @code{gdbtk} only, there's a corresponding
20394
@samp{gdb_eval} command.
20395
 
20396
@subsubheading Example
20397
 
20398
In the following example, the numbers that precede the commands are the
20399
@dfn{tokens} described in @ref{GDB/MI Command Syntax, ,@sc{gdb/mi}
20400
Command Syntax}.  Notice how @sc{gdb/mi} returns the same tokens in its
20401
output.
20402
 
20403
@smallexample
20404
211-data-evaluate-expression A
20405
211^done,value="1"
20406
(gdb)
20407
311-data-evaluate-expression &A
20408
311^done,value="0xefffeb7c"
20409
(gdb)
20410
411-data-evaluate-expression A+3
20411
411^done,value="4"
20412
(gdb)
20413
511-data-evaluate-expression "A + 3"
20414
511^done,value="4"
20415
(gdb)
20416
@end smallexample
20417
 
20418
 
20419
@subheading The @code{-data-list-changed-registers} Command
20420
@findex -data-list-changed-registers
20421
 
20422
@subsubheading Synopsis
20423
 
20424
@smallexample
20425
 -data-list-changed-registers
20426
@end smallexample
20427
 
20428
Display a list of the registers that have changed.
20429
 
20430
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20431
 
20432
@value{GDBN} doesn't have a direct analog for this command; @code{gdbtk}
20433
has the corresponding command @samp{gdb_changed_register_list}.
20434
 
20435
@subsubheading Example
20436
 
20437
On a PPC MBX board:
20438
 
20439
@smallexample
20440
(gdb)
20441
-exec-continue
20442
^running
20443
 
20444
(gdb)
20445
*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",frame=@{func="main",
20446
args=[],file="try.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="5"@}
20447
(gdb)
20448
-data-list-changed-registers
20449
^done,changed-registers=["0","1","2","4","5","6","7","8","9",
20450
"10","11","13","14","15","16","17","18","19","20","21","22","23",
20451
"24","25","26","27","28","30","31","64","65","66","67","69"]
20452
(gdb)
20453
@end smallexample
20454
 
20455
 
20456
@subheading The @code{-data-list-register-names} Command
20457
@findex -data-list-register-names
20458
 
20459
@subsubheading Synopsis
20460
 
20461
@smallexample
20462
 -data-list-register-names [ ( @var{regno} )+ ]
20463
@end smallexample
20464
 
20465
Show a list of register names for the current target.  If no arguments
20466
are given, it shows a list of the names of all the registers.  If
20467
integer numbers are given as arguments, it will print a list of the
20468
names of the registers corresponding to the arguments.  To ensure
20469
consistency between a register name and its number, the output list may
20470
include empty register names.
20471
 
20472
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20473
 
20474
@value{GDBN} does not have a command which corresponds to
20475
@samp{-data-list-register-names}.  In @code{gdbtk} there is a
20476
corresponding command @samp{gdb_regnames}.
20477
 
20478
@subsubheading Example
20479
 
20480
For the PPC MBX board:
20481
@smallexample
20482
(gdb)
20483
-data-list-register-names
20484
^done,register-names=["r0","r1","r2","r3","r4","r5","r6","r7",
20485
"r8","r9","r10","r11","r12","r13","r14","r15","r16","r17","r18",
20486
"r19","r20","r21","r22","r23","r24","r25","r26","r27","r28","r29",
20487
"r30","r31","f0","f1","f2","f3","f4","f5","f6","f7","f8","f9",
20488
"f10","f11","f12","f13","f14","f15","f16","f17","f18","f19","f20",
20489
"f21","f22","f23","f24","f25","f26","f27","f28","f29","f30","f31",
20490
"", "pc","ps","cr","lr","ctr","xer"]
20491
(gdb)
20492
-data-list-register-names 1 2 3
20493
^done,register-names=["r1","r2","r3"]
20494
(gdb)
20495
@end smallexample
20496
 
20497
@subheading The @code{-data-list-register-values} Command
20498
@findex -data-list-register-values
20499
 
20500
@subsubheading Synopsis
20501
 
20502
@smallexample
20503
 -data-list-register-values @var{fmt} [ ( @var{regno} )*]
20504
@end smallexample
20505
 
20506
Display the registers' contents.  @var{fmt} is the format according to
20507
which the registers' contents are to be returned, followed by an optional
20508
list of numbers specifying the registers to display.  A missing list of
20509
numbers indicates that the contents of all the registers must be returned.
20510
 
20511
Allowed formats for @var{fmt} are:
20512
 
20513
@table @code
20514
@item x
20515
Hexadecimal
20516
@item o
20517
Octal
20518
@item t
20519
Binary
20520
@item d
20521
Decimal
20522
@item r
20523
Raw
20524
@item N
20525
Natural
20526
@end table
20527
 
20528
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20529
 
20530
The corresponding @value{GDBN} commands are @samp{info reg}, @samp{info
20531
all-reg}, and (in @code{gdbtk}) @samp{gdb_fetch_registers}.
20532
 
20533
@subsubheading Example
20534
 
20535
For a PPC MBX board (note: line breaks are for readability only, they
20536
don't appear in the actual output):
20537
 
20538
@smallexample
20539
(gdb)
20540
-data-list-register-values r 64 65
20541
^done,register-values=[@{number="64",value="0xfe00a300"@},
20542
@{number="65",value="0x00029002"@}]
20543
(gdb)
20544
-data-list-register-values x
20545
^done,register-values=[@{number="0",value="0xfe0043c8"@},
20546
@{number="1",value="0x3fff88"@},@{number="2",value="0xfffffffe"@},
20547
@{number="3",value="0x0"@},@{number="4",value="0xa"@},
20548
@{number="5",value="0x3fff68"@},@{number="6",value="0x3fff58"@},
20549
@{number="7",value="0xfe011e98"@},@{number="8",value="0x2"@},
20550
@{number="9",value="0xfa202820"@},@{number="10",value="0xfa202808"@},
20551
@{number="11",value="0x1"@},@{number="12",value="0x0"@},
20552
@{number="13",value="0x4544"@},@{number="14",value="0xffdfffff"@},
20553
@{number="15",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="16",value="0xfffffeff"@},
20554
@{number="17",value="0xefffffed"@},@{number="18",value="0xfffffffe"@},
20555
@{number="19",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="20",value="0xffffffff"@},
20556
@{number="21",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="22",value="0xfffffff7"@},
20557
@{number="23",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="24",value="0xffffffff"@},
20558
@{number="25",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="26",value="0xfffffffb"@},
20559
@{number="27",value="0xffffffff"@},@{number="28",value="0xf7bfffff"@},
20560
@{number="29",value="0x0"@},@{number="30",value="0xfe010000"@},
20561
@{number="31",value="0x0"@},@{number="32",value="0x0"@},
20562
@{number="33",value="0x0"@},@{number="34",value="0x0"@},
20563
@{number="35",value="0x0"@},@{number="36",value="0x0"@},
20564
@{number="37",value="0x0"@},@{number="38",value="0x0"@},
20565
@{number="39",value="0x0"@},@{number="40",value="0x0"@},
20566
@{number="41",value="0x0"@},@{number="42",value="0x0"@},
20567
@{number="43",value="0x0"@},@{number="44",value="0x0"@},
20568
@{number="45",value="0x0"@},@{number="46",value="0x0"@},
20569
@{number="47",value="0x0"@},@{number="48",value="0x0"@},
20570
@{number="49",value="0x0"@},@{number="50",value="0x0"@},
20571
@{number="51",value="0x0"@},@{number="52",value="0x0"@},
20572
@{number="53",value="0x0"@},@{number="54",value="0x0"@},
20573
@{number="55",value="0x0"@},@{number="56",value="0x0"@},
20574
@{number="57",value="0x0"@},@{number="58",value="0x0"@},
20575
@{number="59",value="0x0"@},@{number="60",value="0x0"@},
20576
@{number="61",value="0x0"@},@{number="62",value="0x0"@},
20577
@{number="63",value="0x0"@},@{number="64",value="0xfe00a300"@},
20578
@{number="65",value="0x29002"@},@{number="66",value="0x202f04b5"@},
20579
@{number="67",value="0xfe0043b0"@},@{number="68",value="0xfe00b3e4"@},
20580
@{number="69",value="0x20002b03"@}]
20581
(gdb)
20582
@end smallexample
20583
 
20584
 
20585
@subheading The @code{-data-read-memory} Command
20586
@findex -data-read-memory
20587
 
20588
@subsubheading Synopsis
20589
 
20590
@smallexample
20591
 -data-read-memory [ -o @var{byte-offset} ]
20592
   @var{address} @var{word-format} @var{word-size}
20593
   @var{nr-rows} @var{nr-cols} [ @var{aschar} ]
20594
@end smallexample
20595
 
20596
@noindent
20597
where:
20598
 
20599
@table @samp
20600
@item @var{address}
20601
An expression specifying the address of the first memory word to be
20602
read.  Complex expressions containing embedded white space should be
20603
quoted using the C convention.
20604
 
20605
@item @var{word-format}
20606
The format to be used to print the memory words.  The notation is the
20607
same as for @value{GDBN}'s @code{print} command (@pxref{Output Formats,
20608
,Output Formats}).
20609
 
20610
@item @var{word-size}
20611
The size of each memory word in bytes.
20612
 
20613
@item @var{nr-rows}
20614
The number of rows in the output table.
20615
 
20616
@item @var{nr-cols}
20617
The number of columns in the output table.
20618
 
20619
@item @var{aschar}
20620
If present, indicates that each row should include an @sc{ascii} dump.  The
20621
value of @var{aschar} is used as a padding character when a byte is not a
20622
member of the printable @sc{ascii} character set (printable @sc{ascii}
20623
characters are those whose code is between 32 and 126, inclusively).
20624
 
20625
@item @var{byte-offset}
20626
An offset to add to the @var{address} before fetching memory.
20627
@end table
20628
 
20629
This command displays memory contents as a table of @var{nr-rows} by
20630
@var{nr-cols} words, each word being @var{word-size} bytes.  In total,
20631
@code{@var{nr-rows} * @var{nr-cols} * @var{word-size}} bytes are read
20632
(returned as @samp{total-bytes}).  Should less than the requested number
20633
of bytes be returned by the target, the missing words are identified
20634
using @samp{N/A}.  The number of bytes read from the target is returned
20635
in @samp{nr-bytes} and the starting address used to read memory in
20636
@samp{addr}.
20637
 
20638
The address of the next/previous row or page is available in
20639
@samp{next-row} and @samp{prev-row}, @samp{next-page} and
20640
@samp{prev-page}.
20641
 
20642
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20643
 
20644
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{x}.  @code{gdbtk} has
20645
@samp{gdb_get_mem} memory read command.
20646
 
20647
@subsubheading Example
20648
 
20649
Read six bytes of memory starting at @code{bytes+6} but then offset by
20650
@code{-6} bytes.  Format as three rows of two columns.  One byte per
20651
word.  Display each word in hex.
20652
 
20653
@smallexample
20654
(gdb)
20655
9-data-read-memory -o -6 -- bytes+6 x 1 3 2
20656
9^done,addr="0x00001390",nr-bytes="6",total-bytes="6",
20657
next-row="0x00001396",prev-row="0x0000138e",next-page="0x00001396",
20658
prev-page="0x0000138a",memory=[
20659
@{addr="0x00001390",data=["0x00","0x01"]@},
20660
@{addr="0x00001392",data=["0x02","0x03"]@},
20661
@{addr="0x00001394",data=["0x04","0x05"]@}]
20662
(gdb)
20663
@end smallexample
20664
 
20665
Read two bytes of memory starting at address @code{shorts + 64} and
20666
display as a single word formatted in decimal.
20667
 
20668
@smallexample
20669
(gdb)
20670
5-data-read-memory shorts+64 d 2 1 1
20671
5^done,addr="0x00001510",nr-bytes="2",total-bytes="2",
20672
next-row="0x00001512",prev-row="0x0000150e",
20673
next-page="0x00001512",prev-page="0x0000150e",memory=[
20674
@{addr="0x00001510",data=["128"]@}]
20675
(gdb)
20676
@end smallexample
20677
 
20678
Read thirty two bytes of memory starting at @code{bytes+16} and format
20679
as eight rows of four columns.  Include a string encoding with @samp{x}
20680
used as the non-printable character.
20681
 
20682
@smallexample
20683
(gdb)
20684
4-data-read-memory bytes+16 x 1 8 4 x
20685
4^done,addr="0x000013a0",nr-bytes="32",total-bytes="32",
20686
next-row="0x000013c0",prev-row="0x0000139c",
20687
next-page="0x000013c0",prev-page="0x00001380",memory=[
20688
@{addr="0x000013a0",data=["0x10","0x11","0x12","0x13"],ascii="xxxx"@},
20689
@{addr="0x000013a4",data=["0x14","0x15","0x16","0x17"],ascii="xxxx"@},
20690
@{addr="0x000013a8",data=["0x18","0x19","0x1a","0x1b"],ascii="xxxx"@},
20691
@{addr="0x000013ac",data=["0x1c","0x1d","0x1e","0x1f"],ascii="xxxx"@},
20692
@{addr="0x000013b0",data=["0x20","0x21","0x22","0x23"],ascii=" !\"#"@},
20693
@{addr="0x000013b4",data=["0x24","0x25","0x26","0x27"],ascii="$%&'"@},
20694
@{addr="0x000013b8",data=["0x28","0x29","0x2a","0x2b"],ascii="()*+"@},
20695
@{addr="0x000013bc",data=["0x2c","0x2d","0x2e","0x2f"],ascii=",-./"@}]
20696
(gdb)
20697
@end smallexample
20698
 
20699
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
20700
@node GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands
20701
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Tracepoint Commands
20702
 
20703
The tracepoint commands are not yet implemented.
20704
 
20705
@c @subheading -trace-actions
20706
 
20707
@c @subheading -trace-delete
20708
 
20709
@c @subheading -trace-disable
20710
 
20711
@c @subheading -trace-dump
20712
 
20713
@c @subheading -trace-enable
20714
 
20715
@c @subheading -trace-exists
20716
 
20717
@c @subheading -trace-find
20718
 
20719
@c @subheading -trace-frame-number
20720
 
20721
@c @subheading -trace-info
20722
 
20723
@c @subheading -trace-insert
20724
 
20725
@c @subheading -trace-list
20726
 
20727
@c @subheading -trace-pass-count
20728
 
20729
@c @subheading -trace-save
20730
 
20731
@c @subheading -trace-start
20732
 
20733
@c @subheading -trace-stop
20734
 
20735
 
20736
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
20737
@node GDB/MI Symbol Query
20738
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Symbol Query Commands
20739
 
20740
 
20741
@subheading The @code{-symbol-info-address} Command
20742
@findex -symbol-info-address
20743
 
20744
@subsubheading Synopsis
20745
 
20746
@smallexample
20747
 -symbol-info-address @var{symbol}
20748
@end smallexample
20749
 
20750
Describe where @var{symbol} is stored.
20751
 
20752
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20753
 
20754
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info address}.
20755
 
20756
@subsubheading Example
20757
N.A.
20758
 
20759
 
20760
@subheading The @code{-symbol-info-file} Command
20761
@findex -symbol-info-file
20762
 
20763
@subsubheading Synopsis
20764
 
20765
@smallexample
20766
 -symbol-info-file
20767
@end smallexample
20768
 
20769
Show the file for the symbol.
20770
 
20771
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20772
 
20773
There's no equivalent @value{GDBN} command.  @code{gdbtk} has
20774
@samp{gdb_find_file}.
20775
 
20776
@subsubheading Example
20777
N.A.
20778
 
20779
 
20780
@subheading The @code{-symbol-info-function} Command
20781
@findex -symbol-info-function
20782
 
20783
@subsubheading Synopsis
20784
 
20785
@smallexample
20786
 -symbol-info-function
20787
@end smallexample
20788
 
20789
Show which function the symbol lives in.
20790
 
20791
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20792
 
20793
@samp{gdb_get_function} in @code{gdbtk}.
20794
 
20795
@subsubheading Example
20796
N.A.
20797
 
20798
 
20799
@subheading The @code{-symbol-info-line} Command
20800
@findex -symbol-info-line
20801
 
20802
@subsubheading Synopsis
20803
 
20804
@smallexample
20805
 -symbol-info-line
20806
@end smallexample
20807
 
20808
Show the core addresses of the code for a source line.
20809
 
20810
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20811
 
20812
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info line}.
20813
@code{gdbtk} has the @samp{gdb_get_line} and @samp{gdb_get_file} commands.
20814
 
20815
@subsubheading Example
20816
N.A.
20817
 
20818
 
20819
@subheading The @code{-symbol-info-symbol} Command
20820
@findex -symbol-info-symbol
20821
 
20822
@subsubheading Synopsis
20823
 
20824
@smallexample
20825
 -symbol-info-symbol @var{addr}
20826
@end smallexample
20827
 
20828
Describe what symbol is at location @var{addr}.
20829
 
20830
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20831
 
20832
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info symbol}.
20833
 
20834
@subsubheading Example
20835
N.A.
20836
 
20837
 
20838
@subheading The @code{-symbol-list-functions} Command
20839
@findex -symbol-list-functions
20840
 
20841
@subsubheading Synopsis
20842
 
20843
@smallexample
20844
 -symbol-list-functions
20845
@end smallexample
20846
 
20847
List the functions in the executable.
20848
 
20849
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20850
 
20851
@samp{info functions} in @value{GDBN}, @samp{gdb_listfunc} and
20852
@samp{gdb_search} in @code{gdbtk}.
20853
 
20854
@subsubheading Example
20855
N.A.
20856
 
20857
 
20858
@subheading The @code{-symbol-list-lines} Command
20859
@findex -symbol-list-lines
20860
 
20861
@subsubheading Synopsis
20862
 
20863
@smallexample
20864
 -symbol-list-lines @var{filename}
20865
@end smallexample
20866
 
20867
Print the list of lines that contain code and their associated program
20868
addresses for the given source filename.  The entries are sorted in
20869
ascending PC order.
20870
 
20871
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20872
 
20873
There is no corresponding @value{GDBN} command.
20874
 
20875
@subsubheading Example
20876
@smallexample
20877
(gdb)
20878
-symbol-list-lines basics.c
20879
^done,lines=[@{pc="0x08048554",line="7"@},@{pc="0x0804855a",line="8"@}]
20880
(gdb)
20881
@end smallexample
20882
 
20883
 
20884
@subheading The @code{-symbol-list-types} Command
20885
@findex -symbol-list-types
20886
 
20887
@subsubheading Synopsis
20888
 
20889
@smallexample
20890
 -symbol-list-types
20891
@end smallexample
20892
 
20893
List all the type names.
20894
 
20895
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20896
 
20897
The corresponding commands are @samp{info types} in @value{GDBN},
20898
@samp{gdb_search} in @code{gdbtk}.
20899
 
20900
@subsubheading Example
20901
N.A.
20902
 
20903
 
20904
@subheading The @code{-symbol-list-variables} Command
20905
@findex -symbol-list-variables
20906
 
20907
@subsubheading Synopsis
20908
 
20909
@smallexample
20910
 -symbol-list-variables
20911
@end smallexample
20912
 
20913
List all the global and static variable names.
20914
 
20915
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20916
 
20917
@samp{info variables} in @value{GDBN}, @samp{gdb_search} in @code{gdbtk}.
20918
 
20919
@subsubheading Example
20920
N.A.
20921
 
20922
 
20923
@subheading The @code{-symbol-locate} Command
20924
@findex -symbol-locate
20925
 
20926
@subsubheading Synopsis
20927
 
20928
@smallexample
20929
 -symbol-locate
20930
@end smallexample
20931
 
20932
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20933
 
20934
@samp{gdb_loc} in @code{gdbtk}.
20935
 
20936
@subsubheading Example
20937
N.A.
20938
 
20939
 
20940
@subheading The @code{-symbol-type} Command
20941
@findex -symbol-type
20942
 
20943
@subsubheading Synopsis
20944
 
20945
@smallexample
20946
 -symbol-type @var{variable}
20947
@end smallexample
20948
 
20949
Show type of @var{variable}.
20950
 
20951
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20952
 
20953
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{ptype}, @code{gdbtk} has
20954
@samp{gdb_obj_variable}.
20955
 
20956
@subsubheading Example
20957
N.A.
20958
 
20959
 
20960
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
20961
@node GDB/MI File Commands
20962
@section @sc{gdb/mi} File Commands
20963
 
20964
This section describes the GDB/MI commands to specify executable file names
20965
and to read in and obtain symbol table information.
20966
 
20967
@subheading The @code{-file-exec-and-symbols} Command
20968
@findex -file-exec-and-symbols
20969
 
20970
@subsubheading Synopsis
20971
 
20972
@smallexample
20973
 -file-exec-and-symbols @var{file}
20974
@end smallexample
20975
 
20976
Specify the executable file to be debugged.  This file is the one from
20977
which the symbol table is also read.  If no file is specified, the
20978
command clears the executable and symbol information.  If breakpoints
20979
are set when using this command with no arguments, @value{GDBN} will produce
20980
error messages.  Otherwise, no output is produced, except a completion
20981
notification.
20982
 
20983
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
20984
 
20985
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{file}.
20986
 
20987
@subsubheading Example
20988
 
20989
@smallexample
20990
(gdb)
20991
-file-exec-and-symbols /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
20992
^done
20993
(gdb)
20994
@end smallexample
20995
 
20996
 
20997
@subheading The @code{-file-exec-file} Command
20998
@findex -file-exec-file
20999
 
21000
@subsubheading Synopsis
21001
 
21002
@smallexample
21003
 -file-exec-file @var{file}
21004
@end smallexample
21005
 
21006
Specify the executable file to be debugged.  Unlike
21007
@samp{-file-exec-and-symbols}, the symbol table is @emph{not} read
21008
from this file.  If used without argument, @value{GDBN} clears the information
21009
about the executable file.  No output is produced, except a completion
21010
notification.
21011
 
21012
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21013
 
21014
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{exec-file}.
21015
 
21016
@subsubheading Example
21017
 
21018
@smallexample
21019
(gdb)
21020
-file-exec-file /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
21021
^done
21022
(gdb)
21023
@end smallexample
21024
 
21025
 
21026
@subheading The @code{-file-list-exec-sections} Command
21027
@findex -file-list-exec-sections
21028
 
21029
@subsubheading Synopsis
21030
 
21031
@smallexample
21032
 -file-list-exec-sections
21033
@end smallexample
21034
 
21035
List the sections of the current executable file.
21036
 
21037
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21038
 
21039
The @value{GDBN} command @samp{info file} shows, among the rest, the same
21040
information as this command.  @code{gdbtk} has a corresponding command
21041
@samp{gdb_load_info}.
21042
 
21043
@subsubheading Example
21044
N.A.
21045
 
21046
 
21047
@subheading The @code{-file-list-exec-source-file} Command
21048
@findex -file-list-exec-source-file
21049
 
21050
@subsubheading Synopsis
21051
 
21052
@smallexample
21053
 -file-list-exec-source-file
21054
@end smallexample
21055
 
21056
List the line number, the current source file, and the absolute path
21057
to the current source file for the current executable.  The macro
21058
information field has a value of @samp{1} or @samp{0} depending on
21059
whether or not the file includes preprocessor macro information.
21060
 
21061
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21062
 
21063
The @value{GDBN} equivalent is @samp{info source}
21064
 
21065
@subsubheading Example
21066
 
21067
@smallexample
21068
(gdb)
21069
123-file-list-exec-source-file
21070
123^done,line="1",file="foo.c",fullname="/home/bar/foo.c,macro-info="1"
21071
(gdb)
21072
@end smallexample
21073
 
21074
 
21075
@subheading The @code{-file-list-exec-source-files} Command
21076
@findex -file-list-exec-source-files
21077
 
21078
@subsubheading Synopsis
21079
 
21080
@smallexample
21081
 -file-list-exec-source-files
21082
@end smallexample
21083
 
21084
List the source files for the current executable.
21085
 
21086
It will always output the filename, but only when @value{GDBN} can find
21087
the absolute file name of a source file, will it output the fullname.
21088
 
21089
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21090
 
21091
The @value{GDBN} equivalent is @samp{info sources}.
21092
@code{gdbtk} has an analogous command @samp{gdb_listfiles}.
21093
 
21094
@subsubheading Example
21095
@smallexample
21096
(gdb)
21097
-file-list-exec-source-files
21098
^done,files=[
21099
@{file=foo.c,fullname=/home/foo.c@},
21100
@{file=/home/bar.c,fullname=/home/bar.c@},
21101
@{file=gdb_could_not_find_fullpath.c@}]
21102
(gdb)
21103
@end smallexample
21104
 
21105
@subheading The @code{-file-list-shared-libraries} Command
21106
@findex -file-list-shared-libraries
21107
 
21108
@subsubheading Synopsis
21109
 
21110
@smallexample
21111
 -file-list-shared-libraries
21112
@end smallexample
21113
 
21114
List the shared libraries in the program.
21115
 
21116
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21117
 
21118
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info shared}.
21119
 
21120
@subsubheading Example
21121
N.A.
21122
 
21123
 
21124
@subheading The @code{-file-list-symbol-files} Command
21125
@findex -file-list-symbol-files
21126
 
21127
@subsubheading Synopsis
21128
 
21129
@smallexample
21130
 -file-list-symbol-files
21131
@end smallexample
21132
 
21133
List symbol files.
21134
 
21135
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21136
 
21137
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{info file} (part of it).
21138
 
21139
@subsubheading Example
21140
N.A.
21141
 
21142
 
21143
@subheading The @code{-file-symbol-file} Command
21144
@findex -file-symbol-file
21145
 
21146
@subsubheading Synopsis
21147
 
21148
@smallexample
21149
 -file-symbol-file @var{file}
21150
@end smallexample
21151
 
21152
Read symbol table info from the specified @var{file} argument.  When
21153
used without arguments, clears @value{GDBN}'s symbol table info.  No output is
21154
produced, except for a completion notification.
21155
 
21156
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21157
 
21158
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{symbol-file}.
21159
 
21160
@subsubheading Example
21161
 
21162
@smallexample
21163
(gdb)
21164
-file-symbol-file /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
21165
^done
21166
(gdb)
21167
@end smallexample
21168
 
21169
@ignore
21170
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
21171
@node GDB/MI Memory Overlay Commands
21172
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Memory Overlay Commands
21173
 
21174
The memory overlay commands are not implemented.
21175
 
21176
@c @subheading -overlay-auto
21177
 
21178
@c @subheading -overlay-list-mapping-state
21179
 
21180
@c @subheading -overlay-list-overlays
21181
 
21182
@c @subheading -overlay-map
21183
 
21184
@c @subheading -overlay-off
21185
 
21186
@c @subheading -overlay-on
21187
 
21188
@c @subheading -overlay-unmap
21189
 
21190
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
21191
@node GDB/MI Signal Handling Commands
21192
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Signal Handling Commands
21193
 
21194
Signal handling commands are not implemented.
21195
 
21196
@c @subheading -signal-handle
21197
 
21198
@c @subheading -signal-list-handle-actions
21199
 
21200
@c @subheading -signal-list-signal-types
21201
@end ignore
21202
 
21203
 
21204
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
21205
@node GDB/MI Target Manipulation
21206
@section @sc{gdb/mi} Target Manipulation Commands
21207
 
21208
 
21209
@subheading The @code{-target-attach} Command
21210
@findex -target-attach
21211
 
21212
@subsubheading Synopsis
21213
 
21214
@smallexample
21215
 -target-attach @var{pid} | @var{file}
21216
@end smallexample
21217
 
21218
Attach to a process @var{pid} or a file @var{file} outside of @value{GDBN}.
21219
 
21220
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21221
 
21222
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{attach}.
21223
 
21224
@subsubheading Example
21225
N.A.
21226
 
21227
 
21228
@subheading The @code{-target-compare-sections} Command
21229
@findex -target-compare-sections
21230
 
21231
@subsubheading Synopsis
21232
 
21233
@smallexample
21234
 -target-compare-sections [ @var{section} ]
21235
@end smallexample
21236
 
21237
Compare data of section @var{section} on target to the exec file.
21238
Without the argument, all sections are compared.
21239
 
21240
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21241
 
21242
The @value{GDBN} equivalent is @samp{compare-sections}.
21243
 
21244
@subsubheading Example
21245
N.A.
21246
 
21247
 
21248
@subheading The @code{-target-detach} Command
21249
@findex -target-detach
21250
 
21251
@subsubheading Synopsis
21252
 
21253
@smallexample
21254
 -target-detach
21255
@end smallexample
21256
 
21257
Detach from the remote target which normally resumes its execution.
21258
There's no output.
21259
 
21260
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21261
 
21262
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{detach}.
21263
 
21264
@subsubheading Example
21265
 
21266
@smallexample
21267
(gdb)
21268
-target-detach
21269
^done
21270
(gdb)
21271
@end smallexample
21272
 
21273
 
21274
@subheading The @code{-target-disconnect} Command
21275
@findex -target-disconnect
21276
 
21277
@subsubheading Synopsis
21278
 
21279
@smallexample
21280
 -target-disconnect
21281
@end smallexample
21282
 
21283
Disconnect from the remote target.  There's no output and the target is
21284
generally not resumed.
21285
 
21286
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21287
 
21288
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{disconnect}.
21289
 
21290
@subsubheading Example
21291
 
21292
@smallexample
21293
(gdb)
21294
-target-disconnect
21295
^done
21296
(gdb)
21297
@end smallexample
21298
 
21299
 
21300
@subheading The @code{-target-download} Command
21301
@findex -target-download
21302
 
21303
@subsubheading Synopsis
21304
 
21305
@smallexample
21306
 -target-download
21307
@end smallexample
21308
 
21309
Loads the executable onto the remote target.
21310
It prints out an update message every half second, which includes the fields:
21311
 
21312
@table @samp
21313
@item section
21314
The name of the section.
21315
@item section-sent
21316
The size of what has been sent so far for that section.
21317
@item section-size
21318
The size of the section.
21319
@item total-sent
21320
The total size of what was sent so far (the current and the previous sections).
21321
@item total-size
21322
The size of the overall executable to download.
21323
@end table
21324
 
21325
@noindent
21326
Each message is sent as status record (@pxref{GDB/MI Output Syntax, ,
21327
@sc{gdb/mi} Output Syntax}).
21328
 
21329
In addition, it prints the name and size of the sections, as they are
21330
downloaded.  These messages include the following fields:
21331
 
21332
@table @samp
21333
@item section
21334
The name of the section.
21335
@item section-size
21336
The size of the section.
21337
@item total-size
21338
The size of the overall executable to download.
21339
@end table
21340
 
21341
@noindent
21342
At the end, a summary is printed.
21343
 
21344
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21345
 
21346
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{load}.
21347
 
21348
@subsubheading Example
21349
 
21350
Note: each status message appears on a single line.  Here the messages
21351
have been broken down so that they can fit onto a page.
21352
 
21353
@smallexample
21354
(gdb)
21355
-target-download
21356
+download,@{section=".text",section-size="6668",total-size="9880"@}
21357
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="512",section-size="6668",
21358
total-sent="512",total-size="9880"@}
21359
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="1024",section-size="6668",
21360
total-sent="1024",total-size="9880"@}
21361
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="1536",section-size="6668",
21362
total-sent="1536",total-size="9880"@}
21363
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="2048",section-size="6668",
21364
total-sent="2048",total-size="9880"@}
21365
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="2560",section-size="6668",
21366
total-sent="2560",total-size="9880"@}
21367
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="3072",section-size="6668",
21368
total-sent="3072",total-size="9880"@}
21369
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="3584",section-size="6668",
21370
total-sent="3584",total-size="9880"@}
21371
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="4096",section-size="6668",
21372
total-sent="4096",total-size="9880"@}
21373
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="4608",section-size="6668",
21374
total-sent="4608",total-size="9880"@}
21375
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="5120",section-size="6668",
21376
total-sent="5120",total-size="9880"@}
21377
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="5632",section-size="6668",
21378
total-sent="5632",total-size="9880"@}
21379
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="6144",section-size="6668",
21380
total-sent="6144",total-size="9880"@}
21381
+download,@{section=".text",section-sent="6656",section-size="6668",
21382
total-sent="6656",total-size="9880"@}
21383
+download,@{section=".init",section-size="28",total-size="9880"@}
21384
+download,@{section=".fini",section-size="28",total-size="9880"@}
21385
+download,@{section=".data",section-size="3156",total-size="9880"@}
21386
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="512",section-size="3156",
21387
total-sent="7236",total-size="9880"@}
21388
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="1024",section-size="3156",
21389
total-sent="7748",total-size="9880"@}
21390
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="1536",section-size="3156",
21391
total-sent="8260",total-size="9880"@}
21392
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="2048",section-size="3156",
21393
total-sent="8772",total-size="9880"@}
21394
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="2560",section-size="3156",
21395
total-sent="9284",total-size="9880"@}
21396
+download,@{section=".data",section-sent="3072",section-size="3156",
21397
total-sent="9796",total-size="9880"@}
21398
^done,address="0x10004",load-size="9880",transfer-rate="6586",
21399
write-rate="429"
21400
(gdb)
21401
@end smallexample
21402
 
21403
 
21404
@subheading The @code{-target-exec-status} Command
21405
@findex -target-exec-status
21406
 
21407
@subsubheading Synopsis
21408
 
21409
@smallexample
21410
 -target-exec-status
21411
@end smallexample
21412
 
21413
Provide information on the state of the target (whether it is running or
21414
not, for instance).
21415
 
21416
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21417
 
21418
There's no equivalent @value{GDBN} command.
21419
 
21420
@subsubheading Example
21421
N.A.
21422
 
21423
 
21424
@subheading The @code{-target-list-available-targets} Command
21425
@findex -target-list-available-targets
21426
 
21427
@subsubheading Synopsis
21428
 
21429
@smallexample
21430
 -target-list-available-targets
21431
@end smallexample
21432
 
21433
List the possible targets to connect to.
21434
 
21435
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21436
 
21437
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{help target}.
21438
 
21439
@subsubheading Example
21440
N.A.
21441
 
21442
 
21443
@subheading The @code{-target-list-current-targets} Command
21444
@findex -target-list-current-targets
21445
 
21446
@subsubheading Synopsis
21447
 
21448
@smallexample
21449
 -target-list-current-targets
21450
@end smallexample
21451
 
21452
Describe the current target.
21453
 
21454
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21455
 
21456
The corresponding information is printed by @samp{info file} (among
21457
other things).
21458
 
21459
@subsubheading Example
21460
N.A.
21461
 
21462
 
21463
@subheading The @code{-target-list-parameters} Command
21464
@findex -target-list-parameters
21465
 
21466
@subsubheading Synopsis
21467
 
21468
@smallexample
21469
 -target-list-parameters
21470
@end smallexample
21471
 
21472
@c ????
21473
 
21474
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21475
 
21476
No equivalent.
21477
 
21478
@subsubheading Example
21479
N.A.
21480
 
21481
 
21482
@subheading The @code{-target-select} Command
21483
@findex -target-select
21484
 
21485
@subsubheading Synopsis
21486
 
21487
@smallexample
21488
 -target-select @var{type} @var{parameters @dots{}}
21489
@end smallexample
21490
 
21491
Connect @value{GDBN} to the remote target.  This command takes two args:
21492
 
21493
@table @samp
21494
@item @var{type}
21495
The type of target, for instance @samp{async}, @samp{remote}, etc.
21496
@item @var{parameters}
21497
Device names, host names and the like.  @xref{Target Commands, ,
21498
Commands for Managing Targets}, for more details.
21499
@end table
21500
 
21501
The output is a connection notification, followed by the address at
21502
which the target program is, in the following form:
21503
 
21504
@smallexample
21505
^connected,addr="@var{address}",func="@var{function name}",
21506
  args=[@var{arg list}]
21507
@end smallexample
21508
 
21509
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21510
 
21511
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{target}.
21512
 
21513
@subsubheading Example
21514
 
21515
@smallexample
21516
(gdb)
21517
-target-select async /dev/ttya
21518
^connected,addr="0xfe00a300",func="??",args=[]
21519
(gdb)
21520
@end smallexample
21521
 
21522
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
21523
@node GDB/MI File Transfer Commands
21524
@section @sc{gdb/mi} File Transfer Commands
21525
 
21526
 
21527
@subheading The @code{-target-file-put} Command
21528
@findex -target-file-put
21529
 
21530
@subsubheading Synopsis
21531
 
21532
@smallexample
21533
 -target-file-put @var{hostfile} @var{targetfile}
21534
@end smallexample
21535
 
21536
Copy file @var{hostfile} from the host system (the machine running
21537
@value{GDBN}) to @var{targetfile} on the target system.
21538
 
21539
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21540
 
21541
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{remote put}.
21542
 
21543
@subsubheading Example
21544
 
21545
@smallexample
21546
(gdb)
21547
-target-file-put localfile remotefile
21548
^done
21549
(gdb)
21550
@end smallexample
21551
 
21552
 
21553
@subheading The @code{-target-file-put} Command
21554
@findex -target-file-get
21555
 
21556
@subsubheading Synopsis
21557
 
21558
@smallexample
21559
 -target-file-get @var{targetfile} @var{hostfile}
21560
@end smallexample
21561
 
21562
Copy file @var{targetfile} from the target system to @var{hostfile}
21563
on the host system.
21564
 
21565
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21566
 
21567
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{remote get}.
21568
 
21569
@subsubheading Example
21570
 
21571
@smallexample
21572
(gdb)
21573
-target-file-get remotefile localfile
21574
^done
21575
(gdb)
21576
@end smallexample
21577
 
21578
 
21579
@subheading The @code{-target-file-delete} Command
21580
@findex -target-file-delete
21581
 
21582
@subsubheading Synopsis
21583
 
21584
@smallexample
21585
 -target-file-delete @var{targetfile}
21586
@end smallexample
21587
 
21588
Delete @var{targetfile} from the target system.
21589
 
21590
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21591
 
21592
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{remote delete}.
21593
 
21594
@subsubheading Example
21595
 
21596
@smallexample
21597
(gdb)
21598
-target-file-delete remotefile
21599
^done
21600
(gdb)
21601
@end smallexample
21602
 
21603
 
21604
@c %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
21605
@node GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands
21606
@section Miscellaneous @sc{gdb/mi} Commands
21607
 
21608
@c @subheading -gdb-complete
21609
 
21610
@subheading The @code{-gdb-exit} Command
21611
@findex -gdb-exit
21612
 
21613
@subsubheading Synopsis
21614
 
21615
@smallexample
21616
 -gdb-exit
21617
@end smallexample
21618
 
21619
Exit @value{GDBN} immediately.
21620
 
21621
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21622
 
21623
Approximately corresponds to @samp{quit}.
21624
 
21625
@subsubheading Example
21626
 
21627
@smallexample
21628
(gdb)
21629
-gdb-exit
21630
^exit
21631
@end smallexample
21632
 
21633
 
21634
@subheading The @code{-exec-abort} Command
21635
@findex -exec-abort
21636
 
21637
@subsubheading Synopsis
21638
 
21639
@smallexample
21640
 -exec-abort
21641
@end smallexample
21642
 
21643
Kill the inferior running program.
21644
 
21645
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21646
 
21647
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{kill}.
21648
 
21649
@subsubheading Example
21650
N.A.
21651
 
21652
 
21653
@subheading The @code{-gdb-set} Command
21654
@findex -gdb-set
21655
 
21656
@subsubheading Synopsis
21657
 
21658
@smallexample
21659
 -gdb-set
21660
@end smallexample
21661
 
21662
Set an internal @value{GDBN} variable.
21663
@c IS THIS A DOLLAR VARIABLE? OR SOMETHING LIKE ANNOTATE ?????
21664
 
21665
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21666
 
21667
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{set}.
21668
 
21669
@subsubheading Example
21670
 
21671
@smallexample
21672
(gdb)
21673
-gdb-set $foo=3
21674
^done
21675
(gdb)
21676
@end smallexample
21677
 
21678
 
21679
@subheading The @code{-gdb-show} Command
21680
@findex -gdb-show
21681
 
21682
@subsubheading Synopsis
21683
 
21684
@smallexample
21685
 -gdb-show
21686
@end smallexample
21687
 
21688
Show the current value of a @value{GDBN} variable.
21689
 
21690
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21691
 
21692
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{show}.
21693
 
21694
@subsubheading Example
21695
 
21696
@smallexample
21697
(gdb)
21698
-gdb-show annotate
21699
^done,value="0"
21700
(gdb)
21701
@end smallexample
21702
 
21703
@c @subheading -gdb-source
21704
 
21705
 
21706
@subheading The @code{-gdb-version} Command
21707
@findex -gdb-version
21708
 
21709
@subsubheading Synopsis
21710
 
21711
@smallexample
21712
 -gdb-version
21713
@end smallexample
21714
 
21715
Show version information for @value{GDBN}.  Used mostly in testing.
21716
 
21717
@subsubheading @value{GDBN} Command
21718
 
21719
The @value{GDBN} equivalent is @samp{show version}.  @value{GDBN} by
21720
default shows this information when you start an interactive session.
21721
 
21722
@subsubheading Example
21723
 
21724
@c This example modifies the actual output from GDB to avoid overfull
21725
@c box in TeX.
21726
@smallexample
21727
(gdb)
21728
-gdb-version
21729
~GNU gdb 5.2.1
21730
~Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
21731
~GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and
21732
~you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under
21733
~ certain conditions.
21734
~Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
21735
~There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty" for
21736
~ details.
21737
~This GDB was configured as
21738
 "--host=sparc-sun-solaris2.5.1 --target=ppc-eabi".
21739
^done
21740
(gdb)
21741
@end smallexample
21742
 
21743
@subheading The @code{-list-features} Command
21744
@findex -list-features
21745
 
21746
Returns a list of particular features of the MI protocol that
21747
this version of gdb implements.  A feature can be a command,
21748
or a new field in an output of some command, or even an
21749
important bugfix.  While a frontend can sometimes detect presence
21750
of a feature at runtime, it is easier to perform detection at debugger
21751
startup.
21752
 
21753
The command returns a list of strings, with each string naming an
21754
available feature.  Each returned string is just a name, it does not
21755
have any internal structure.  The list of possible feature names
21756
is given below.
21757
 
21758
Example output:
21759
 
21760
@smallexample
21761
(gdb) -list-features
21762
^done,result=["feature1","feature2"]
21763
@end smallexample
21764
 
21765
The current list of features is:
21766
 
21767
@itemize @minus
21768
@item
21769
@samp{frozen-varobjs}---indicates presence of the
21770
@code{-var-set-frozen} command, as well as possible presense of the
21771
@code{frozen} field in the output of @code{-varobj-create}.
21772
@item
21773
@samp{pending-breakpoints}---indicates presence of the @code{-f}
21774
option to the @code{-break-insert} command.
21775
 
21776
@end itemize
21777
 
21778
@subheading The @code{-interpreter-exec} Command
21779
@findex -interpreter-exec
21780
 
21781
@subheading Synopsis
21782
 
21783
@smallexample
21784
-interpreter-exec @var{interpreter} @var{command}
21785
@end smallexample
21786
@anchor{-interpreter-exec}
21787
 
21788
Execute the specified @var{command} in the given @var{interpreter}.
21789
 
21790
@subheading @value{GDBN} Command
21791
 
21792
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{interpreter-exec}.
21793
 
21794
@subheading Example
21795
 
21796
@smallexample
21797
(gdb)
21798
-interpreter-exec console "break main"
21799
&"During symbol reading, couldn't parse type; debugger out of date?.\n"
21800
&"During symbol reading, bad structure-type format.\n"
21801
~"Breakpoint 1 at 0x8074fc6: file ../../src/gdb/main.c, line 743.\n"
21802
^done
21803
(gdb)
21804
@end smallexample
21805
 
21806
@subheading The @code{-inferior-tty-set} Command
21807
@findex -inferior-tty-set
21808
 
21809
@subheading Synopsis
21810
 
21811
@smallexample
21812
-inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
21813
@end smallexample
21814
 
21815
Set terminal for future runs of the program being debugged.
21816
 
21817
@subheading @value{GDBN} Command
21818
 
21819
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{set inferior-tty} /dev/pts/1.
21820
 
21821
@subheading Example
21822
 
21823
@smallexample
21824
(gdb)
21825
-inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
21826
^done
21827
(gdb)
21828
@end smallexample
21829
 
21830
@subheading The @code{-inferior-tty-show} Command
21831
@findex -inferior-tty-show
21832
 
21833
@subheading Synopsis
21834
 
21835
@smallexample
21836
-inferior-tty-show
21837
@end smallexample
21838
 
21839
Show terminal for future runs of program being debugged.
21840
 
21841
@subheading @value{GDBN} Command
21842
 
21843
The corresponding @value{GDBN} command is @samp{show inferior-tty}.
21844
 
21845
@subheading Example
21846
 
21847
@smallexample
21848
(gdb)
21849
-inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
21850
^done
21851
(gdb)
21852
-inferior-tty-show
21853
^done,inferior_tty_terminal="/dev/pts/1"
21854
(gdb)
21855
@end smallexample
21856
 
21857
@subheading The @code{-enable-timings} Command
21858
@findex -enable-timings
21859
 
21860
@subheading Synopsis
21861
 
21862
@smallexample
21863
-enable-timings [yes | no]
21864
@end smallexample
21865
 
21866
Toggle the printing of the wallclock, user and system times for an MI
21867
command as a field in its output.  This command is to help frontend
21868
developers optimize the performance of their code.  No argument is
21869
equivalent to @samp{yes}.
21870
 
21871
@subheading @value{GDBN} Command
21872
 
21873
No equivalent.
21874
 
21875
@subheading Example
21876
 
21877
@smallexample
21878
(gdb)
21879
-enable-timings
21880
^done
21881
(gdb)
21882
-break-insert main
21883
^done,bkpt=@{number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
21884
addr="0x080484ed",func="main",file="myprog.c",
21885
fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="73",times="0"@},
21886
time=@{wallclock="0.05185",user="0.00800",system="0.00000"@}
21887
(gdb)
21888
-enable-timings no
21889
^done
21890
(gdb)
21891
-exec-run
21892
^running
21893
(gdb)
21894
*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",thread-id="0",
21895
frame=@{addr="0x080484ed",func="main",args=[@{name="argc",value="1"@},
21896
@{name="argv",value="0xbfb60364"@}],file="myprog.c",
21897
fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="73"@}
21898
(gdb)
21899
@end smallexample
21900
 
21901
@node Annotations
21902
@chapter @value{GDBN} Annotations
21903
 
21904
This chapter describes annotations in @value{GDBN}.  Annotations were
21905
designed to interface @value{GDBN} to graphical user interfaces or other
21906
similar programs which want to interact with @value{GDBN} at a
21907
relatively high level.
21908
 
21909
The annotation mechanism has largely been superseded by @sc{gdb/mi}
21910
(@pxref{GDB/MI}).
21911
 
21912
@ignore
21913
This is Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{DATE}.
21914
@end ignore
21915
 
21916
@menu
21917
* Annotations Overview::  What annotations are; the general syntax.
21918
* Server Prefix::       Issuing a command without affecting user state.
21919
* Prompting::           Annotations marking @value{GDBN}'s need for input.
21920
* Errors::              Annotations for error messages.
21921
* Invalidation::        Some annotations describe things now invalid.
21922
* Annotations for Running::
21923
                        Whether the program is running, how it stopped, etc.
21924
* Source Annotations::  Annotations describing source code.
21925
@end menu
21926
 
21927
@node Annotations Overview
21928
@section What is an Annotation?
21929
@cindex annotations
21930
 
21931
Annotations start with a newline character, two @samp{control-z}
21932
characters, and the name of the annotation.  If there is no additional
21933
information associated with this annotation, the name of the annotation
21934
is followed immediately by a newline.  If there is additional
21935
information, the name of the annotation is followed by a space, the
21936
additional information, and a newline.  The additional information
21937
cannot contain newline characters.
21938
 
21939
Any output not beginning with a newline and two @samp{control-z}
21940
characters denotes literal output from @value{GDBN}.  Currently there is
21941
no need for @value{GDBN} to output a newline followed by two
21942
@samp{control-z} characters, but if there was such a need, the
21943
annotations could be extended with an @samp{escape} annotation which
21944
means those three characters as output.
21945
 
21946
The annotation @var{level}, which is specified using the
21947
@option{--annotate} command line option (@pxref{Mode Options}), controls
21948
how much information @value{GDBN} prints together with its prompt,
21949
values of expressions, source lines, and other types of output.  Level 0
21950
is for no annotations, level 1 is for use when @value{GDBN} is run as a
21951
subprocess of @sc{gnu} Emacs, level 3 is the maximum annotation suitable
21952
for programs that control @value{GDBN}, and level 2 annotations have
21953
been made obsolete (@pxref{Limitations, , Limitations of the Annotation
21954
Interface, annotate, GDB's Obsolete Annotations}).
21955
 
21956
@table @code
21957
@kindex set annotate
21958
@item set annotate @var{level}
21959
The @value{GDBN} command @code{set annotate} sets the level of
21960
annotations to the specified @var{level}.
21961
 
21962
@item show annotate
21963
@kindex show annotate
21964
Show the current annotation level.
21965
@end table
21966
 
21967
This chapter describes level 3 annotations.
21968
 
21969
A simple example of starting up @value{GDBN} with annotations is:
21970
 
21971
@smallexample
21972
$ @kbd{gdb --annotate=3}
21973
GNU gdb 6.0
21974
Copyright 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
21975
GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License,
21976
and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it
21977
under certain conditions.
21978
Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
21979
There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty"
21980
for details.
21981
This GDB was configured as "i386-pc-linux-gnu"
21982
 
21983
^Z^Zpre-prompt
21984
(@value{GDBP})
21985
^Z^Zprompt
21986
@kbd{quit}
21987
 
21988
^Z^Zpost-prompt
21989
$
21990
@end smallexample
21991
 
21992
Here @samp{quit} is input to @value{GDBN}; the rest is output from
21993
@value{GDBN}.  The three lines beginning @samp{^Z^Z} (where @samp{^Z}
21994
denotes a @samp{control-z} character) are annotations; the rest is
21995
output from @value{GDBN}.
21996
 
21997
@node Server Prefix
21998
@section The Server Prefix
21999
@cindex server prefix
22000
 
22001
If you prefix a command with @samp{server } then it will not affect
22002
the command history, nor will it affect @value{GDBN}'s notion of which
22003
command to repeat if @key{RET} is pressed on a line by itself.  This
22004
means that commands can be run behind a user's back by a front-end in
22005
a transparent manner.
22006
 
22007
The server prefix does not affect the recording of values into the value
22008
history; to print a value without recording it into the value history,
22009
use the @code{output} command instead of the @code{print} command.
22010
 
22011
@node Prompting
22012
@section Annotation for @value{GDBN} Input
22013
 
22014
@cindex annotations for prompts
22015
When @value{GDBN} prompts for input, it annotates this fact so it is possible
22016
to know when to send output, when the output from a given command is
22017
over, etc.
22018
 
22019
Different kinds of input each have a different @dfn{input type}.  Each
22020
input type has three annotations: a @code{pre-} annotation, which
22021
denotes the beginning of any prompt which is being output, a plain
22022
annotation, which denotes the end of the prompt, and then a @code{post-}
22023
annotation which denotes the end of any echo which may (or may not) be
22024
associated with the input.  For example, the @code{prompt} input type
22025
features the following annotations:
22026
 
22027
@smallexample
22028
^Z^Zpre-prompt
22029
^Z^Zprompt
22030
^Z^Zpost-prompt
22031
@end smallexample
22032
 
22033
The input types are
22034
 
22035
@table @code
22036
@findex pre-prompt annotation
22037
@findex prompt annotation
22038
@findex post-prompt annotation
22039
@item prompt
22040
When @value{GDBN} is prompting for a command (the main @value{GDBN} prompt).
22041
 
22042
@findex pre-commands annotation
22043
@findex commands annotation
22044
@findex post-commands annotation
22045
@item commands
22046
When @value{GDBN} prompts for a set of commands, like in the @code{commands}
22047
command.  The annotations are repeated for each command which is input.
22048
 
22049
@findex pre-overload-choice annotation
22050
@findex overload-choice annotation
22051
@findex post-overload-choice annotation
22052
@item overload-choice
22053
When @value{GDBN} wants the user to select between various overloaded functions.
22054
 
22055
@findex pre-query annotation
22056
@findex query annotation
22057
@findex post-query annotation
22058
@item query
22059
When @value{GDBN} wants the user to confirm a potentially dangerous operation.
22060
 
22061
@findex pre-prompt-for-continue annotation
22062
@findex prompt-for-continue annotation
22063
@findex post-prompt-for-continue annotation
22064
@item prompt-for-continue
22065
When @value{GDBN} is asking the user to press return to continue.  Note: Don't
22066
expect this to work well; instead use @code{set height 0} to disable
22067
prompting.  This is because the counting of lines is buggy in the
22068
presence of annotations.
22069
@end table
22070
 
22071
@node Errors
22072
@section Errors
22073
@cindex annotations for errors, warnings and interrupts
22074
 
22075
@findex quit annotation
22076
@smallexample
22077
^Z^Zquit
22078
@end smallexample
22079
 
22080
This annotation occurs right before @value{GDBN} responds to an interrupt.
22081
 
22082
@findex error annotation
22083
@smallexample
22084
^Z^Zerror
22085
@end smallexample
22086
 
22087
This annotation occurs right before @value{GDBN} responds to an error.
22088
 
22089
Quit and error annotations indicate that any annotations which @value{GDBN} was
22090
in the middle of may end abruptly.  For example, if a
22091
@code{value-history-begin} annotation is followed by a @code{error}, one
22092
cannot expect to receive the matching @code{value-history-end}.  One
22093
cannot expect not to receive it either, however; an error annotation
22094
does not necessarily mean that @value{GDBN} is immediately returning all the way
22095
to the top level.
22096
 
22097
@findex error-begin annotation
22098
A quit or error annotation may be preceded by
22099
 
22100
@smallexample
22101
^Z^Zerror-begin
22102
@end smallexample
22103
 
22104
Any output between that and the quit or error annotation is the error
22105
message.
22106
 
22107
Warning messages are not yet annotated.
22108
@c If we want to change that, need to fix warning(), type_error(),
22109
@c range_error(), and possibly other places.
22110
 
22111
@node Invalidation
22112
@section Invalidation Notices
22113
 
22114
@cindex annotations for invalidation messages
22115
The following annotations say that certain pieces of state may have
22116
changed.
22117
 
22118
@table @code
22119
@findex frames-invalid annotation
22120
@item ^Z^Zframes-invalid
22121
 
22122
The frames (for example, output from the @code{backtrace} command) may
22123
have changed.
22124
 
22125
@findex breakpoints-invalid annotation
22126
@item ^Z^Zbreakpoints-invalid
22127
 
22128
The breakpoints may have changed.  For example, the user just added or
22129
deleted a breakpoint.
22130
@end table
22131
 
22132
@node Annotations for Running
22133
@section Running the Program
22134
@cindex annotations for running programs
22135
 
22136
@findex starting annotation
22137
@findex stopping annotation
22138
When the program starts executing due to a @value{GDBN} command such as
22139
@code{step} or @code{continue},
22140
 
22141
@smallexample
22142
^Z^Zstarting
22143
@end smallexample
22144
 
22145
is output.  When the program stops,
22146
 
22147
@smallexample
22148
^Z^Zstopped
22149
@end smallexample
22150
 
22151
is output.  Before the @code{stopped} annotation, a variety of
22152
annotations describe how the program stopped.
22153
 
22154
@table @code
22155
@findex exited annotation
22156
@item ^Z^Zexited @var{exit-status}
22157
The program exited, and @var{exit-status} is the exit status (zero for
22158
successful exit, otherwise nonzero).
22159
 
22160
@findex signalled annotation
22161
@findex signal-name annotation
22162
@findex signal-name-end annotation
22163
@findex signal-string annotation
22164
@findex signal-string-end annotation
22165
@item ^Z^Zsignalled
22166
The program exited with a signal.  After the @code{^Z^Zsignalled}, the
22167
annotation continues:
22168
 
22169
@smallexample
22170
@var{intro-text}
22171
^Z^Zsignal-name
22172
@var{name}
22173
^Z^Zsignal-name-end
22174
@var{middle-text}
22175
^Z^Zsignal-string
22176
@var{string}
22177
^Z^Zsignal-string-end
22178
@var{end-text}
22179
@end smallexample
22180
 
22181
@noindent
22182
where @var{name} is the name of the signal, such as @code{SIGILL} or
22183
@code{SIGSEGV}, and @var{string} is the explanation of the signal, such
22184
as @code{Illegal Instruction} or @code{Segmentation fault}.
22185
@var{intro-text}, @var{middle-text}, and @var{end-text} are for the
22186
user's benefit and have no particular format.
22187
 
22188
@findex signal annotation
22189
@item ^Z^Zsignal
22190
The syntax of this annotation is just like @code{signalled}, but @value{GDBN} is
22191
just saying that the program received the signal, not that it was
22192
terminated with it.
22193
 
22194
@findex breakpoint annotation
22195
@item ^Z^Zbreakpoint @var{number}
22196
The program hit breakpoint number @var{number}.
22197
 
22198
@findex watchpoint annotation
22199
@item ^Z^Zwatchpoint @var{number}
22200
The program hit watchpoint number @var{number}.
22201
@end table
22202
 
22203
@node Source Annotations
22204
@section Displaying Source
22205
@cindex annotations for source display
22206
 
22207
@findex source annotation
22208
The following annotation is used instead of displaying source code:
22209
 
22210
@smallexample
22211
^Z^Zsource @var{filename}:@var{line}:@var{character}:@var{middle}:@var{addr}
22212
@end smallexample
22213
 
22214
where @var{filename} is an absolute file name indicating which source
22215
file, @var{line} is the line number within that file (where 1 is the
22216
first line in the file), @var{character} is the character position
22217
within the file (where 0 is the first character in the file) (for most
22218
debug formats this will necessarily point to the beginning of a line),
22219
@var{middle} is @samp{middle} if @var{addr} is in the middle of the
22220
line, or @samp{beg} if @var{addr} is at the beginning of the line, and
22221
@var{addr} is the address in the target program associated with the
22222
source which is being displayed.  @var{addr} is in the form @samp{0x}
22223
followed by one or more lowercase hex digits (note that this does not
22224
depend on the language).
22225
 
22226
@node GDB Bugs
22227
@chapter Reporting Bugs in @value{GDBN}
22228
@cindex bugs in @value{GDBN}
22229
@cindex reporting bugs in @value{GDBN}
22230
 
22231
Your bug reports play an essential role in making @value{GDBN} reliable.
22232
 
22233
Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
22234
may not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
22235
the entire community by making the next version of @value{GDBN} work better.  Bug
22236
reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @value{GDBN}.
22237
 
22238
In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
22239
information that enables us to fix the bug.
22240
 
22241
@menu
22242
* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
22243
* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs
22244
@end menu
22245
 
22246
@node Bug Criteria
22247
@section Have You Found a Bug?
22248
@cindex bug criteria
22249
 
22250
If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
22251
 
22252
@itemize @bullet
22253
@cindex fatal signal
22254
@cindex debugger crash
22255
@cindex crash of debugger
22256
@item
22257
If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
22258
@value{GDBN} bug.  Reliable debuggers never crash.
22259
 
22260
@cindex error on valid input
22261
@item
22262
If @value{GDBN} produces an error message for valid input, that is a
22263
bug.  (Note that if you're cross debugging, the problem may also be
22264
somewhere in the connection to the target.)
22265
 
22266
@cindex invalid input
22267
@item
22268
If @value{GDBN} does not produce an error message for invalid input,
22269
that is a bug.  However, you should note that your idea of
22270
``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
22271
for traditional practice''.
22272
 
22273
@item
22274
If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
22275
for improvement of @value{GDBN} are welcome in any case.
22276
@end itemize
22277
 
22278
@node Bug Reporting
22279
@section How to Report Bugs
22280
@cindex bug reports
22281
@cindex @value{GDBN} bugs, reporting
22282
 
22283
A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products.
22284
If you obtained @value{GDBN} from a support organization, we recommend you
22285
contact that organization first.
22286
 
22287
You can find contact information for many support companies and
22288
individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
22289
distribution.
22290
@c should add a web page ref...
22291
 
22292
In any event, we also recommend that you submit bug reports for
22293
@value{GDBN}.  The preferred method is to submit them directly using
22294
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/, @value{GDBN}'s Bugs web
22295
page}.  Alternatively, the @email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, e-mail gateway} can
22296
be used.
22297
 
22298
@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
22299
@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.}  Most users of @value{GDBN} do
22300
not want to receive bug reports.  Those that do have arranged to receive
22301
@samp{bug-gdb}.
22302
 
22303
The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
22304
serves as a repeater.  The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
22305
the same messages.  Often people think of posting bug reports to the
22306
newsgroup instead of mailing them.  This appears to work, but it has one
22307
problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
22308
path back to the sender.  Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
22309
we may be unable to reach you.  For this reason, it is better to send
22310
bug reports to the mailing list.
22311
 
22312
The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
22313
@strong{report all the facts}.  If you are not sure whether to state a
22314
fact or leave it out, state it!
22315
 
22316
Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
22317
problem and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might
22318
assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
22319
Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps the bug is a
22320
stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
22321
name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
22322
of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
22323
the bug.  Play it safe and give a specific, complete example.  That is the
22324
easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
22325
 
22326
Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the
22327
bug.  It may be that the bug has been reported previously, but neither
22328
you nor we can know that unless your bug report is complete and
22329
self-contained.
22330
 
22331
Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
22332
bell?''  Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
22333
@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
22334
bugs properly.
22335
 
22336
To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
22337
 
22338
@itemize @bullet
22339
@item
22340
The version of @value{GDBN}.  @value{GDBN} announces it if you start
22341
with no arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show
22342
version}.
22343
 
22344
Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
22345
the bug in the current version of @value{GDBN}.
22346
 
22347
@item
22348
The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
22349
version number.
22350
 
22351
@item
22352
What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @value{GDBN}---e.g.@:
22353
``@value{GCC}--2.8.1''.
22354
 
22355
@item
22356
What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you are
22357
debugging---e.g.@:  ``@value{GCC}--2.8.1'', or ``HP92453-01 A.10.32.03 HP
22358
C Compiler''.  For @value{NGCC}, you can say @kbd{@value{GCC} --version}
22359
to get this information; for other compilers, see the documentation for
22360
those compilers.
22361
 
22362
@item
22363
The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
22364
observe the bug.  For example, did you use @samp{-O}?  To guarantee
22365
you will not omit something important, list them all.  A copy of the
22366
Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
22367
 
22368
If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
22369
and then we might not encounter the bug.
22370
 
22371
@item
22372
A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
22373
reproduce the bug.
22374
 
22375
@item
22376
A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
22377
incorrect.  For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
22378
 
22379
Of course, if the bug is that @value{GDBN} gets a fatal signal, then we
22380
will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we might
22381
not notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well not give us
22382
a chance to make a mistake.
22383
 
22384
Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
22385
say so explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your
22386
copy of @value{GDBN} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in
22387
the C library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your copy might
22388
crash and ours would not.  If you told us to expect a crash, then when
22389
ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for
22390
us.  If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able
22391
to draw any conclusion from our observations.
22392
 
22393
@pindex script
22394
@cindex recording a session script
22395
To collect all this information, you can use a session recording program
22396
such as @command{script}, which is available on many Unix systems.
22397
Just run your @value{GDBN} session inside @command{script} and then
22398
include the @file{typescript} file with your bug report.
22399
 
22400
Another way to record a @value{GDBN} session is to run @value{GDBN}
22401
inside Emacs and then save the entire buffer to a file.
22402
 
22403
@item
22404
If you wish to suggest changes to the @value{GDBN} source, send us context
22405
diffs.  If you even discuss something in the @value{GDBN} source, refer to
22406
it by context, not by line number.
22407
 
22408
The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
22409
sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
22410
 
22411
@end itemize
22412
 
22413
Here are some things that are not necessary:
22414
 
22415
@itemize @bullet
22416
@item
22417
A description of the envelope of the bug.
22418
 
22419
Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
22420
which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
22421
changes will not affect it.
22422
 
22423
This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
22424
will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
22425
with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
22426
We recommend that you save your time for something else.
22427
 
22428
Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
22429
of the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
22430
output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
22431
less time, and so on.
22432
 
22433
However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
22434
report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
22435
 
22436
@item
22437
A patch for the bug.
22438
 
22439
A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not omit
22440
the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
22441
a patch is all we need.  We might see problems with your patch and decide
22442
to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
22443
 
22444
Sometimes with a program as complicated as @value{GDBN} it is very hard to
22445
construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
22446
through the code.  If you do not send us the example, we will not be able
22447
to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
22448
 
22449
And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
22450
patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A test case will
22451
help us to understand.
22452
 
22453
@item
22454
A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
22455
 
22456
Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about such
22457
things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
22458
@end itemize
22459
 
22460
@c The readline documentation is distributed with the readline code
22461
@c and consists of the two following files:
22462
@c     rluser.texinfo
22463
@c     inc-hist.texinfo
22464
@c Use -I with makeinfo to point to the appropriate directory,
22465
@c environment var TEXINPUTS with TeX.
22466
@include rluser.texi
22467
@include inc-hist.texinfo
22468
 
22469
 
22470
@node Formatting Documentation
22471
@appendix Formatting Documentation
22472
 
22473
@cindex @value{GDBN} reference card
22474
@cindex reference card
22475
The @value{GDBN} 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
22476
for printing with PostScript or Ghostscript, in the @file{gdb}
22477
subdirectory of the main source directory@footnote{In
22478
@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version @value{GDBVN}
22479
release.}.  If you can use PostScript or Ghostscript with your printer,
22480
you can print the reference card immediately with @file{refcard.ps}.
22481
 
22482
The release also includes the source for the reference card.  You
22483
can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing:
22484
 
22485
@smallexample
22486
make refcard.dvi
22487
@end smallexample
22488
 
22489
The @value{GDBN} reference card is designed to print in @dfn{landscape}
22490
mode on US ``letter'' size paper;
22491
that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
22492
high.  You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
22493
your @sc{dvi} output program.
22494
 
22495
@cindex documentation
22496
 
22497
All the documentation for @value{GDBN} comes as part of the machine-readable
22498
distribution.  The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is
22499
a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
22500
on-line information and a printed manual.  You can use one of the Info
22501
formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation
22502
and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version.
22503
 
22504
@value{GDBN} includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info
22505
version of this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory.  The main Info
22506
file is @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to
22507
subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory.  If
22508
necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor;
22509
but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in @sc{gnu}
22510
Emacs or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the
22511
@sc{gnu} Texinfo distribution.
22512
 
22513
If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
22514
Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
22515
@code{makeinfo}.
22516
 
22517
If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level
22518
@value{GDBN} source directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, in the case of
22519
version @value{GDBVN}), you can make the Info file by typing:
22520
 
22521
@smallexample
22522
cd gdb
22523
make gdb.info
22524
@end smallexample
22525
 
22526
If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need @TeX{},
22527
a program to print its @sc{dvi} output files, and @file{texinfo.tex}, the
22528
Texinfo definitions file.
22529
 
22530
@TeX{} is a typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
22531
produces output files called @sc{dvi} files.  To print a typeset
22532
document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files.  If your system
22533
has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program.  The precise
22534
command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another
22535
(for PostScript devices) is @kbd{dvips}.  The @sc{dvi} print command may
22536
require a file name without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension.
22537
 
22538
@TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called
22539
@file{texinfo.tex}.  This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document
22540
written in Texinfo format.  On its own, @TeX{} cannot either read or
22541
typeset a Texinfo file.  @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB
22542
and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo}
22543
directory.
22544
 
22545
If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can
22546
typeset and print this manual.  First switch to the @file{gdb}
22547
subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to
22548
@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb}) and type:
22549
 
22550
@smallexample
22551
make gdb.dvi
22552
@end smallexample
22553
 
22554
Then give @file{gdb.dvi} to your @sc{dvi} printing program.
22555
 
22556
@node Installing GDB
22557
@appendix Installing @value{GDBN}
22558
@cindex installation
22559
 
22560
@menu
22561
* Requirements::                Requirements for building @value{GDBN}
22562
* Running Configure::           Invoking the @value{GDBN} @file{configure} script
22563
* Separate Objdir::             Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory
22564
* Config Names::                Specifying names for hosts and targets
22565
* Configure Options::           Summary of options for configure
22566
@end menu
22567
 
22568
@node Requirements
22569
@section Requirements for Building @value{GDBN}
22570
@cindex building @value{GDBN}, requirements for
22571
 
22572
Building @value{GDBN} requires various tools and packages to be available.
22573
Other packages will be used only if they are found.
22574
 
22575
@heading Tools/Packages Necessary for Building @value{GDBN}
22576
@table @asis
22577
@item ISO C90 compiler
22578
@value{GDBN} is written in ISO C90.  It should be buildable with any
22579
working C90 compiler, e.g.@: GCC.
22580
 
22581
@end table
22582
 
22583
@heading Tools/Packages Optional for Building @value{GDBN}
22584
@table @asis
22585
@item Expat
22586
@anchor{Expat}
22587
@value{GDBN} can use the Expat XML parsing library.  This library may be
22588
included with your operating system distribution; if it is not, you
22589
can get the latest version from @url{http://expat.sourceforge.net}.
22590
The @file{configure} script will search for this library in several
22591
standard locations; if it is installed in an unusual path, you can
22592
use the @option{--with-libexpat-prefix} option to specify its location.
22593
 
22594
Expat is used for:
22595
 
22596
@itemize @bullet
22597
@item
22598
Remote protocol memory maps (@pxref{Memory Map Format})
22599
@item
22600
Target descriptions (@pxref{Target Descriptions})
22601
@item
22602
Remote shared library lists (@pxref{Library List Format})
22603
@item
22604
MS-Windows shared libraries (@pxref{Shared Libraries})
22605
@end itemize
22606
 
22607
@end table
22608
 
22609
@node Running Configure
22610
@section Invoking the @value{GDBN} @file{configure} Script
22611
@cindex configuring @value{GDBN}
22612
@value{GDBN} comes with a @file{configure} script that automates the process
22613
of preparing @value{GDBN} for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
22614
build the @code{gdb} program.
22615
@iftex
22616
@c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with.
22617
@footnote{If you have a more recent version of @value{GDBN} than @value{GDBVN},
22618
look at the @file{README} file in the sources; we may have improved the
22619
installation procedures since publishing this manual.}
22620
@end iftex
22621
 
22622
The @value{GDBN} distribution includes all the source code you need for
22623
@value{GDBN} in a single directory, whose name is usually composed by
22624
appending the version number to @samp{gdb}.
22625
 
22626
For example, the @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN} distribution is in the
22627
@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory.  That directory contains:
22628
 
22629
@table @code
22630
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
22631
script for configuring @value{GDBN} and all its supporting libraries
22632
 
22633
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb
22634
the source specific to @value{GDBN} itself
22635
 
22636
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/bfd
22637
source for the Binary File Descriptor library
22638
 
22639
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/include
22640
@sc{gnu} include files
22641
 
22642
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/libiberty
22643
source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
22644
 
22645
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/opcodes
22646
source for the library of opcode tables and disassemblers
22647
 
22648
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/readline
22649
source for the @sc{gnu} command-line interface
22650
 
22651
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/glob
22652
source for the @sc{gnu} filename pattern-matching subroutine
22653
 
22654
@item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/mmalloc
22655
source for the @sc{gnu} memory-mapped malloc package
22656
@end table
22657
 
22658
The simplest way to configure and build @value{GDBN} is to run @file{configure}
22659
from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in
22660
this example is the @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory.
22661
 
22662
First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory
22663
if you are not already in it; then run @file{configure}.  Pass the
22664
identifier for the platform on which @value{GDBN} will run as an
22665
argument.
22666
 
22667
For example:
22668
 
22669
@smallexample
22670
cd gdb-@value{GDBVN}
22671
./configure @var{host}
22672
make
22673
@end smallexample
22674
 
22675
@noindent
22676
where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or
22677
@samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where @value{GDBN} will run.
22678
(You can often leave off @var{host}; @file{configure} tries to guess the
22679
correct value by examining your system.)
22680
 
22681
Running @samp{configure @var{host}} and then running @code{make} builds the
22682
@file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty}
22683
libraries, then @code{gdb} itself.  The configured source files, and the
22684
binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories.
22685
 
22686
@need 750
22687
@file{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
22688
system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different
22689
shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
22690
 
22691
@smallexample
22692
sh configure @var{host}
22693
@end smallexample
22694
 
22695
If you run @file{configure} from a directory that contains source
22696
directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the
22697
@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} source directory for version @value{GDBVN},
22698
@file{configure}
22699
creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless
22700
you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option).
22701
 
22702
You should run the @file{configure} script from the top directory in the
22703
source tree, the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} directory.  If you run
22704
@file{configure} from one of the subdirectories, you will configure only
22705
that subdirectory.  That is usually not what you want.  In particular,
22706
if you run the first @file{configure} from the @file{gdb} subdirectory
22707
of the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} directory, you will omit the
22708
configuration of @file{bfd}, @file{readline}, and other sibling
22709
directories of the @file{gdb} subdirectory.  This leads to build errors
22710
about missing include files such as @file{bfd/bfd.h}.
22711
 
22712
You can install @code{@value{GDBP}} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.
22713
However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by
22714
the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable.  Remember
22715
that @value{GDBN} uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to
22716
let @value{GDBN} debug child processes whose programs are not readable.
22717
 
22718
@node Separate Objdir
22719
@section Compiling @value{GDBN} in Another Directory
22720
 
22721
If you want to run @value{GDBN} versions for several host or target machines,
22722
you need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of
22723
host and target.  @file{configure} is designed to make this easy by
22724
allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory,
22725
rather than in the source directory.  If your @code{make} program
22726
handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (@sc{gnu} @code{make} does), running
22727
@code{make} in each of these directories builds the @code{gdb}
22728
program specified there.
22729
 
22730
To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @file{configure}
22731
with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source.
22732
(You also need to specify a path to find @file{configure}
22733
itself from your working directory.  If the path to @file{configure}
22734
would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out
22735
the @samp{--srcdir} option; it is assumed.)
22736
 
22737
For example, with version @value{GDBVN}, you can build @value{GDBN} in a
22738
separate directory for a Sun 4 like this:
22739
 
22740
@smallexample
22741
@group
22742
cd gdb-@value{GDBVN}
22743
mkdir ../gdb-sun4
22744
cd ../gdb-sun4
22745
../gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure sun4
22746
make
22747
@end group
22748
@end smallexample
22749
 
22750
When @file{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source
22751
directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
22752
(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory.  In
22753
the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the
22754
directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and @value{GDBN} itself in
22755
@file{gdb-sun4/gdb}.
22756
 
22757
Make sure that your path to the @file{configure} script has just one
22758
instance of @file{gdb} in it.  If your path to @file{configure} looks
22759
like @file{../gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/configure}, you are configuring only
22760
one subdirectory of @value{GDBN}, not the whole package.  This leads to
22761
build errors about missing include files such as @file{bfd/bfd.h}.
22762
 
22763
One popular reason to build several @value{GDBN} configurations in separate
22764
directories is to configure @value{GDBN} for cross-compiling (where
22765
@value{GDBN} runs on one machine---the @dfn{host}---while debugging
22766
programs that run on another machine---the @dfn{target}).
22767
You specify a cross-debugging target by
22768
giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @file{configure}.
22769
 
22770
When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run
22771
it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you
22772
called @file{configure} (or one of its subdirectories).
22773
 
22774
The @code{Makefile} that @file{configure} generates in each source
22775
directory also runs recursively.  If you type @code{make} in a source
22776
directory such as @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} (or in a separate configured
22777
directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{dirname}/gdb-@value{GDBVN}}), you
22778
will build all the required libraries, and then build GDB.
22779
 
22780
When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
22781
directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example,
22782
if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
22783
with each other.
22784
 
22785
@node Config Names
22786
@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
22787
 
22788
The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @file{configure}
22789
script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
22790
aliases are also supported.  The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
22791
of information in the following pattern:
22792
 
22793
@smallexample
22794
@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
22795
@end smallexample
22796
 
22797
For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument,
22798
or as the value for @var{target} in a @code{--target=@var{target}}
22799
option.  The equivalent full name is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
22800
 
22801
The @file{configure} script accompanying @value{GDBN} does not provide
22802
any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
22803
aliases.  @file{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
22804
@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
22805
script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
22806
abbreviations---for example:
22807
 
22808
@smallexample
22809
% sh config.sub i386-linux
22810
i386-pc-linux-gnu
22811
% sh config.sub alpha-linux
22812
alpha-unknown-linux-gnu
22813
% sh config.sub hp9k700
22814
hppa1.1-hp-hpux
22815
% sh config.sub sun4
22816
sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1
22817
% sh config.sub sun3
22818
m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1
22819
% sh config.sub i986v
22820
Invalid configuration `i986v': machine `i986v' not recognized
22821
@end smallexample
22822
 
22823
@noindent
22824
@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the @value{GDBN} source
22825
directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, for version @value{GDBVN}).
22826
 
22827
@node Configure Options
22828
@section @file{configure} Options
22829
 
22830
Here is a summary of the @file{configure} options and arguments that
22831
are most often useful for building @value{GDBN}.  @file{configure} also has
22832
several other options not listed here.  @inforef{What Configure
22833
Does,,configure.info}, for a full explanation of @file{configure}.
22834
 
22835
@smallexample
22836
configure @r{[}--help@r{]}
22837
          @r{[}--prefix=@var{dir}@r{]}
22838
          @r{[}--exec-prefix=@var{dir}@r{]}
22839
          @r{[}--srcdir=@var{dirname}@r{]}
22840
          @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]}
22841
          @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]}
22842
          @var{host}
22843
@end smallexample
22844
 
22845
@noindent
22846
You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than
22847
@samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
22848
@samp{--}.
22849
 
22850
@table @code
22851
@item --help
22852
Display a quick summary of how to invoke @file{configure}.
22853
 
22854
@item --prefix=@var{dir}
22855
Configure the source to install programs and files under directory
22856
@file{@var{dir}}.
22857
 
22858
@item --exec-prefix=@var{dir}
22859
Configure the source to install programs under directory
22860
@file{@var{dir}}.
22861
 
22862
@c avoid splitting the warning from the explanation:
22863
@need 2000
22864
@item --srcdir=@var{dirname}
22865
@strong{Warning: using this option requires @sc{gnu} @code{make}, or another
22866
@code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@*
22867
Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the
22868
@value{GDBN} source directories.  Among other things, you can use this to
22869
build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate
22870
directories.  @file{configure} writes configuration-specific files in
22871
the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the
22872
directory @var{dirname}.  @file{configure} creates directories under
22873
the working directory in parallel to the source directories below
22874
@var{dirname}.
22875
 
22876
@item --norecursion
22877
Configure only the directory level where @file{configure} is executed; do not
22878
propagate configuration to subdirectories.
22879
 
22880
@item --target=@var{target}
22881
Configure @value{GDBN} for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
22882
@var{target}.  Without this option, @value{GDBN} is configured to debug
22883
programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as @value{GDBN} itself.
22884
 
22885
There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
22886
 
22887
@item @var{host} @dots{}
22888
Configure @value{GDBN} to run on the specified @var{host}.
22889
 
22890
There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
22891
@end table
22892
 
22893
There are many other options available as well, but they are generally
22894
needed for special purposes only.
22895
 
22896
@node Maintenance Commands
22897
@appendix Maintenance Commands
22898
@cindex maintenance commands
22899
@cindex internal commands
22900
 
22901
In addition to commands intended for @value{GDBN} users, @value{GDBN}
22902
includes a number of commands intended for @value{GDBN} developers,
22903
that are not documented elsewhere in this manual.  These commands are
22904
provided here for reference.  (For commands that turn on debugging
22905
messages, see @ref{Debugging Output}.)
22906
 
22907
@table @code
22908
@kindex maint agent
22909
@item maint agent @var{expression}
22910
Translate the given @var{expression} into remote agent bytecodes.
22911
This command is useful for debugging the Agent Expression mechanism
22912
(@pxref{Agent Expressions}).
22913
 
22914
@kindex maint info breakpoints
22915
@item @anchor{maint info breakpoints}maint info breakpoints
22916
Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the
22917
breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those @value{GDBN} is using for
22918
internal purposes.  Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
22919
breakpoint numbers.  The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint
22920
is shown:
22921
 
22922
@table @code
22923
@item breakpoint
22924
Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
22925
 
22926
@item watchpoint
22927
Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
22928
 
22929
@item longjmp
22930
Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
22931
@code{longjmp} calls.
22932
 
22933
@item longjmp resume
22934
Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}.
22935
 
22936
@item until
22937
Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{until} command.
22938
 
22939
@item finish
22940
Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{finish} command.
22941
 
22942
@item shlib events
22943
Shared library events.
22944
 
22945
@end table
22946
 
22947
@kindex maint check-symtabs
22948
@item maint check-symtabs
22949
Check the consistency of psymtabs and symtabs.
22950
 
22951
@kindex maint cplus first_component
22952
@item maint cplus first_component @var{name}
22953
Print the first C@t{++} class/namespace component of @var{name}.
22954
 
22955
@kindex maint cplus namespace
22956
@item maint cplus namespace
22957
Print the list of possible C@t{++} namespaces.
22958
 
22959
@kindex maint demangle
22960
@item maint demangle @var{name}
22961
Demangle a C@t{++} or Objective-C mangled @var{name}.
22962
 
22963
@kindex maint deprecate
22964
@kindex maint undeprecate
22965
@cindex deprecated commands
22966
@item maint deprecate @var{command} @r{[}@var{replacement}@r{]}
22967
@itemx maint undeprecate @var{command}
22968
Deprecate or undeprecate the named @var{command}.  Deprecated commands
22969
cause @value{GDBN} to issue a warning when you use them.  The optional
22970
argument @var{replacement} says which newer command should be used in
22971
favor of the deprecated one; if it is given, @value{GDBN} will mention
22972
the replacement as part of the warning.
22973
 
22974
@kindex maint dump-me
22975
@item maint dump-me
22976
@cindex @code{SIGQUIT} signal, dump core of @value{GDBN}
22977
Cause a fatal signal in the debugger and force it to dump its core.
22978
This is supported only on systems which support aborting a program
22979
with the @code{SIGQUIT} signal.
22980
 
22981
@kindex maint internal-error
22982
@kindex maint internal-warning
22983
@item maint internal-error @r{[}@var{message-text}@r{]}
22984
@itemx maint internal-warning @r{[}@var{message-text}@r{]}
22985
Cause @value{GDBN} to call the internal function @code{internal_error}
22986
or @code{internal_warning} and hence behave as though an internal error
22987
or internal warning has been detected.  In addition to reporting the
22988
internal problem, these functions give the user the opportunity to
22989
either quit @value{GDBN} or create a core file of the current
22990
@value{GDBN} session.
22991
 
22992
These commands take an optional parameter @var{message-text} that is
22993
used as the text of the error or warning message.
22994
 
22995
Here's an example of using @code{internal-error}:
22996
 
22997
@smallexample
22998
(@value{GDBP}) @kbd{maint internal-error testing, 1, 2}
22999
@dots{}/maint.c:121: internal-error: testing, 1, 2
23000
A problem internal to GDB has been detected.  Further
23001
debugging may prove unreliable.
23002
Quit this debugging session? (y or n) @kbd{n}
23003
Create a core file? (y or n) @kbd{n}
23004
(@value{GDBP})
23005
@end smallexample
23006
 
23007
@kindex maint packet
23008
@item maint packet @var{text}
23009
If @value{GDBN} is talking to an inferior via the serial protocol,
23010
then this command sends the string @var{text} to the inferior, and
23011
displays the response packet.  @value{GDBN} supplies the initial
23012
@samp{$} character, the terminating @samp{#} character, and the
23013
checksum.
23014
 
23015
@kindex maint print architecture
23016
@item maint print architecture @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23017
Print the entire architecture configuration.  The optional argument
23018
@var{file} names the file where the output goes.
23019
 
23020
@kindex maint print c-tdesc
23021
@item maint print c-tdesc
23022
Print the current target description (@pxref{Target Descriptions}) as
23023
a C source file.  The created source file can be used in @value{GDBN}
23024
when an XML parser is not available to parse the description.
23025
 
23026
@kindex maint print dummy-frames
23027
@item maint print dummy-frames
23028
Prints the contents of @value{GDBN}'s internal dummy-frame stack.
23029
 
23030
@smallexample
23031
(@value{GDBP}) @kbd{b add}
23032
@dots{}
23033
(@value{GDBP}) @kbd{print add(2,3)}
23034
Breakpoint 2, add (a=2, b=3) at @dots{}
23035
58        return (a + b);
23036
The program being debugged stopped while in a function called from GDB.
23037
@dots{}
23038
(@value{GDBP}) @kbd{maint print dummy-frames}
23039
0x1a57c80: pc=0x01014068 fp=0x0200bddc sp=0x0200bdd6
23040
 top=0x0200bdd4 id=@{stack=0x200bddc,code=0x101405c@}
23041
 call_lo=0x01014000 call_hi=0x01014001
23042
(@value{GDBP})
23043
@end smallexample
23044
 
23045
Takes an optional file parameter.
23046
 
23047
@kindex maint print registers
23048
@kindex maint print raw-registers
23049
@kindex maint print cooked-registers
23050
@kindex maint print register-groups
23051
@item maint print registers @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23052
@itemx maint print raw-registers @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23053
@itemx maint print cooked-registers @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23054
@itemx maint print register-groups @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23055
Print @value{GDBN}'s internal register data structures.
23056
 
23057
The command @code{maint print raw-registers} includes the contents of
23058
the raw register cache; the command @code{maint print cooked-registers}
23059
includes the (cooked) value of all registers; and the command
23060
@code{maint print register-groups} includes the groups that each
23061
register is a member of.  @xref{Registers,, Registers, gdbint,
23062
@value{GDBN} Internals}.
23063
 
23064
These commands take an optional parameter, a file name to which to
23065
write the information.
23066
 
23067
@kindex maint print reggroups
23068
@item maint print reggroups @r{[}@var{file}@r{]}
23069
Print @value{GDBN}'s internal register group data structures.  The
23070
optional argument @var{file} tells to what file to write the
23071
information.
23072
 
23073
The register groups info looks like this:
23074
 
23075
@smallexample
23076
(@value{GDBP}) @kbd{maint print reggroups}
23077
 Group      Type
23078
 general    user
23079
 float      user
23080
 all        user
23081
 vector     user
23082
 system     user
23083
 save       internal
23084
 restore    internal
23085
@end smallexample
23086
 
23087
@kindex flushregs
23088
@item flushregs
23089
This command forces @value{GDBN} to flush its internal register cache.
23090
 
23091
@kindex maint print objfiles
23092
@cindex info for known object files
23093
@item maint print objfiles
23094
Print a dump of all known object files.  For each object file, this
23095
command prints its name, address in memory, and all of its psymtabs
23096
and symtabs.
23097
 
23098
@kindex maint print statistics
23099
@cindex bcache statistics
23100
@item maint print statistics
23101
This command prints, for each object file in the program, various data
23102
about that object file followed by the byte cache (@dfn{bcache})
23103
statistics for the object file.  The objfile data includes the number
23104
of minimal, partial, full, and stabs symbols, the number of types
23105
defined by the objfile, the number of as yet unexpanded psym tables,
23106
the number of line tables and string tables, and the amount of memory
23107
used by the various tables.  The bcache statistics include the counts,
23108
sizes, and counts of duplicates of all and unique objects, max,
23109
average, and median entry size, total memory used and its overhead and
23110
savings, and various measures of the hash table size and chain
23111
lengths.
23112
 
23113
@kindex maint print target-stack
23114
@cindex target stack description
23115
@item maint print target-stack
23116
A @dfn{target} is an interface between the debugger and a particular
23117
kind of file or process.  Targets can be stacked in @dfn{strata},
23118
so that more than one target can potentially respond to a request.
23119
In particular, memory accesses will walk down the stack of targets
23120
until they find a target that is interested in handling that particular
23121
address.
23122
 
23123
This command prints a short description of each layer that was pushed on
23124
the @dfn{target stack}, starting from the top layer down to the bottom one.
23125
 
23126
@kindex maint print type
23127
@cindex type chain of a data type
23128
@item maint print type @var{expr}
23129
Print the type chain for a type specified by @var{expr}.  The argument
23130
can be either a type name or a symbol.  If it is a symbol, the type of
23131
that symbol is described.  The type chain produced by this command is
23132
a recursive definition of the data type as stored in @value{GDBN}'s
23133
data structures, including its flags and contained types.
23134
 
23135
@kindex maint set dwarf2 max-cache-age
23136
@kindex maint show dwarf2 max-cache-age
23137
@item maint set dwarf2 max-cache-age
23138
@itemx maint show dwarf2 max-cache-age
23139
Control the DWARF 2 compilation unit cache.
23140
 
23141
@cindex DWARF 2 compilation units cache
23142
In object files with inter-compilation-unit references, such as those
23143
produced by the GCC option @samp{-feliminate-dwarf2-dups}, the DWARF 2
23144
reader needs to frequently refer to previously read compilation units.
23145
This setting controls how long a compilation unit will remain in the
23146
cache if it is not referenced.  A higher limit means that cached
23147
compilation units will be stored in memory longer, and more total
23148
memory will be used.  Setting it to zero disables caching, which will
23149
slow down @value{GDBN} startup, but reduce memory consumption.
23150
 
23151
@kindex maint set profile
23152
@kindex maint show profile
23153
@cindex profiling GDB
23154
@item maint set profile
23155
@itemx maint show profile
23156
Control profiling of @value{GDBN}.
23157
 
23158
Profiling will be disabled until you use the @samp{maint set profile}
23159
command to enable it.  When you enable profiling, the system will begin
23160
collecting timing and execution count data; when you disable profiling or
23161
exit @value{GDBN}, the results will be written to a log file.  Remember that
23162
if you use profiling, @value{GDBN} will overwrite the profiling log file
23163
(often called @file{gmon.out}).  If you have a record of important profiling
23164
data in a @file{gmon.out} file, be sure to move it to a safe location.
23165
 
23166
Configuring with @samp{--enable-profiling} arranges for @value{GDBN} to be
23167
compiled with the @samp{-pg} compiler option.
23168
 
23169
@kindex maint show-debug-regs
23170
@cindex x86 hardware debug registers
23171
@item maint show-debug-regs
23172
Control whether to show variables that mirror the x86 hardware debug
23173
registers.  Use @code{ON} to enable, @code{OFF} to disable.  If
23174
enabled, the debug registers values are shown when @value{GDBN} inserts or
23175
removes a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, and when the inferior
23176
triggers a hardware-assisted breakpoint or watchpoint.
23177
 
23178
@kindex maint space
23179
@cindex memory used by commands
23180
@item maint space
23181
Control whether to display memory usage for each command.  If set to a
23182
nonzero value, @value{GDBN} will display how much memory each command
23183
took, following the command's own output.  This can also be requested
23184
by invoking @value{GDBN} with the @option{--statistics} command-line
23185
switch (@pxref{Mode Options}).
23186
 
23187
@kindex maint time
23188
@cindex time of command execution
23189
@item maint time
23190
Control whether to display the execution time for each command.  If
23191
set to a nonzero value, @value{GDBN} will display how much time it
23192
took to execute each command, following the command's own output.
23193
This can also be requested by invoking @value{GDBN} with the
23194
@option{--statistics} command-line switch (@pxref{Mode Options}).
23195
 
23196
@kindex maint translate-address
23197
@item maint translate-address @r{[}@var{section}@r{]} @var{addr}
23198
Find the symbol stored at the location specified by the address
23199
@var{addr} and an optional section name @var{section}.  If found,
23200
@value{GDBN} prints the name of the closest symbol and an offset from
23201
the symbol's location to the specified address.  This is similar to
23202
the @code{info address} command (@pxref{Symbols}), except that this
23203
command also allows to find symbols in other sections.
23204
 
23205
@end table
23206
 
23207
The following command is useful for non-interactive invocations of
23208
@value{GDBN}, such as in the test suite.
23209
 
23210
@table @code
23211
@item set watchdog @var{nsec}
23212
@kindex set watchdog
23213
@cindex watchdog timer
23214
@cindex timeout for commands
23215
Set the maximum number of seconds @value{GDBN} will wait for the
23216
target operation to finish.  If this time expires, @value{GDBN}
23217
reports and error and the command is aborted.
23218
 
23219
@item show watchdog
23220
Show the current setting of the target wait timeout.
23221
@end table
23222
 
23223
@node Remote Protocol
23224
@appendix @value{GDBN} Remote Serial Protocol
23225
 
23226
@menu
23227
* Overview::
23228
* Packets::
23229
* Stop Reply Packets::
23230
* General Query Packets::
23231
* Register Packet Format::
23232
* Tracepoint Packets::
23233
* Host I/O Packets::
23234
* Interrupts::
23235
* Examples::
23236
* File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension::
23237
* Library List Format::
23238
* Memory Map Format::
23239
@end menu
23240
 
23241
@node Overview
23242
@section Overview
23243
 
23244
There may be occasions when you need to know something about the
23245
protocol---for example, if there is only one serial port to your target
23246
machine, you might want your program to do something special if it
23247
recognizes a packet meant for @value{GDBN}.
23248
 
23249
In the examples below, @samp{->} and @samp{<-} are used to indicate
23250
transmitted and received data, respectively.
23251
 
23252
@cindex protocol, @value{GDBN} remote serial
23253
@cindex serial protocol, @value{GDBN} remote
23254
@cindex remote serial protocol
23255
All @value{GDBN} commands and responses (other than acknowledgments) are
23256
sent as a @var{packet}.  A @var{packet} is introduced with the character
23257
@samp{$}, the actual @var{packet-data}, and the terminating character
23258
@samp{#} followed by a two-digit @var{checksum}:
23259
 
23260
@smallexample
23261
@code{$}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum}
23262
@end smallexample
23263
@noindent
23264
 
23265
@cindex checksum, for @value{GDBN} remote
23266
@noindent
23267
The two-digit @var{checksum} is computed as the modulo 256 sum of all
23268
characters between the leading @samp{$} and the trailing @samp{#} (an
23269
eight bit unsigned checksum).
23270
 
23271
Implementors should note that prior to @value{GDBN} 5.0 the protocol
23272
specification also included an optional two-digit @var{sequence-id}:
23273
 
23274
@smallexample
23275
@code{$}@var{sequence-id}@code{:}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum}
23276
@end smallexample
23277
 
23278
@cindex sequence-id, for @value{GDBN} remote
23279
@noindent
23280
That @var{sequence-id} was appended to the acknowledgment.  @value{GDBN}
23281
has never output @var{sequence-id}s.  Stubs that handle packets added
23282
since @value{GDBN} 5.0 must not accept @var{sequence-id}.
23283
 
23284
@cindex acknowledgment, for @value{GDBN} remote
23285
When either the host or the target machine receives a packet, the first
23286
response expected is an acknowledgment: either @samp{+} (to indicate
23287
the package was received correctly) or @samp{-} (to request
23288
retransmission):
23289
 
23290
@smallexample
23291
-> @code{$}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum}
23292
<- @code{+}
23293
@end smallexample
23294
@noindent
23295
 
23296
The host (@value{GDBN}) sends @var{command}s, and the target (the
23297
debugging stub incorporated in your program) sends a @var{response}.  In
23298
the case of step and continue @var{command}s, the response is only sent
23299
when the operation has completed (the target has again stopped).
23300
 
23301
@var{packet-data} consists of a sequence of characters with the
23302
exception of @samp{#} and @samp{$} (see @samp{X} packet for additional
23303
exceptions).
23304
 
23305
@cindex remote protocol, field separator
23306
Fields within the packet should be separated using @samp{,} @samp{;} or
23307
@samp{:}.  Except where otherwise noted all numbers are represented in
23308
@sc{hex} with leading zeros suppressed.
23309
 
23310
Implementors should note that prior to @value{GDBN} 5.0, the character
23311
@samp{:} could not appear as the third character in a packet (as it
23312
would potentially conflict with the @var{sequence-id}).
23313
 
23314
@cindex remote protocol, binary data
23315
@anchor{Binary Data}
23316
Binary data in most packets is encoded either as two hexadecimal
23317
digits per byte of binary data.  This allowed the traditional remote
23318
protocol to work over connections which were only seven-bit clean.
23319
Some packets designed more recently assume an eight-bit clean
23320
connection, and use a more efficient encoding to send and receive
23321
binary data.
23322
 
23323
The binary data representation uses @code{7d} (@sc{ascii} @samp{@}})
23324
as an escape character.  Any escaped byte is transmitted as the escape
23325
character followed by the original character XORed with @code{0x20}.
23326
For example, the byte @code{0x7d} would be transmitted as the two
23327
bytes @code{0x7d 0x5d}.  The bytes @code{0x23} (@sc{ascii} @samp{#}),
23328
@code{0x24} (@sc{ascii} @samp{$}), and @code{0x7d} (@sc{ascii}
23329
@samp{@}}) must always be escaped.  Responses sent by the stub
23330
must also escape @code{0x2a} (@sc{ascii} @samp{*}), so that it
23331
is not interpreted as the start of a run-length encoded sequence
23332
(described next).
23333
 
23334
Response @var{data} can be run-length encoded to save space.
23335
Run-length encoding replaces runs of identical characters with one
23336
instance of the repeated character, followed by a @samp{*} and a
23337
repeat count.  The repeat count is itself sent encoded, to avoid
23338
binary characters in @var{data}: a value of @var{n} is sent as
23339
@code{@var{n}+29}.  For a repeat count greater or equal to 3, this
23340
produces a printable @sc{ascii} character, e.g.@: a space (@sc{ascii}
23341
code 32) for a repeat count of 3.  (This is because run-length
23342
encoding starts to win for counts 3 or more.)  Thus, for example,
23343
@samp{0* } is a run-length encoding of ``0000'': the space character
23344
after @samp{*} means repeat the leading @code{0} @w{@code{32 - 29 =
23345
3}} more times.
23346
 
23347
The printable characters @samp{#} and @samp{$} or with a numeric value
23348
greater than 126 must not be used.  Runs of six repeats (@samp{#}) or
23349
seven repeats (@samp{$}) can be expanded using a repeat count of only
23350
five (@samp{"}).  For example, @samp{00000000} can be encoded as
23351
@samp{0*"00}.
23352
 
23353
The error response returned for some packets includes a two character
23354
error number.  That number is not well defined.
23355
 
23356
@cindex empty response, for unsupported packets
23357
For any @var{command} not supported by the stub, an empty response
23358
(@samp{$#00}) should be returned.  That way it is possible to extend the
23359
protocol.  A newer @value{GDBN} can tell if a packet is supported based
23360
on that response.
23361
 
23362
A stub is required to support the @samp{g}, @samp{G}, @samp{m}, @samp{M},
23363
@samp{c}, and @samp{s} @var{command}s.  All other @var{command}s are
23364
optional.
23365
 
23366
@node Packets
23367
@section Packets
23368
 
23369
The following table provides a complete list of all currently defined
23370
@var{command}s and their corresponding response @var{data}.
23371
@xref{File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension}, for details about the File
23372
I/O extension of the remote protocol.
23373
 
23374
Each packet's description has a template showing the packet's overall
23375
syntax, followed by an explanation of the packet's meaning.  We
23376
include spaces in some of the templates for clarity; these are not
23377
part of the packet's syntax.  No @value{GDBN} packet uses spaces to
23378
separate its components.  For example, a template like @samp{foo
23379
@var{bar} @var{baz}} describes a packet beginning with the three ASCII
23380
bytes @samp{foo}, followed by a @var{bar}, followed directly by a
23381
@var{baz}.  @value{GDBN} does not transmit a space character between the
23382
@samp{foo} and the @var{bar}, or between the @var{bar} and the
23383
@var{baz}.
23384
 
23385
Note that all packet forms beginning with an upper- or lower-case
23386
letter, other than those described here, are reserved for future use.
23387
 
23388
Here are the packet descriptions.
23389
 
23390
@table @samp
23391
 
23392
@item !
23393
@cindex @samp{!} packet
23394
@anchor{extended mode}
23395
Enable extended mode.  In extended mode, the remote server is made
23396
persistent.  The @samp{R} packet is used to restart the program being
23397
debugged.
23398
 
23399
Reply:
23400
@table @samp
23401
@item OK
23402
The remote target both supports and has enabled extended mode.
23403
@end table
23404
 
23405
@item ?
23406
@cindex @samp{?} packet
23407
Indicate the reason the target halted.  The reply is the same as for
23408
step and continue.
23409
 
23410
Reply:
23411
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23412
 
23413
@item A @var{arglen},@var{argnum},@var{arg},@dots{}
23414
@cindex @samp{A} packet
23415
Initialized @code{argv[]} array passed into program. @var{arglen}
23416
specifies the number of bytes in the hex encoded byte stream
23417
@var{arg}.  See @code{gdbserver} for more details.
23418
 
23419
Reply:
23420
@table @samp
23421
@item OK
23422
The arguments were set.
23423
@item E @var{NN}
23424
An error occurred.
23425
@end table
23426
 
23427
@item b @var{baud}
23428
@cindex @samp{b} packet
23429
(Don't use this packet; its behavior is not well-defined.)
23430
Change the serial line speed to @var{baud}.
23431
 
23432
JTC: @emph{When does the transport layer state change?  When it's
23433
received, or after the ACK is transmitted.  In either case, there are
23434
problems if the command or the acknowledgment packet is dropped.}
23435
 
23436
Stan: @emph{If people really wanted to add something like this, and get
23437
it working for the first time, they ought to modify ser-unix.c to send
23438
some kind of out-of-band message to a specially-setup stub and have the
23439
switch happen "in between" packets, so that from remote protocol's point
23440
of view, nothing actually happened.}
23441
 
23442
@item B @var{addr},@var{mode}
23443
@cindex @samp{B} packet
23444
Set (@var{mode} is @samp{S}) or clear (@var{mode} is @samp{C}) a
23445
breakpoint at @var{addr}.
23446
 
23447
Don't use this packet.  Use the @samp{Z} and @samp{z} packets instead
23448
(@pxref{insert breakpoint or watchpoint packet}).
23449
 
23450
@item c @r{[}@var{addr}@r{]}
23451
@cindex @samp{c} packet
23452
Continue.  @var{addr} is address to resume.  If @var{addr} is omitted,
23453
resume at current address.
23454
 
23455
Reply:
23456
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23457
 
23458
@item C @var{sig}@r{[};@var{addr}@r{]}
23459
@cindex @samp{C} packet
23460
Continue with signal @var{sig} (hex signal number).  If
23461
@samp{;@var{addr}} is omitted, resume at same address.
23462
 
23463
Reply:
23464
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23465
 
23466
@item d
23467
@cindex @samp{d} packet
23468
Toggle debug flag.
23469
 
23470
Don't use this packet; instead, define a general set packet
23471
(@pxref{General Query Packets}).
23472
 
23473
@item D
23474
@cindex @samp{D} packet
23475
Detach @value{GDBN} from the remote system.  Sent to the remote target
23476
before @value{GDBN} disconnects via the @code{detach} command.
23477
 
23478
Reply:
23479
@table @samp
23480
@item OK
23481
for success
23482
@item E @var{NN}
23483
for an error
23484
@end table
23485
 
23486
@item F @var{RC},@var{EE},@var{CF};@var{XX}
23487
@cindex @samp{F} packet
23488
A reply from @value{GDBN} to an @samp{F} packet sent by the target.
23489
This is part of the File-I/O protocol extension.  @xref{File-I/O
23490
Remote Protocol Extension}, for the specification.
23491
 
23492
@item g
23493
@anchor{read registers packet}
23494
@cindex @samp{g} packet
23495
Read general registers.
23496
 
23497
Reply:
23498
@table @samp
23499
@item @var{XX@dots{}}
23500
Each byte of register data is described by two hex digits.  The bytes
23501
with the register are transmitted in target byte order.  The size of
23502
each register and their position within the @samp{g} packet are
23503
determined by the @value{GDBN} internal gdbarch functions
23504
@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE} and @code{gdbarch_register_name}.  The
23505
specification of several standard @samp{g} packets is specified below.
23506
@item E @var{NN}
23507
for an error.
23508
@end table
23509
 
23510
@item G @var{XX@dots{}}
23511
@cindex @samp{G} packet
23512
Write general registers.  @xref{read registers packet}, for a
23513
description of the @var{XX@dots{}} data.
23514
 
23515
Reply:
23516
@table @samp
23517
@item OK
23518
for success
23519
@item E @var{NN}
23520
for an error
23521
@end table
23522
 
23523
@item H @var{c} @var{t}
23524
@cindex @samp{H} packet
23525
Set thread for subsequent operations (@samp{m}, @samp{M}, @samp{g},
23526
@samp{G}, et.al.).  @var{c} depends on the operation to be performed: it
23527
should be @samp{c} for step and continue operations, @samp{g} for other
23528
operations.  The thread designator @var{t} may be @samp{-1}, meaning all
23529
the threads, a thread number, or @samp{0} which means pick any thread.
23530
 
23531
Reply:
23532
@table @samp
23533
@item OK
23534
for success
23535
@item E @var{NN}
23536
for an error
23537
@end table
23538
 
23539
@c FIXME: JTC:
23540
@c   'H': How restrictive (or permissive) is the thread model.  If a
23541
@c        thread is selected and stopped, are other threads allowed
23542
@c        to continue to execute?  As I mentioned above, I think the
23543
@c        semantics of each command when a thread is selected must be
23544
@c        described.  For example:
23545
@c
23546
@c        'g':    If the stub supports threads and a specific thread is
23547
@c                selected, returns the register block from that thread;
23548
@c                otherwise returns current registers.
23549
@c
23550
@c        'G'     If the stub supports threads and a specific thread is
23551
@c                selected, sets the registers of the register block of
23552
@c                that thread; otherwise sets current registers.
23553
 
23554
@item i @r{[}@var{addr}@r{[},@var{nnn}@r{]]}
23555
@anchor{cycle step packet}
23556
@cindex @samp{i} packet
23557
Step the remote target by a single clock cycle.  If @samp{,@var{nnn}} is
23558
present, cycle step @var{nnn} cycles.  If @var{addr} is present, cycle
23559
step starting at that address.
23560
 
23561
@item I
23562
@cindex @samp{I} packet
23563
Signal, then cycle step.  @xref{step with signal packet}.  @xref{cycle
23564
step packet}.
23565
 
23566
@item k
23567
@cindex @samp{k} packet
23568
Kill request.
23569
 
23570
FIXME: @emph{There is no description of how to operate when a specific
23571
thread context has been selected (i.e.@: does 'k' kill only that
23572
thread?)}.
23573
 
23574
@item m @var{addr},@var{length}
23575
@cindex @samp{m} packet
23576
Read @var{length} bytes of memory starting at address @var{addr}.
23577
Note that @var{addr} may not be aligned to any particular boundary.
23578
 
23579
The stub need not use any particular size or alignment when gathering
23580
data from memory for the response; even if @var{addr} is word-aligned
23581
and @var{length} is a multiple of the word size, the stub is free to
23582
use byte accesses, or not.  For this reason, this packet may not be
23583
suitable for accessing memory-mapped I/O devices.
23584
@cindex alignment of remote memory accesses
23585
@cindex size of remote memory accesses
23586
@cindex memory, alignment and size of remote accesses
23587
 
23588
Reply:
23589
@table @samp
23590
@item @var{XX@dots{}}
23591
Memory contents; each byte is transmitted as a two-digit hexadecimal
23592
number.  The reply may contain fewer bytes than requested if the
23593
server was able to read only part of the region of memory.
23594
@item E @var{NN}
23595
@var{NN} is errno
23596
@end table
23597
 
23598
@item M @var{addr},@var{length}:@var{XX@dots{}}
23599
@cindex @samp{M} packet
23600
Write @var{length} bytes of memory starting at address @var{addr}.
23601
@var{XX@dots{}} is the data; each byte is transmitted as a two-digit
23602
hexadecimal number.
23603
 
23604
Reply:
23605
@table @samp
23606
@item OK
23607
for success
23608
@item E @var{NN}
23609
for an error (this includes the case where only part of the data was
23610
written).
23611
@end table
23612
 
23613
@item p @var{n}
23614
@cindex @samp{p} packet
23615
Read the value of register @var{n}; @var{n} is in hex.
23616
@xref{read registers packet}, for a description of how the returned
23617
register value is encoded.
23618
 
23619
Reply:
23620
@table @samp
23621
@item @var{XX@dots{}}
23622
the register's value
23623
@item E @var{NN}
23624
for an error
23625
@item
23626
Indicating an unrecognized @var{query}.
23627
@end table
23628
 
23629
@item P @var{n@dots{}}=@var{r@dots{}}
23630
@anchor{write register packet}
23631
@cindex @samp{P} packet
23632
Write register @var{n@dots{}} with value @var{r@dots{}}.  The register
23633
number @var{n} is in hexadecimal, and @var{r@dots{}} contains two hex
23634
digits for each byte in the register (target byte order).
23635
 
23636
Reply:
23637
@table @samp
23638
@item OK
23639
for success
23640
@item E @var{NN}
23641
for an error
23642
@end table
23643
 
23644
@item q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
23645
@itemx Q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
23646
@cindex @samp{q} packet
23647
@cindex @samp{Q} packet
23648
General query (@samp{q}) and set (@samp{Q}).  These packets are
23649
described fully in @ref{General Query Packets}.
23650
 
23651
@item r
23652
@cindex @samp{r} packet
23653
Reset the entire system.
23654
 
23655
Don't use this packet; use the @samp{R} packet instead.
23656
 
23657
@item R @var{XX}
23658
@cindex @samp{R} packet
23659
Restart the program being debugged.  @var{XX}, while needed, is ignored.
23660
This packet is only available in extended mode (@pxref{extended mode}).
23661
 
23662
The @samp{R} packet has no reply.
23663
 
23664
@item s @r{[}@var{addr}@r{]}
23665
@cindex @samp{s} packet
23666
Single step.  @var{addr} is the address at which to resume.  If
23667
@var{addr} is omitted, resume at same address.
23668
 
23669
Reply:
23670
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23671
 
23672
@item S @var{sig}@r{[};@var{addr}@r{]}
23673
@anchor{step with signal packet}
23674
@cindex @samp{S} packet
23675
Step with signal.  This is analogous to the @samp{C} packet, but
23676
requests a single-step, rather than a normal resumption of execution.
23677
 
23678
Reply:
23679
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23680
 
23681
@item t @var{addr}:@var{PP},@var{MM}
23682
@cindex @samp{t} packet
23683
Search backwards starting at address @var{addr} for a match with pattern
23684
@var{PP} and mask @var{MM}.  @var{PP} and @var{MM} are 4 bytes.
23685
@var{addr} must be at least 3 digits.
23686
 
23687
@item T @var{XX}
23688
@cindex @samp{T} packet
23689
Find out if the thread XX is alive.
23690
 
23691
Reply:
23692
@table @samp
23693
@item OK
23694
thread is still alive
23695
@item E @var{NN}
23696
thread is dead
23697
@end table
23698
 
23699
@item v
23700
Packets starting with @samp{v} are identified by a multi-letter name,
23701
up to the first @samp{;} or @samp{?} (or the end of the packet).
23702
 
23703
@item vAttach;@var{pid}
23704
@cindex @samp{vAttach} packet
23705
Attach to a new process with the specified process ID.  @var{pid} is a
23706
hexadecimal integer identifying the process.  The attached process is
23707
stopped.
23708
 
23709
This packet is only available in extended mode (@pxref{extended mode}).
23710
 
23711
Reply:
23712
@table @samp
23713
@item E @var{nn}
23714
for an error
23715
@item @r{Any stop packet}
23716
for success (@pxref{Stop Reply Packets})
23717
@end table
23718
 
23719
@item vCont@r{[};@var{action}@r{[}:@var{tid}@r{]]}@dots{}
23720
@cindex @samp{vCont} packet
23721
Resume the inferior, specifying different actions for each thread.
23722
If an action is specified with no @var{tid}, then it is applied to any
23723
threads that don't have a specific action specified; if no default action is
23724
specified then other threads should remain stopped.  Specifying multiple
23725
default actions is an error; specifying no actions is also an error.
23726
Thread IDs are specified in hexadecimal.  Currently supported actions are:
23727
 
23728
@table @samp
23729
@item c
23730
Continue.
23731
@item C @var{sig}
23732
Continue with signal @var{sig}.  @var{sig} should be two hex digits.
23733
@item s
23734
Step.
23735
@item S @var{sig}
23736
Step with signal @var{sig}.  @var{sig} should be two hex digits.
23737
@end table
23738
 
23739
The optional @var{addr} argument normally associated with these packets is
23740
not supported in @samp{vCont}.
23741
 
23742
Reply:
23743
@xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications.
23744
 
23745
@item vCont?
23746
@cindex @samp{vCont?} packet
23747
Request a list of actions supported by the @samp{vCont} packet.
23748
 
23749
Reply:
23750
@table @samp
23751
@item vCont@r{[};@var{action}@dots{}@r{]}
23752
The @samp{vCont} packet is supported.  Each @var{action} is a supported
23753
command in the @samp{vCont} packet.
23754
@item
23755
The @samp{vCont} packet is not supported.
23756
@end table
23757
 
23758
@item vFile:@var{operation}:@var{parameter}@dots{}
23759
@cindex @samp{vFile} packet
23760
Perform a file operation on the target system.  For details,
23761
see @ref{Host I/O Packets}.
23762
 
23763
@item vFlashErase:@var{addr},@var{length}
23764
@cindex @samp{vFlashErase} packet
23765
Direct the stub to erase @var{length} bytes of flash starting at
23766
@var{addr}.  The region may enclose any number of flash blocks, but
23767
its start and end must fall on block boundaries, as indicated by the
23768
flash block size appearing in the memory map (@pxref{Memory Map
23769
Format}).  @value{GDBN} groups flash memory programming operations
23770
together, and sends a @samp{vFlashDone} request after each group; the
23771
stub is allowed to delay erase operation until the @samp{vFlashDone}
23772
packet is received.
23773
 
23774
Reply:
23775
@table @samp
23776
@item OK
23777
for success
23778
@item E @var{NN}
23779
for an error
23780
@end table
23781
 
23782
@item vFlashWrite:@var{addr}:@var{XX@dots{}}
23783
@cindex @samp{vFlashWrite} packet
23784
Direct the stub to write data to flash address @var{addr}.  The data
23785
is passed in binary form using the same encoding as for the @samp{X}
23786
packet (@pxref{Binary Data}).  The memory ranges specified by
23787
@samp{vFlashWrite} packets preceding a @samp{vFlashDone} packet must
23788
not overlap, and must appear in order of increasing addresses
23789
(although @samp{vFlashErase} packets for higher addresses may already
23790
have been received; the ordering is guaranteed only between
23791
@samp{vFlashWrite} packets).  If a packet writes to an address that was
23792
neither erased by a preceding @samp{vFlashErase} packet nor by some other
23793
target-specific method, the results are unpredictable.
23794
 
23795
 
23796
Reply:
23797
@table @samp
23798
@item OK
23799
for success
23800
@item E.memtype
23801
for vFlashWrite addressing non-flash memory
23802
@item E @var{NN}
23803
for an error
23804
@end table
23805
 
23806
@item vFlashDone
23807
@cindex @samp{vFlashDone} packet
23808
Indicate to the stub that flash programming operation is finished.
23809
The stub is permitted to delay or batch the effects of a group of
23810
@samp{vFlashErase} and @samp{vFlashWrite} packets until a
23811
@samp{vFlashDone} packet is received.  The contents of the affected
23812
regions of flash memory are unpredictable until the @samp{vFlashDone}
23813
request is completed.
23814
 
23815
@item vRun;@var{filename}@r{[};@var{argument}@r{]}@dots{}
23816
@cindex @samp{vRun} packet
23817
Run the program @var{filename}, passing it each @var{argument} on its
23818
command line.  The file and arguments are hex-encoded strings.  If
23819
@var{filename} is an empty string, the stub may use a default program
23820
(e.g.@: the last program run).  The program is created in the stopped
23821
state.
23822
 
23823
This packet is only available in extended mode (@pxref{extended mode}).
23824
 
23825
Reply:
23826
@table @samp
23827
@item E @var{nn}
23828
for an error
23829
@item @r{Any stop packet}
23830
for success (@pxref{Stop Reply Packets})
23831
@end table
23832
 
23833
@item X @var{addr},@var{length}:@var{XX@dots{}}
23834
@anchor{X packet}
23835
@cindex @samp{X} packet
23836
Write data to memory, where the data is transmitted in binary.
23837
@var{addr} is address, @var{length} is number of bytes,
23838
@samp{@var{XX}@dots{}} is binary data (@pxref{Binary Data}).
23839
 
23840
Reply:
23841
@table @samp
23842
@item OK
23843
for success
23844
@item E @var{NN}
23845
for an error
23846
@end table
23847
 
23848
@item z @var{type},@var{addr},@var{length}
23849
@itemx Z @var{type},@var{addr},@var{length}
23850
@anchor{insert breakpoint or watchpoint packet}
23851
@cindex @samp{z} packet
23852
@cindex @samp{Z} packets
23853
Insert (@samp{Z}) or remove (@samp{z}) a @var{type} breakpoint or
23854
watchpoint starting at address @var{address} and covering the next
23855
@var{length} bytes.
23856
 
23857
Each breakpoint and watchpoint packet @var{type} is documented
23858
separately.
23859
 
23860
@emph{Implementation notes: A remote target shall return an empty string
23861
for an unrecognized breakpoint or watchpoint packet @var{type}.  A
23862
remote target shall support either both or neither of a given
23863
@samp{Z@var{type}@dots{}} and @samp{z@var{type}@dots{}} packet pair.  To
23864
avoid potential problems with duplicate packets, the operations should
23865
be implemented in an idempotent way.}
23866
 
23867
@item z0,@var{addr},@var{length}
23868
@itemx Z0,@var{addr},@var{length}
23869
@cindex @samp{z0} packet
23870
@cindex @samp{Z0} packet
23871
Insert (@samp{Z0}) or remove (@samp{z0}) a memory breakpoint at address
23872
@var{addr} of size @var{length}.
23873
 
23874
A memory breakpoint is implemented by replacing the instruction at
23875
@var{addr} with a software breakpoint or trap instruction.  The
23876
@var{length} is used by targets that indicates the size of the
23877
breakpoint (in bytes) that should be inserted (e.g., the @sc{arm} and
23878
@sc{mips} can insert either a 2 or 4 byte breakpoint).
23879
 
23880
@emph{Implementation note: It is possible for a target to copy or move
23881
code that contains memory breakpoints (e.g., when implementing
23882
overlays).  The behavior of this packet, in the presence of such a
23883
target, is not defined.}
23884
 
23885
Reply:
23886
@table @samp
23887
@item OK
23888
success
23889
@item
23890
not supported
23891
@item E @var{NN}
23892
for an error
23893
@end table
23894
 
23895
@item z1,@var{addr},@var{length}
23896
@itemx Z1,@var{addr},@var{length}
23897
@cindex @samp{z1} packet
23898
@cindex @samp{Z1} packet
23899
Insert (@samp{Z1}) or remove (@samp{z1}) a hardware breakpoint at
23900
address @var{addr} of size @var{length}.
23901
 
23902
A hardware breakpoint is implemented using a mechanism that is not
23903
dependant on being able to modify the target's memory.
23904
 
23905
@emph{Implementation note: A hardware breakpoint is not affected by code
23906
movement.}
23907
 
23908
Reply:
23909
@table @samp
23910
@item OK
23911
success
23912
@item
23913
not supported
23914
@item E @var{NN}
23915
for an error
23916
@end table
23917
 
23918
@item z2,@var{addr},@var{length}
23919
@itemx Z2,@var{addr},@var{length}
23920
@cindex @samp{z2} packet
23921
@cindex @samp{Z2} packet
23922
Insert (@samp{Z2}) or remove (@samp{z2}) a write watchpoint.
23923
 
23924
Reply:
23925
@table @samp
23926
@item OK
23927
success
23928
@item
23929
not supported
23930
@item E @var{NN}
23931
for an error
23932
@end table
23933
 
23934
@item z3,@var{addr},@var{length}
23935
@itemx Z3,@var{addr},@var{length}
23936
@cindex @samp{z3} packet
23937
@cindex @samp{Z3} packet
23938
Insert (@samp{Z3}) or remove (@samp{z3}) a read watchpoint.
23939
 
23940
Reply:
23941
@table @samp
23942
@item OK
23943
success
23944
@item
23945
not supported
23946
@item E @var{NN}
23947
for an error
23948
@end table
23949
 
23950
@item z4,@var{addr},@var{length}
23951
@itemx Z4,@var{addr},@var{length}
23952
@cindex @samp{z4} packet
23953
@cindex @samp{Z4} packet
23954
Insert (@samp{Z4}) or remove (@samp{z4}) an access watchpoint.
23955
 
23956
Reply:
23957
@table @samp
23958
@item OK
23959
success
23960
@item
23961
not supported
23962
@item E @var{NN}
23963
for an error
23964
@end table
23965
 
23966
@end table
23967
 
23968
@node Stop Reply Packets
23969
@section Stop Reply Packets
23970
@cindex stop reply packets
23971
 
23972
The @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S}, @samp{s} and @samp{?} packets can
23973
receive any of the below as a reply.  In the case of the @samp{C},
23974
@samp{c}, @samp{S} and @samp{s} packets, that reply is only returned
23975
when the target halts.  In the below the exact meaning of @dfn{signal
23976
number} is defined by the header @file{include/gdb/signals.h} in the
23977
@value{GDBN} source code.
23978
 
23979
As in the description of request packets, we include spaces in the
23980
reply templates for clarity; these are not part of the reply packet's
23981
syntax.  No @value{GDBN} stop reply packet uses spaces to separate its
23982
components.
23983
 
23984
@table @samp
23985
 
23986
@item S @var{AA}
23987
The program received signal number @var{AA} (a two-digit hexadecimal
23988
number).  This is equivalent to a @samp{T} response with no
23989
@var{n}:@var{r} pairs.
23990
 
23991
@item T @var{AA} @var{n1}:@var{r1};@var{n2}:@var{r2};@dots{}
23992
@cindex @samp{T} packet reply
23993
The program received signal number @var{AA} (a two-digit hexadecimal
23994
number).  This is equivalent to an @samp{S} response, except that the
23995
@samp{@var{n}:@var{r}} pairs can carry values of important registers
23996
and other information directly in the stop reply packet, reducing
23997
round-trip latency.  Single-step and breakpoint traps are reported
23998
this way.  Each @samp{@var{n}:@var{r}} pair is interpreted as follows:
23999
 
24000
@itemize @bullet
24001
@item
24002
If @var{n} is a hexadecimal number, it is a register number, and the
24003
corresponding @var{r} gives that register's value.  @var{r} is a
24004
series of bytes in target byte order, with each byte given by a
24005
two-digit hex number.
24006
 
24007
@item
24008
If @var{n} is @samp{thread}, then @var{r} is the thread process ID, in
24009
hex.
24010
 
24011
@item
24012
If @var{n} is a recognized @dfn{stop reason}, it describes a more
24013
specific event that stopped the target.  The currently defined stop
24014
reasons are listed below.  @var{aa} should be @samp{05}, the trap
24015
signal.  At most one stop reason should be present.
24016
 
24017
@item
24018
Otherwise, @value{GDBN} should ignore this @samp{@var{n}:@var{r}} pair
24019
and go on to the next; this allows us to extend the protocol in the
24020
future.
24021
@end itemize
24022
 
24023
The currently defined stop reasons are:
24024
 
24025
@table @samp
24026
@item watch
24027
@itemx rwatch
24028
@itemx awatch
24029
The packet indicates a watchpoint hit, and @var{r} is the data address, in
24030
hex.
24031
 
24032
@cindex shared library events, remote reply
24033
@item library
24034
The packet indicates that the loaded libraries have changed.
24035
@value{GDBN} should use @samp{qXfer:libraries:read} to fetch a new
24036
list of loaded libraries.  @var{r} is ignored.
24037
@end table
24038
 
24039
@item W @var{AA}
24040
The process exited, and @var{AA} is the exit status.  This is only
24041
applicable to certain targets.
24042
 
24043
@item X @var{AA}
24044
The process terminated with signal @var{AA}.
24045
 
24046
@item O @var{XX}@dots{}
24047
@samp{@var{XX}@dots{}} is hex encoding of @sc{ascii} data, to be
24048
written as the program's console output.  This can happen at any time
24049
while the program is running and the debugger should continue to wait
24050
for @samp{W}, @samp{T}, etc.
24051
 
24052
@item F @var{call-id},@var{parameter}@dots{}
24053
@var{call-id} is the identifier which says which host system call should
24054
be called.  This is just the name of the function.  Translation into the
24055
correct system call is only applicable as it's defined in @value{GDBN}.
24056
@xref{File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension}, for a list of implemented
24057
system calls.
24058
 
24059
@samp{@var{parameter}@dots{}} is a list of parameters as defined for
24060
this very system call.
24061
 
24062
The target replies with this packet when it expects @value{GDBN} to
24063
call a host system call on behalf of the target.  @value{GDBN} replies
24064
with an appropriate @samp{F} packet and keeps up waiting for the next
24065
reply packet from the target.  The latest @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S}
24066
or @samp{s} action is expected to be continued.  @xref{File-I/O Remote
24067
Protocol Extension}, for more details.
24068
 
24069
@end table
24070
 
24071
@node General Query Packets
24072
@section General Query Packets
24073
@cindex remote query requests
24074
 
24075
Packets starting with @samp{q} are @dfn{general query packets};
24076
packets starting with @samp{Q} are @dfn{general set packets}.  General
24077
query and set packets are a semi-unified form for retrieving and
24078
sending information to and from the stub.
24079
 
24080
The initial letter of a query or set packet is followed by a name
24081
indicating what sort of thing the packet applies to.  For example,
24082
@value{GDBN} may use a @samp{qSymbol} packet to exchange symbol
24083
definitions with the stub.  These packet names follow some
24084
conventions:
24085
 
24086
@itemize @bullet
24087
@item
24088
The name must not contain commas, colons or semicolons.
24089
@item
24090
Most @value{GDBN} query and set packets have a leading upper case
24091
letter.
24092
@item
24093
The names of custom vendor packets should use a company prefix, in
24094
lower case, followed by a period.  For example, packets designed at
24095
the Acme Corporation might begin with @samp{qacme.foo} (for querying
24096
foos) or @samp{Qacme.bar} (for setting bars).
24097
@end itemize
24098
 
24099
The name of a query or set packet should be separated from any
24100
parameters by a @samp{:}; the parameters themselves should be
24101
separated by @samp{,} or @samp{;}.  Stubs must be careful to match the
24102
full packet name, and check for a separator or the end of the packet,
24103
in case two packet names share a common prefix.  New packets should not begin
24104
with @samp{qC}, @samp{qP}, or @samp{qL}@footnote{The @samp{qP} and @samp{qL}
24105
packets predate these conventions, and have arguments without any terminator
24106
for the packet name; we suspect they are in widespread use in places that
24107
are difficult to upgrade.  The @samp{qC} packet has no arguments, but some
24108
existing stubs (e.g.@: RedBoot) are known to not check for the end of the
24109
packet.}.
24110
 
24111
Like the descriptions of the other packets, each description here
24112
has a template showing the packet's overall syntax, followed by an
24113
explanation of the packet's meaning.  We include spaces in some of the
24114
templates for clarity; these are not part of the packet's syntax.  No
24115
@value{GDBN} packet uses spaces to separate its components.
24116
 
24117
Here are the currently defined query and set packets:
24118
 
24119
@table @samp
24120
 
24121
@item qC
24122
@cindex current thread, remote request
24123
@cindex @samp{qC} packet
24124
Return the current thread id.
24125
 
24126
Reply:
24127
@table @samp
24128
@item QC @var{pid}
24129
Where @var{pid} is an unsigned hexadecimal process id.
24130
@item @r{(anything else)}
24131
Any other reply implies the old pid.
24132
@end table
24133
 
24134
@item qCRC:@var{addr},@var{length}
24135
@cindex CRC of memory block, remote request
24136
@cindex @samp{qCRC} packet
24137
Compute the CRC checksum of a block of memory.
24138
Reply:
24139
@table @samp
24140
@item E @var{NN}
24141
An error (such as memory fault)
24142
@item C @var{crc32}
24143
The specified memory region's checksum is @var{crc32}.
24144
@end table
24145
 
24146
@item qfThreadInfo
24147
@itemx qsThreadInfo
24148
@cindex list active threads, remote request
24149
@cindex @samp{qfThreadInfo} packet
24150
@cindex @samp{qsThreadInfo} packet
24151
Obtain a list of all active thread ids from the target (OS).  Since there
24152
may be too many active threads to fit into one reply packet, this query
24153
works iteratively: it may require more than one query/reply sequence to
24154
obtain the entire list of threads.  The first query of the sequence will
24155
be the @samp{qfThreadInfo} query; subsequent queries in the
24156
sequence will be the @samp{qsThreadInfo} query.
24157
 
24158
NOTE: This packet replaces the @samp{qL} query (see below).
24159
 
24160
Reply:
24161
@table @samp
24162
@item m @var{id}
24163
A single thread id
24164
@item m @var{id},@var{id}@dots{}
24165
a comma-separated list of thread ids
24166
@item l
24167
(lower case letter @samp{L}) denotes end of list.
24168
@end table
24169
 
24170
In response to each query, the target will reply with a list of one or
24171
more thread ids, in big-endian unsigned hex, separated by commas.
24172
@value{GDBN} will respond to each reply with a request for more thread
24173
ids (using the @samp{qs} form of the query), until the target responds
24174
with @samp{l} (lower-case el, for @dfn{last}).
24175
 
24176
@item qGetTLSAddr:@var{thread-id},@var{offset},@var{lm}
24177
@cindex get thread-local storage address, remote request
24178
@cindex @samp{qGetTLSAddr} packet
24179
Fetch the address associated with thread local storage specified
24180
by @var{thread-id}, @var{offset}, and @var{lm}.
24181
 
24182
@var{thread-id} is the (big endian, hex encoded) thread id associated with the
24183
thread for which to fetch the TLS address.
24184
 
24185
@var{offset} is the (big endian, hex encoded) offset associated with the
24186
thread local variable.  (This offset is obtained from the debug
24187
information associated with the variable.)
24188
 
24189
@var{lm} is the (big endian, hex encoded) OS/ABI-specific encoding of the
24190
the load module associated with the thread local storage.  For example,
24191
a @sc{gnu}/Linux system will pass the link map address of the shared
24192
object associated with the thread local storage under consideration.
24193
Other operating environments may choose to represent the load module
24194
differently, so the precise meaning of this parameter will vary.
24195
 
24196
Reply:
24197
@table @samp
24198
@item @var{XX}@dots{}
24199
Hex encoded (big endian) bytes representing the address of the thread
24200
local storage requested.
24201
 
24202
@item E @var{nn}
24203
An error occurred.  @var{nn} are hex digits.
24204
 
24205
@item
24206
An empty reply indicates that @samp{qGetTLSAddr} is not supported by the stub.
24207
@end table
24208
 
24209
@item qL @var{startflag} @var{threadcount} @var{nextthread}
24210
Obtain thread information from RTOS.  Where: @var{startflag} (one hex
24211
digit) is one to indicate the first query and zero to indicate a
24212
subsequent query; @var{threadcount} (two hex digits) is the maximum
24213
number of threads the response packet can contain; and @var{nextthread}
24214
(eight hex digits), for subsequent queries (@var{startflag} is zero), is
24215
returned in the response as @var{argthread}.
24216
 
24217
Don't use this packet; use the @samp{qfThreadInfo} query instead (see above).
24218
 
24219
Reply:
24220
@table @samp
24221
@item qM @var{count} @var{done} @var{argthread} @var{thread}@dots{}
24222
Where: @var{count} (two hex digits) is the number of threads being
24223
returned; @var{done} (one hex digit) is zero to indicate more threads
24224
and one indicates no further threads; @var{argthreadid} (eight hex
24225
digits) is @var{nextthread} from the request packet; @var{thread}@dots{}
24226
is a sequence of thread IDs from the target.  @var{threadid} (eight hex
24227
digits).  See @code{remote.c:parse_threadlist_response()}.
24228
@end table
24229
 
24230
@item qOffsets
24231
@cindex section offsets, remote request
24232
@cindex @samp{qOffsets} packet
24233
Get section offsets that the target used when relocating the downloaded
24234
image.
24235
 
24236
Reply:
24237
@table @samp
24238
@item Text=@var{xxx};Data=@var{yyy}@r{[};Bss=@var{zzz}@r{]}
24239
Relocate the @code{Text} section by @var{xxx} from its original address.
24240
Relocate the @code{Data} section by @var{yyy} from its original address.
24241
If the object file format provides segment information (e.g.@: @sc{elf}
24242
@samp{PT_LOAD} program headers), @value{GDBN} will relocate entire
24243
segments by the supplied offsets.
24244
 
24245
@emph{Note: while a @code{Bss} offset may be included in the response,
24246
@value{GDBN} ignores this and instead applies the @code{Data} offset
24247
to the @code{Bss} section.}
24248
 
24249
@item TextSeg=@var{xxx}@r{[};DataSeg=@var{yyy}@r{]}
24250
Relocate the first segment of the object file, which conventionally
24251
contains program code, to a starting address of @var{xxx}.  If
24252
@samp{DataSeg} is specified, relocate the second segment, which
24253
conventionally contains modifiable data, to a starting address of
24254
@var{yyy}.  @value{GDBN} will report an error if the object file
24255
does not contain segment information, or does not contain at least
24256
as many segments as mentioned in the reply.  Extra segments are
24257
kept at fixed offsets relative to the last relocated segment.
24258
@end table
24259
 
24260
@item qP @var{mode} @var{threadid}
24261
@cindex thread information, remote request
24262
@cindex @samp{qP} packet
24263
Returns information on @var{threadid}.  Where: @var{mode} is a hex
24264
encoded 32 bit mode; @var{threadid} is a hex encoded 64 bit thread ID.
24265
 
24266
Don't use this packet; use the @samp{qThreadExtraInfo} query instead
24267
(see below).
24268
 
24269
Reply: see @code{remote.c:remote_unpack_thread_info_response()}.
24270
 
24271
@item QPassSignals: @var{signal} @r{[};@var{signal}@r{]}@dots{}
24272
@cindex pass signals to inferior, remote request
24273
@cindex @samp{QPassSignals} packet
24274
@anchor{QPassSignals}
24275
Each listed @var{signal} should be passed directly to the inferior process.
24276
Signals are numbered identically to continue packets and stop replies
24277
(@pxref{Stop Reply Packets}).  Each @var{signal} list item should be
24278
strictly greater than the previous item.  These signals do not need to stop
24279
the inferior, or be reported to @value{GDBN}.  All other signals should be
24280
reported to @value{GDBN}.  Multiple @samp{QPassSignals} packets do not
24281
combine; any earlier @samp{QPassSignals} list is completely replaced by the
24282
new list.  This packet improves performance when using @samp{handle
24283
@var{signal} nostop noprint pass}.
24284
 
24285
Reply:
24286
@table @samp
24287
@item OK
24288
The request succeeded.
24289
 
24290
@item E @var{nn}
24291
An error occurred.  @var{nn} are hex digits.
24292
 
24293
@item
24294
An empty reply indicates that @samp{QPassSignals} is not supported by
24295
the stub.
24296
@end table
24297
 
24298
Use of this packet is controlled by the @code{set remote pass-signals}
24299
command (@pxref{Remote Configuration, set remote pass-signals}).
24300
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24301
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24302
 
24303
@item qRcmd,@var{command}
24304
@cindex execute remote command, remote request
24305
@cindex @samp{qRcmd} packet
24306
@var{command} (hex encoded) is passed to the local interpreter for
24307
execution.  Invalid commands should be reported using the output
24308
string.  Before the final result packet, the target may also respond
24309
with a number of intermediate @samp{O@var{output}} console output
24310
packets.  @emph{Implementors should note that providing access to a
24311
stubs's interpreter may have security implications}.
24312
 
24313
Reply:
24314
@table @samp
24315
@item OK
24316
A command response with no output.
24317
@item @var{OUTPUT}
24318
A command response with the hex encoded output string @var{OUTPUT}.
24319
@item E @var{NN}
24320
Indicate a badly formed request.
24321
@item
24322
An empty reply indicates that @samp{qRcmd} is not recognized.
24323
@end table
24324
 
24325
(Note that the @code{qRcmd} packet's name is separated from the
24326
command by a @samp{,}, not a @samp{:}, contrary to the naming
24327
conventions above.  Please don't use this packet as a model for new
24328
packets.)
24329
 
24330
@item qSupported @r{[}:@var{gdbfeature} @r{[};@var{gdbfeature}@r{]}@dots{} @r{]}
24331
@cindex supported packets, remote query
24332
@cindex features of the remote protocol
24333
@cindex @samp{qSupported} packet
24334
@anchor{qSupported}
24335
Tell the remote stub about features supported by @value{GDBN}, and
24336
query the stub for features it supports.  This packet allows
24337
@value{GDBN} and the remote stub to take advantage of each others'
24338
features.  @samp{qSupported} also consolidates multiple feature probes
24339
at startup, to improve @value{GDBN} performance---a single larger
24340
packet performs better than multiple smaller probe packets on
24341
high-latency links.  Some features may enable behavior which must not
24342
be on by default, e.g.@: because it would confuse older clients or
24343
stubs.  Other features may describe packets which could be
24344
automatically probed for, but are not.  These features must be
24345
reported before @value{GDBN} will use them.  This ``default
24346
unsupported'' behavior is not appropriate for all packets, but it
24347
helps to keep the initial connection time under control with new
24348
versions of @value{GDBN} which support increasing numbers of packets.
24349
 
24350
Reply:
24351
@table @samp
24352
@item @var{stubfeature} @r{[};@var{stubfeature}@r{]}@dots{}
24353
The stub supports or does not support each returned @var{stubfeature},
24354
depending on the form of each @var{stubfeature} (see below for the
24355
possible forms).
24356
@item
24357
An empty reply indicates that @samp{qSupported} is not recognized,
24358
or that no features needed to be reported to @value{GDBN}.
24359
@end table
24360
 
24361
The allowed forms for each feature (either a @var{gdbfeature} in the
24362
@samp{qSupported} packet, or a @var{stubfeature} in the response)
24363
are:
24364
 
24365
@table @samp
24366
@item @var{name}=@var{value}
24367
The remote protocol feature @var{name} is supported, and associated
24368
with the specified @var{value}.  The format of @var{value} depends
24369
on the feature, but it must not include a semicolon.
24370
@item @var{name}+
24371
The remote protocol feature @var{name} is supported, and does not
24372
need an associated value.
24373
@item @var{name}-
24374
The remote protocol feature @var{name} is not supported.
24375
@item @var{name}?
24376
The remote protocol feature @var{name} may be supported, and
24377
@value{GDBN} should auto-detect support in some other way when it is
24378
needed.  This form will not be used for @var{gdbfeature} notifications,
24379
but may be used for @var{stubfeature} responses.
24380
@end table
24381
 
24382
Whenever the stub receives a @samp{qSupported} request, the
24383
supplied set of @value{GDBN} features should override any previous
24384
request.  This allows @value{GDBN} to put the stub in a known
24385
state, even if the stub had previously been communicating with
24386
a different version of @value{GDBN}.
24387
 
24388
No values of @var{gdbfeature} (for the packet sent by @value{GDBN})
24389
are defined yet.  Stubs should ignore any unknown values for
24390
@var{gdbfeature}.  Any @value{GDBN} which sends a @samp{qSupported}
24391
packet supports receiving packets of unlimited length (earlier
24392
versions of @value{GDBN} may reject overly long responses).  Values
24393
for @var{gdbfeature} may be defined in the future to let the stub take
24394
advantage of new features in @value{GDBN}, e.g.@: incompatible
24395
improvements in the remote protocol---support for unlimited length
24396
responses would be a @var{gdbfeature} example, if it were not implied by
24397
the @samp{qSupported} query.  The stub's reply should be independent
24398
of the @var{gdbfeature} entries sent by @value{GDBN}; first @value{GDBN}
24399
describes all the features it supports, and then the stub replies with
24400
all the features it supports.
24401
 
24402
Similarly, @value{GDBN} will silently ignore unrecognized stub feature
24403
responses, as long as each response uses one of the standard forms.
24404
 
24405
Some features are flags.  A stub which supports a flag feature
24406
should respond with a @samp{+} form response.  Other features
24407
require values, and the stub should respond with an @samp{=}
24408
form response.
24409
 
24410
Each feature has a default value, which @value{GDBN} will use if
24411
@samp{qSupported} is not available or if the feature is not mentioned
24412
in the @samp{qSupported} response.  The default values are fixed; a
24413
stub is free to omit any feature responses that match the defaults.
24414
 
24415
Not all features can be probed, but for those which can, the probing
24416
mechanism is useful: in some cases, a stub's internal
24417
architecture may not allow the protocol layer to know some information
24418
about the underlying target in advance.  This is especially common in
24419
stubs which may be configured for multiple targets.
24420
 
24421
These are the currently defined stub features and their properties:
24422
 
24423
@multitable @columnfractions 0.35 0.2 0.12 0.2
24424
@c NOTE: The first row should be @headitem, but we do not yet require
24425
@c a new enough version of Texinfo (4.7) to use @headitem.
24426
@item Feature Name
24427
@tab Value Required
24428
@tab Default
24429
@tab Probe Allowed
24430
 
24431
@item @samp{PacketSize}
24432
@tab Yes
24433
@tab @samp{-}
24434
@tab No
24435
 
24436
@item @samp{qXfer:auxv:read}
24437
@tab No
24438
@tab @samp{-}
24439
@tab Yes
24440
 
24441
@item @samp{qXfer:features:read}
24442
@tab No
24443
@tab @samp{-}
24444
@tab Yes
24445
 
24446
@item @samp{qXfer:libraries:read}
24447
@tab No
24448
@tab @samp{-}
24449
@tab Yes
24450
 
24451
@item @samp{qXfer:memory-map:read}
24452
@tab No
24453
@tab @samp{-}
24454
@tab Yes
24455
 
24456
@item @samp{qXfer:spu:read}
24457
@tab No
24458
@tab @samp{-}
24459
@tab Yes
24460
 
24461
@item @samp{qXfer:spu:write}
24462
@tab No
24463
@tab @samp{-}
24464
@tab Yes
24465
 
24466
@item @samp{QPassSignals}
24467
@tab No
24468
@tab @samp{-}
24469
@tab Yes
24470
 
24471
@end multitable
24472
 
24473
These are the currently defined stub features, in more detail:
24474
 
24475
@table @samp
24476
@cindex packet size, remote protocol
24477
@item PacketSize=@var{bytes}
24478
The remote stub can accept packets up to at least @var{bytes} in
24479
length.  @value{GDBN} will send packets up to this size for bulk
24480
transfers, and will never send larger packets.  This is a limit on the
24481
data characters in the packet, including the frame and checksum.
24482
There is no trailing NUL byte in a remote protocol packet; if the stub
24483
stores packets in a NUL-terminated format, it should allow an extra
24484
byte in its buffer for the NUL.  If this stub feature is not supported,
24485
@value{GDBN} guesses based on the size of the @samp{g} packet response.
24486
 
24487
@item qXfer:auxv:read
24488
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:auxv:read} packet
24489
(@pxref{qXfer auxiliary vector read}).
24490
 
24491
@item qXfer:features:read
24492
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:features:read} packet
24493
(@pxref{qXfer target description read}).
24494
 
24495
@item qXfer:libraries:read
24496
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:libraries:read} packet
24497
(@pxref{qXfer library list read}).
24498
 
24499
@item qXfer:memory-map:read
24500
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:memory-map:read} packet
24501
(@pxref{qXfer memory map read}).
24502
 
24503
@item qXfer:spu:read
24504
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:spu:read} packet
24505
(@pxref{qXfer spu read}).
24506
 
24507
@item qXfer:spu:write
24508
The remote stub understands the @samp{qXfer:spu:write} packet
24509
(@pxref{qXfer spu write}).
24510
 
24511
@item QPassSignals
24512
The remote stub understands the @samp{QPassSignals} packet
24513
(@pxref{QPassSignals}).
24514
 
24515
@end table
24516
 
24517
@item qSymbol::
24518
@cindex symbol lookup, remote request
24519
@cindex @samp{qSymbol} packet
24520
Notify the target that @value{GDBN} is prepared to serve symbol lookup
24521
requests.  Accept requests from the target for the values of symbols.
24522
 
24523
Reply:
24524
@table @samp
24525
@item OK
24526
The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols.
24527
@item qSymbol:@var{sym_name}
24528
The target requests the value of symbol @var{sym_name} (hex encoded).
24529
@value{GDBN} may provide the value by using the
24530
@samp{qSymbol:@var{sym_value}:@var{sym_name}} message, described
24531
below.
24532
@end table
24533
 
24534
@item qSymbol:@var{sym_value}:@var{sym_name}
24535
Set the value of @var{sym_name} to @var{sym_value}.
24536
 
24537
@var{sym_name} (hex encoded) is the name of a symbol whose value the
24538
target has previously requested.
24539
 
24540
@var{sym_value} (hex) is the value for symbol @var{sym_name}.  If
24541
@value{GDBN} cannot supply a value for @var{sym_name}, then this field
24542
will be empty.
24543
 
24544
Reply:
24545
@table @samp
24546
@item OK
24547
The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols.
24548
@item qSymbol:@var{sym_name}
24549
The target requests the value of a new symbol @var{sym_name} (hex
24550
encoded).  @value{GDBN} will continue to supply the values of symbols
24551
(if available), until the target ceases to request them.
24552
@end table
24553
 
24554
@item QTDP
24555
@itemx QTFrame
24556
@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
24557
 
24558
@item qThreadExtraInfo,@var{id}
24559
@cindex thread attributes info, remote request
24560
@cindex @samp{qThreadExtraInfo} packet
24561
Obtain a printable string description of a thread's attributes from
24562
the target OS.  @var{id} is a thread-id in big-endian hex.  This
24563
string may contain anything that the target OS thinks is interesting
24564
for @value{GDBN} to tell the user about the thread.  The string is
24565
displayed in @value{GDBN}'s @code{info threads} display.  Some
24566
examples of possible thread extra info strings are @samp{Runnable}, or
24567
@samp{Blocked on Mutex}.
24568
 
24569
Reply:
24570
@table @samp
24571
@item @var{XX}@dots{}
24572
Where @samp{@var{XX}@dots{}} is a hex encoding of @sc{ascii} data,
24573
comprising the printable string containing the extra information about
24574
the thread's attributes.
24575
@end table
24576
 
24577
(Note that the @code{qThreadExtraInfo} packet's name is separated from
24578
the command by a @samp{,}, not a @samp{:}, contrary to the naming
24579
conventions above.  Please don't use this packet as a model for new
24580
packets.)
24581
 
24582
@item QTStart
24583
@itemx QTStop
24584
@itemx QTinit
24585
@itemx QTro
24586
@itemx qTStatus
24587
@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
24588
 
24589
@item qXfer:@var{object}:read:@var{annex}:@var{offset},@var{length}
24590
@cindex read special object, remote request
24591
@cindex @samp{qXfer} packet
24592
@anchor{qXfer read}
24593
Read uninterpreted bytes from the target's special data area
24594
identified by the keyword @var{object}.  Request @var{length} bytes
24595
starting at @var{offset} bytes into the data.  The content and
24596
encoding of @var{annex} is specific to @var{object}; it can supply
24597
additional details about what data to access.
24598
 
24599
Here are the specific requests of this form defined so far.  All
24600
@samp{qXfer:@var{object}:read:@dots{}} requests use the same reply
24601
formats, listed below.
24602
 
24603
@table @samp
24604
@item qXfer:auxv:read::@var{offset},@var{length}
24605
@anchor{qXfer auxiliary vector read}
24606
Access the target's @dfn{auxiliary vector}.  @xref{OS Information,
24607
auxiliary vector}.  Note @var{annex} must be empty.
24608
 
24609
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24610
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24611
 
24612
@item qXfer:features:read:@var{annex}:@var{offset},@var{length}
24613
@anchor{qXfer target description read}
24614
Access the @dfn{target description}.  @xref{Target Descriptions}.  The
24615
annex specifies which XML document to access.  The main description is
24616
always loaded from the @samp{target.xml} annex.
24617
 
24618
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24619
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24620
 
24621
@item qXfer:libraries:read:@var{annex}:@var{offset},@var{length}
24622
@anchor{qXfer library list read}
24623
Access the target's list of loaded libraries.  @xref{Library List Format}.
24624
The annex part of the generic @samp{qXfer} packet must be empty
24625
(@pxref{qXfer read}).
24626
 
24627
Targets which maintain a list of libraries in the program's memory do
24628
not need to implement this packet; it is designed for platforms where
24629
the operating system manages the list of loaded libraries.
24630
 
24631
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24632
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24633
 
24634
@item qXfer:memory-map:read::@var{offset},@var{length}
24635
@anchor{qXfer memory map read}
24636
Access the target's @dfn{memory-map}.  @xref{Memory Map Format}.  The
24637
annex part of the generic @samp{qXfer} packet must be empty
24638
(@pxref{qXfer read}).
24639
 
24640
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24641
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24642
 
24643
@item qXfer:spu:read:@var{annex}:@var{offset},@var{length}
24644
@anchor{qXfer spu read}
24645
Read contents of an @code{spufs} file on the target system.  The
24646
annex specifies which file to read; it must be of the form
24647
@file{@var{id}/@var{name}}, where @var{id} specifies an SPU context ID
24648
in the target process, and @var{name} identifes the @code{spufs} file
24649
in that context to be accessed.
24650
 
24651
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24652
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24653
@end table
24654
 
24655
Reply:
24656
@table @samp
24657
@item m @var{data}
24658
Data @var{data} (@pxref{Binary Data}) has been read from the
24659
target.  There may be more data at a higher address (although
24660
it is permitted to return @samp{m} even for the last valid
24661
block of data, as long as at least one byte of data was read).
24662
@var{data} may have fewer bytes than the @var{length} in the
24663
request.
24664
 
24665
@item l @var{data}
24666
Data @var{data} (@pxref{Binary Data}) has been read from the target.
24667
There is no more data to be read.  @var{data} may have fewer bytes
24668
than the @var{length} in the request.
24669
 
24670
@item l
24671
The @var{offset} in the request is at the end of the data.
24672
There is no more data to be read.
24673
 
24674
@item E00
24675
The request was malformed, or @var{annex} was invalid.
24676
 
24677
@item E @var{nn}
24678
The offset was invalid, or there was an error encountered reading the data.
24679
@var{nn} is a hex-encoded @code{errno} value.
24680
 
24681
@item
24682
An empty reply indicates the @var{object} string was not recognized by
24683
the stub, or that the object does not support reading.
24684
@end table
24685
 
24686
@item qXfer:@var{object}:write:@var{annex}:@var{offset}:@var{data}@dots{}
24687
@cindex write data into object, remote request
24688
Write uninterpreted bytes into the target's special data area
24689
identified by the keyword @var{object}, starting at @var{offset} bytes
24690
into the data.  @var{data}@dots{} is the binary-encoded data
24691
(@pxref{Binary Data}) to be written.  The content and encoding of @var{annex}
24692
is specific to @var{object}; it can supply additional details about what data
24693
to access.
24694
 
24695
Here are the specific requests of this form defined so far.  All
24696
@samp{qXfer:@var{object}:write:@dots{}} requests use the same reply
24697
formats, listed below.
24698
 
24699
@table @samp
24700
@item qXfer:@var{spu}:write:@var{annex}:@var{offset}:@var{data}@dots{}
24701
@anchor{qXfer spu write}
24702
Write @var{data} to an @code{spufs} file on the target system.  The
24703
annex specifies which file to write; it must be of the form
24704
@file{@var{id}/@var{name}}, where @var{id} specifies an SPU context ID
24705
in the target process, and @var{name} identifes the @code{spufs} file
24706
in that context to be accessed.
24707
 
24708
This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request it,
24709
by supplying an appropriate @samp{qSupported} response (@pxref{qSupported}).
24710
@end table
24711
 
24712
Reply:
24713
@table @samp
24714
@item @var{nn}
24715
@var{nn} (hex encoded) is the number of bytes written.
24716
This may be fewer bytes than supplied in the request.
24717
 
24718
@item E00
24719
The request was malformed, or @var{annex} was invalid.
24720
 
24721
@item E @var{nn}
24722
The offset was invalid, or there was an error encountered writing the data.
24723
@var{nn} is a hex-encoded @code{errno} value.
24724
 
24725
@item
24726
An empty reply indicates the @var{object} string was not
24727
recognized by the stub, or that the object does not support writing.
24728
@end table
24729
 
24730
@item qXfer:@var{object}:@var{operation}:@dots{}
24731
Requests of this form may be added in the future.  When a stub does
24732
not recognize the @var{object} keyword, or its support for
24733
@var{object} does not recognize the @var{operation} keyword, the stub
24734
must respond with an empty packet.
24735
 
24736
@end table
24737
 
24738
@node Register Packet Format
24739
@section Register Packet Format
24740
 
24741
The following @code{g}/@code{G} packets have previously been defined.
24742
In the below, some thirty-two bit registers are transferred as
24743
sixty-four bits.  Those registers should be zero/sign extended (which?)
24744
to fill the space allocated.  Register bytes are transferred in target
24745
byte order.  The two nibbles within a register byte are transferred
24746
most-significant - least-significant.
24747
 
24748
@table @r
24749
 
24750
@item MIPS32
24751
 
24752
All registers are transferred as thirty-two bit quantities in the order:
24753
32 general-purpose; sr; lo; hi; bad; cause; pc; 32 floating-point
24754
registers; fsr; fir; fp.
24755
 
24756
@item MIPS64
24757
 
24758
All registers are transferred as sixty-four bit quantities (including
24759
thirty-two bit registers such as @code{sr}).  The ordering is the same
24760
as @code{MIPS32}.
24761
 
24762
@end table
24763
 
24764
@node Tracepoint Packets
24765
@section Tracepoint Packets
24766
@cindex tracepoint packets
24767
@cindex packets, tracepoint
24768
 
24769
Here we describe the packets @value{GDBN} uses to implement
24770
tracepoints (@pxref{Tracepoints}).
24771
 
24772
@table @samp
24773
 
24774
@item QTDP:@var{n}:@var{addr}:@var{ena}:@var{step}:@var{pass}@r{[}-@r{]}
24775
Create a new tracepoint, number @var{n}, at @var{addr}.  If @var{ena}
24776
is @samp{E}, then the tracepoint is enabled; if it is @samp{D}, then
24777
the tracepoint is disabled.  @var{step} is the tracepoint's step
24778
count, and @var{pass} is its pass count.  If the trailing @samp{-} is
24779
present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow to specify this
24780
tracepoint's actions.
24781
 
24782
Replies:
24783
@table @samp
24784
@item OK
24785
The packet was understood and carried out.
24786
@item
24787
The packet was not recognized.
24788
@end table
24789
 
24790
@item QTDP:-@var{n}:@var{addr}:@r{[}S@r{]}@var{action}@dots{}@r{[}-@r{]}
24791
Define actions to be taken when a tracepoint is hit.  @var{n} and
24792
@var{addr} must be the same as in the initial @samp{QTDP} packet for
24793
this tracepoint.  This packet may only be sent immediately after
24794
another @samp{QTDP} packet that ended with a @samp{-}.  If the
24795
trailing @samp{-} is present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow,
24796
specifying more actions for this tracepoint.
24797
 
24798
In the series of action packets for a given tracepoint, at most one
24799
can have an @samp{S} before its first @var{action}.  If such a packet
24800
is sent, it and the following packets define ``while-stepping''
24801
actions.  Any prior packets define ordinary actions --- that is, those
24802
taken when the tracepoint is first hit.  If no action packet has an
24803
@samp{S}, then all the packets in the series specify ordinary
24804
tracepoint actions.
24805
 
24806
The @samp{@var{action}@dots{}} portion of the packet is a series of
24807
actions, concatenated without separators.  Each action has one of the
24808
following forms:
24809
 
24810
@table @samp
24811
 
24812
@item R @var{mask}
24813
Collect the registers whose bits are set in @var{mask}.  @var{mask} is
24814
a hexadecimal number whose @var{i}'th bit is set if register number
24815
@var{i} should be collected.  (The least significant bit is numbered
24816
zero.)  Note that @var{mask} may be any number of digits long; it may
24817
not fit in a 32-bit word.
24818
 
24819
@item M @var{basereg},@var{offset},@var{len}
24820
Collect @var{len} bytes of memory starting at the address in register
24821
number @var{basereg}, plus @var{offset}.  If @var{basereg} is
24822
@samp{-1}, then the range has a fixed address: @var{offset} is the
24823
address of the lowest byte to collect.  The @var{basereg},
24824
@var{offset}, and @var{len} parameters are all unsigned hexadecimal
24825
values (the @samp{-1} value for @var{basereg} is a special case).
24826
 
24827
@item X @var{len},@var{expr}
24828
Evaluate @var{expr}, whose length is @var{len}, and collect memory as
24829
it directs.  @var{expr} is an agent expression, as described in
24830
@ref{Agent Expressions}.  Each byte of the expression is encoded as a
24831
two-digit hex number in the packet; @var{len} is the number of bytes
24832
in the expression (and thus one-half the number of hex digits in the
24833
packet).
24834
 
24835
@end table
24836
 
24837
Any number of actions may be packed together in a single @samp{QTDP}
24838
packet, as long as the packet does not exceed the maximum packet
24839
length (400 bytes, for many stubs).  There may be only one @samp{R}
24840
action per tracepoint, and it must precede any @samp{M} or @samp{X}
24841
actions.  Any registers referred to by @samp{M} and @samp{X} actions
24842
must be collected by a preceding @samp{R} action.  (The
24843
``while-stepping'' actions are treated as if they were attached to a
24844
separate tracepoint, as far as these restrictions are concerned.)
24845
 
24846
Replies:
24847
@table @samp
24848
@item OK
24849
The packet was understood and carried out.
24850
@item
24851
The packet was not recognized.
24852
@end table
24853
 
24854
@item QTFrame:@var{n}
24855
Select the @var{n}'th tracepoint frame from the buffer, and use the
24856
register and memory contents recorded there to answer subsequent
24857
request packets from @value{GDBN}.
24858
 
24859
A successful reply from the stub indicates that the stub has found the
24860
requested frame.  The response is a series of parts, concatenated
24861
without separators, describing the frame we selected.  Each part has
24862
one of the following forms:
24863
 
24864
@table @samp
24865
@item F @var{f}
24866
The selected frame is number @var{n} in the trace frame buffer;
24867
@var{f} is a hexadecimal number.  If @var{f} is @samp{-1}, then there
24868
was no frame matching the criteria in the request packet.
24869
 
24870
@item T @var{t}
24871
The selected trace frame records a hit of tracepoint number @var{t};
24872
@var{t} is a hexadecimal number.
24873
 
24874
@end table
24875
 
24876
@item QTFrame:pc:@var{addr}
24877
Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
24878
currently selected frame whose PC is @var{addr};
24879
@var{addr} is a hexadecimal number.
24880
 
24881
@item QTFrame:tdp:@var{t}
24882
Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
24883
currently selected frame that is a hit of tracepoint @var{t}; @var{t}
24884
is a hexadecimal number.
24885
 
24886
@item QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}
24887
Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
24888
currently selected frame whose PC is between @var{start} (inclusive)
24889
and @var{end} (exclusive); @var{start} and @var{end} are hexadecimal
24890
numbers.
24891
 
24892
@item QTFrame:outside:@var{start}:@var{end}
24893
Like @samp{QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}}, but select the first
24894
frame @emph{outside} the given range of addresses.
24895
 
24896
@item QTStart
24897
Begin the tracepoint experiment.  Begin collecting data from tracepoint
24898
hits in the trace frame buffer.
24899
 
24900
@item QTStop
24901
End the tracepoint experiment.  Stop collecting trace frames.
24902
 
24903
@item QTinit
24904
Clear the table of tracepoints, and empty the trace frame buffer.
24905
 
24906
@item QTro:@var{start1},@var{end1}:@var{start2},@var{end2}:@dots{}
24907
Establish the given ranges of memory as ``transparent''.  The stub
24908
will answer requests for these ranges from memory's current contents,
24909
if they were not collected as part of the tracepoint hit.
24910
 
24911
@value{GDBN} uses this to mark read-only regions of memory, like those
24912
containing program code.  Since these areas never change, they should
24913
still have the same contents they did when the tracepoint was hit, so
24914
there's no reason for the stub to refuse to provide their contents.
24915
 
24916
@item qTStatus
24917
Ask the stub if there is a trace experiment running right now.
24918
 
24919
Replies:
24920
@table @samp
24921
@item T0
24922
There is no trace experiment running.
24923
@item T1
24924
There is a trace experiment running.
24925
@end table
24926
 
24927
@end table
24928
 
24929
 
24930
@node Host I/O Packets
24931
@section Host I/O Packets
24932
@cindex Host I/O, remote protocol
24933
@cindex file transfer, remote protocol
24934
 
24935
The @dfn{Host I/O} packets allow @value{GDBN} to perform I/O
24936
operations on the far side of a remote link.  For example, Host I/O is
24937
used to upload and download files to a remote target with its own
24938
filesystem.  Host I/O uses the same constant values and data structure
24939
layout as the target-initiated File-I/O protocol.  However, the
24940
Host I/O packets are structured differently.  The target-initiated
24941
protocol relies on target memory to store parameters and buffers.
24942
Host I/O requests are initiated by @value{GDBN}, and the
24943
target's memory is not involved.  @xref{File-I/O Remote Protocol
24944
Extension}, for more details on the target-initiated protocol.
24945
 
24946
The Host I/O request packets all encode a single operation along with
24947
its arguments.  They have this format:
24948
 
24949
@table @samp
24950
 
24951
@item vFile:@var{operation}: @var{parameter}@dots{}
24952
@var{operation} is the name of the particular request; the target
24953
should compare the entire packet name up to the second colon when checking
24954
for a supported operation.  The format of @var{parameter} depends on
24955
the operation.  Numbers are always passed in hexadecimal.  Negative
24956
numbers have an explicit minus sign (i.e.@: two's complement is not
24957
used).  Strings (e.g.@: filenames) are encoded as a series of
24958
hexadecimal bytes.  The last argument to a system call may be a
24959
buffer of escaped binary data (@pxref{Binary Data}).
24960
 
24961
@end table
24962
 
24963
The valid responses to Host I/O packets are:
24964
 
24965
@table @samp
24966
 
24967
@item F @var{result} [, @var{errno}] [; @var{attachment}]
24968
@var{result} is the integer value returned by this operation, usually
24969
non-negative for success and -1 for errors.  If an error has occured,
24970
@var{errno} will be included in the result.  @var{errno} will have a
24971
value defined by the File-I/O protocol (@pxref{Errno Values}).  For
24972
operations which return data, @var{attachment} supplies the data as a
24973
binary buffer.  Binary buffers in response packets are escaped in the
24974
normal way (@pxref{Binary Data}).  See the individual packet
24975
documentation for the interpretation of @var{result} and
24976
@var{attachment}.
24977
 
24978
@item
24979
An empty response indicates that this operation is not recognized.
24980
 
24981
@end table
24982
 
24983
These are the supported Host I/O operations:
24984
 
24985
@table @samp
24986
@item vFile:open: @var{pathname}, @var{flags}, @var{mode}
24987
Open a file at @var{pathname} and return a file descriptor for it, or
24988
return -1 if an error occurs.  @var{pathname} is a string,
24989
@var{flags} is an integer indicating a mask of open flags
24990
(@pxref{Open Flags}), and @var{mode} is an integer indicating a mask
24991
of mode bits to use if the file is created (@pxref{mode_t Values}).
24992
@xref{open}, for details of the open flags and mode values.
24993
 
24994
@item vFile:close: @var{fd}
24995
Close the open file corresponding to @var{fd} and return 0, or
24996
-1 if an error occurs.
24997
 
24998
@item vFile:pread: @var{fd}, @var{count}, @var{offset}
24999
Read data from the open file corresponding to @var{fd}.  Up to
25000
@var{count} bytes will be read from the file, starting at @var{offset}
25001
relative to the start of the file.  The target may read fewer bytes;
25002
common reasons include packet size limits and an end-of-file
25003
condition.  The number of bytes read is returned.  Zero should only be
25004
returned for a successful read at the end of the file, or if
25005
@var{count} was zero.
25006
 
25007
The data read should be returned as a binary attachment on success.
25008
If zero bytes were read, the response should include an empty binary
25009
attachment (i.e.@: a trailing semicolon).  The return value is the
25010
number of target bytes read; the binary attachment may be longer if
25011
some characters were escaped.
25012
 
25013
@item vFile:pwrite: @var{fd}, @var{offset}, @var{data}
25014
Write @var{data} (a binary buffer) to the open file corresponding
25015
to @var{fd}.  Start the write at @var{offset} from the start of the
25016
file.  Unlike many @code{write} system calls, there is no
25017
separate @var{count} argument; the length of @var{data} in the
25018
packet is used.  @samp{vFile:write} returns the number of bytes written,
25019
which may be shorter than the length of @var{data}, or -1 if an
25020
error occurred.
25021
 
25022
@item vFile:unlink: @var{pathname}
25023
Delete the file at @var{pathname} on the target.  Return 0,
25024
or -1 if an error occurs.  @var{pathname} is a string.
25025
 
25026
@end table
25027
 
25028
@node Interrupts
25029
@section Interrupts
25030
@cindex interrupts (remote protocol)
25031
 
25032
When a program on the remote target is running, @value{GDBN} may
25033
attempt to interrupt it by sending a @samp{Ctrl-C} or a @code{BREAK},
25034
control of which is specified via @value{GDBN}'s @samp{remotebreak}
25035
setting (@pxref{set remotebreak}).
25036
 
25037
The precise meaning of @code{BREAK} is defined by the transport
25038
mechanism and may, in fact, be undefined.  @value{GDBN} does
25039
not currently define a @code{BREAK} mechanism for any of the network
25040
interfaces.
25041
 
25042
@samp{Ctrl-C}, on the other hand, is defined and implemented for all
25043
transport mechanisms.  It is represented by sending the single byte
25044
@code{0x03} without any of the usual packet overhead described in
25045
the Overview section (@pxref{Overview}).  When a @code{0x03} byte is
25046
transmitted as part of a packet, it is considered to be packet data
25047
and does @emph{not} represent an interrupt.  E.g., an @samp{X} packet
25048
(@pxref{X packet}), used for binary downloads, may include an unescaped
25049
@code{0x03} as part of its packet.
25050
 
25051
Stubs are not required to recognize these interrupt mechanisms and the
25052
precise meaning associated with receipt of the interrupt is
25053
implementation defined.  If the stub is successful at interrupting the
25054
running program, it is expected that it will send one of the Stop
25055
Reply Packets (@pxref{Stop Reply Packets}) to @value{GDBN} as a result
25056
of successfully stopping the program.  Interrupts received while the
25057
program is stopped will be discarded.
25058
 
25059
@node Examples
25060
@section Examples
25061
 
25062
Example sequence of a target being re-started.  Notice how the restart
25063
does not get any direct output:
25064
 
25065
@smallexample
25066
-> @code{R00}
25067
<- @code{+}
25068
@emph{target restarts}
25069
-> @code{?}
25070
<- @code{+}
25071
<- @code{T001:1234123412341234}
25072
-> @code{+}
25073
@end smallexample
25074
 
25075
Example sequence of a target being stepped by a single instruction:
25076
 
25077
@smallexample
25078
-> @code{G1445@dots{}}
25079
<- @code{+}
25080
-> @code{s}
25081
<- @code{+}
25082
@emph{time passes}
25083
<- @code{T001:1234123412341234}
25084
-> @code{+}
25085
-> @code{g}
25086
<- @code{+}
25087
<- @code{1455@dots{}}
25088
-> @code{+}
25089
@end smallexample
25090
 
25091
@node File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
25092
@section File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
25093
@cindex File-I/O remote protocol extension
25094
 
25095
@menu
25096
* File-I/O Overview::
25097
* Protocol Basics::
25098
* The F Request Packet::
25099
* The F Reply Packet::
25100
* The Ctrl-C Message::
25101
* Console I/O::
25102
* List of Supported Calls::
25103
* Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes::
25104
* Constants::
25105
* File-I/O Examples::
25106
@end menu
25107
 
25108
@node File-I/O Overview
25109
@subsection File-I/O Overview
25110
@cindex file-i/o overview
25111
 
25112
The @dfn{File I/O remote protocol extension} (short: File-I/O) allows the
25113
target to use the host's file system and console I/O to perform various
25114
system calls.  System calls on the target system are translated into a
25115
remote protocol packet to the host system, which then performs the needed
25116
actions and returns a response packet to the target system.
25117
This simulates file system operations even on targets that lack file systems.
25118
 
25119
The protocol is defined to be independent of both the host and target systems.
25120
It uses its own internal representation of datatypes and values.  Both
25121
@value{GDBN} and the target's @value{GDBN} stub are responsible for
25122
translating the system-dependent value representations into the internal
25123
protocol representations when data is transmitted.
25124
 
25125
The communication is synchronous.  A system call is possible only when
25126
@value{GDBN} is waiting for a response from the @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S}
25127
or @samp{s} packets.  While @value{GDBN} handles the request for a system call,
25128
the target is stopped to allow deterministic access to the target's
25129
memory.  Therefore File-I/O is not interruptible by target signals.  On
25130
the other hand, it is possible to interrupt File-I/O by a user interrupt
25131
(@samp{Ctrl-C}) within @value{GDBN}.
25132
 
25133
The target's request to perform a host system call does not finish
25134
the latest @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S} or @samp{s} action.  That means,
25135
after finishing the system call, the target returns to continuing the
25136
previous activity (continue, step).  No additional continue or step
25137
request from @value{GDBN} is required.
25138
 
25139
@smallexample
25140
(@value{GDBP}) continue
25141
  <- target requests 'system call X'
25142
  target is stopped, @value{GDBN} executes system call
25143
  -> @value{GDBN} returns result
25144
  ... target continues, @value{GDBN} returns to wait for the target
25145
  <- target hits breakpoint and sends a Txx packet
25146
@end smallexample
25147
 
25148
The protocol only supports I/O on the console and to regular files on
25149
the host file system.  Character or block special devices, pipes,
25150
named pipes, sockets or any other communication method on the host
25151
system are not supported by this protocol.
25152
 
25153
@node Protocol Basics
25154
@subsection Protocol Basics
25155
@cindex protocol basics, file-i/o
25156
 
25157
The File-I/O protocol uses the @code{F} packet as the request as well
25158
as reply packet.  Since a File-I/O system call can only occur when
25159
@value{GDBN} is waiting for a response from the continuing or stepping target,
25160
the File-I/O request is a reply that @value{GDBN} has to expect as a result
25161
of a previous @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S} or @samp{s} packet.
25162
This @code{F} packet contains all information needed to allow @value{GDBN}
25163
to call the appropriate host system call:
25164
 
25165
@itemize @bullet
25166
@item
25167
A unique identifier for the requested system call.
25168
 
25169
@item
25170
All parameters to the system call.  Pointers are given as addresses
25171
in the target memory address space.  Pointers to strings are given as
25172
pointer/length pair.  Numerical values are given as they are.
25173
Numerical control flags are given in a protocol-specific representation.
25174
 
25175
@end itemize
25176
 
25177
At this point, @value{GDBN} has to perform the following actions.
25178
 
25179
@itemize @bullet
25180
@item
25181
If the parameters include pointer values to data needed as input to a
25182
system call, @value{GDBN} requests this data from the target with a
25183
standard @code{m} packet request.  This additional communication has to be
25184
expected by the target implementation and is handled as any other @code{m}
25185
packet.
25186
 
25187
@item
25188
@value{GDBN} translates all value from protocol representation to host
25189
representation as needed.  Datatypes are coerced into the host types.
25190
 
25191
@item
25192
@value{GDBN} calls the system call.
25193
 
25194
@item
25195
It then coerces datatypes back to protocol representation.
25196
 
25197
@item
25198
If the system call is expected to return data in buffer space specified
25199
by pointer parameters to the call, the data is transmitted to the
25200
target using a @code{M} or @code{X} packet.  This packet has to be expected
25201
by the target implementation and is handled as any other @code{M} or @code{X}
25202
packet.
25203
 
25204
@end itemize
25205
 
25206
Eventually @value{GDBN} replies with another @code{F} packet which contains all
25207
necessary information for the target to continue.  This at least contains
25208
 
25209
@itemize @bullet
25210
@item
25211
Return value.
25212
 
25213
@item
25214
@code{errno}, if has been changed by the system call.
25215
 
25216
@item
25217
``Ctrl-C'' flag.
25218
 
25219
@end itemize
25220
 
25221
After having done the needed type and value coercion, the target continues
25222
the latest continue or step action.
25223
 
25224
@node The F Request Packet
25225
@subsection The @code{F} Request Packet
25226
@cindex file-i/o request packet
25227
@cindex @code{F} request packet
25228
 
25229
The @code{F} request packet has the following format:
25230
 
25231
@table @samp
25232
@item F@var{call-id},@var{parameter@dots{}}
25233
 
25234
@var{call-id} is the identifier to indicate the host system call to be called.
25235
This is just the name of the function.
25236
 
25237
@var{parameter@dots{}} are the parameters to the system call.
25238
Parameters are hexadecimal integer values, either the actual values in case
25239
of scalar datatypes, pointers to target buffer space in case of compound
25240
datatypes and unspecified memory areas, or pointer/length pairs in case
25241
of string parameters.  These are appended to the @var{call-id} as a
25242
comma-delimited list.  All values are transmitted in ASCII
25243
string representation, pointer/length pairs separated by a slash.
25244
 
25245
@end table
25246
 
25247
 
25248
 
25249
@node The F Reply Packet
25250
@subsection The @code{F} Reply Packet
25251
@cindex file-i/o reply packet
25252
@cindex @code{F} reply packet
25253
 
25254
The @code{F} reply packet has the following format:
25255
 
25256
@table @samp
25257
 
25258
@item F@var{retcode},@var{errno},@var{Ctrl-C flag};@var{call-specific attachment}
25259
 
25260
@var{retcode} is the return code of the system call as hexadecimal value.
25261
 
25262
@var{errno} is the @code{errno} set by the call, in protocol-specific
25263
representation.
25264
This parameter can be omitted if the call was successful.
25265
 
25266
@var{Ctrl-C flag} is only sent if the user requested a break.  In this
25267
case, @var{errno} must be sent as well, even if the call was successful.
25268
The @var{Ctrl-C flag} itself consists of the character @samp{C}:
25269
 
25270
@smallexample
25271
F0,0,C
25272
@end smallexample
25273
 
25274
@noindent
25275
or, if the call was interrupted before the host call has been performed:
25276
 
25277
@smallexample
25278
F-1,4,C
25279
@end smallexample
25280
 
25281
@noindent
25282
assuming 4 is the protocol-specific representation of @code{EINTR}.
25283
 
25284
@end table
25285
 
25286
 
25287
@node The Ctrl-C Message
25288
@subsection The @samp{Ctrl-C} Message
25289
@cindex ctrl-c message, in file-i/o protocol
25290
 
25291
If the @samp{Ctrl-C} flag is set in the @value{GDBN}
25292
reply packet (@pxref{The F Reply Packet}),
25293
the target should behave as if it had
25294
gotten a break message.  The meaning for the target is ``system call
25295
interrupted by @code{SIGINT}''.  Consequentially, the target should actually stop
25296
(as with a break message) and return to @value{GDBN} with a @code{T02}
25297
packet.
25298
 
25299
It's important for the target to know in which
25300
state the system call was interrupted.  There are two possible cases:
25301
 
25302
@itemize @bullet
25303
@item
25304
The system call hasn't been performed on the host yet.
25305
 
25306
@item
25307
The system call on the host has been finished.
25308
 
25309
@end itemize
25310
 
25311
These two states can be distinguished by the target by the value of the
25312
returned @code{errno}.  If it's the protocol representation of @code{EINTR}, the system
25313
call hasn't been performed.  This is equivalent to the @code{EINTR} handling
25314
on POSIX systems.  In any other case, the target may presume that the
25315
system call has been finished --- successfully or not --- and should behave
25316
as if the break message arrived right after the system call.
25317
 
25318
@value{GDBN} must behave reliably.  If the system call has not been called
25319
yet, @value{GDBN} may send the @code{F} reply immediately, setting @code{EINTR} as
25320
@code{errno} in the packet.  If the system call on the host has been finished
25321
before the user requests a break, the full action must be finished by
25322
@value{GDBN}.  This requires sending @code{M} or @code{X} packets as necessary.
25323
The @code{F} packet may only be sent when either nothing has happened
25324
or the full action has been completed.
25325
 
25326
@node Console I/O
25327
@subsection Console I/O
25328
@cindex console i/o as part of file-i/o
25329
 
25330
By default and if not explicitly closed by the target system, the file
25331
descriptors 0, 1 and 2 are connected to the @value{GDBN} console.  Output
25332
on the @value{GDBN} console is handled as any other file output operation
25333
(@code{write(1, @dots{})} or @code{write(2, @dots{})}).  Console input is handled
25334
by @value{GDBN} so that after the target read request from file descriptor
25335
 
25336
conditions is met:
25337
 
25338
@itemize @bullet
25339
@item
25340
The user types @kbd{Ctrl-c}.  The behaviour is as explained above, and the
25341
@code{read}
25342
system call is treated as finished.
25343
 
25344
@item
25345
The user presses @key{RET}.  This is treated as end of input with a trailing
25346
newline.
25347
 
25348
@item
25349
The user types @kbd{Ctrl-d}.  This is treated as end of input.  No trailing
25350
character (neither newline nor @samp{Ctrl-D}) is appended to the input.
25351
 
25352
@end itemize
25353
 
25354
If the user has typed more characters than fit in the buffer given to
25355
the @code{read} call, the trailing characters are buffered in @value{GDBN} until
25356
either another @code{read(0, @dots{})} is requested by the target, or debugging
25357
is stopped at the user's request.
25358
 
25359
 
25360
@node List of Supported Calls
25361
@subsection List of Supported Calls
25362
@cindex list of supported file-i/o calls
25363
 
25364
@menu
25365
* open::
25366
* close::
25367
* read::
25368
* write::
25369
* lseek::
25370
* rename::
25371
* unlink::
25372
* stat/fstat::
25373
* gettimeofday::
25374
* isatty::
25375
* system::
25376
@end menu
25377
 
25378
@node open
25379
@unnumberedsubsubsec open
25380
@cindex open, file-i/o system call
25381
 
25382
@table @asis
25383
@item Synopsis:
25384
@smallexample
25385
int open(const char *pathname, int flags);
25386
int open(const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode);
25387
@end smallexample
25388
 
25389
@item Request:
25390
@samp{Fopen,@var{pathptr}/@var{len},@var{flags},@var{mode}}
25391
 
25392
@noindent
25393
@var{flags} is the bitwise @code{OR} of the following values:
25394
 
25395
@table @code
25396
@item O_CREAT
25397
If the file does not exist it will be created.  The host
25398
rules apply as far as file ownership and time stamps
25399
are concerned.
25400
 
25401
@item O_EXCL
25402
When used with @code{O_CREAT}, if the file already exists it is
25403
an error and open() fails.
25404
 
25405
@item O_TRUNC
25406
If the file already exists and the open mode allows
25407
writing (@code{O_RDWR} or @code{O_WRONLY} is given) it will be
25408
truncated to zero length.
25409
 
25410
@item O_APPEND
25411
The file is opened in append mode.
25412
 
25413
@item O_RDONLY
25414
The file is opened for reading only.
25415
 
25416
@item O_WRONLY
25417
The file is opened for writing only.
25418
 
25419
@item O_RDWR
25420
The file is opened for reading and writing.
25421
@end table
25422
 
25423
@noindent
25424
Other bits are silently ignored.
25425
 
25426
 
25427
@noindent
25428
@var{mode} is the bitwise @code{OR} of the following values:
25429
 
25430
@table @code
25431
@item S_IRUSR
25432
User has read permission.
25433
 
25434
@item S_IWUSR
25435
User has write permission.
25436
 
25437
@item S_IRGRP
25438
Group has read permission.
25439
 
25440
@item S_IWGRP
25441
Group has write permission.
25442
 
25443
@item S_IROTH
25444
Others have read permission.
25445
 
25446
@item S_IWOTH
25447
Others have write permission.
25448
@end table
25449
 
25450
@noindent
25451
Other bits are silently ignored.
25452
 
25453
 
25454
@item Return value:
25455
@code{open} returns the new file descriptor or -1 if an error
25456
occurred.
25457
 
25458
@item Errors:
25459
 
25460
@table @code
25461
@item EEXIST
25462
@var{pathname} already exists and @code{O_CREAT} and @code{O_EXCL} were used.
25463
 
25464
@item EISDIR
25465
@var{pathname} refers to a directory.
25466
 
25467
@item EACCES
25468
The requested access is not allowed.
25469
 
25470
@item ENAMETOOLONG
25471
@var{pathname} was too long.
25472
 
25473
@item ENOENT
25474
A directory component in @var{pathname} does not exist.
25475
 
25476
@item ENODEV
25477
@var{pathname} refers to a device, pipe, named pipe or socket.
25478
 
25479
@item EROFS
25480
@var{pathname} refers to a file on a read-only filesystem and
25481
write access was requested.
25482
 
25483
@item EFAULT
25484
@var{pathname} is an invalid pointer value.
25485
 
25486
@item ENOSPC
25487
No space on device to create the file.
25488
 
25489
@item EMFILE
25490
The process already has the maximum number of files open.
25491
 
25492
@item ENFILE
25493
The limit on the total number of files open on the system
25494
has been reached.
25495
 
25496
@item EINTR
25497
The call was interrupted by the user.
25498
@end table
25499
 
25500
@end table
25501
 
25502
@node close
25503
@unnumberedsubsubsec close
25504
@cindex close, file-i/o system call
25505
 
25506
@table @asis
25507
@item Synopsis:
25508
@smallexample
25509
int close(int fd);
25510
@end smallexample
25511
 
25512
@item Request:
25513
@samp{Fclose,@var{fd}}
25514
 
25515
@item Return value:
25516
@code{close} returns zero on success, or -1 if an error occurred.
25517
 
25518
@item Errors:
25519
 
25520
@table @code
25521
@item EBADF
25522
@var{fd} isn't a valid open file descriptor.
25523
 
25524
@item EINTR
25525
The call was interrupted by the user.
25526
@end table
25527
 
25528
@end table
25529
 
25530
@node read
25531
@unnumberedsubsubsec read
25532
@cindex read, file-i/o system call
25533
 
25534
@table @asis
25535
@item Synopsis:
25536
@smallexample
25537
int read(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count);
25538
@end smallexample
25539
 
25540
@item Request:
25541
@samp{Fread,@var{fd},@var{bufptr},@var{count}}
25542
 
25543
@item Return value:
25544
On success, the number of bytes read is returned.
25545
Zero indicates end of file.  If count is zero, read
25546
returns zero as well.  On error, -1 is returned.
25547
 
25548
@item Errors:
25549
 
25550
@table @code
25551
@item EBADF
25552
@var{fd} is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for
25553
reading.
25554
 
25555
@item EFAULT
25556
@var{bufptr} is an invalid pointer value.
25557
 
25558
@item EINTR
25559
The call was interrupted by the user.
25560
@end table
25561
 
25562
@end table
25563
 
25564
@node write
25565
@unnumberedsubsubsec write
25566
@cindex write, file-i/o system call
25567
 
25568
@table @asis
25569
@item Synopsis:
25570
@smallexample
25571
int write(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count);
25572
@end smallexample
25573
 
25574
@item Request:
25575
@samp{Fwrite,@var{fd},@var{bufptr},@var{count}}
25576
 
25577
@item Return value:
25578
On success, the number of bytes written are returned.
25579
Zero indicates nothing was written.  On error, -1
25580
is returned.
25581
 
25582
@item Errors:
25583
 
25584
@table @code
25585
@item EBADF
25586
@var{fd} is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for
25587
writing.
25588
 
25589
@item EFAULT
25590
@var{bufptr} is an invalid pointer value.
25591
 
25592
@item EFBIG
25593
An attempt was made to write a file that exceeds the
25594
host-specific maximum file size allowed.
25595
 
25596
@item ENOSPC
25597
No space on device to write the data.
25598
 
25599
@item EINTR
25600
The call was interrupted by the user.
25601
@end table
25602
 
25603
@end table
25604
 
25605
@node lseek
25606
@unnumberedsubsubsec lseek
25607
@cindex lseek, file-i/o system call
25608
 
25609
@table @asis
25610
@item Synopsis:
25611
@smallexample
25612
long lseek (int fd, long offset, int flag);
25613
@end smallexample
25614
 
25615
@item Request:
25616
@samp{Flseek,@var{fd},@var{offset},@var{flag}}
25617
 
25618
@var{flag} is one of:
25619
 
25620
@table @code
25621
@item SEEK_SET
25622
The offset is set to @var{offset} bytes.
25623
 
25624
@item SEEK_CUR
25625
The offset is set to its current location plus @var{offset}
25626
bytes.
25627
 
25628
@item SEEK_END
25629
The offset is set to the size of the file plus @var{offset}
25630
bytes.
25631
@end table
25632
 
25633
@item Return value:
25634
On success, the resulting unsigned offset in bytes from
25635
the beginning of the file is returned.  Otherwise, a
25636
value of -1 is returned.
25637
 
25638
@item Errors:
25639
 
25640
@table @code
25641
@item EBADF
25642
@var{fd} is not a valid open file descriptor.
25643
 
25644
@item ESPIPE
25645
@var{fd} is associated with the @value{GDBN} console.
25646
 
25647
@item EINVAL
25648
@var{flag} is not a proper value.
25649
 
25650
@item EINTR
25651
The call was interrupted by the user.
25652
@end table
25653
 
25654
@end table
25655
 
25656
@node rename
25657
@unnumberedsubsubsec rename
25658
@cindex rename, file-i/o system call
25659
 
25660
@table @asis
25661
@item Synopsis:
25662
@smallexample
25663
int rename(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath);
25664
@end smallexample
25665
 
25666
@item Request:
25667
@samp{Frename,@var{oldpathptr}/@var{len},@var{newpathptr}/@var{len}}
25668
 
25669
@item Return value:
25670
On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
25671
 
25672
@item Errors:
25673
 
25674
@table @code
25675
@item EISDIR
25676
@var{newpath} is an existing directory, but @var{oldpath} is not a
25677
directory.
25678
 
25679
@item EEXIST
25680
@var{newpath} is a non-empty directory.
25681
 
25682
@item EBUSY
25683
@var{oldpath} or @var{newpath} is a directory that is in use by some
25684
process.
25685
 
25686
@item EINVAL
25687
An attempt was made to make a directory a subdirectory
25688
of itself.
25689
 
25690
@item ENOTDIR
25691
A  component used as a directory in @var{oldpath} or new
25692
path is not a directory.  Or @var{oldpath} is a directory
25693
and @var{newpath} exists but is not a directory.
25694
 
25695
@item EFAULT
25696
@var{oldpathptr} or @var{newpathptr} are invalid pointer values.
25697
 
25698
@item EACCES
25699
No access to the file or the path of the file.
25700
 
25701
@item ENAMETOOLONG
25702
 
25703
@var{oldpath} or @var{newpath} was too long.
25704
 
25705
@item ENOENT
25706
A directory component in @var{oldpath} or @var{newpath} does not exist.
25707
 
25708
@item EROFS
25709
The file is on a read-only filesystem.
25710
 
25711
@item ENOSPC
25712
The device containing the file has no room for the new
25713
directory entry.
25714
 
25715
@item EINTR
25716
The call was interrupted by the user.
25717
@end table
25718
 
25719
@end table
25720
 
25721
@node unlink
25722
@unnumberedsubsubsec unlink
25723
@cindex unlink, file-i/o system call
25724
 
25725
@table @asis
25726
@item Synopsis:
25727
@smallexample
25728
int unlink(const char *pathname);
25729
@end smallexample
25730
 
25731
@item Request:
25732
@samp{Funlink,@var{pathnameptr}/@var{len}}
25733
 
25734
@item Return value:
25735
On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
25736
 
25737
@item Errors:
25738
 
25739
@table @code
25740
@item EACCES
25741
No access to the file or the path of the file.
25742
 
25743
@item EPERM
25744
The system does not allow unlinking of directories.
25745
 
25746
@item EBUSY
25747
The file @var{pathname} cannot be unlinked because it's
25748
being used by another process.
25749
 
25750
@item EFAULT
25751
@var{pathnameptr} is an invalid pointer value.
25752
 
25753
@item ENAMETOOLONG
25754
@var{pathname} was too long.
25755
 
25756
@item ENOENT
25757
A directory component in @var{pathname} does not exist.
25758
 
25759
@item ENOTDIR
25760
A component of the path is not a directory.
25761
 
25762
@item EROFS
25763
The file is on a read-only filesystem.
25764
 
25765
@item EINTR
25766
The call was interrupted by the user.
25767
@end table
25768
 
25769
@end table
25770
 
25771
@node stat/fstat
25772
@unnumberedsubsubsec stat/fstat
25773
@cindex fstat, file-i/o system call
25774
@cindex stat, file-i/o system call
25775
 
25776
@table @asis
25777
@item Synopsis:
25778
@smallexample
25779
int stat(const char *pathname, struct stat *buf);
25780
int fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf);
25781
@end smallexample
25782
 
25783
@item Request:
25784
@samp{Fstat,@var{pathnameptr}/@var{len},@var{bufptr}}@*
25785
@samp{Ffstat,@var{fd},@var{bufptr}}
25786
 
25787
@item Return value:
25788
On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
25789
 
25790
@item Errors:
25791
 
25792
@table @code
25793
@item EBADF
25794
@var{fd} is not a valid open file.
25795
 
25796
@item ENOENT
25797
A directory component in @var{pathname} does not exist or the
25798
path is an empty string.
25799
 
25800
@item ENOTDIR
25801
A component of the path is not a directory.
25802
 
25803
@item EFAULT
25804
@var{pathnameptr} is an invalid pointer value.
25805
 
25806
@item EACCES
25807
No access to the file or the path of the file.
25808
 
25809
@item ENAMETOOLONG
25810
@var{pathname} was too long.
25811
 
25812
@item EINTR
25813
The call was interrupted by the user.
25814
@end table
25815
 
25816
@end table
25817
 
25818
@node gettimeofday
25819
@unnumberedsubsubsec gettimeofday
25820
@cindex gettimeofday, file-i/o system call
25821
 
25822
@table @asis
25823
@item Synopsis:
25824
@smallexample
25825
int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz);
25826
@end smallexample
25827
 
25828
@item Request:
25829
@samp{Fgettimeofday,@var{tvptr},@var{tzptr}}
25830
 
25831
@item Return value:
25832
On success, 0 is returned, -1 otherwise.
25833
 
25834
@item Errors:
25835
 
25836
@table @code
25837
@item EINVAL
25838
@var{tz} is a non-NULL pointer.
25839
 
25840
@item EFAULT
25841
@var{tvptr} and/or @var{tzptr} is an invalid pointer value.
25842
@end table
25843
 
25844
@end table
25845
 
25846
@node isatty
25847
@unnumberedsubsubsec isatty
25848
@cindex isatty, file-i/o system call
25849
 
25850
@table @asis
25851
@item Synopsis:
25852
@smallexample
25853
int isatty(int fd);
25854
@end smallexample
25855
 
25856
@item Request:
25857
@samp{Fisatty,@var{fd}}
25858
 
25859
@item Return value:
25860
Returns 1 if @var{fd} refers to the @value{GDBN} console, 0 otherwise.
25861
 
25862
@item Errors:
25863
 
25864
@table @code
25865
@item EINTR
25866
The call was interrupted by the user.
25867
@end table
25868
 
25869
@end table
25870
 
25871
Note that the @code{isatty} call is treated as a special case: it returns
25872
1 to the target if the file descriptor is attached
25873
to the @value{GDBN} console, 0 otherwise.  Implementing through system calls
25874
would require implementing @code{ioctl} and would be more complex than
25875
needed.
25876
 
25877
 
25878
@node system
25879
@unnumberedsubsubsec system
25880
@cindex system, file-i/o system call
25881
 
25882
@table @asis
25883
@item Synopsis:
25884
@smallexample
25885
int system(const char *command);
25886
@end smallexample
25887
 
25888
@item Request:
25889
@samp{Fsystem,@var{commandptr}/@var{len}}
25890
 
25891
@item Return value:
25892
If @var{len} is zero, the return value indicates whether a shell is
25893
available.  A zero return value indicates a shell is not available.
25894
For non-zero @var{len}, the value returned is -1 on error and the
25895
return status of the command otherwise.  Only the exit status of the
25896
command is returned, which is extracted from the host's @code{system}
25897
return value by calling @code{WEXITSTATUS(retval)}.  In case
25898
@file{/bin/sh} could not be executed, 127 is returned.
25899
 
25900
@item Errors:
25901
 
25902
@table @code
25903
@item EINTR
25904
The call was interrupted by the user.
25905
@end table
25906
 
25907
@end table
25908
 
25909
@value{GDBN} takes over the full task of calling the necessary host calls
25910
to perform the @code{system} call.  The return value of @code{system} on
25911
the host is simplified before it's returned
25912
to the target.  Any termination signal information from the child process
25913
is discarded, and the return value consists
25914
entirely of the exit status of the called command.
25915
 
25916
Due to security concerns, the @code{system} call is by default refused
25917
by @value{GDBN}.  The user has to allow this call explicitly with the
25918
@code{set remote system-call-allowed 1} command.
25919
 
25920
@table @code
25921
@item set remote system-call-allowed
25922
@kindex set remote system-call-allowed
25923
Control whether to allow the @code{system} calls in the File I/O
25924
protocol for the remote target.  The default is zero (disabled).
25925
 
25926
@item show remote system-call-allowed
25927
@kindex show remote system-call-allowed
25928
Show whether the @code{system} calls are allowed in the File I/O
25929
protocol.
25930
@end table
25931
 
25932
@node Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
25933
@subsection Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
25934
@cindex protocol-specific representation of datatypes, in file-i/o protocol
25935
 
25936
@menu
25937
* Integral Datatypes::
25938
* Pointer Values::
25939
* Memory Transfer::
25940
* struct stat::
25941
* struct timeval::
25942
@end menu
25943
 
25944
@node Integral Datatypes
25945
@unnumberedsubsubsec Integral Datatypes
25946
@cindex integral datatypes, in file-i/o protocol
25947
 
25948
The integral datatypes used in the system calls are @code{int},
25949
@code{unsigned int}, @code{long}, @code{unsigned long},
25950
@code{mode_t}, and @code{time_t}.
25951
 
25952
@code{int}, @code{unsigned int}, @code{mode_t} and @code{time_t} are
25953
implemented as 32 bit values in this protocol.
25954
 
25955
@code{long} and @code{unsigned long} are implemented as 64 bit types.
25956
 
25957
@xref{Limits}, for corresponding MIN and MAX values (similar to those
25958
in @file{limits.h}) to allow range checking on host and target.
25959
 
25960
@code{time_t} datatypes are defined as seconds since the Epoch.
25961
 
25962
All integral datatypes transferred as part of a memory read or write of a
25963
structured datatype e.g.@: a @code{struct stat} have to be given in big endian
25964
byte order.
25965
 
25966
@node Pointer Values
25967
@unnumberedsubsubsec Pointer Values
25968
@cindex pointer values, in file-i/o protocol
25969
 
25970
Pointers to target data are transmitted as they are.  An exception
25971
is made for pointers to buffers for which the length isn't
25972
transmitted as part of the function call, namely strings.  Strings
25973
are transmitted as a pointer/length pair, both as hex values, e.g.@:
25974
 
25975
@smallexample
25976
@code{1aaf/12}
25977
@end smallexample
25978
 
25979
@noindent
25980
which is a pointer to data of length 18 bytes at position 0x1aaf.
25981
The length is defined as the full string length in bytes, including
25982
the trailing null byte.  For example, the string @code{"hello world"}
25983
at address 0x123456 is transmitted as
25984
 
25985
@smallexample
25986
@code{123456/d}
25987
@end smallexample
25988
 
25989
@node Memory Transfer
25990
@unnumberedsubsubsec Memory Transfer
25991
@cindex memory transfer, in file-i/o protocol
25992
 
25993
Structured data which is transferred using a memory read or write (for
25994
example, a @code{struct stat}) is expected to be in a protocol-specific format
25995
with all scalar multibyte datatypes being big endian.  Translation to
25996
this representation needs to be done both by the target before the @code{F}
25997
packet is sent, and by @value{GDBN} before
25998
it transfers memory to the target.  Transferred pointers to structured
25999
data should point to the already-coerced data at any time.
26000
 
26001
 
26002
@node struct stat
26003
@unnumberedsubsubsec struct stat
26004
@cindex struct stat, in file-i/o protocol
26005
 
26006
The buffer of type @code{struct stat} used by the target and @value{GDBN}
26007
is defined as follows:
26008
 
26009
@smallexample
26010
struct stat @{
26011
    unsigned int  st_dev;      /* device */
26012
    unsigned int  st_ino;      /* inode */
26013
    mode_t        st_mode;     /* protection */
26014
    unsigned int  st_nlink;    /* number of hard links */
26015
    unsigned int  st_uid;      /* user ID of owner */
26016
    unsigned int  st_gid;      /* group ID of owner */
26017
    unsigned int  st_rdev;     /* device type (if inode device) */
26018
    unsigned long st_size;     /* total size, in bytes */
26019
    unsigned long st_blksize;  /* blocksize for filesystem I/O */
26020
    unsigned long st_blocks;   /* number of blocks allocated */
26021
    time_t        st_atime;    /* time of last access */
26022
    time_t        st_mtime;    /* time of last modification */
26023
    time_t        st_ctime;    /* time of last change */
26024
@};
26025
@end smallexample
26026
 
26027
The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
26028
appropriate section (see @ref{Integral Datatypes}, for details) so this
26029
structure is of size 64 bytes.
26030
 
26031
The values of several fields have a restricted meaning and/or
26032
range of values.
26033
 
26034
@table @code
26035
 
26036
@item st_dev
26037
A value of 0 represents a file, 1 the console.
26038
 
26039
@item st_ino
26040
No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.
26041
 
26042
@item st_mode
26043
Valid mode bits are described in @ref{Constants}.  Any other
26044
bits have currently no meaning for the target.
26045
 
26046
@item st_uid
26047
@itemx st_gid
26048
@itemx st_rdev
26049
No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.
26050
 
26051
@item st_atime
26052
@itemx st_mtime
26053
@itemx st_ctime
26054
These values have a host and file system dependent
26055
accuracy.  Especially on Windows hosts, the file system may not
26056
support exact timing values.
26057
@end table
26058
 
26059
The target gets a @code{struct stat} of the above representation and is
26060
responsible for coercing it to the target representation before
26061
continuing.
26062
 
26063
Note that due to size differences between the host, target, and protocol
26064
representations of @code{struct stat} members, these members could eventually
26065
get truncated on the target.
26066
 
26067
@node struct timeval
26068
@unnumberedsubsubsec struct timeval
26069
@cindex struct timeval, in file-i/o protocol
26070
 
26071
The buffer of type @code{struct timeval} used by the File-I/O protocol
26072
is defined as follows:
26073
 
26074
@smallexample
26075
struct timeval @{
26076
    time_t tv_sec;  /* second */
26077
    long   tv_usec; /* microsecond */
26078
@};
26079
@end smallexample
26080
 
26081
The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
26082
appropriate section (see @ref{Integral Datatypes}, for details) so this
26083
structure is of size 8 bytes.
26084
 
26085
@node Constants
26086
@subsection Constants
26087
@cindex constants, in file-i/o protocol
26088
 
26089
The following values are used for the constants inside of the
26090
protocol.  @value{GDBN} and target are responsible for translating these
26091
values before and after the call as needed.
26092
 
26093
@menu
26094
* Open Flags::
26095
* mode_t Values::
26096
* Errno Values::
26097
* Lseek Flags::
26098
* Limits::
26099
@end menu
26100
 
26101
@node Open Flags
26102
@unnumberedsubsubsec Open Flags
26103
@cindex open flags, in file-i/o protocol
26104
 
26105
All values are given in hexadecimal representation.
26106
 
26107
@smallexample
26108
  O_RDONLY        0x0
26109
  O_WRONLY        0x1
26110
  O_RDWR          0x2
26111
  O_APPEND        0x8
26112
  O_CREAT       0x200
26113
  O_TRUNC       0x400
26114
  O_EXCL        0x800
26115
@end smallexample
26116
 
26117
@node mode_t Values
26118
@unnumberedsubsubsec mode_t Values
26119
@cindex mode_t values, in file-i/o protocol
26120
 
26121
All values are given in octal representation.
26122
 
26123
@smallexample
26124
  S_IFREG       0100000
26125
  S_IFDIR        040000
26126
  S_IRUSR          0400
26127
  S_IWUSR          0200
26128
  S_IXUSR          0100
26129
  S_IRGRP           040
26130
  S_IWGRP           020
26131
  S_IXGRP           010
26132
  S_IROTH            04
26133
  S_IWOTH            02
26134
  S_IXOTH            01
26135
@end smallexample
26136
 
26137
@node Errno Values
26138
@unnumberedsubsubsec Errno Values
26139
@cindex errno values, in file-i/o protocol
26140
 
26141
All values are given in decimal representation.
26142
 
26143
@smallexample
26144
  EPERM           1
26145
  ENOENT          2
26146
  EINTR           4
26147
  EBADF           9
26148
  EACCES         13
26149
  EFAULT         14
26150
  EBUSY          16
26151
  EEXIST         17
26152
  ENODEV         19
26153
  ENOTDIR        20
26154
  EISDIR         21
26155
  EINVAL         22
26156
  ENFILE         23
26157
  EMFILE         24
26158
  EFBIG          27
26159
  ENOSPC         28
26160
  ESPIPE         29
26161
  EROFS          30
26162
  ENAMETOOLONG   91
26163
  EUNKNOWN       9999
26164
@end smallexample
26165
 
26166
  @code{EUNKNOWN} is used as a fallback error value if a host system returns
26167
  any error value not in the list of supported error numbers.
26168
 
26169
@node Lseek Flags
26170
@unnumberedsubsubsec Lseek Flags
26171
@cindex lseek flags, in file-i/o protocol
26172
 
26173
@smallexample
26174
  SEEK_SET      0
26175
  SEEK_CUR      1
26176
  SEEK_END      2
26177
@end smallexample
26178
 
26179
@node Limits
26180
@unnumberedsubsubsec Limits
26181
@cindex limits, in file-i/o protocol
26182
 
26183
All values are given in decimal representation.
26184
 
26185
@smallexample
26186
  INT_MIN       -2147483648
26187
  INT_MAX        2147483647
26188
  UINT_MAX       4294967295
26189
  LONG_MIN      -9223372036854775808
26190
  LONG_MAX       9223372036854775807
26191
  ULONG_MAX      18446744073709551615
26192
@end smallexample
26193
 
26194
@node File-I/O Examples
26195
@subsection File-I/O Examples
26196
@cindex file-i/o examples
26197
 
26198
Example sequence of a write call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at target
26199
address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be written:
26200
 
26201
@smallexample
26202
<- @code{Fwrite,3,1234,6}
26203
@emph{request memory read from target}
26204
-> @code{m1234,6}
26205
<- XXXXXX
26206
@emph{return "6 bytes written"}
26207
-> @code{F6}
26208
@end smallexample
26209
 
26210
Example sequence of a read call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at target
26211
address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be read:
26212
 
26213
@smallexample
26214
<- @code{Fread,3,1234,6}
26215
@emph{request memory write to target}
26216
-> @code{X1234,6:XXXXXX}
26217
@emph{return "6 bytes read"}
26218
-> @code{F6}
26219
@end smallexample
26220
 
26221
Example sequence of a read call, call fails on the host due to invalid
26222
file descriptor (@code{EBADF}):
26223
 
26224
@smallexample
26225
<- @code{Fread,3,1234,6}
26226
-> @code{F-1,9}
26227
@end smallexample
26228
 
26229
Example sequence of a read call, user presses @kbd{Ctrl-c} before syscall on
26230
host is called:
26231
 
26232
@smallexample
26233
<- @code{Fread,3,1234,6}
26234
-> @code{F-1,4,C}
26235
<- @code{T02}
26236
@end smallexample
26237
 
26238
Example sequence of a read call, user presses @kbd{Ctrl-c} after syscall on
26239
host is called:
26240
 
26241
@smallexample
26242
<- @code{Fread,3,1234,6}
26243
-> @code{X1234,6:XXXXXX}
26244
<- @code{T02}
26245
@end smallexample
26246
 
26247
@node Library List Format
26248
@section Library List Format
26249
@cindex library list format, remote protocol
26250
 
26251
On some platforms, a dynamic loader (e.g.@: @file{ld.so}) runs in the
26252
same process as your application to manage libraries.  In this case,
26253
@value{GDBN} can use the loader's symbol table and normal memory
26254
operations to maintain a list of shared libraries.  On other
26255
platforms, the operating system manages loaded libraries.
26256
@value{GDBN} can not retrieve the list of currently loaded libraries
26257
through memory operations, so it uses the @samp{qXfer:libraries:read}
26258
packet (@pxref{qXfer library list read}) instead.  The remote stub
26259
queries the target's operating system and reports which libraries
26260
are loaded.
26261
 
26262
The @samp{qXfer:libraries:read} packet returns an XML document which
26263
lists loaded libraries and their offsets.  Each library has an
26264
associated name and one or more segment base addresses, which report
26265
where the library was loaded in memory.  The segment bases are start
26266
addresses, not relocation offsets; they do not depend on the library's
26267
link-time base addresses.
26268
 
26269
@value{GDBN} must be linked with the Expat library to support XML
26270
library lists.  @xref{Expat}.
26271
 
26272
A simple memory map, with one loaded library relocated by a single
26273
offset, looks like this:
26274
 
26275
@smallexample
26276
<library-list>
26277
  <library name="/lib/libc.so.6">
26278
    <segment address="0x10000000"/>
26279
  </library>
26280
</library-list>
26281
@end smallexample
26282
 
26283
The format of a library list is described by this DTD:
26284
 
26285
@smallexample
26286
<!-- library-list: Root element with versioning -->
26287
<!ELEMENT library-list  (library)*>
26288
<!ATTLIST library-list  version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0">
26289
<!ELEMENT library       (segment)*>
26290
<!ATTLIST library       name    CDATA   #REQUIRED>
26291
<!ELEMENT segment       EMPTY>
26292
<!ATTLIST segment       address CDATA   #REQUIRED>
26293
@end smallexample
26294
 
26295
@node Memory Map Format
26296
@section Memory Map Format
26297
@cindex memory map format
26298
 
26299
To be able to write into flash memory, @value{GDBN} needs to obtain a
26300
memory map from the target.  This section describes the format of the
26301
memory map.
26302
 
26303
The memory map is obtained using the @samp{qXfer:memory-map:read}
26304
(@pxref{qXfer memory map read}) packet and is an XML document that
26305
lists memory regions.
26306
 
26307
@value{GDBN} must be linked with the Expat library to support XML
26308
memory maps.  @xref{Expat}.
26309
 
26310
The top-level structure of the document is shown below:
26311
 
26312
@smallexample
26313
<?xml version="1.0"?>
26314
<!DOCTYPE memory-map
26315
          PUBLIC "+//IDN gnu.org//DTD GDB Memory Map V1.0//EN"
26316
                 "http://sourceware.org/gdb/gdb-memory-map.dtd">
26317
<memory-map>
26318
    region...
26319
</memory-map>
26320
@end smallexample
26321
 
26322
Each region can be either:
26323
 
26324
@itemize
26325
 
26326
@item
26327
A region of RAM starting at @var{addr} and extending for @var{length}
26328
bytes from there:
26329
 
26330
@smallexample
26331
<memory type="ram" start="@var{addr}" length="@var{length}"/>
26332
@end smallexample
26333
 
26334
 
26335
@item
26336
A region of read-only memory:
26337
 
26338
@smallexample
26339
<memory type="rom" start="@var{addr}" length="@var{length}"/>
26340
@end smallexample
26341
 
26342
 
26343
@item
26344
A region of flash memory, with erasure blocks @var{blocksize}
26345
bytes in length:
26346
 
26347
@smallexample
26348
<memory type="flash" start="@var{addr}" length="@var{length}">
26349
  <property name="blocksize">@var{blocksize}</property>
26350
</memory>
26351
@end smallexample
26352
 
26353
@end itemize
26354
 
26355
Regions must not overlap.  @value{GDBN} assumes that areas of memory not covered
26356
by the memory map are RAM, and uses the ordinary @samp{M} and @samp{X}
26357
packets to write to addresses in such ranges.
26358
 
26359
The formal DTD for memory map format is given below:
26360
 
26361
@smallexample
26362
<!-- ................................................... -->
26363
<!-- Memory Map XML DTD ................................ -->
26364
<!-- File: memory-map.dtd .............................. -->
26365
<!-- .................................... .............. -->
26366
<!-- memory-map.dtd -->
26367
<!-- memory-map: Root element with versioning -->
26368
<!ELEMENT memory-map (memory | property)>
26369
<!ATTLIST memory-map    version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0.0">
26370
<!ELEMENT memory (property)>
26371
<!-- memory: Specifies a memory region,
26372
             and its type, or device. -->
26373
<!ATTLIST memory        type    CDATA   #REQUIRED
26374
                        start   CDATA   #REQUIRED
26375
                        length  CDATA   #REQUIRED
26376
                        device  CDATA   #IMPLIED>
26377
<!-- property: Generic attribute tag -->
26378
<!ELEMENT property (#PCDATA | property)*>
26379
<!ATTLIST property      name    CDATA   #REQUIRED>
26380
@end smallexample
26381
 
26382
@include agentexpr.texi
26383
 
26384
@node Target Descriptions
26385
@appendix Target Descriptions
26386
@cindex target descriptions
26387
 
26388
@strong{Warning:} target descriptions are still under active development,
26389
and the contents and format may change between @value{GDBN} releases.
26390
The format is expected to stabilize in the future.
26391
 
26392
One of the challenges of using @value{GDBN} to debug embedded systems
26393
is that there are so many minor variants of each processor
26394
architecture in use.  It is common practice for vendors to start with
26395
a standard processor core --- ARM, PowerPC, or MIPS, for example ---
26396
and then make changes to adapt it to a particular market niche.  Some
26397
architectures have hundreds of variants, available from dozens of
26398
vendors.  This leads to a number of problems:
26399
 
26400
@itemize @bullet
26401
@item
26402
With so many different customized processors, it is difficult for
26403
the @value{GDBN} maintainers to keep up with the changes.
26404
@item
26405
Since individual variants may have short lifetimes or limited
26406
audiences, it may not be worthwhile to carry information about every
26407
variant in the @value{GDBN} source tree.
26408
@item
26409
When @value{GDBN} does support the architecture of the embedded system
26410
at hand, the task of finding the correct architecture name to give the
26411
@command{set architecture} command can be error-prone.
26412
@end itemize
26413
 
26414
To address these problems, the @value{GDBN} remote protocol allows a
26415
target system to not only identify itself to @value{GDBN}, but to
26416
actually describe its own features.  This lets @value{GDBN} support
26417
processor variants it has never seen before --- to the extent that the
26418
descriptions are accurate, and that @value{GDBN} understands them.
26419
 
26420
@value{GDBN} must be linked with the Expat library to support XML
26421
target descriptions.  @xref{Expat}.
26422
 
26423
@menu
26424
* Retrieving Descriptions::         How descriptions are fetched from a target.
26425
* Target Description Format::       The contents of a target description.
26426
* Predefined Target Types::         Standard types available for target
26427
                                    descriptions.
26428
* Standard Target Features::        Features @value{GDBN} knows about.
26429
@end menu
26430
 
26431
@node Retrieving Descriptions
26432
@section Retrieving Descriptions
26433
 
26434
Target descriptions can be read from the target automatically, or
26435
specified by the user manually.  The default behavior is to read the
26436
description from the target.  @value{GDBN} retrieves it via the remote
26437
protocol using @samp{qXfer} requests (@pxref{General Query Packets,
26438
qXfer}).  The @var{annex} in the @samp{qXfer} packet will be
26439
@samp{target.xml}.  The contents of the @samp{target.xml} annex are an
26440
XML document, of the form described in @ref{Target Description
26441
Format}.
26442
 
26443
Alternatively, you can specify a file to read for the target description.
26444
If a file is set, the target will not be queried.  The commands to
26445
specify a file are:
26446
 
26447
@table @code
26448
@cindex set tdesc filename
26449
@item set tdesc filename @var{path}
26450
Read the target description from @var{path}.
26451
 
26452
@cindex unset tdesc filename
26453
@item unset tdesc filename
26454
Do not read the XML target description from a file.  @value{GDBN}
26455
will use the description supplied by the current target.
26456
 
26457
@cindex show tdesc filename
26458
@item show tdesc filename
26459
Show the filename to read for a target description, if any.
26460
@end table
26461
 
26462
 
26463
@node Target Description Format
26464
@section Target Description Format
26465
@cindex target descriptions, XML format
26466
 
26467
A target description annex is an @uref{http://www.w3.org/XML/, XML}
26468
document which complies with the Document Type Definition provided in
26469
the @value{GDBN} sources in @file{gdb/features/gdb-target.dtd}.  This
26470
means you can use generally available tools like @command{xmllint} to
26471
check that your feature descriptions are well-formed and valid.
26472
However, to help people unfamiliar with XML write descriptions for
26473
their targets, we also describe the grammar here.
26474
 
26475
Target descriptions can identify the architecture of the remote target
26476
and (for some architectures) provide information about custom register
26477
sets.  @value{GDBN} can use this information to autoconfigure for your
26478
target, or to warn you if you connect to an unsupported target.
26479
 
26480
Here is a simple target description:
26481
 
26482
@smallexample
26483
<target version="1.0">
26484
  <architecture>i386:x86-64</architecture>
26485
</target>
26486
@end smallexample
26487
 
26488
@noindent
26489
This minimal description only says that the target uses
26490
the x86-64 architecture.
26491
 
26492
A target description has the following overall form, with [ ] marking
26493
optional elements and @dots{} marking repeatable elements.  The elements
26494
are explained further below.
26495
 
26496
@smallexample
26497
<?xml version="1.0"?>
26498
<!DOCTYPE target SYSTEM "gdb-target.dtd">
26499
<target version="1.0">
26500
  @r{[}@var{architecture}@r{]}
26501
  @r{[}@var{feature}@dots{}@r{]}
26502
</target>
26503
@end smallexample
26504
 
26505
@noindent
26506
The description is generally insensitive to whitespace and line
26507
breaks, under the usual common-sense rules.  The XML version
26508
declaration and document type declaration can generally be omitted
26509
(@value{GDBN} does not require them), but specifying them may be
26510
useful for XML validation tools.  The @samp{version} attribute for
26511
@samp{<target>} may also be omitted, but we recommend
26512
including it; if future versions of @value{GDBN} use an incompatible
26513
revision of @file{gdb-target.dtd}, they will detect and report
26514
the version mismatch.
26515
 
26516
@subsection Inclusion
26517
@cindex target descriptions, inclusion
26518
@cindex XInclude
26519
@ifnotinfo
26520
@cindex <xi:include>
26521
@end ifnotinfo
26522
 
26523
It can sometimes be valuable to split a target description up into
26524
several different annexes, either for organizational purposes, or to
26525
share files between different possible target descriptions.  You can
26526
divide a description into multiple files by replacing any element of
26527
the target description with an inclusion directive of the form:
26528
 
26529
@smallexample
26530
<xi:include href="@var{document}"/>
26531
@end smallexample
26532
 
26533
@noindent
26534
When @value{GDBN} encounters an element of this form, it will retrieve
26535
the named XML @var{document}, and replace the inclusion directive with
26536
the contents of that document.  If the current description was read
26537
using @samp{qXfer}, then so will be the included document;
26538
@var{document} will be interpreted as the name of an annex.  If the
26539
current description was read from a file, @value{GDBN} will look for
26540
@var{document} as a file in the same directory where it found the
26541
original description.
26542
 
26543
@subsection Architecture
26544
@cindex <architecture>
26545
 
26546
An @samp{<architecture>} element has this form:
26547
 
26548
@smallexample
26549
  <architecture>@var{arch}</architecture>
26550
@end smallexample
26551
 
26552
@var{arch} is an architecture name from the same selection
26553
accepted by @code{set architecture} (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a
26554
Debugging Target}).
26555
 
26556
@subsection Features
26557
@cindex <feature>
26558
 
26559
Each @samp{<feature>} describes some logical portion of the target
26560
system.  Features are currently used to describe available CPU
26561
registers and the types of their contents.  A @samp{<feature>} element
26562
has this form:
26563
 
26564
@smallexample
26565
<feature name="@var{name}">
26566
  @r{[}@var{type}@dots{}@r{]}
26567
  @var{reg}@dots{}
26568
</feature>
26569
@end smallexample
26570
 
26571
@noindent
26572
Each feature's name should be unique within the description.  The name
26573
of a feature does not matter unless @value{GDBN} has some special
26574
knowledge of the contents of that feature; if it does, the feature
26575
should have its standard name.  @xref{Standard Target Features}.
26576
 
26577
@subsection Types
26578
 
26579
Any register's value is a collection of bits which @value{GDBN} must
26580
interpret.  The default interpretation is a two's complement integer,
26581
but other types can be requested by name in the register description.
26582
Some predefined types are provided by @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Predefined
26583
Target Types}), and the description can define additional composite types.
26584
 
26585
Each type element must have an @samp{id} attribute, which gives
26586
a unique (within the containing @samp{<feature>}) name to the type.
26587
Types must be defined before they are used.
26588
 
26589
@cindex <vector>
26590
Some targets offer vector registers, which can be treated as arrays
26591
of scalar elements.  These types are written as @samp{<vector>} elements,
26592
specifying the array element type, @var{type}, and the number of elements,
26593
@var{count}:
26594
 
26595
@smallexample
26596
<vector id="@var{id}" type="@var{type}" count="@var{count}"/>
26597
@end smallexample
26598
 
26599
@cindex <union>
26600
If a register's value is usefully viewed in multiple ways, define it
26601
with a union type containing the useful representations.  The
26602
@samp{<union>} element contains one or more @samp{<field>} elements,
26603
each of which has a @var{name} and a @var{type}:
26604
 
26605
@smallexample
26606
<union id="@var{id}">
26607
  <field name="@var{name}" type="@var{type}"/>
26608
  @dots{}
26609
</union>
26610
@end smallexample
26611
 
26612
@subsection Registers
26613
@cindex <reg>
26614
 
26615
Each register is represented as an element with this form:
26616
 
26617
@smallexample
26618
<reg name="@var{name}"
26619
     bitsize="@var{size}"
26620
     @r{[}regnum="@var{num}"@r{]}
26621
     @r{[}save-restore="@var{save-restore}"@r{]}
26622
     @r{[}type="@var{type}"@r{]}
26623
     @r{[}group="@var{group}"@r{]}/>
26624
@end smallexample
26625
 
26626
@noindent
26627
The components are as follows:
26628
 
26629
@table @var
26630
 
26631
@item name
26632
The register's name; it must be unique within the target description.
26633
 
26634
@item bitsize
26635
The register's size, in bits.
26636
 
26637
@item regnum
26638
The register's number.  If omitted, a register's number is one greater
26639
than that of the previous register (either in the current feature or in
26640
a preceeding feature); the first register in the target description
26641
defaults to zero.  This register number is used to read or write
26642
the register; e.g.@: it is used in the remote @code{p} and @code{P}
26643
packets, and registers appear in the @code{g} and @code{G} packets
26644
in order of increasing register number.
26645
 
26646
@item save-restore
26647
Whether the register should be preserved across inferior function
26648
calls; this must be either @code{yes} or @code{no}.  The default is
26649
@code{yes}, which is appropriate for most registers except for
26650
some system control registers; this is not related to the target's
26651
ABI.
26652
 
26653
@item type
26654
The type of the register.  @var{type} may be a predefined type, a type
26655
defined in the current feature, or one of the special types @code{int}
26656
and @code{float}.  @code{int} is an integer type of the correct size
26657
for @var{bitsize}, and @code{float} is a floating point type (in the
26658
architecture's normal floating point format) of the correct size for
26659
@var{bitsize}.  The default is @code{int}.
26660
 
26661
@item group
26662
The register group to which this register belongs.  @var{group} must
26663
be either @code{general}, @code{float}, or @code{vector}.  If no
26664
@var{group} is specified, @value{GDBN} will not display the register
26665
in @code{info registers}.
26666
 
26667
@end table
26668
 
26669
@node Predefined Target Types
26670
@section Predefined Target Types
26671
@cindex target descriptions, predefined types
26672
 
26673
Type definitions in the self-description can build up composite types
26674
from basic building blocks, but can not define fundamental types.  Instead,
26675
standard identifiers are provided by @value{GDBN} for the fundamental
26676
types.  The currently supported types are:
26677
 
26678
@table @code
26679
 
26680
@item int8
26681
@itemx int16
26682
@itemx int32
26683
@itemx int64
26684
@itemx int128
26685
Signed integer types holding the specified number of bits.
26686
 
26687
@item uint8
26688
@itemx uint16
26689
@itemx uint32
26690
@itemx uint64
26691
@itemx uint128
26692
Unsigned integer types holding the specified number of bits.
26693
 
26694
@item code_ptr
26695
@itemx data_ptr
26696
Pointers to unspecified code and data.  The program counter and
26697
any dedicated return address register may be marked as code
26698
pointers; printing a code pointer converts it into a symbolic
26699
address.  The stack pointer and any dedicated address registers
26700
may be marked as data pointers.
26701
 
26702
@item ieee_single
26703
Single precision IEEE floating point.
26704
 
26705
@item ieee_double
26706
Double precision IEEE floating point.
26707
 
26708
@item arm_fpa_ext
26709
The 12-byte extended precision format used by ARM FPA registers.
26710
 
26711
@end table
26712
 
26713
@node Standard Target Features
26714
@section Standard Target Features
26715
@cindex target descriptions, standard features
26716
 
26717
A target description must contain either no registers or all the
26718
target's registers.  If the description contains no registers, then
26719
@value{GDBN} will assume a default register layout, selected based on
26720
the architecture.  If the description contains any registers, the
26721
default layout will not be used; the standard registers must be
26722
described in the target description, in such a way that @value{GDBN}
26723
can recognize them.
26724
 
26725
This is accomplished by giving specific names to feature elements
26726
which contain standard registers.  @value{GDBN} will look for features
26727
with those names and verify that they contain the expected registers;
26728
if any known feature is missing required registers, or if any required
26729
feature is missing, @value{GDBN} will reject the target
26730
description.  You can add additional registers to any of the
26731
standard features --- @value{GDBN} will display them just as if
26732
they were added to an unrecognized feature.
26733
 
26734
This section lists the known features and their expected contents.
26735
Sample XML documents for these features are included in the
26736
@value{GDBN} source tree, in the directory @file{gdb/features}.
26737
 
26738
Names recognized by @value{GDBN} should include the name of the
26739
company or organization which selected the name, and the overall
26740
architecture to which the feature applies; so e.g.@: the feature
26741
containing ARM core registers is named @samp{org.gnu.gdb.arm.core}.
26742
 
26743
The names of registers are not case sensitive for the purpose
26744
of recognizing standard features, but @value{GDBN} will only display
26745
registers using the capitalization used in the description.
26746
 
26747
@menu
26748
* ARM Features::
26749
* MIPS Features::
26750
* M68K Features::
26751
* PowerPC Features::
26752
@end menu
26753
 
26754
 
26755
@node ARM Features
26756
@subsection ARM Features
26757
@cindex target descriptions, ARM features
26758
 
26759
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.arm.core} feature is required for ARM targets.
26760
It should contain registers @samp{r0} through @samp{r13}, @samp{sp},
26761
@samp{lr}, @samp{pc}, and @samp{cpsr}.
26762
 
26763
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.arm.fpa} feature is optional.  If present, it
26764
should contain registers @samp{f0} through @samp{f7} and @samp{fps}.
26765
 
26766
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.xscale.iwmmxt} feature is optional.  If present,
26767
it should contain at least registers @samp{wR0} through @samp{wR15} and
26768
@samp{wCGR0} through @samp{wCGR3}.  The @samp{wCID}, @samp{wCon},
26769
@samp{wCSSF}, and @samp{wCASF} registers are optional.
26770
 
26771
@node MIPS Features
26772
@subsection MIPS Features
26773
@cindex target descriptions, MIPS features
26774
 
26775
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.mips.cpu} feature is required for MIPS targets.
26776
It should contain registers @samp{r0} through @samp{r31}, @samp{lo},
26777
@samp{hi}, and @samp{pc}.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending
26778
on the target.
26779
 
26780
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.mips.cp0} feature is also required.  It should
26781
contain at least the @samp{status}, @samp{badvaddr}, and @samp{cause}
26782
registers.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.
26783
 
26784
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.mips.fpu} feature is currently required, though
26785
it may be optional in a future version of @value{GDBN}.  It should
26786
contain registers @samp{f0} through @samp{f31}, @samp{fcsr}, and
26787
@samp{fir}.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.
26788
 
26789
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.mips.linux} feature is optional.  It should
26790
contain a single register, @samp{restart}, which is used by the
26791
Linux kernel to control restartable syscalls.
26792
 
26793
@node M68K Features
26794
@subsection M68K Features
26795
@cindex target descriptions, M68K features
26796
 
26797
@table @code
26798
@item @samp{org.gnu.gdb.m68k.core}
26799
@itemx @samp{org.gnu.gdb.coldfire.core}
26800
@itemx @samp{org.gnu.gdb.fido.core}
26801
One of those features must be always present.
26802
The feature that is present determines which flavor of m86k is
26803
used.  The feature that is present should contain registers
26804
@samp{d0} through @samp{d7}, @samp{a0} through @samp{a5}, @samp{fp},
26805
@samp{sp}, @samp{ps} and @samp{pc}.
26806
 
26807
@item @samp{org.gnu.gdb.coldfire.fp}
26808
This feature is optional.  If present, it should contain registers
26809
@samp{fp0} through @samp{fp7}, @samp{fpcontrol}, @samp{fpstatus} and
26810
@samp{fpiaddr}.
26811
@end table
26812
 
26813
@node PowerPC Features
26814
@subsection PowerPC Features
26815
@cindex target descriptions, PowerPC features
26816
 
26817
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.power.core} feature is required for PowerPC
26818
targets.  It should contain registers @samp{r0} through @samp{r31},
26819
@samp{pc}, @samp{msr}, @samp{cr}, @samp{lr}, @samp{ctr}, and
26820
@samp{xer}.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.
26821
 
26822
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.power.fpu} feature is optional.  It should
26823
contain registers @samp{f0} through @samp{f31} and @samp{fpscr}.
26824
 
26825
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.power.altivec} feature is optional.  It should
26826
contain registers @samp{vr0} through @samp{vr31}, @samp{vscr},
26827
and @samp{vrsave}.
26828
 
26829
The @samp{org.gnu.gdb.power.spe} feature is optional.  It should
26830
contain registers @samp{ev0h} through @samp{ev31h}, @samp{acc}, and
26831
@samp{spefscr}.  SPE targets should provide 32-bit registers in
26832
@samp{org.gnu.gdb.power.core} and provide the upper halves in
26833
@samp{ev0h} through @samp{ev31h}.  @value{GDBN} will combine
26834
these to present registers @samp{ev0} through @samp{ev31} to the
26835
user.
26836
 
26837
@include gpl.texi
26838
 
26839
@raisesections
26840
@include fdl.texi
26841
@lowersections
26842
 
26843
@node Index
26844
@unnumbered Index
26845
 
26846
@printindex cp
26847
 
26848
@tex
26849
% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo.  In the
26850
% meantime:
26851
\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
26852
\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
26853
\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
26854
\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
26855
\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
26856
\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},}
26857
\centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and}
26858
\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
26859
\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
26860
\page\colophon
26861
% Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 1991.
26862
@end tex
26863
 
26864
@bye

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.